Blogmaster

Archive for January, 2009

India ban worsens China’s toy woes

In Uncategorized on January 30, 2009 at 9:57 am

By M H Ahssan

India’s toy industry has received with mixed emotions a six-month government ban on Chinese toy imports which can only add to the woes of the toy industry in China. The ban is also a hiccup in the US$50 billion trade relations between India and its largest trade partner.

China’s embattled toy industry was already struggling to sustain its status as the world’s biggest maker and exporter of toys. The January 23 ban, announced by India’s Directorate General of Foreign trade, came just a day after the Chinese Ministry of Commerce posted statistics revealing that nearly 1,000 Chinese toy exporting companies in its Guangdong province had closed in 2008.

Guangdong province alone manufactures about 70% of the nation’s toy products, with annual profits averaging $6 billion. Serious damage to Guangdong, considered the country’s richest province, inevitably hurts the Chinese economy as a whole.

According to customs statistics from Guangzhou, 922 toy exporters in Guangdong went bust in 2008, leaving 2,167 left from the 3,089 toy exporters which were operating in late 2007. In happier times in 2001, Dongguan, the toy manufacturing center in Guangdong know as the world’s “toy capital”, had over 4,000 toy factories and nearly 2,000 suppliers.

Significantly, the toy ban came a day after India expressed objections to Pakistan “outsourcing” its foreign policy to China, with Pakistan Foreign Minister Shah Mahmood Qureshi on January 22 giving China a “blank check” to negotiate with India in resolving the crisis in relations sparked by the November 26, 2008, terrorist strike in Mumbai. The toy ban could be a rebuke to Chinese interference in its relations with Pakistan, currently the greatest challenge facing the Congress party-led government in Delhi.

China’s troubled toy industry, a critical component of the export-based economy, provides jobs to an estimated 20 million migrant workers in Guangdong. According to the latest available statistics from the Beijing-based China Toy Association, India’s import volumes in 2006 put it in the top 10 list of global destinations for Chinese toy exports.

The Chinese government has admitted that “large quality recalls by international toy giants, including Mattel Inc, hurt the industry as Western countries raised standards to ensure toy safety”. Another factor was, “rising prices for raw material and labor, along with a stronger Chinese currency, which raised production costs by 25% for most companies”.

In July 2008, Cheung Shu-hung, the head of a Chinese company, hanged himself in his warehouse after Mattel recalled a million lead-tainted toys that his company produced. (See Death of the ‘toy king’
Asia Times Online, August 18, 2007.)

In November 2008, a protest by about 500 toy factory workers turned violent, with the crowd smashing police cars after they were sacked from the Kaida Toy Corp Ltd in Zhongtang Township, Guangdong province.

Analysts have pointed out various fundamental problems in China’s toy-export industry. Most producers do not have their own brands, and usually they are original equipment manufacturers (OEMs), who make products that are then sold abroad under a foreign company’s label. (See Playtime is over for China’s toy industry, Asia Times Online, June 21, 2006.)

The livelihoods of many wholesalers and retailers in India’s $510 million toy industry depend on cheaper Chinese toy imports, but Indian toy manufacturers could be rejoicing – business is expected to shoot up by 30% as a result of the ban, which covers musical instruments, electric trains, puzzles, wheeled toys, dolls, stuffed toys, toy guns, wooden and metal toys.

Retailers are not happy. “The ban on Chinese toys is a mistake,” Narain Das, owner of Toy Kingdom store in New Delhi, told Asia Times Online. “It came about as a result of pressure from domestic manufacturers after toy imports from China last year crossed rupee 1,000 crores [$204 million].” Das said his customers had no complaints with Chinese toys.

Surprisingly, no specific reason was given for the ban, particularly given that trade with China is expected to grow to $100 billion by 2012, nearly one-fifth of India’s overall annual $525 billion trade with the world, according to Department of Commerce estimates released in April, 2008.

“We welcome the decision. It is good for the industry,” said Raj Kumar, president of the 13-year-old Toy Association of India (TAI), an apex body representing 600 Toy industry members. He was quoted by the Press Trust of India as saying that the industry was “pleasantly surprised” by the Commerce Ministry decision.

However, Raj Kumar was less sure of the ban’s benefits when Asia Times Online contacted him in his New Delhi office, with his newfound caution suggesting that pressure from the toy retailer’s lobby was forcing the TAI to reconsider its earlier joy.

“We don’t know the reason for the ban and our trade association is having various meetings to decide on the issue,” Raj Kumar said. “We cannot say right now whether we are happy or unhappy about the ban on Chinese toy imports.”

Kumar’s earlier “pleasant surprise” may have been because the ban appears to be more aimed at protecting the unorganized Indian domestic toy sector, rather than the health hazard fears which prompted the US import ban on Chinese-made toys.

The Toy Association of India estimates that 90% of India’s toy industry is in the unorganized sector, despite the presence of global majors such as the $5 billion Mattel and $3 billion Funskool.

“The major difference between the Indian toy industry and Chinese is while the major portion of the Indian toy industry caters for the Indian market, the Chinese toy industry is basically contract manufacturing,” K John Baby, the chief executive officer of Funskool told Asia Times Online. He predicted a 15% to 20% annual growth rate for India’s domestic toy industry, much of it in the unorganized sector.

A Commerce Ministry statement last April also said, “Sports and toys are mainly produced by our unorganized labor intensive sector.” The Commerce Ministry announced tax sops as well as declaring the sports and toy industry a priority sector under its Market Development Assistance and Market Access Initiative schemes. The ban comes ahead of an upcoming announcement by the Department of Telecom on a possible ban on Chinese-made mobile phones.

Despite their mixed emotions over the ban, India’s toy industry could well have to put its differences aside and focus on the future, as the newspaper The Economic Times reported on January 26 that government officials had confirmed that the six-month ban was “likely” to become permanent.

Gambling on Elections: India’s future on Stake

In Uncategorized on January 30, 2009 at 9:50 am

By M H Ahssan

It is said that a peep into India’s huge satta (illegal gambling) market provides an indication of the nation’s pulse.

Now, with general elections expected in April or May, the satta market is gearing up for some big betting in an industry already estimated to earn many billions of dollars every year.

From the usual cricket satta, the buzz now is about party positions and the next prime minister, given the emerging era of coalition politics and incumbent Manmohan Singh’s ill health, which makes him unlikely to stand for another term. Seventy-seven-year-old Manmohan underwent heart bypass surgery this week.

As a satta operator told HNN, apart from the usual pegs such as the single-largest party and the number of seats for regional outfits, the biggest bets will be on the next premier.

The names that are currently hot include opposition Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) leader Lal Krishna Advani, the Gandhi siblings Rahul and Priyanka, the BJP’s Rajnath Singh, Agriculture Minister Sharad Pawar, Uttar Pradesh chief minister Mayawati, Samajwadi Party supremo Mulayam Singh Yadav, Gujarat chief minister Narender Modi, External Affairs Minister Pranab Mukherjee, Home Minister P Chidambaram and former premier Deve Gowda.

The field is unusually wide. As a satta operator commented, “Manmohan’s heart surgery has really opened up the political arena and heated the situation. Many new names, such as Pawar, Mukherjee and Chidambaram, that were not being considered for the odds [bets] are now in the picture.”

Although it too early for actual odds to have been set, a few favorites are emerging. A BJP-led government means Advani would be premier. Meanwhile, Chidambaram is the front-runner should Manmohan be unavailable and his Congress party gets to form a government. The “third front” could be a toss-up between Maharashtra state’s strongmen Pawar and Mayawati, perhaps backed by the left parties. Mayawati is expected to do well in the north Indian state of Uttar Pradesh that returns a sizeable 80 seats to the 543-seat Lower House of parliament, the Lok Sabha.

Although Rahul Gandhi – son of Congress party chief Sonia Gandhi – has been spoken about a bit, he is not being considered the top Congress candidate for prime minister (as far as the betting odds go) as the feeling is that his mother wants him to gain more experience – he is 39. Chidambaram is seen as somebody more likely to fill Manmohan’s slot, especially as he has a a clean image.

Although satta is banned, it remains one of the most organized gaming forums in India, with millions (some say billions) of dollars changing hands every year.

According to police assessments, illegal betting on sport alone amounts to well over US$5 billion annually. Some police officials say the yearly volume could be as high as $20 billion, depending on the state of the economy, especially the stock exchange and real-estate prices, which can generate massive windfall gains for potential punters.

Usually, satta is at its busiest during cricket matches, when bets are placed on every aspect of the game and betting volumes during key one-day international matches (as opposed to the five-day ones), and which involve traditional rivals India and Pakistan, sometimes exceed US$500 million.

Another favorite betting subject is the officially announced arrival date of the first rains of the monsoon season in India, or elsewhere.

Bookmakers are known to have approached cricketers and bribed them to fix matches to suit the odds of major gamers.

Last year, reports suggested that powerful betting syndicates tried to influence a crucial vote of confidence against the government over the India-United States nuclear deal on July 22, amid allegations of huge amounts of money changing hands to buy fringe voters in the Lok Sabha.

There were indications to show that some independent members of parliament and smaller regional parties from the provinces of Maharashtra, Karnataka and Uttar Pradesh were approached by syndicates to support or vote against the government, depending on the favored odds of the big players.

While big money for horse-trading among parliamentarians is usual in the Indian political firmament, it was the first time there was serious talk that bookies could be directly involved in determining the political future of the country. (In the end, the government survived the vote and the nuclear deal was approved.)

In recent years, the betting process has turned high-tech and global with the help of computers, mobile telephones and the Internet, with rich non-resident Indians and top underworld dons heavily involved in the trade.

Although the Federal Reserve Bank of India has blocked credit-card payments on websites it believes are fronts for gambling, many illegal Internet forums continue to be operated by prominent bookies.

Punters set up an account with these sites and instruct them to make bets on their behalf for a fee. Illegal money laundering channels (referred to as as hawala locally) are also used.

With mobile phones and e-mails under threat of being monitored by the police, some operators offer big clients “free home delivery” services using young boys as runners.

Teleportation Is Real – But Don’t Try It at Home

In india news on January 30, 2009 at 7:32 am

By Sarah Williams

Physics and magic aren’t often mistaken, but increasingly, physicists themselves seem to be trying to change that. Last year, a team at the University of California, Berkeley, announced that it had developed materials that could lead to an invisibility cloak. Last month, a group of researchers at Harvard University and the National Institutes of Health reported that it had accomplished something not unlike levitation, causing a microscopic sphere of gold to rise above a glass surface. Now, according to a paper published in the Jan. 23 issue of Science, a team of scientists from the Joint Quantum Institute (JQI) at the University of Maryland and the University of Michigan has joined the fun. The current bit of legerdemain? Teleportation.

Depending on your favorite sci-fi yarns, teleportation is either a very, very bad idea (see: The Fly) or a very, very cool one (see: Star Trek). For scientists, it’s just very, very complex, so much so that at this point, teleportation is not a matter of moving matter but one of transporting information. Already, physicists have been able to exchange information between light particles — or photons — or between atoms, so long as they were right next to each other. The current experiment marks the first in which information has traveled a significant distance — 1 m, or a little more than 3 ft. — between two isolated atoms. It’s also the first time the powers of a photon, which is good at traveling over long distances, and an atom, which is prized for its ability to retain information, have been jointly exploited.

Using a pair of ions, or charged particles, group leader Christopher Monroe and his team place each in a vacuum and keep them in position with electric fields. An ultra-fast laser pulse triggers the atoms to emit photons simultaneously. If the photons interact in just the right way, their parent atoms enter a quantum state known as entanglement, in which atom B adopts the properties of atom A even though they’re in separate chambers a meter apart. When A is measured, the information that had been previously encoded on it disappears in accordance with the quirky rules of the quantum world. But all is not lost: because B is entangled with A, B now contains the information that was once carried on A. That information, in a very real sense, has been teleported.

O.K., so parents might not be inviting the JQI team to perform at their kids’ birthday parties anytime soon, but what the quantum trick lacks in showmanship, it makes up for in practical applications for future computers. In 1965, Intel co-founder Gordon Moore predicted that the number of transistors that could be placed on a computer chip would double every two years — which is precisely what has happened. He was rewarded for his prescience with a sort of immortality: the famed “Moore’s Law” is one of the venerable truths of the computer world. The rest of us were rewarded with ever faster and ever smaller computers. At some point soon, however, miniaturization will reach a point that’s too tiny to be practical. It’s then, many hope, that what’s known as quantum computing — based on information-sharing particles — will take over.

Quantum-computing technology is currently being used to encrypt data, but it holds a lot more potential than that, if only because of its massive information-storage capacity. One of the marvelous little wrinkles of the quantum world is a condition known as superposition, in which a particle can occupy two states at the same time. (Don’t ask; it just can.) For this reason, a quantum bit, or qubit, can store two numbers at once. Each qubit added to a quantum computer doubles the size of the system, so if you want to know the capacity of a computer that contains 300 qubits, take the number 2 and multiply it by itself 300 times. “That’s more than the number of particles in the universe,” Monroe says. (See the best inventions of 2008.)

The next step for the JQI team is to improve the photons’ precision and the rate of communication between the particles. What we won’t see soon — or ever, according to Monroe — is a contraption that can teleport humans from one point to another. Sorry, Captain Kirk, but beaming up is a pleasure strictly reserved for atoms. “There’s way too many atoms,” says Monroe. “At the other end of the transporter, you need to have some blob of atoms that represents Captain Kirk but has no information in it. I mean, what would that look like?”

Teleportation Is Real – But Don’t Try It at Home

In Uncategorized on January 30, 2009 at 7:32 am

By Sarah Williams

Physics and magic aren’t often mistaken, but increasingly, physicists themselves seem to be trying to change that. Last year, a team at the University of California, Berkeley, announced that it had developed materials that could lead to an invisibility cloak. Last month, a group of researchers at Harvard University and the National Institutes of Health reported that it had accomplished something not unlike levitation, causing a microscopic sphere of gold to rise above a glass surface. Now, according to a paper published in the Jan. 23 issue of Science, a team of scientists from the Joint Quantum Institute (JQI) at the University of Maryland and the University of Michigan has joined the fun. The current bit of legerdemain? Teleportation.

Depending on your favorite sci-fi yarns, teleportation is either a very, very bad idea (see: The Fly) or a very, very cool one (see: Star Trek). For scientists, it’s just very, very complex, so much so that at this point, teleportation is not a matter of moving matter but one of transporting information. Already, physicists have been able to exchange information between light particles — or photons — or between atoms, so long as they were right next to each other. The current experiment marks the first in which information has traveled a significant distance — 1 m, or a little more than 3 ft. — between two isolated atoms. It’s also the first time the powers of a photon, which is good at traveling over long distances, and an atom, which is prized for its ability to retain information, have been jointly exploited.

Using a pair of ions, or charged particles, group leader Christopher Monroe and his team place each in a vacuum and keep them in position with electric fields. An ultra-fast laser pulse triggers the atoms to emit photons simultaneously. If the photons interact in just the right way, their parent atoms enter a quantum state known as entanglement, in which atom B adopts the properties of atom A even though they’re in separate chambers a meter apart. When A is measured, the information that had been previously encoded on it disappears in accordance with the quirky rules of the quantum world. But all is not lost: because B is entangled with A, B now contains the information that was once carried on A. That information, in a very real sense, has been teleported.

O.K., so parents might not be inviting the JQI team to perform at their kids’ birthday parties anytime soon, but what the quantum trick lacks in showmanship, it makes up for in practical applications for future computers. In 1965, Intel co-founder Gordon Moore predicted that the number of transistors that could be placed on a computer chip would double every two years — which is precisely what has happened. He was rewarded for his prescience with a sort of immortality: the famed “Moore’s Law” is one of the venerable truths of the computer world. The rest of us were rewarded with ever faster and ever smaller computers. At some point soon, however, miniaturization will reach a point that’s too tiny to be practical. It’s then, many hope, that what’s known as quantum computing — based on information-sharing particles — will take over.

Quantum-computing technology is currently being used to encrypt data, but it holds a lot more potential than that, if only because of its massive information-storage capacity. One of the marvelous little wrinkles of the quantum world is a condition known as superposition, in which a particle can occupy two states at the same time. (Don’t ask; it just can.) For this reason, a quantum bit, or qubit, can store two numbers at once. Each qubit added to a quantum computer doubles the size of the system, so if you want to know the capacity of a computer that contains 300 qubits, take the number 2 and multiply it by itself 300 times. “That’s more than the number of particles in the universe,” Monroe says. (See the best inventions of 2008.)

The next step for the JQI team is to improve the photons’ precision and the rate of communication between the particles. What we won’t see soon — or ever, according to Monroe — is a contraption that can teleport humans from one point to another. Sorry, Captain Kirk, but beaming up is a pleasure strictly reserved for atoms. “There’s way too many atoms,” says Monroe. “At the other end of the transporter, you need to have some blob of atoms that represents Captain Kirk but has no information in it. I mean, what would that look like?”

Fighting for Social Justice – ‘Preying on Patients’

In india news on January 30, 2009 at 6:52 am

By M H Ahssan

It’s not hard to find people caught in the gap between India’s dreams of greatness and the awful reality of its broken health system. Most of the country lives there. Take Rani Bai. He would be a normal kid but for the fact that nine years after his birth with a bladder defect, his family is still struggling to get him what should be a simple and relatively cheap operation.

Like many sick people, Rani is both symptom and cause. Her lack of proper treatment is reason enough for national shame but his ill health hurts the country in turn, not only forcing the frail-looking boy to miss school for a week or two every few months while he searches hospital by hospital for some relief, but dragging his uninsured family into debt when they should be benefiting from India’s economic boom. Together, Rani\’s parents — her mother Sunita is a clerk in a local private office in the Husnabad of Karimnagar, her father Sunil works in a small clothes shop — make just under Rs.2000 a month, no fortune but enough to buy a small TV for their modest home. They would have bought a motorbike too, Sunil says, perhaps even a patch of land somewhere, were it were not for the hospital bills that never seem to end.

Standing in the crowded entrance hall in the outpatients department of Nizams Institute of Medical Sciences (NIMS), one of AP’s best public hospitals, Sunil explains that because there are no decent public hospitals in Husnabad, he and his wife take Rani to Hyderabad about twelve times a year for checkups and to try to get her the operation she needs. Last year, after years bouncing between hospitals and clinics, their daughter got an appointment to have the vital tests he needs before an operation. The family scraped together the Rs.1500 fee and traveled the 180 miles (290 km) to Hyderabad by poorly maintained state run RTC bus. But when they arrived they discovered the machine at the government hospital they had been visiting was broken and unlikely to be working anytime soon. Which is how the family came to be at NIMS one morning late last year, hoping, cajoling, pleading for an appointment at the better-equipped hospital, and praying that one day they could make the system work for them. “Nine years is a very long time,” says Sunil. “My daughter should have been operated on and recovered years ago.”

The same could be said of india’s health system. Sixty years after independence, India remains one of the unhealthiest places on earth. Millions of people still suffer from diseases and ailments that simply no longer exist almost anywhere else on the planet. Four out of five children are anemic. Almost one in four women who give birth receives no antenatal care. What makes the picture even bleaker is the fact that India\’s economic boom has had, so far at least, little impact on health standards. Think of it this way: in the five years between 2001 and 2006 India\’s economy grew almost 50%, the country\’s biggest expansion in decades. Meantime, its child-malnutrition rate, a number that measures the percentage of children under 3 who are moderately or severely underweight, dropped just a single percentage point, to 46%. That\’s worse than in most African countries, and means almost half India\’s children remain at risk of “health problems such as stunted growth, mental retardation, and increased susceptibility to infectious diseases,” according to the most recent National Family Health Survey, a study of more than 230,000 people, from which the figures are taken.

Perversely, the incredible economic growth is having an impact in other ways, driving up rates of rich-world diseases such as obesity and diabetes and encouraging high-end health services, some of which offer world-class care but remain far beyond the reach of the vast majority of Indians. It\’s these services — think of last year\’s surgery to save an Indian girl born with four arms and four legs — and the skill of India\’s world-class doctors that the country brags about when its marketers sell India as a medical-tourism destination and an emerging health-services giant. The truth behind the glossy advertising is less incredible: India remains the sick man of Asia, malnourished and obese at the same time, beset by epidemics of AIDS and diabetes, and with spending levels on public health that even Prime Minister Manmohan Singh has conceded “are seriously lagging behind other developing countries in Asia.”

The sorry state of India\’s medical services might not matter so much if tens of millions of Indians weren\’t already so sick. Part of the problem is the lack of infrastructure — not fancy hospitals or equipment but basic services such as clean water, a functioning sewage system, power. The World Health Organization estimates that more than 900,000 Indians die every year from drinking bad water and breathing bad air. The Indian government says that 55% of households have no toilet facilities. Many cities lack sewers. The missing infrastructure is not unique to India. Parts of Africa face similar underdevelopment. But some public-health experts believe that India\’s massive population adds to the burden, overloading systems where they do exist and aiding the spread of disease in the many places they don\’t.

There are other reasons for India\’s ill health. Over the past decade or so, funding for public-health initiatives such as immunization drives and programs to control the spread of communicable diseases has been cut; some critics blame shifting government priorities. One of the best ways a country can improve its health, for instance, is by making sure its children are immunized against measles, polio and other life-threatening illnesses. But immunization rates in India are significantly lower than in other developing nations such as Bangladesh, China and Indonesia. Just 43.5% of very young children are fully immunized. “It\’s shameful,” says A.K. Shiva Kumar, an economist and public-health expert who consults to the United Nations Children Fund in India and was a member of the government\’s recently disbanded National Advisory Council. “All this high income, this growth of the past few years is well and good, but numbers like this show you can\’t get complacent about health or you\’ll go nowhere.”

In the past few years, diseases such as dengue fever, viral hepatitis, tuberculosis, malaria and pneumonia “have returned in force or have developed a stubborn resistance to drugs,” according to a report on health care in India by consultancy PricewaterhouseCoopers. “This troubling trend can be attributed in part to substandard housing, inadequate water, sewage and waste management systems, a crumbling public health infrastructure, and increased air travel.” Pylore Krishnaier Rajagopalan, who was head of the government Vector Control Research Centre in the southern city of Pondicherry between 1975 and 1990, blames policies that concentrate on the latest scientific techniques and not enough on basic controls. “Field work is almost dead,” Rajagopalan says. “These mosquitoes are sun loving. How can a shade-loving, lab-bound, white-coated scientist control the mosquitoes through research? It may be the future but millions of people in India are suffering and dying now because we\’re not doing the basics.”

If all that explains why Indians are so sick, look to public hospitals and medical services to understand why they are not getting better. In many parts of the country, but especially in rural India, where two-thirds of the population lives, health services are poor to nonexistent. Clinics are badly maintained and equipped. India needs hundreds of thousands more doctors and more than a million more nurses. Current staff often don\’t turn up for work. “It is a well-recognized fact that the system of public delivery of health services in India today is in crisis,” begins the paper “Understanding Government Failure in Public Health Services” published in the influential Economic and Political Weekly last October. “Recent analyses show that high absenteeism, low quality in clinical care, low satisfaction with care and rampant corruption plague the system.”

Such dire conditions force millions of people to head to the better public hospitals in India’s cities. The Dr. Ram Manohar Lohia Hospital (RML) in New Delhi is well maintained, relatively clean and is probably one of the best. Unlike most hospitals, which get their funding from state governments, the RML is financed directly by the central government and caters to the thousands of public servants and senior government officers, including members of Parliament, who are lucky enough to have state-funded medical insurance. But its high standards are also a magnet for sick people for hundreds of miles around. About 60% of the 4,500 patients the hospital sees every day travel not from the New Delhi area but from neighboring states. Some of them are complicated cases that have rightly been referred to a tertiary-care hospital, but many are simple cases of malaria or dengue fever that other hospitals should treat easily. “The challenge is that our facilities are totally at saturation point,” says Dr. Nishith K. Chaturvedi, the hospital’s medical superintendent. “If states were doing a better job it would cut our case load by 35%.”

The crush of numbers means that the RML is sometimes forced to have patients share beds. “For a short period only,” Dr. Chaturvedi says, looking slightly sheepish. “But it happens.” A tour of the emergency and outpatient departments brings the problem into stark relief: the crowds of patients and visiting relatives are as thick and suffocating as the heady fug of chloroform and the sounds of children screaming. A few cases on trolley beds wait outside under a small awning. Though generally well kept, “it’s very hard to maintain cleanliness even if you clean every half an hour,” says the head of the outpatient department, Dr. P.K. Misra, waving his hand at a heap of bloodied sheets in a corner. “I have visited a few hospitals in the U.S. They are like five-star hotels for us. But we can never match that. It’s the population load.”

Later, taking a break in an unoccupied office, a tired Misra laments the state of public health. “This place is one of the good ones,” he says. “I have seen hospitals with dogs below the beds.” After graduating, Misra spent a few years in India’s northeast, one of the poorest parts of the country. “I went to the rural area to serve the people but the government doesn’t recognize that,” he says, explaining that classmates who went to big cities “are now professors and earning big bucks.” The system, he says, is set up so that rural areas will never have good doctors or other medical staff, tens of thousands of whom leave to work in cities or abroad. “It’s better to start a practice in the city than go to the country and ruin your life.”

With such problems in the public system, it’s little wonder that private operators have boomed. Some 80% of all spending on health care in India is now private, some of it by large companies insuring their staff, some by nongovernmental groups running health programs, and a bit by rich Indians using the best private facilities. But the overwhelming majority of the spending is by poor citizens. Money is so tight that many rural Indians skip doctors and rely on advice from local pharmacists, who too often prescribe cough syrup or tablets that do nothing to help. Because only one in 10 Indians has any form of health insurance, out-of-pocket payments for medical care amount to 98.4% of total health expenditures by households, according to the PricewaterhouseCoopers study, which estimates that 20 million people in India fall below the poverty line each year because of indebtedness due to health-care needs. In Brazil and China, both countries India often compares itself with, the public share of health-care spending is around 40%, while the average for G7 countries is 70%. In India it is just 17%.

The good news is that the current Indian government seems to get it. “Health is slowly becoming an important focus,” says Krishna Rao, who heads health economics and funding for the Public Health Foundation of India. The organization was set up in 2006 by the government, NGOs like the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation and private health providers to influence policy and research, and to set up world-class public-health schools around the country. The government has also promised more money for rural health through its ambitious National Rural Health Mission. The Congress Party, which leads India’s coalition government, says it will increase public-health spending from the current 1% of India’s GDP to up to 3% by 2010, but that’s still just half the rate at which countries with comparable per capita incomes such as Senegal and Mongolia fund their health sectors. “What has been a fatal flaw in our approach is that we have gradually abandoned comprehensive health care and a public-health perspective for focused attention on selective diseases,” Prime Minister Singh said at the April 2005 launch of the National Rural Health Mission. “We have grievously erred in the design of many of our health programs. We have created a delivery model that fragments resources and dissipates energies. Most importantly we have paid inadequate attention to the public-health issues and the possibilities of social and preventive medicine.”

If that is to change, one of the first myths that need to go is the idea that economic growth alone will lead to better health. Though health indicators vary widely across India, the link between wealth and good health isn’t clear cut. Poor states such as Orissa and Chhattisgarh that have made efforts in child immunization over the past few years now have better coverage than richer states, where immunization has actually slipped.

Other sacred cows will need to be challenged. India’s old socialist system may have had its problems, says Imrana Qadeer, one of India’s foremost public-health experts, but the belief that private enterprise can cure all of India’s woes is dangerously misguided. “The private sector doesn’t want to do basic things like treating diarrhea, improving nutrition, immunizing babies because that’s not where the money is,” says Qadeer. “In India we cannot live without a strong public sector.”

In the end that will mean spending hundreds of billions of dollars more on public health, perhaps even creating a basic national insurance scheme. “Unfortunately there may not be any low-cost solutions,” says public-health expert Kumar, who believes current government promises do not go far enough. “India needs to be prepared to spend on health but whenever it’s mentioned there’s always this debate about cost. Why don’t we have the same debate when we spend tens of billions on new arms? It’s totally unacceptable to shortchange a system that will save lives.” And it’s hard to be an economic superpower if you’re too sick to work.

Fighting for Social Justice – ‘Preying on Patients’

In Uncategorized on January 30, 2009 at 6:52 am

By M H Ahssan

It’s not hard to find people caught in the gap between India’s dreams of greatness and the awful reality of its broken health system. Most of the country lives there. Take Rani Bai. He would be a normal kid but for the fact that nine years after his birth with a bladder defect, his family is still struggling to get him what should be a simple and relatively cheap operation.

Like many sick people, Rani is both symptom and cause. Her lack of proper treatment is reason enough for national shame but his ill health hurts the country in turn, not only forcing the frail-looking boy to miss school for a week or two every few months while he searches hospital by hospital for some relief, but dragging his uninsured family into debt when they should be benefiting from India’s economic boom. Together, Rani\’s parents — her mother Sunita is a clerk in a local private office in the Husnabad of Karimnagar, her father Sunil works in a small clothes shop — make just under Rs.2000 a month, no fortune but enough to buy a small TV for their modest home. They would have bought a motorbike too, Sunil says, perhaps even a patch of land somewhere, were it were not for the hospital bills that never seem to end.

Standing in the crowded entrance hall in the outpatients department of Nizams Institute of Medical Sciences (NIMS), one of AP’s best public hospitals, Sunil explains that because there are no decent public hospitals in Husnabad, he and his wife take Rani to Hyderabad about twelve times a year for checkups and to try to get her the operation she needs. Last year, after years bouncing between hospitals and clinics, their daughter got an appointment to have the vital tests he needs before an operation. The family scraped together the Rs.1500 fee and traveled the 180 miles (290 km) to Hyderabad by poorly maintained state run RTC bus. But when they arrived they discovered the machine at the government hospital they had been visiting was broken and unlikely to be working anytime soon. Which is how the family came to be at NIMS one morning late last year, hoping, cajoling, pleading for an appointment at the better-equipped hospital, and praying that one day they could make the system work for them. “Nine years is a very long time,” says Sunil. “My daughter should have been operated on and recovered years ago.”

The same could be said of india’s health system. Sixty years after independence, India remains one of the unhealthiest places on earth. Millions of people still suffer from diseases and ailments that simply no longer exist almost anywhere else on the planet. Four out of five children are anemic. Almost one in four women who give birth receives no antenatal care. What makes the picture even bleaker is the fact that India\’s economic boom has had, so far at least, little impact on health standards. Think of it this way: in the five years between 2001 and 2006 India\’s economy grew almost 50%, the country\’s biggest expansion in decades. Meantime, its child-malnutrition rate, a number that measures the percentage of children under 3 who are moderately or severely underweight, dropped just a single percentage point, to 46%. That\’s worse than in most African countries, and means almost half India\’s children remain at risk of “health problems such as stunted growth, mental retardation, and increased susceptibility to infectious diseases,” according to the most recent National Family Health Survey, a study of more than 230,000 people, from which the figures are taken.

Perversely, the incredible economic growth is having an impact in other ways, driving up rates of rich-world diseases such as obesity and diabetes and encouraging high-end health services, some of which offer world-class care but remain far beyond the reach of the vast majority of Indians. It\’s these services — think of last year\’s surgery to save an Indian girl born with four arms and four legs — and the skill of India\’s world-class doctors that the country brags about when its marketers sell India as a medical-tourism destination and an emerging health-services giant. The truth behind the glossy advertising is less incredible: India remains the sick man of Asia, malnourished and obese at the same time, beset by epidemics of AIDS and diabetes, and with spending levels on public health that even Prime Minister Manmohan Singh has conceded “are seriously lagging behind other developing countries in Asia.”

The sorry state of India\’s medical services might not matter so much if tens of millions of Indians weren\’t already so sick. Part of the problem is the lack of infrastructure — not fancy hospitals or equipment but basic services such as clean water, a functioning sewage system, power. The World Health Organization estimates that more than 900,000 Indians die every year from drinking bad water and breathing bad air. The Indian government says that 55% of households have no toilet facilities. Many cities lack sewers. The missing infrastructure is not unique to India. Parts of Africa face similar underdevelopment. But some public-health experts believe that India\’s massive population adds to the burden, overloading systems where they do exist and aiding the spread of disease in the many places they don\’t.

There are other reasons for India\’s ill health. Over the past decade or so, funding for public-health initiatives such as immunization drives and programs to control the spread of communicable diseases has been cut; some critics blame shifting government priorities. One of the best ways a country can improve its health, for instance, is by making sure its children are immunized against measles, polio and other life-threatening illnesses. But immunization rates in India are significantly lower than in other developing nations such as Bangladesh, China and Indonesia. Just 43.5% of very young children are fully immunized. “It\’s shameful,” says A.K. Shiva Kumar, an economist and public-health expert who consults to the United Nations Children Fund in India and was a member of the government\’s recently disbanded National Advisory Council. “All this high income, this growth of the past few years is well and good, but numbers like this show you can\’t get complacent about health or you\’ll go nowhere.”

In the past few years, diseases such as dengue fever, viral hepatitis, tuberculosis, malaria and pneumonia “have returned in force or have developed a stubborn resistance to drugs,” according to a report on health care in India by consultancy PricewaterhouseCoopers. “This troubling trend can be attributed in part to substandard housing, inadequate water, sewage and waste management systems, a crumbling public health infrastructure, and increased air travel.” Pylore Krishnaier Rajagopalan, who was head of the government Vector Control Research Centre in the southern city of Pondicherry between 1975 and 1990, blames policies that concentrate on the latest scientific techniques and not enough on basic controls. “Field work is almost dead,” Rajagopalan says. “These mosquitoes are sun loving. How can a shade-loving, lab-bound, white-coated scientist control the mosquitoes through research? It may be the future but millions of people in India are suffering and dying now because we\’re not doing the basics.”

If all that explains why Indians are so sick, look to public hospitals and medical services to understand why they are not getting better. In many parts of the country, but especially in rural India, where two-thirds of the population lives, health services are poor to nonexistent. Clinics are badly maintained and equipped. India needs hundreds of thousands more doctors and more than a million more nurses. Current staff often don\’t turn up for work. “It is a well-recognized fact that the system of public delivery of health services in India today is in crisis,” begins the paper “Understanding Government Failure in Public Health Services” published in the influential Economic and Political Weekly last October. “Recent analyses show that high absenteeism, low quality in clinical care, low satisfaction with care and rampant corruption plague the system.”

Such dire conditions force millions of people to head to the better public hospitals in India’s cities. The Dr. Ram Manohar Lohia Hospital (RML) in New Delhi is well maintained, relatively clean and is probably one of the best. Unlike most hospitals, which get their funding from state governments, the RML is financed directly by the central government and caters to the thousands of public servants and senior government officers, including members of Parliament, who are lucky enough to have state-funded medical insurance. But its high standards are also a magnet for sick people for hundreds of miles around. About 60% of the 4,500 patients the hospital sees every day travel not from the New Delhi area but from neighboring states. Some of them are complicated cases that have rightly been referred to a tertiary-care hospital, but many are simple cases of malaria or dengue fever that other hospitals should treat easily. “The challenge is that our facilities are totally at saturation point,” says Dr. Nishith K. Chaturvedi, the hospital’s medical superintendent. “If states were doing a better job it would cut our case load by 35%.”

The crush of numbers means that the RML is sometimes forced to have patients share beds. “For a short period only,” Dr. Chaturvedi says, looking slightly sheepish. “But it happens.” A tour of the emergency and outpatient departments brings the problem into stark relief: the crowds of patients and visiting relatives are as thick and suffocating as the heady fug of chloroform and the sounds of children screaming. A few cases on trolley beds wait outside under a small awning. Though generally well kept, “it’s very hard to maintain cleanliness even if you clean every half an hour,” says the head of the outpatient department, Dr. P.K. Misra, waving his hand at a heap of bloodied sheets in a corner. “I have visited a few hospitals in the U.S. They are like five-star hotels for us. But we can never match that. It’s the population load.”

Later, taking a break in an unoccupied office, a tired Misra laments the state of public health. “This place is one of the good ones,” he says. “I have seen hospitals with dogs below the beds.” After graduating, Misra spent a few years in India’s northeast, one of the poorest parts of the country. “I went to the rural area to serve the people but the government doesn’t recognize that,” he says, explaining that classmates who went to big cities “are now professors and earning big bucks.” The system, he says, is set up so that rural areas will never have good doctors or other medical staff, tens of thousands of whom leave to work in cities or abroad. “It’s better to start a practice in the city than go to the country and ruin your life.”

With such problems in the public system, it’s little wonder that private operators have boomed. Some 80% of all spending on health care in India is now private, some of it by large companies insuring their staff, some by nongovernmental groups running health programs, and a bit by rich Indians using the best private facilities. But the overwhelming majority of the spending is by poor citizens. Money is so tight that many rural Indians skip doctors and rely on advice from local pharmacists, who too often prescribe cough syrup or tablets that do nothing to help. Because only one in 10 Indians has any form of health insurance, out-of-pocket payments for medical care amount to 98.4% of total health expenditures by households, according to the PricewaterhouseCoopers study, which estimates that 20 million people in India fall below the poverty line each year because of indebtedness due to health-care needs. In Brazil and China, both countries India often compares itself with, the public share of health-care spending is around 40%, while the average for G7 countries is 70%. In India it is just 17%.

The good news is that the current Indian government seems to get it. “Health is slowly becoming an important focus,” says Krishna Rao, who heads health economics and funding for the Public Health Foundation of India. The organization was set up in 2006 by the government, NGOs like the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation and private health providers to influence policy and research, and to set up world-class public-health schools around the country. The government has also promised more money for rural health through its ambitious National Rural Health Mission. The Congress Party, which leads India’s coalition government, says it will increase public-health spending from the current 1% of India’s GDP to up to 3% by 2010, but that’s still just half the rate at which countries with comparable per capita incomes such as Senegal and Mongolia fund their health sectors. “What has been a fatal flaw in our approach is that we have gradually abandoned comprehensive health care and a public-health perspective for focused attention on selective diseases,” Prime Minister Singh said at the April 2005 launch of the National Rural Health Mission. “We have grievously erred in the design of many of our health programs. We have created a delivery model that fragments resources and dissipates energies. Most importantly we have paid inadequate attention to the public-health issues and the possibilities of social and preventive medicine.”

If that is to change, one of the first myths that need to go is the idea that economic growth alone will lead to better health. Though health indicators vary widely across India, the link between wealth and good health isn’t clear cut. Poor states such as Orissa and Chhattisgarh that have made efforts in child immunization over the past few years now have better coverage than richer states, where immunization has actually slipped.

Other sacred cows will need to be challenged. India’s old socialist system may have had its problems, says Imrana Qadeer, one of India’s foremost public-health experts, but the belief that private enterprise can cure all of India’s woes is dangerously misguided. “The private sector doesn’t want to do basic things like treating diarrhea, improving nutrition, immunizing babies because that’s not where the money is,” says Qadeer. “In India we cannot live without a strong public sector.”

In the end that will mean spending hundreds of billions of dollars more on public health, perhaps even creating a basic national insurance scheme. “Unfortunately there may not be any low-cost solutions,” says public-health expert Kumar, who believes current government promises do not go far enough. “India needs to be prepared to spend on health but whenever it’s mentioned there’s always this debate about cost. Why don’t we have the same debate when we spend tens of billions on new arms? It’s totally unacceptable to shortchange a system that will save lives.” And it’s hard to be an economic superpower if you’re too sick to work.

REMEMBERING MAHATMA GANDHI

In india news on January 30, 2009 at 6:11 am

By M H AHSSAN

Sixty years ago on January 30, 1948, India’s “Father of the Nation”, Mahatma Gandhi, was assassinated. Gandhi, one of the world’s most famous pacifists, was killed by a fellow Hindu.

The name “mahatma” means “great soul”, and his philosophy of peaceful resistance is widely credited with having forced the peaceful end of British rule of India in 1947, the year before his death.

He was born Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi on October 2, 1869, into a family of merchants. Breaking with caste tradition, he went to England to study law when he was 19. His fellow students shunned him because he was an Indian. It was in London that he read Henry David Thoreau’s “Civil Disobedience”, which inspired his principle of non-violence.

He returned to India in 1891. But two years later he left again, this time for South Africa where he was to stay for 20 years. He was the country’s first “coloured” lawyer to be admitted to the bar. Deeply troubled by the country’s racism towards Indians, he founded the Natal Indian Congress to agitate for Indian rights in 1894.

There he also developed his politics of peaceful protests. In 1906, he announced he would go to jail or even die before obeying an anti-Asian law. Thousands of Indians joined him in this civil disobedience campaign, and he was twice imprisoned.

The Mahatma, the Great Soul, endures in the best part of our minds, where our ideals are kept: the embodiment of human rights and the creed of nonviolence. Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi is something else, an eccentric of complex, contradictory and exhausting character most of us hardly know. It is fashionable at this fin de siecle to use the man to tear down the hero, to expose human pathologies at the expense of larger-than-life achievements. No myth raking can rob Gandhi of his moral force or diminish the remarkable importance of this scrawny little man. For the 20th century — and surely for the ones to follow — it is the towering myth of the Mahatma that matters.

Consciously or not, every oppressed people or group with a cause has practiced what Gandhi preached. Sixties kids like me were his disciples when we went South in the Freedom Summer to sit in for civil rights and when we paraded through the streets of America to stop the war in Vietnam. Our passionate commitment, nonviolent activism, willingness to accept punishment for civil disobedience were lessons he taught. Martin Luther King Jr. learned them; so did Nelson Mandela, Lech Walesa, Aung San Suu Kyi, the unknown Chinese who defied the tanks in 1989 and the environmental marchers in Seattle a few weeks ago.

It may be that this most Indian of leaders, revered as Bapuji, or Father of the Nation, means more now to the world at large. Foreigners don’t have to wrestle with the confusion Indians feel today as they judge whether their nation has kept faith with his vision. For the rest of us, his image offers something much simpler — a shining set of ideals to emulate. Individual freedom. Political liberty. Social justice. Nonviolent protest. Passive resistance. Religious tolerance. His work and his spirit awakened the 20th century to ideas that serve as a moral beacon for all epochs.

Half a century after his death, most of us know little of Gandhi’s real history or how the Mahatma in our minds came to be. Hundreds of biographies uncritically canonize him. Winston Churchill scorned him as a half-naked fakir stirring up sedition. His generation knew him as a radical political agitator; ours shrugs off a holy man with romantic notions of a pure, pre-industrial life. There is no either-or. The saint and the politician inhabited the same slender frame, each nourishing the other. His struggle for a nation’s rights was one and the same with his struggle for individual salvation.

The flesh-and-blood Gandhi was a most unlikely saint. Just conjure up his portrait: a skinny, bent figure, nut brown and naked except for a white loincloth, cheap spectacles perched on his nose, frail hand grasping a tall bamboo staff. This was one of the century’s great revolutionaries? Yet this strange figure swayed millions with his hypnotic spell. His garb was the perfect uniform for the kind of revolutionary he was, wielding weapons of prayer and nonviolence more powerful than guns.

Saints are hard to live with, and this one’s personal habits were decidedly odd. Mondays were “days of silence,” when he refused to speak. A devoted vegetarian, he indulged in faddish dietetic experiments that sometimes came near to killing him. He eschewed all spices as a discipline of the senses. He napped every day with a mud poultice on abdomen and brow. He was so insistent on absolute regularity in his daily regimen that he safety-pinned a watch to his homespun dhoti, synchronized with the clock at his ashram. He scheduled his bowel movements for 20 minutes morning and afternoon. “The bathroom is a temple,” he said, and anyone was welcome to chat with him there. He had a cleansing enema every night.

Gandhi bathed in water but used ashes instead of soap and had himself shaved with a dull straight razor because new blades were too expensive. He was always sweeping up excrement that others left around. Cleanliness, he believed, was godliness. But his passion for sanitation was not just finicky hygiene. He wanted to teach Indian villagers that human and animal filth caused most of the disease in the land.

Every afternoon, Gandhi did an hour or two of spinning on his little handwheel, sometimes 400 yards at a sitting. “I am spinning the destiny of India,” he would say. The thread went to make cloth for his followers, and he hoped his example would convince Indians that homespun could free them from dependence on foreign products. But the real point of the spinning was to teach appreciation for manual labor, restore self-respect lost to colonial subjugation and cultivate inner strength.

The man was not unaware of his legend in the making — or the 90-plus volumes that would eventually be needed to preserve his words. Everything Gandhi ever said and did was recorded by legions of secretaries. Then he insisted on going over their notes and choosing the version he liked best. “I want only one gospel in my life,” he said.

A strange amalgam of beliefs formed the complicated core of Gandhism. History will merely smile at his railing against Western ways, industrialism and material pleasures. He never stopped calling for a nation that would turn its back on technology to prosper through village self-sufficiency, but not even the Mahatma could hold back progress. Yet many today share his uneasiness with the way mechanization and materialism sicken the human spirit.

More central and even more controversial was Gandhi’s cult of celibacy. At 13, he dutifully married and came quickly to lust for his wife Kasturba. At 16 he left his dying father’s side to make love to her. His father died that night, and Gandhi could never forgive himself the “double shame.” He neglected and even humiliated Kasturba most of his life and only after her death realized she was “the warp and woof of my life.” At 36, convinced that sex was the basis of all impulses that must be mastered if man was to reach Truth, he renounced it. An aspirant to a godly life must observe the Hindu practice of Brahmacharya, or celibacy, as a means of self-control and a way to devote all energy to public service. Gandhi spent years testing his self-discipline by sleeping beside young women. He evidently cared little about any psychological damage to the women involved. He also expected his four sons to be as self-denying as he was.

Gandhi sought God, not orthodoxy. His daily prayers mixed traditional Hindu venerations with Buddhist chants, readings from the Koran, a Zoroastrian verse or two and the Christian hymn Lead, Kindly Light. That eclecticism reflected his great tolerance for all religions, one of his holiest — and least respected — precepts. “Truth,” he preached, “is God,” but he could never persuade India’s warring religious sects to agree. His spiritual mentors were just as broad — Jesus, Buddha, Socrates, his mother. Gandhi later said his formative childhood impression was of her “saintliness” and her devout asceticism infused his soul. The family’s brand of Hinduism schooled him in the sacredness of all God’s creatures.

While studying in England to be a lawyer, he first read the Bible and the Bhagavad Gita, the Hindu religious poem that became his “spiritual dictionary.” For Gandhi, the epic was a clarion call to the soul to undertake the battle of righteousness. It taught him to renounce personal desires not by withdrawal from the world but by devotion to the service of his fellow man. In the Christian New Testament he found the stirrings of passive resistance in the words of the Sermon on the Mount.

Those credos came together in the two principles that ruled his public life: what he called Satyagraha, the force of truth and love; and the ancient Hindu ideal of ahimsa, or nonviolence to all living things. He first put those principles to political work in South Africa, where he had gone to practice law and tasted raw discrimination. Traveling to Johannesburg in a first-class train compartment, he was ordered to move to the “colored” cars in the rear. When he refused, he was hauled off the train and left to spend a freezing night in the station. The next day he was humiliated and cuffed by the white driver of a stagecoach. The experience steeled his resolve to fight for social justice.

In 1906, confronting a government move to fingerprint all Indians, Gandhi countered with a new idea — “passive resistance,” securing political rights through personal suffering and the power of truth and love. “Indians,” he wrote, “will stagger humanity without shedding a drop of blood.” He failed to provoke legal changes, and Indians gained little more than a newfound self-respect. But Gandhi understood the universal application of his crusade. Even his principal adversary, the Afrikaner leader Jan Smuts, recognized the power of his idea: “Men like him redeem us from a sense of commonplace and futility.”

South Africa was dress rehearsal for Gandhi’s great cause, independence for India. From the day he arrived back home at 45, he dedicated himself to “Hind swaraj,” Indian self-rule. More than independence, it meant a utopian blend of national liberty, individual self-reliance and social justice. Freedom entailed individual emancipation as well, the search for nobility of soul through self-discipline and denial. Most ordinary Indians, though, were just looking for an end to colonial rule. While his peace-and-love homilies may not have swayed them, they followed him because he made the British tremble.

“Action is my domain,” he said. “It’s not what I say but what I do that matters.” He quickly became the commanding figure of the movement and brooked no challenge to his ultimate leadership. The force of his convictions transformed the Indian National Congress from upper-class movement to mass crusade. He made his little spinning wheel a physical bond between elite and illiterate when both donned the khadi cloth. Despite the country’s proclivities for ethnic and religious strife, he inspired legions of Indians to join peaceful protests that made a mockery of empire.

In the next 33 years, he led three major crusades to undermine the power and moral defenses of the British Raj. In 1919-22 he mustered widespread nonviolent strikes, then a campaign of peaceful noncooperation, urging Indians to boycott anything British — schools, courts, goods, even the English language. He believed mass noncooperation would achieve independence within a year. Instead, it degenerated into bloody rioting, and British soldiers turned their guns on a crowd in Amritsar, massacring 400. Gandhi called his underestimating of the violence inside Indian society his “Himalayan blunder.” Still, villagers mobbed him wherever he went, calling him Mahatma. By 1922, 30,000 followers had been jailed, and Gandhi ordered civil disobedience. The British slowed the momentum by jailing him for 22 months.

Gandhi was never a man to give up. On March 12, 1930, he launched his most brilliant stroke, national defiance of the law forbidding Indians to make their own salt. With 78 followers, he set out for the coast to make salt until the law was repealed. By the time he reached the sea, people all across the land had joined in. Civil disobedience spread until Gandhi was arrested again. Soon more than 60,000 Indians filled the jails, and Britain was shamed by the gentle power of the old man and his unresisting supporters. Though Gandhi had been elected to no office and represented no government, the Viceroy soon began negotiating with him.

World War II caught him by surprise. The unremitting pacifist did not grasp the evil of Hitler because he thought no man beyond redemption. He deeply offended Jews when he counseled them to follow the path of nonviolence. Gandhi did not want Britain’s defeat, but recognized a political opportunity. In late 1940 he agreed to a modest campaign of individual civil disobedience he intended to be largely symbolic.

But other politicians pressed hard for nonviolent mass struggle against a Raj dangerously weakened by the threat of Japanese invasion. In 1942 Gandhi reluctantly endorsed the Quit India plan, calling on London for Indian independence “before dawn, if it could be had.” He and the Congress leaders were arrested and jailed. Huge demonstrations soon flared into rioting and revolt. Mobs attacked any symbol of British power, and the disorder cut off British communications to its armies at the frontier. Government forces struck back hard, and nearly 1,000 Indians were killed before the uprising flamed out. Gandhi was finally freed on May 5, 1944. He had spent 2,338 days of his 74 years imprisoned.

By war’s end, Britain was ready to let India go. But the moment of Gandhi’s greatest triumph, on August 15, 1947, was also the hour of his defeat. India gained freedom but lost unity when Britain granted independence on the same day it created the new Muslim state of Pakistan. Partition dishonored Gandhi’s sect-blind creed. “There is no message at all,” he said that day and turned to fasting and prayer.

At 77, he despaired that “my life’s work seems to be over.” Had liberty been won by the long years of peaceful and moral coercion or the violent spasm of Quit India? Resentment of Britain had been replaced by religious hatred. The killing before partition made it inevitable, and the slaughter afterward trampled on his appeals to tolerance and trust. All the village pilgrimages he made in 1946 and 1947 could not stop Muslims and Hindus from killing one another. All the famous fasts he undertook could not persuade them to live permanently in harmony. He blamed himself when Indians rejected the nonviolence he had made a way of life.

Assassination made a martyr of the apostle of nonviolence. The Hindu fanatic who fired three bullets into Gandhi at point-blank range on Jan. 30, 1948, blamed him for letting Muslims steal part of the Hindu nation, for not hating Muslims. Not long before, Gandhi had noted his new irrelevance. “Everybody is eager to garland my photos,” he said. “But nobody wants to follow my advice.”

He was both right and wrong. Interest in the flesh-and-blood Mohandas Karamchand has faded away. We revere the Mahatma while ignoring half of what he taught. His backward, romantic vision of a simple society seems woolly minded. Much of his ascetic personal philosophy has lost meaning for later generations. Global politics have little place today for his absolute pacificism or gentle tolerance.

Yet Gandhi is that rare great man held in universal esteem, a figure lifted from history to moral icon. The fundamental message of his transcendent personality persists. He stamped his ideas on history, igniting three of the century’s great revolutions — against colonialism, racism, violence. His concept of nonviolent resistance liberated one nation and sped the end of colonial empires around the world. His marches and fasts fired the imagination of oppressed people everywhere. Like the millions of Indians who pressed around his funeral cortege seeking darshan — contact with his sanctity — millions more have sought freedom and justice under the Mahatma’s guiding light. He shines as a conscience for the world. The saint and the politician go hand in hand, proclaiming the power of love, peace and freedom.

REMEMBERING MAHATMA GANDHI

In Uncategorized on January 30, 2009 at 6:11 am

By M H AHSSAN

Sixty years ago on January 30, 1948, India’s “Father of the Nation”, Mahatma Gandhi, was assassinated. Gandhi, one of the world’s most famous pacifists, was killed by a fellow Hindu.

The name “mahatma” means “great soul”, and his philosophy of peaceful resistance is widely credited with having forced the peaceful end of British rule of India in 1947, the year before his death.

He was born Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi on October 2, 1869, into a family of merchants. Breaking with caste tradition, he went to England to study law when he was 19. His fellow students shunned him because he was an Indian. It was in London that he read Henry David Thoreau’s “Civil Disobedience”, which inspired his principle of non-violence.

He returned to India in 1891. But two years later he left again, this time for South Africa where he was to stay for 20 years. He was the country’s first “coloured” lawyer to be admitted to the bar. Deeply troubled by the country’s racism towards Indians, he founded the Natal Indian Congress to agitate for Indian rights in 1894.

There he also developed his politics of peaceful protests. In 1906, he announced he would go to jail or even die before obeying an anti-Asian law. Thousands of Indians joined him in this civil disobedience campaign, and he was twice imprisoned.

The Mahatma, the Great Soul, endures in the best part of our minds, where our ideals are kept: the embodiment of human rights and the creed of nonviolence. Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi is something else, an eccentric of complex, contradictory and exhausting character most of us hardly know. It is fashionable at this fin de siecle to use the man to tear down the hero, to expose human pathologies at the expense of larger-than-life achievements. No myth raking can rob Gandhi of his moral force or diminish the remarkable importance of this scrawny little man. For the 20th century — and surely for the ones to follow — it is the towering myth of the Mahatma that matters.

Consciously or not, every oppressed people or group with a cause has practiced what Gandhi preached. Sixties kids like me were his disciples when we went South in the Freedom Summer to sit in for civil rights and when we paraded through the streets of America to stop the war in Vietnam. Our passionate commitment, nonviolent activism, willingness to accept punishment for civil disobedience were lessons he taught. Martin Luther King Jr. learned them; so did Nelson Mandela, Lech Walesa, Aung San Suu Kyi, the unknown Chinese who defied the tanks in 1989 and the environmental marchers in Seattle a few weeks ago.

It may be that this most Indian of leaders, revered as Bapuji, or Father of the Nation, means more now to the world at large. Foreigners don’t have to wrestle with the confusion Indians feel today as they judge whether their nation has kept faith with his vision. For the rest of us, his image offers something much simpler — a shining set of ideals to emulate. Individual freedom. Political liberty. Social justice. Nonviolent protest. Passive resistance. Religious tolerance. His work and his spirit awakened the 20th century to ideas that serve as a moral beacon for all epochs.

Half a century after his death, most of us know little of Gandhi’s real history or how the Mahatma in our minds came to be. Hundreds of biographies uncritically canonize him. Winston Churchill scorned him as a half-naked fakir stirring up sedition. His generation knew him as a radical political agitator; ours shrugs off a holy man with romantic notions of a pure, pre-industrial life. There is no either-or. The saint and the politician inhabited the same slender frame, each nourishing the other. His struggle for a nation’s rights was one and the same with his struggle for individual salvation.

The flesh-and-blood Gandhi was a most unlikely saint. Just conjure up his portrait: a skinny, bent figure, nut brown and naked except for a white loincloth, cheap spectacles perched on his nose, frail hand grasping a tall bamboo staff. This was one of the century’s great revolutionaries? Yet this strange figure swayed millions with his hypnotic spell. His garb was the perfect uniform for the kind of revolutionary he was, wielding weapons of prayer and nonviolence more powerful than guns.

Saints are hard to live with, and this one’s personal habits were decidedly odd. Mondays were “days of silence,” when he refused to speak. A devoted vegetarian, he indulged in faddish dietetic experiments that sometimes came near to killing him. He eschewed all spices as a discipline of the senses. He napped every day with a mud poultice on abdomen and brow. He was so insistent on absolute regularity in his daily regimen that he safety-pinned a watch to his homespun dhoti, synchronized with the clock at his ashram. He scheduled his bowel movements for 20 minutes morning and afternoon. “The bathroom is a temple,” he said, and anyone was welcome to chat with him there. He had a cleansing enema every night.

Gandhi bathed in water but used ashes instead of soap and had himself shaved with a dull straight razor because new blades were too expensive. He was always sweeping up excrement that others left around. Cleanliness, he believed, was godliness. But his passion for sanitation was not just finicky hygiene. He wanted to teach Indian villagers that human and animal filth caused most of the disease in the land.

Every afternoon, Gandhi did an hour or two of spinning on his little handwheel, sometimes 400 yards at a sitting. “I am spinning the destiny of India,” he would say. The thread went to make cloth for his followers, and he hoped his example would convince Indians that homespun could free them from dependence on foreign products. But the real point of the spinning was to teach appreciation for manual labor, restore self-respect lost to colonial subjugation and cultivate inner strength.

The man was not unaware of his legend in the making — or the 90-plus volumes that would eventually be needed to preserve his words. Everything Gandhi ever said and did was recorded by legions of secretaries. Then he insisted on going over their notes and choosing the version he liked best. “I want only one gospel in my life,” he said.

A strange amalgam of beliefs formed the complicated core of Gandhism. History will merely smile at his railing against Western ways, industrialism and material pleasures. He never stopped calling for a nation that would turn its back on technology to prosper through village self-sufficiency, but not even the Mahatma could hold back progress. Yet many today share his uneasiness with the way mechanization and materialism sicken the human spirit.

More central and even more controversial was Gandhi’s cult of celibacy. At 13, he dutifully married and came quickly to lust for his wife Kasturba. At 16 he left his dying father’s side to make love to her. His father died that night, and Gandhi could never forgive himself the “double shame.” He neglected and even humiliated Kasturba most of his life and only after her death realized she was “the warp and woof of my life.” At 36, convinced that sex was the basis of all impulses that must be mastered if man was to reach Truth, he renounced it. An aspirant to a godly life must observe the Hindu practice of Brahmacharya, or celibacy, as a means of self-control and a way to devote all energy to public service. Gandhi spent years testing his self-discipline by sleeping beside young women. He evidently cared little about any psychological damage to the women involved. He also expected his four sons to be as self-denying as he was.

Gandhi sought God, not orthodoxy. His daily prayers mixed traditional Hindu venerations with Buddhist chants, readings from the Koran, a Zoroastrian verse or two and the Christian hymn Lead, Kindly Light. That eclecticism reflected his great tolerance for all religions, one of his holiest — and least respected — precepts. “Truth,” he preached, “is God,” but he could never persuade India’s warring religious sects to agree. His spiritual mentors were just as broad — Jesus, Buddha, Socrates, his mother. Gandhi later said his formative childhood impression was of her “saintliness” and her devout asceticism infused his soul. The family’s brand of Hinduism schooled him in the sacredness of all God’s creatures.

While studying in England to be a lawyer, he first read the Bible and the Bhagavad Gita, the Hindu religious poem that became his “spiritual dictionary.” For Gandhi, the epic was a clarion call to the soul to undertake the battle of righteousness. It taught him to renounce personal desires not by withdrawal from the world but by devotion to the service of his fellow man. In the Christian New Testament he found the stirrings of passive resistance in the words of the Sermon on the Mount.

Those credos came together in the two principles that ruled his public life: what he called Satyagraha, the force of truth and love; and the ancient Hindu ideal of ahimsa, or nonviolence to all living things. He first put those principles to political work in South Africa, where he had gone to practice law and tasted raw discrimination. Traveling to Johannesburg in a first-class train compartment, he was ordered to move to the “colored” cars in the rear. When he refused, he was hauled off the train and left to spend a freezing night in the station. The next day he was humiliated and cuffed by the white driver of a stagecoach. The experience steeled his resolve to fight for social justice.

In 1906, confronting a government move to fingerprint all Indians, Gandhi countered with a new idea — “passive resistance,” securing political rights through personal suffering and the power of truth and love. “Indians,” he wrote, “will stagger humanity without shedding a drop of blood.” He failed to provoke legal changes, and Indians gained little more than a newfound self-respect. But Gandhi understood the universal application of his crusade. Even his principal adversary, the Afrikaner leader Jan Smuts, recognized the power of his idea: “Men like him redeem us from a sense of commonplace and futility.”

South Africa was dress rehearsal for Gandhi’s great cause, independence for India. From the day he arrived back home at 45, he dedicated himself to “Hind swaraj,” Indian self-rule. More than independence, it meant a utopian blend of national liberty, individual self-reliance and social justice. Freedom entailed individual emancipation as well, the search for nobility of soul through self-discipline and denial. Most ordinary Indians, though, were just looking for an end to colonial rule. While his peace-and-love homilies may not have swayed them, they followed him because he made the British tremble.

“Action is my domain,” he said. “It’s not what I say but what I do that matters.” He quickly became the commanding figure of the movement and brooked no challenge to his ultimate leadership. The force of his convictions transformed the Indian National Congress from upper-class movement to mass crusade. He made his little spinning wheel a physical bond between elite and illiterate when both donned the khadi cloth. Despite the country’s proclivities for ethnic and religious strife, he inspired legions of Indians to join peaceful protests that made a mockery of empire.

In the next 33 years, he led three major crusades to undermine the power and moral defenses of the British Raj. In 1919-22 he mustered widespread nonviolent strikes, then a campaign of peaceful noncooperation, urging Indians to boycott anything British — schools, courts, goods, even the English language. He believed mass noncooperation would achieve independence within a year. Instead, it degenerated into bloody rioting, and British soldiers turned their guns on a crowd in Amritsar, massacring 400. Gandhi called his underestimating of the violence inside Indian society his “Himalayan blunder.” Still, villagers mobbed him wherever he went, calling him Mahatma. By 1922, 30,000 followers had been jailed, and Gandhi ordered civil disobedience. The British slowed the momentum by jailing him for 22 months.

Gandhi was never a man to give up. On March 12, 1930, he launched his most brilliant stroke, national defiance of the law forbidding Indians to make their own salt. With 78 followers, he set out for the coast to make salt until the law was repealed. By the time he reached the sea, people all across the land had joined in. Civil disobedience spread until Gandhi was arrested again. Soon more than 60,000 Indians filled the jails, and Britain was shamed by the gentle power of the old man and his unresisting supporters. Though Gandhi had been elected to no office and represented no government, the Viceroy soon began negotiating with him.

World War II caught him by surprise. The unremitting pacifist did not grasp the evil of Hitler because he thought no man beyond redemption. He deeply offended Jews when he counseled them to follow the path of nonviolence. Gandhi did not want Britain’s defeat, but recognized a political opportunity. In late 1940 he agreed to a modest campaign of individual civil disobedience he intended to be largely symbolic.

But other politicians pressed hard for nonviolent mass struggle against a Raj dangerously weakened by the threat of Japanese invasion. In 1942 Gandhi reluctantly endorsed the Quit India plan, calling on London for Indian independence “before dawn, if it could be had.” He and the Congress leaders were arrested and jailed. Huge demonstrations soon flared into rioting and revolt. Mobs attacked any symbol of British power, and the disorder cut off British communications to its armies at the frontier. Government forces struck back hard, and nearly 1,000 Indians were killed before the uprising flamed out. Gandhi was finally freed on May 5, 1944. He had spent 2,338 days of his 74 years imprisoned.

By war’s end, Britain was ready to let India go. But the moment of Gandhi’s greatest triumph, on August 15, 1947, was also the hour of his defeat. India gained freedom but lost unity when Britain granted independence on the same day it created the new Muslim state of Pakistan. Partition dishonored Gandhi’s sect-blind creed. “There is no message at all,” he said that day and turned to fasting and prayer.

At 77, he despaired that “my life’s work seems to be over.” Had liberty been won by the long years of peaceful and moral coercion or the violent spasm of Quit India? Resentment of Britain had been replaced by religious hatred. The killing before partition made it inevitable, and the slaughter afterward trampled on his appeals to tolerance and trust. All the village pilgrimages he made in 1946 and 1947 could not stop Muslims and Hindus from killing one another. All the famous fasts he undertook could not persuade them to live permanently in harmony. He blamed himself when Indians rejected the nonviolence he had made a way of life.

Assassination made a martyr of the apostle of nonviolence. The Hindu fanatic who fired three bullets into Gandhi at point-blank range on Jan. 30, 1948, blamed him for letting Muslims steal part of the Hindu nation, for not hating Muslims. Not long before, Gandhi had noted his new irrelevance. “Everybody is eager to garland my photos,” he said. “But nobody wants to follow my advice.”

He was both right and wrong. Interest in the flesh-and-blood Mohandas Karamchand has faded away. We revere the Mahatma while ignoring half of what he taught. His backward, romantic vision of a simple society seems woolly minded. Much of his ascetic personal philosophy has lost meaning for later generations. Global politics have little place today for his absolute pacificism or gentle tolerance.

Yet Gandhi is that rare great man held in universal esteem, a figure lifted from history to moral icon. The fundamental message of his transcendent personality persists. He stamped his ideas on history, igniting three of the century’s great revolutions — against colonialism, racism, violence. His concept of nonviolent resistance liberated one nation and sped the end of colonial empires around the world. His marches and fasts fired the imagination of oppressed people everywhere. Like the millions of Indians who pressed around his funeral cortege seeking darshan — contact with his sanctity — millions more have sought freedom and justice under the Mahatma’s guiding light. He shines as a conscience for the world. The saint and the politician go hand in hand, proclaiming the power of love, peace and freedom.

Gulf Forum invites Muslim Leaders for Umrah and talks

In Uncategorized on January 29, 2009 at 10:34 am

By Javid Hassan

A prominent NRI has invited leaders of the Muslim community and Urdu journalists from Hyderabad to come to Makkah for Umrah at his expense and also attend a meeting aimed at reconciling differences between the two groups and unify their ranks for a common cause.

In a message sent to HNN through Tanzeem Hum Hindustani (THH), Ahmed Ziauddin, president of Riyadh-based NRIs’ Gulf Forum, has said they are ready to bear all expenses for travel and accommodation if they could meet in the holy city of Makkah after performing Umrah. The proposed meeting could help iron out all their differences that are being exploited by certain vested interests, with the general elections round the corner.

Makkah, seat of the holy Kabaa, to which Muslims from around the world turn five times a day for prayers, has always served as a platform for promoting unity among them. “Makkah Declaration” best sums up the role of this holy city when it comes to reconciling differences among Muslims at the international level under the umbrella of the Organization of Islamic Conference (OIC). The Forum has chosen an appropriate venue for launching its initiative in this direction.

Ziauddin, who also hails from Hyderabad, said that in case the Muslim leaders find it inconvenient to visit Makkah, he was prepared to come down to their city in the interest of the Ummah. “The important thing is to get together in a spirit of unity and reconciliation for resolving all outstanding differences that are doing a great harm to the cause of Muslim unity,” said the Forum chief, who holds a senior managerial position in Riyadh-based Saudi Hollandi Bank.

Invitations have been extended to Mohammed Quaiser, president, THH and also Osmania University Old Boys’ NRIs’ Association in Riyadh, Asaduddin Owaisi, president, Majlis Ittehad-ul-Muslimeen, Zahid Ali Khan, Editor, Siasat, Zaheeruddin Ali Khan, Maulana Khaled Saifullah Rahmani, Maulana Mufti Mohammed, Maulana Naimullah Khan, Amir, Tableeghi Jamaat, Mufti Khaleel Ahmed Shaikh of Jamia Nizamia, Abid Ali Khan, Maulana Khubool Pasha Qadri and Maulana Abdul Aziz, Ameer, Jamaat-e-Islami, among others.

Knowledgeable sources point out that some vested interests have been exploiting the Urdu media to create rift among Muslims, so that they could exploit them for their own ulterior motive. Such a situation could harm the interests of the Muslim community at a time when general elections are scheduled to be held all over India between April 8 and May 15, according to the country’s election commissioner. The need of the hour is to weed out such elements that are said to be stoking, instead of dousing, the flames of mutual hatred and bickering within the community.

Another crucial factor that dictates the need for a united front is elections in the Telangana region, where political alliances are being forged by various parties in the electoral fray. With the Congress and the Muslim United Front yet to make up their mind, their state of indecision is playing into the hands of their opponents.

Ziauddin said NRIs from Hyderabad based in the Gulf states, the US and Canada are concerned over the deteriorating situation facing Hyderabad Muslims that could play into the hands of their opponents during the upcoming elections. Cementing their rank and file should, therefore, be of paramount importance at this critical juncture. “Otherwise, Muslims may have to pay a heavy price,” he has warned.

SILK INDUSTRY – Sericulture gets a boost

In india news on January 29, 2009 at 8:55 am

A cluster plantation scheme promoted by the state government in Assam is providing new opportunities in silk production for thousands of families. Ratna Bharali Talukdar reports on the effort and the challenges it faces.

In December, Newson Marak, a Garo tribal from Jeera village of Krishnai block in Goalpara district of lower Assam produced around 25,000 cocoons of Muga (Antheraea Assama), the state’s unique golden silk. He earned Rs.25,000 – double what he earned in February last year. A traditional silkworm grower in one of the state’s richest silk cocoon producing pockets, Marak has a plantation of 1500 Som (Persea Bombycina) trees, the food plant of the Muga silkworm, covering an area of 1.25 hectares. He reared commercial Muga silkworms in February, August and October 2008 and produced over around 66,000 cocoons. In 2007 he produced around 65,000 Muga cocoons.

Marak is happy that price per cocoon has increased by about 100 percent this winter. The rising price is partly attributed to high demand for Muga silk in the state with relatively low production, and partly to the initiative of the Department of Sericulture to fix the sale price of cocoons and free the growers from the clutches of middlemen, who previously made off with most of the profits from the trade.

Enthusiastic over his increase in income, Marak is now planning to go in for Muga seed production simultaneously, as every kilogram of quality seed of Muga silkworm will fetch him an additional income of Rs.6000. He has successfully completed two training camps to learn about scientific rearing of silkworms, organised by the Department. Head of a five-member family, which entirely relies on sericulture for living, Marak also produces Eri (Samia Ricinii Cynthia) silk cocoons, another indigenous silk variety, which too fetches him some money.

Marak’s story is that of an individual silk grower, but others are profiting through group efforts. Another tribal silk grower, Dinesh Chandra Rabha of the Rabha tribe, another colourful plains tribe of Assam, produces Muga cocoons as a member of a Self Help Group (SHG). The Sunnery Self Help Group of which Rabha is a member produced 65,000 Muga cocoons in November 2008. Rabha is a school teacher, and for him sericulture is a secondary source of income.

Cluster plantation
Both Marak and Rabha are beneficiaries of a “cluster plantation” scheme, initiated by the state government in 2005-06 and 2006-07 to ensure increased production of silk cocoons. Various activities of the production process are clustered together in traditionally sericulture-rich pockets, and these are then tasked out to different families in the cluster, which together constitute the full chain of production. Financial and other support is also available to the families depending on the roles they play in the chain.

The department identified 350 traditional silk-growers in the block and provided them financial assistance, training and the necessary tools for quality seed production. Of these, 200 families were identified for commercial cropping, 100 as seed cocoon growers and 25 for setting up of scientific grainage. Each cropping family was given Rs.8000 per acre for food plantation for commercial rearing of silk cocoon, while the seed cocoon growers have been given tools including microscope, nets, desks and others. The Department allocated Rs.25,000 per family for those selected to construct grainages. For 2007-08 the Department selected another 290 families for Eri and Muga silk cultivation in Lakhipur block, under the cluster plantation scheme.

The objectives of the scheme include increasing raw silk production in the state, generating employment in rural pockets as well as upgradation of the silk industry in the state. The department has covered 10 districts so far; during 2008-09 another 11 districts are being added to the schemed, and these will create an additional 24 cluster plantations of Eri, Muga and Mulberry silkworms. The sericulture department has nearly 400 silkworm seed production farms, grainages and centres in different silk growing pockets. A number of other departments have extended technical and financial support in the implementation of various developmental programmes for development of Eri and Muga silk industry in the state.

Interestingly, the tribal people with their rich heritage of rearing silkworms – both Eri and Muga – do not themselves wear or weave silk clothes, but the pupae of both varieties of silkworm form a delicacy of tribal cuisine in the north-eastern region. Tribal silk-growers also earn some money additionally by selling the pupae. After extraction of the pupae from the cocoons through a drying process, businessmen procure the cocoon-shells to supply to major silk-weaving pockets in the state, such as Sualkuchi, Bijaynagar and Palasbari in Kamrup district. These businessmen buy the cocoons either at the doorstep of the growers or in village markets where tribal people bring them for sale.

Official support
The Director of the Department of Sericulture P K Goswami tells India Together that with its rich tradition of rearing silkworm, Assam contributes almost 90 per cent of Muga silk and 65 per cent of Eri silk production in the country. He claims that the number of families associated with sericulture in the state increased from 1.85 lakhs in 2006 to 2.39 lakhs in September, 2008. This, he said, has been possible due to constant push of the department by way of providing financial assistance, training and awareness campaigns. The Department has also succeeded in freeing the silk growers from the clutches of the middlemen by fixing market price of per thousand cocoons, the Director says.

The Eri silkworm is the easiest of the three silk varieties to produce, as the worms are grown indoors and not very sensitive to temperature or humidity, unlike the Muga worms. Humidity is especially a problem, and the monsoon limits Muga production to two or three commercial harvests a year, whereas Eri can be harvested up to six times. Eri is also genetically more diverse, and resistant to outbreaks of disease, whereas Muga is not. Moreover, food plants for Eri are abundantly available in the state, unlike Muga which needs continuous nourishment to be provided by the growers.

As a result, Eri contributes 87 percent of the entire silk production in the state, while Muga accounts for 12 per cent and the contribution of mulberry is only one per cent. During 2008 the per-thousand cocoon price of Muga went up to Rs.1100 from Rs.500 in 2007. Eri cocoons ranged between Rs.250 and Rs.300 per thousand. Women are actively involved in sericulture, accounting for two-thirds of those employed in the industry.

The intervention programmes of the Department of Sericulture have helped raise production of Eri cocoons from 585 million tonnes (MT) in 1995-96 to 1046 MT in 2006-07. The Muga yarn production during this period, however, has been modest, from 85 MT to 98 MT in 2005-06. The production, in fact, declined to 96 MT in 2006-07, but the department is working to correct this, and has set a target 100 MT of Muga yarn production for 2008-09.

The area under food plantation of silk worm has increased from 12,580 acres to 17,939 acres in Muga, and from 14,236 acres to 18,620 acres in Eri between 2001-02 and 2006-07 (the large differences in productivity for the two varieties are explained by the factors listed above). The workforce in the industry has also grown robustly, with 43 per cent more people now employed in Eri cultivation and processing.

Strengths and weaknesses
According to the final report of a Marketing Study of Muga and Eri Silk Industry in Assam, conducted by Central Silk Board (CSB) under the Ministry of textiles, the state has about 3000 commercial looms engaged in Muga fabric production, which is about 12 per cent of the total silk looms. The report prepared in February 2008 states that despite the shortage of yarn, the Muga weaving ventures is increasing due to entrepreneurship development programme and income generation. It also reveals that considering the present production of yarn and its utilization, there is shortage of about 40-50 MT yarns.

The study, conducted by a team of experts of the CSB headed by P K Das, a scientist of Muga Silkworm Seed Organisation of CSB, Guwahati, has identified the strengths of the traditional silk industry to be abundance of food plants, favourable agro-climatic condition, presence of large network of development agencies for supporting, and recognition of Geographical Indication (GI) to Muga silk of Assam in respect of raw silk yarns and threads for textile use.

The weakness of the industry identified in the study are inconsistent supply of raw materials due to low productivity, vagaries of nature, poor absorption of technology, unorganized market, absence of storage facility, absence of formal and informal credit flow to the silk sector as well as absence of market orientation and trade awareness among others.

As a result, notwithstanding the recent positive interventions by the Department of Sericulture, its officials themselves admit more needs to be done. Their first objective has to be to ensure that families traditionally skilled in growing silkworms do not leave the trade. A large number of traditional silk growers have shifted from Muga food plantation to other commercial cash crops including tea and rubber. While in Upper Assam large numbers of such families have turned into small tea growers, in Lower Assam many have opted for rubber cultivation. Officials of the department also admit that while insurance cover for the risk of crop failure is available, it is not adequate.

“In such a situation, only a constant push for human resource development of sericulture-associated families, establishing an organised market base, innovation and introduction of new technologies, and diverse products targeting national and international consumers can ensure the sustenance of the raw-silk heritage in the state,” says Paban Dutta, Deputy Director of the Department.

Ensuring authenticity
The golden Muga silk, despite being the pride of Assam is adulterated to a large extent due to high demand and shortage of sufficient silk yarn. The adulteration is done by mixing Muga yarn with local and Chinese Tasar silk or Tasar-like silk polyester during weaving, thereby camouflaging the products as that of original Muga. Similar adulteration also takes place with Eri silk products.

To check such illicit practices and to protect the purity of the silk, the Central Silk Board under the Ministry of Textiles has introduced the Silk Mark for pure silk products, since 2005 separately for Eri and Muga weaving products. Mamata Sharma, a senior official of the CSB says that there are around 80 authorised users of the Silk Mark in the northeastern states. Muga silk has also received official ‘Geographical Indication’ status during the year 2007 under the Geographical Indications of Goods (Registration and Protection) Act, 1999; it is first commodity from Assam to get this protection against fake substitutes.

SILK INDUSTRY – Sericulture gets a boost

In Uncategorized on January 29, 2009 at 8:55 am

A cluster plantation scheme promoted by the state government in Assam is providing new opportunities in silk production for thousands of families. Ratna Bharali Talukdar reports on the effort and the challenges it faces.

In December, Newson Marak, a Garo tribal from Jeera village of Krishnai block in Goalpara district of lower Assam produced around 25,000 cocoons of Muga (Antheraea Assama), the state’s unique golden silk. He earned Rs.25,000 – double what he earned in February last year. A traditional silkworm grower in one of the state’s richest silk cocoon producing pockets, Marak has a plantation of 1500 Som (Persea Bombycina) trees, the food plant of the Muga silkworm, covering an area of 1.25 hectares. He reared commercial Muga silkworms in February, August and October 2008 and produced over around 66,000 cocoons. In 2007 he produced around 65,000 Muga cocoons.

Marak is happy that price per cocoon has increased by about 100 percent this winter. The rising price is partly attributed to high demand for Muga silk in the state with relatively low production, and partly to the initiative of the Department of Sericulture to fix the sale price of cocoons and free the growers from the clutches of middlemen, who previously made off with most of the profits from the trade.

Enthusiastic over his increase in income, Marak is now planning to go in for Muga seed production simultaneously, as every kilogram of quality seed of Muga silkworm will fetch him an additional income of Rs.6000. He has successfully completed two training camps to learn about scientific rearing of silkworms, organised by the Department. Head of a five-member family, which entirely relies on sericulture for living, Marak also produces Eri (Samia Ricinii Cynthia) silk cocoons, another indigenous silk variety, which too fetches him some money.

Marak’s story is that of an individual silk grower, but others are profiting through group efforts. Another tribal silk grower, Dinesh Chandra Rabha of the Rabha tribe, another colourful plains tribe of Assam, produces Muga cocoons as a member of a Self Help Group (SHG). The Sunnery Self Help Group of which Rabha is a member produced 65,000 Muga cocoons in November 2008. Rabha is a school teacher, and for him sericulture is a secondary source of income.

Cluster plantation
Both Marak and Rabha are beneficiaries of a “cluster plantation” scheme, initiated by the state government in 2005-06 and 2006-07 to ensure increased production of silk cocoons. Various activities of the production process are clustered together in traditionally sericulture-rich pockets, and these are then tasked out to different families in the cluster, which together constitute the full chain of production. Financial and other support is also available to the families depending on the roles they play in the chain.

The department identified 350 traditional silk-growers in the block and provided them financial assistance, training and the necessary tools for quality seed production. Of these, 200 families were identified for commercial cropping, 100 as seed cocoon growers and 25 for setting up of scientific grainage. Each cropping family was given Rs.8000 per acre for food plantation for commercial rearing of silk cocoon, while the seed cocoon growers have been given tools including microscope, nets, desks and others. The Department allocated Rs.25,000 per family for those selected to construct grainages. For 2007-08 the Department selected another 290 families for Eri and Muga silk cultivation in Lakhipur block, under the cluster plantation scheme.

The objectives of the scheme include increasing raw silk production in the state, generating employment in rural pockets as well as upgradation of the silk industry in the state. The department has covered 10 districts so far; during 2008-09 another 11 districts are being added to the schemed, and these will create an additional 24 cluster plantations of Eri, Muga and Mulberry silkworms. The sericulture department has nearly 400 silkworm seed production farms, grainages and centres in different silk growing pockets. A number of other departments have extended technical and financial support in the implementation of various developmental programmes for development of Eri and Muga silk industry in the state.

Interestingly, the tribal people with their rich heritage of rearing silkworms – both Eri and Muga – do not themselves wear or weave silk clothes, but the pupae of both varieties of silkworm form a delicacy of tribal cuisine in the north-eastern region. Tribal silk-growers also earn some money additionally by selling the pupae. After extraction of the pupae from the cocoons through a drying process, businessmen procure the cocoon-shells to supply to major silk-weaving pockets in the state, such as Sualkuchi, Bijaynagar and Palasbari in Kamrup district. These businessmen buy the cocoons either at the doorstep of the growers or in village markets where tribal people bring them for sale.

Official support
The Director of the Department of Sericulture P K Goswami tells India Together that with its rich tradition of rearing silkworm, Assam contributes almost 90 per cent of Muga silk and 65 per cent of Eri silk production in the country. He claims that the number of families associated with sericulture in the state increased from 1.85 lakhs in 2006 to 2.39 lakhs in September, 2008. This, he said, has been possible due to constant push of the department by way of providing financial assistance, training and awareness campaigns. The Department has also succeeded in freeing the silk growers from the clutches of the middlemen by fixing market price of per thousand cocoons, the Director says.

The Eri silkworm is the easiest of the three silk varieties to produce, as the worms are grown indoors and not very sensitive to temperature or humidity, unlike the Muga worms. Humidity is especially a problem, and the monsoon limits Muga production to two or three commercial harvests a year, whereas Eri can be harvested up to six times. Eri is also genetically more diverse, and resistant to outbreaks of disease, whereas Muga is not. Moreover, food plants for Eri are abundantly available in the state, unlike Muga which needs continuous nourishment to be provided by the growers.

As a result, Eri contributes 87 percent of the entire silk production in the state, while Muga accounts for 12 per cent and the contribution of mulberry is only one per cent. During 2008 the per-thousand cocoon price of Muga went up to Rs.1100 from Rs.500 in 2007. Eri cocoons ranged between Rs.250 and Rs.300 per thousand. Women are actively involved in sericulture, accounting for two-thirds of those employed in the industry.

The intervention programmes of the Department of Sericulture have helped raise production of Eri cocoons from 585 million tonnes (MT) in 1995-96 to 1046 MT in 2006-07. The Muga yarn production during this period, however, has been modest, from 85 MT to 98 MT in 2005-06. The production, in fact, declined to 96 MT in 2006-07, but the department is working to correct this, and has set a target 100 MT of Muga yarn production for 2008-09.

The area under food plantation of silk worm has increased from 12,580 acres to 17,939 acres in Muga, and from 14,236 acres to 18,620 acres in Eri between 2001-02 and 2006-07 (the large differences in productivity for the two varieties are explained by the factors listed above). The workforce in the industry has also grown robustly, with 43 per cent more people now employed in Eri cultivation and processing.

Strengths and weaknesses
According to the final report of a Marketing Study of Muga and Eri Silk Industry in Assam, conducted by Central Silk Board (CSB) under the Ministry of textiles, the state has about 3000 commercial looms engaged in Muga fabric production, which is about 12 per cent of the total silk looms. The report prepared in February 2008 states that despite the shortage of yarn, the Muga weaving ventures is increasing due to entrepreneurship development programme and income generation. It also reveals that considering the present production of yarn and its utilization, there is shortage of about 40-50 MT yarns.

The study, conducted by a team of experts of the CSB headed by P K Das, a scientist of Muga Silkworm Seed Organisation of CSB, Guwahati, has identified the strengths of the traditional silk industry to be abundance of food plants, favourable agro-climatic condition, presence of large network of development agencies for supporting, and recognition of Geographical Indication (GI) to Muga silk of Assam in respect of raw silk yarns and threads for textile use.

The weakness of the industry identified in the study are inconsistent supply of raw materials due to low productivity, vagaries of nature, poor absorption of technology, unorganized market, absence of storage facility, absence of formal and informal credit flow to the silk sector as well as absence of market orientation and trade awareness among others.

As a result, notwithstanding the recent positive interventions by the Department of Sericulture, its officials themselves admit more needs to be done. Their first objective has to be to ensure that families traditionally skilled in growing silkworms do not leave the trade. A large number of traditional silk growers have shifted from Muga food plantation to other commercial cash crops including tea and rubber. While in Upper Assam large numbers of such families have turned into small tea growers, in Lower Assam many have opted for rubber cultivation. Officials of the department also admit that while insurance cover for the risk of crop failure is available, it is not adequate.

“In such a situation, only a constant push for human resource development of sericulture-associated families, establishing an organised market base, innovation and introduction of new technologies, and diverse products targeting national and international consumers can ensure the sustenance of the raw-silk heritage in the state,” says Paban Dutta, Deputy Director of the Department.

Ensuring authenticity
The golden Muga silk, despite being the pride of Assam is adulterated to a large extent due to high demand and shortage of sufficient silk yarn. The adulteration is done by mixing Muga yarn with local and Chinese Tasar silk or Tasar-like silk polyester during weaving, thereby camouflaging the products as that of original Muga. Similar adulteration also takes place with Eri silk products.

To check such illicit practices and to protect the purity of the silk, the Central Silk Board under the Ministry of Textiles has introduced the Silk Mark for pure silk products, since 2005 separately for Eri and Muga weaving products. Mamata Sharma, a senior official of the CSB says that there are around 80 authorised users of the Silk Mark in the northeastern states. Muga silk has also received official ‘Geographical Indication’ status during the year 2007 under the Geographical Indications of Goods (Registration and Protection) Act, 1999; it is first commodity from Assam to get this protection against fake substitutes.

Environment Clearance Report

In india news on January 29, 2009 at 8:50 am

In two years, 952 industrial projects have been approved, none rejected. Crucial safety nets to protect our well-being have failed, exposes PRERNA SINGH BINDRA

That the repercussions of the environment crisis are more devastating, and far-reaching than the economic slowdown, is established. The key tool used worldwide as a safeguard against the devastating impacts of unplanned and careless industrial expansion is the Environment Impact Assessment (EIA). Unfortunately, in India, the EIA, rather than respect its role as crucial decision making tool, is reduced to a tawdry joke. Sample this: An EIA report lists two tiger species (though the world has only one), two unknown cobra species (if these exist, it’s time to celebrate), Brown Pied Hornbill (there’s no such bird), and Python aculetes (really? Must be new to science!). Other wildlife listed includes red panda, snow leopard, Himalayan black bear, musk deer — all critically endangered species. The conclusion? No major wildlife observed.

Another report counts cows, goats, buffaloes, cats and dogs as endemic fauna species.

These two gems from EIA reports were part of assessments by which clearances were given to development projects likely to have serious environmental and social impact. The second extract, from the EIA of JSW Energy Ltd in the Konkan region, classifies cats and dogs as endemic species, when a six-year-old knows them as pets kept at home. The first extract — replete with fraudulent ‘discoveries’ — pertains to the 3,000 Dibang Multi-Purpose Project in Arunachal Pradesh, the foundation stone of which was laid by the Prime Minister, Dr Manmohan Singh, in January 2008, in the face of stiff opposition from local tribals, and much before it got environmental clearance — a telling indication that a green signal is a foregone conclusion for a project. And why not?

According to investigations by the EIA Response Centre (ERC), an initiative of LIFE (Legal Initiative for Forests and Environment) and documents available exclusively with HNN, in the past two years almost all submitted projects have sailed through the Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF). Let’s be precise: since September 14, 2006, when the new EIA notification came into force, to September 2008, every industrial project for which approval was sought was cleared: 952 industries approved, none rejected. Nor did the 134 thermal power plants face any environmental hiccups, though it is well-established that such carbon-intensive plants contribute significantly to global warming. The one nuclear plant was approved, while only four construction sites out of a whopping 1,073, and 10 of 587 non-coal mining requests were rejected, raising the question whether the mandate of the MoEF is to protect or destroy the environment.

The law says that major development, infrastructural and industrial projects require an EIA, which must include a comprehensive survey and investigation — including environmental, social and economic repercussions — and be cleared by the Expert Appraisal Committees formed by the Ministry under the Environment Protection Act, 1986. But the law is an ass. And the EIA a farce practiced by the MoEF. Documents with HNN show how the Ministry has ignored environmental and social concerns in the face of glaring omissions, false information and public opposition.

Let’s pursue the JSW Energy Ltd in Ratnagiri district, Maharashtra, which first got into an MoU with the state, and only later applied for environmental clearance. The EIA conveniently ignores the existence of mangroves and reserve forests near the proposed thermal power unit. It also ‘forgets’ to mention that the area falls under the Ratnagiri- Sindhudhurg Regional Plan, which excludes thermal plants from the list of permitted industries. Telling of the EIA’s callousness is that it fails to assess the impact on fisheries and mango crops, which form the backbone of the local economy.

Ratnagiri is the home of the Alphonso mango, which is exported across the globe. It is established that air pollutants from coal-fired thermal plants damage mango crops, and consequently the market for this highquality mango has already been affected. Rues Pradeep Parulekar, a lawyer based in the region, who has been campaigning against the project, “The cumulative impact of the various power projects and mines will ruin this region, its marine life and mango crops.

We have already received letters from our exporters that if there are thermal power plants with sulphur dioxide emissions — as with JSW — our mangoes will not be acceptable under GAP (Good Agriculture Practice). We have already seen the sham of an EIA in the JSW case — I don’t hold hope for any others in the pipeline.” Need one mention that nothing of this carried weight with the MoEF, which, in its infinite wisdom, gave it the go-ahead.

Says Conservationist Bittu Sahgal, “The MoEF was entrusted with protecting our life support systems like river, corals, forests and mountains. It has failed. Its officers have the notion that their job is to remove all obstacles and facilitate the speedy construction of dams, roads, or thermal plants. The MoEF has lost the plot.”

JSW and the Dibang project are just two tales in a saga of fraudulent EIAs. The EIA that procured clearance for Ashapura Minechem’s mining projects was simply a copy of a Russian bauxite mine report, and has bloopers like: “The primary habitat near the site, for birds, is the spruce forests and the forests of mixed spruce and birch.” Forests found in northern temperate regions, not in the tropical ecology and vegetation of Ratnagiri, the mine’s site.

Another example of the EIA’s cyclostyle method is the Vishnugad Pipalkoti Hydroelectric Project. This EIA refers to the riverbed of the Teesta, the lifeline of Sikkim, though the project is actually located on the river Alaknanda in Chamoli district, Uttarakhand.

Even the MoEF admits that most EIAs are cut-paste jobs, “mainly executed by fly-by-night operators. Any Tom, Dick and Harry may do it — there’s no registration system.” But, the MoEF official hurriedly adds, “there are checks and balances to check faulty EIAs.” This refers to the National Environment Appellate Authority (NEAA), to whom aggrieved parties may appeal. “A futile exercise,” points out Ritwick Dutta, co-convenor of ERC, which has monitored and challenged faulty approvals, often based on fraudulent EIAs, for two years. “The NEAA has dismissed every appeal filed in the last 11 years — since it was formed — save one. A major flaw in the clearance process is that EIAs are prepared by consultants employed by the proponent of the project, and are biased towards getting clearance,” he adds. The NEAA hasn’t even had a chairperson for eight years, and no vice-chair for three.

Renowned environmentalist Claude Alvaris cites Goa as a classic victim of the laissez faire manner of giving environment clearances. “After 2005, almost all mines have been given environment clearance. The first set of mining leases were cleared in a belt of one kilometre from wildlife sanctuaries, and even to leases located within wildlife sanctuaries! The clearances for mines in a small state like Goa has crossed 160! It’s become the easiest parcha to get. Even if there are state policies that don’t allow certain types of industries, the Ministry clears them.”

When, rarely, the MoEF does ask for additional EIAs, it does little good. The Lower Subansiri Hydel-Project on the Arunachal-Assam border is a classic example. This is expected to drown 3,500 ha of pristine forest, part of a rich biodiversity hotspot — but the EIA glossed over this. Under pressure from various conservation bodies, an additional six-day study was produced. This included comments like, “The long and vast waterbody created by the reservoir will be a happy haunt for aquatic creatures.” Someone please inform these experts that still waters do not make happy haunts for native aquatic species, which need fast-flowing rivers. If it wasn’t tragic, it would be funny.

In a democracy, public participation is supposedly important, especially regarding a project with major implications for the local populace. However, public concerns have been callously dismissed. The first public hearing for the Tapaimukh Multipurpose Project was held at Tamenglong, Manipur, about 300 km from the site. This project is set to drown 270 sq kms (roughly half the size of Corbett Tiger Reserve) of forest in one of India’s two biodiversity hotspots, and cut 84 lakh trees. Similarly, in the case of Monnet Ispat and Energy Ltd in Raigarh district, Chattisgarh, the public hearing, was postponed, after which it was never held, even as the administration, on which also rests the responsibility, remained a mute spectator. They even began work without environment clearance. Regardless, clearance was granted on 26 December, 2007.

Public opposition is of little consequence. The Borga Iron Ore mine in South Goa was resisted by locals who feared loss of agricultural productivity and damage to water bodies. In the public hearing, the additional collector noted that “not one member of the public was in favour of restarting the mine.” But the mine is set to begin operation.

“The writing is on the wall: India has no environmental governance systems. If this continues, we might as well give up the pretence of environmental protection, public hearings, etc and say we can’t afford restrictive laws and prohibitory conservation measures — rather than waste taxpayers’ money over non-functional institutions,” says Dutta.

The problem is that the EIA process — ‘reformed’ in 2006 from an already weak policy — is geared to be investment friendly, not protect the environment. It aims “to do away with cumbersome environmental and forest clearance procedures.” Most EIAs, especially those on mines, are dismissed by Rapid EIA reports — studies done and data collected in just three months — though the EIA manual stipulates that over a year should be the norm for studies. Efforts to meet both the MoEF secretary, Vijai Sharma, and the Minister of State for Environment, Namo Narayan Meena, were resisted. This reporter attempted to meet the minister, but was refused entry by his private secretary, Rajeev Kumar, who dismissed the subject: “The minister cannot answer such conceptual questions. It’s nothing to do with him. He has nothing to do with policy. He merely passes on the papers to the PMO — the PM also holds the portfolio of the Union Minister of Environment and Forests.”

The watchdog for India’s environment has become a pet of the industrial and mining lobby.

Environment Clearance Report

In Uncategorized on January 29, 2009 at 8:50 am

In two years, 952 industrial projects have been approved, none rejected. Crucial safety nets to protect our well-being have failed, exposes PRERNA SINGH BINDRA

That the repercussions of the environment crisis are more devastating, and far-reaching than the economic slowdown, is established. The key tool used worldwide as a safeguard against the devastating impacts of unplanned and careless industrial expansion is the Environment Impact Assessment (EIA). Unfortunately, in India, the EIA, rather than respect its role as crucial decision making tool, is reduced to a tawdry joke. Sample this: An EIA report lists two tiger species (though the world has only one), two unknown cobra species (if these exist, it’s time to celebrate), Brown Pied Hornbill (there’s no such bird), and Python aculetes (really? Must be new to science!). Other wildlife listed includes red panda, snow leopard, Himalayan black bear, musk deer — all critically endangered species. The conclusion? No major wildlife observed.

Another report counts cows, goats, buffaloes, cats and dogs as endemic fauna species.

These two gems from EIA reports were part of assessments by which clearances were given to development projects likely to have serious environmental and social impact. The second extract, from the EIA of JSW Energy Ltd in the Konkan region, classifies cats and dogs as endemic species, when a six-year-old knows them as pets kept at home. The first extract — replete with fraudulent ‘discoveries’ — pertains to the 3,000 Dibang Multi-Purpose Project in Arunachal Pradesh, the foundation stone of which was laid by the Prime Minister, Dr Manmohan Singh, in January 2008, in the face of stiff opposition from local tribals, and much before it got environmental clearance — a telling indication that a green signal is a foregone conclusion for a project. And why not?

According to investigations by the EIA Response Centre (ERC), an initiative of LIFE (Legal Initiative for Forests and Environment) and documents available exclusively with HNN, in the past two years almost all submitted projects have sailed through the Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF). Let’s be precise: since September 14, 2006, when the new EIA notification came into force, to September 2008, every industrial project for which approval was sought was cleared: 952 industries approved, none rejected. Nor did the 134 thermal power plants face any environmental hiccups, though it is well-established that such carbon-intensive plants contribute significantly to global warming. The one nuclear plant was approved, while only four construction sites out of a whopping 1,073, and 10 of 587 non-coal mining requests were rejected, raising the question whether the mandate of the MoEF is to protect or destroy the environment.

The law says that major development, infrastructural and industrial projects require an EIA, which must include a comprehensive survey and investigation — including environmental, social and economic repercussions — and be cleared by the Expert Appraisal Committees formed by the Ministry under the Environment Protection Act, 1986. But the law is an ass. And the EIA a farce practiced by the MoEF. Documents with HNN show how the Ministry has ignored environmental and social concerns in the face of glaring omissions, false information and public opposition.

Let’s pursue the JSW Energy Ltd in Ratnagiri district, Maharashtra, which first got into an MoU with the state, and only later applied for environmental clearance. The EIA conveniently ignores the existence of mangroves and reserve forests near the proposed thermal power unit. It also ‘forgets’ to mention that the area falls under the Ratnagiri- Sindhudhurg Regional Plan, which excludes thermal plants from the list of permitted industries. Telling of the EIA’s callousness is that it fails to assess the impact on fisheries and mango crops, which form the backbone of the local economy.

Ratnagiri is the home of the Alphonso mango, which is exported across the globe. It is established that air pollutants from coal-fired thermal plants damage mango crops, and consequently the market for this highquality mango has already been affected. Rues Pradeep Parulekar, a lawyer based in the region, who has been campaigning against the project, “The cumulative impact of the various power projects and mines will ruin this region, its marine life and mango crops.

We have already received letters from our exporters that if there are thermal power plants with sulphur dioxide emissions — as with JSW — our mangoes will not be acceptable under GAP (Good Agriculture Practice). We have already seen the sham of an EIA in the JSW case — I don’t hold hope for any others in the pipeline.” Need one mention that nothing of this carried weight with the MoEF, which, in its infinite wisdom, gave it the go-ahead.

Says Conservationist Bittu Sahgal, “The MoEF was entrusted with protecting our life support systems like river, corals, forests and mountains. It has failed. Its officers have the notion that their job is to remove all obstacles and facilitate the speedy construction of dams, roads, or thermal plants. The MoEF has lost the plot.”

JSW and the Dibang project are just two tales in a saga of fraudulent EIAs. The EIA that procured clearance for Ashapura Minechem’s mining projects was simply a copy of a Russian bauxite mine report, and has bloopers like: “The primary habitat near the site, for birds, is the spruce forests and the forests of mixed spruce and birch.” Forests found in northern temperate regions, not in the tropical ecology and vegetation of Ratnagiri, the mine’s site.

Another example of the EIA’s cyclostyle method is the Vishnugad Pipalkoti Hydroelectric Project. This EIA refers to the riverbed of the Teesta, the lifeline of Sikkim, though the project is actually located on the river Alaknanda in Chamoli district, Uttarakhand.

Even the MoEF admits that most EIAs are cut-paste jobs, “mainly executed by fly-by-night operators. Any Tom, Dick and Harry may do it — there’s no registration system.” But, the MoEF official hurriedly adds, “there are checks and balances to check faulty EIAs.” This refers to the National Environment Appellate Authority (NEAA), to whom aggrieved parties may appeal. “A futile exercise,” points out Ritwick Dutta, co-convenor of ERC, which has monitored and challenged faulty approvals, often based on fraudulent EIAs, for two years. “The NEAA has dismissed every appeal filed in the last 11 years — since it was formed — save one. A major flaw in the clearance process is that EIAs are prepared by consultants employed by the proponent of the project, and are biased towards getting clearance,” he adds. The NEAA hasn’t even had a chairperson for eight years, and no vice-chair for three.

Renowned environmentalist Claude Alvaris cites Goa as a classic victim of the laissez faire manner of giving environment clearances. “After 2005, almost all mines have been given environment clearance. The first set of mining leases were cleared in a belt of one kilometre from wildlife sanctuaries, and even to leases located within wildlife sanctuaries! The clearances for mines in a small state like Goa has crossed 160! It’s become the easiest parcha to get. Even if there are state policies that don’t allow certain types of industries, the Ministry clears them.”

When, rarely, the MoEF does ask for additional EIAs, it does little good. The Lower Subansiri Hydel-Project on the Arunachal-Assam border is a classic example. This is expected to drown 3,500 ha of pristine forest, part of a rich biodiversity hotspot — but the EIA glossed over this. Under pressure from various conservation bodies, an additional six-day study was produced. This included comments like, “The long and vast waterbody created by the reservoir will be a happy haunt for aquatic creatures.” Someone please inform these experts that still waters do not make happy haunts for native aquatic species, which need fast-flowing rivers. If it wasn’t tragic, it would be funny.

In a democracy, public participation is supposedly important, especially regarding a project with major implications for the local populace. However, public concerns have been callously dismissed. The first public hearing for the Tapaimukh Multipurpose Project was held at Tamenglong, Manipur, about 300 km from the site. This project is set to drown 270 sq kms (roughly half the size of Corbett Tiger Reserve) of forest in one of India’s two biodiversity hotspots, and cut 84 lakh trees. Similarly, in the case of Monnet Ispat and Energy Ltd in Raigarh district, Chattisgarh, the public hearing, was postponed, after which it was never held, even as the administration, on which also rests the responsibility, remained a mute spectator. They even began work without environment clearance. Regardless, clearance was granted on 26 December, 2007.

Public opposition is of little consequence. The Borga Iron Ore mine in South Goa was resisted by locals who feared loss of agricultural productivity and damage to water bodies. In the public hearing, the additional collector noted that “not one member of the public was in favour of restarting the mine.” But the mine is set to begin operation.

“The writing is on the wall: India has no environmental governance systems. If this continues, we might as well give up the pretence of environmental protection, public hearings, etc and say we can’t afford restrictive laws and prohibitory conservation measures — rather than waste taxpayers’ money over non-functional institutions,” says Dutta.

The problem is that the EIA process — ‘reformed’ in 2006 from an already weak policy — is geared to be investment friendly, not protect the environment. It aims “to do away with cumbersome environmental and forest clearance procedures.” Most EIAs, especially those on mines, are dismissed by Rapid EIA reports — studies done and data collected in just three months — though the EIA manual stipulates that over a year should be the norm for studies. Efforts to meet both the MoEF secretary, Vijai Sharma, and the Minister of State for Environment, Namo Narayan Meena, were resisted. This reporter attempted to meet the minister, but was refused entry by his private secretary, Rajeev Kumar, who dismissed the subject: “The minister cannot answer such conceptual questions. It’s nothing to do with him. He has nothing to do with policy. He merely passes on the papers to the PMO — the PM also holds the portfolio of the Union Minister of Environment and Forests.”

The watchdog for India’s environment has become a pet of the industrial and mining lobby.

Exclusive: Pink Slip Blues

In Uncategorized on January 29, 2009 at 8:49 am

By John Kerry Sharma

HR people need to help employees recover self – worth before new jobs

While most of the sectors currently facing layoffs do not offer workers anything beyond minimum wages, media attention has been concentrated on how the once-pampered corporate sector is being brusquely given the pink slip.

Human Resource (HR) professionals now advise the laid-off to lower expectations. Hithendra KR of Ikya Search Partners says the maximum layoffs are happening at the lower-middle end, at the assistant manager level. “We have been seeing maximum layoffs in financial services and in the steel industry. We advise employees to be flexible. I had a candidate from investment banking who took a credit management job in a bank, something he would not have done before. He did it happily — and with a 30 percent cut.

For many HR professionals, their mandate to hire has either shrunk or come to a halt. Hitendra, however, avers that this is actually a good time to hire. “We tell companies that many good professionals are available now at reasonable prices.” Following the fire-sale metaphor but contradicting him, Anu Sharma of Bangalore’s HR Practice says, “It makes sense for some companies to hire now, especially if they are getting a skill set they could not afford before. But if you hire a good professional when business is poor, the employee will have little to do.”

In 2000, Sharma watched the dotcom bubble burst from the inside of indya.com: she saw 98 percent employees laid-off, but the layoffs were conducted so successfully employees threw a pink-slip party.

Sharma outlines some of the issues uncovered in this round of layoffs. “Many people do not have their personal finances in order and are completely unprepared. And the stigma of a layoff is high.” Sharma says companies have been exacerbating this by announcing that they are laying off their lowest performers: “When a company lays off 1,000 people, it goes beyond low performance. It’s an entire vertical you are eliminating.” Like other HR professionals, Sharma now spends time helping shocked victims recover self-esteem before facing prospective employers.

Required: A Stimulus To Spend

In Uncategorized on January 29, 2009 at 8:48 am

A fiscal stimulus is crucial to protect the Indian labour force, says CP CHANDRASEKHAR

The effects of recession on the Indian labour market are only now being felt. One immediate effect, in terms of dependent industries, is the loss of jobs in the garment, gems and jewellery sector. Only seven percent of the workers constitute organised workers, and even this figure includes temporary workers.

Second, there is a set of sectors where demand is dependent upon credit-financed purchases, as in construction, automobile and consumer durables. There is a visible effect here, either because people find it difficult to access credit, finance purchases or they cannot meet repayments. There’s a whole ancillary and raw material sector that services these industries — the unorganised, flexible labour force.

We’re observing a sort of media response and public outcry when it affects the new middle class in the automobile industry and the IT sector, not to say that we shouldn’t be concerned over Satyam. But behind all this, lakhs of workers are losing jobs, a fact that’s been largely overlooked. The more flexible a workforce is, the less attention it gets, such as 94 percent of the country’s workforce which is unorganised.

Agricultural commodity prices are rising globally. Earlier, many agricultural imports were controlled by quantitative restrictions. We moved away from this by moderating tariffs. Take vegetable oil: November 2008 saw a significant increase in palm oil imports. This affects the vegetable oil, the coconut oil and soya bean sectors. Recession will mean increased imports and this is bound to have an adverse impact on the livelihood of the peasants and the agriculture industry.

There’s always talk about changing labour laws, but they prevent retrenchment and are in place so that investments can occur in new areas. In any case, a very small proportion of the employment sector is protected. The new Social Security Bill for the unorganised sector, which was passed recently, is far more limited in its scope than what was being pushed by the NCUS.

The problem is that the problem doesn’t stem from within. We need a stimulus that restores the viability of agriculture. If it results in increased prices, it will need stronger procurement in the public distribution system. Since the problem is demandrelated and not triggered by supply, giving incentives alone is not a solution. Profitability arises only when there are sales. The stimulus is crucial to bring about change.

We need a major fiscal stimulus. The subsidy route won’t work any longer. What’s unraveling is far too big for that. The government should drop fiscal conservatives and spend on the common man.

Exclusive: Jobless, Sleepless

In india news on January 29, 2009 at 8:12 am

Layoff levels are high and recruitments nil. It’s bad news all the way. The pink slip has made lives insecure and futures uncertain, finds M H AHSSAN

As executions go, this one too was fairly swift — but without warning. The bosses of a Siemens AG subsidiary needed just 70 minutes to remove Vivekananda Mahalingam, a 46-year-old engineer who had helped shape the fortunes and growth of the engineering giant in India for more than a decadeand- a-half, driving the operations of a 200-plus outfit that had offices all over the country. “What shocked me was the way he was asked to go and what pained me was the way the office — which he had actually set up – helped him pack his papers and mementos,” said an insider who watched with horror the developments that began at 0945 hours and ended at 1055 hours at the Gurgaon headquarters of the multinational. As Mahalingam walked out, his friends took to him to a nearby bar, where they relived memories. Mahalingam wasn’t allowed to pay the bill by his colleagues, but once they left, he realised he was in a vacuum. “I felt very lonely,” he said.

Vibha B Bajaj of American Express, a top global bank that also has gone through handing out pink slips at its India operation, would not offer an official reaction to the fear factor that hangs like Damocles’ Sword on employees. “You will only feel it when it happens to you,” she says.

She echoes a sentiment shared by Commerce Minister Kamal Nath at the annual meeting of the Confederation of Indian Industry (CII) in New Delhi recently. “I am worried, very worried,” Nath told reporters on the sidelines of the conference. His colleagues said the minister has been upset since his office received figures of job losses from across the country. Most worrisome were those from export-oriented units: they have crossed the 10,00,000 mark.

And as HNN found when it visited these until-recently bustling towns, dedicated to exports of one category of product — from textile epicentre Tiruppur to Surat’s diamond cutting edge; from Bhadohi’s rich tapestry of carpet-making to Ludhiana’s spin on hosiery — the story in each is essentially similar. Industry owners have made the proverbial hay in the sun of increasing demand, while creating no facilities for lakhs of very poor workers, or providing themselves with any cushion against possible hard times. The government has been absent in every sense, from infrastructure, to health and insurance.

But, of course, it’s not just about export- oriented units. Job cuts are de rigueur across the board. The reasons are simple: industrial output is under five percent, halved from 10 percent a year ago. Manufacturing is down at four percent (from 9.5 percent), while exports have dipped by 12 percent. The automobile sector has gone into a negative tailspin for October-December, while cross-country movement of goods has touched its lowest levels.

Corporate India’s death list is a virtual who’s who of the once lit-up marquee: DLF, Unitech, Larsen & Tubro Infotech, Motorola, Goldman Sachs, American Express, Reliance Retail, Kingfisher Airlines, Spicejet and Jet Airways.

Such is the fear psychosis that some corporate captains either try to make such terminations invisible, or sometimes, reverse such orders to contain possible damage to the company’s image. Zee Telefilms head Subhash Chandra Goyal recently blasted a top Zee Sports production head for firing nearly 12 people, without his say-so. “I do not want to incur the wrath and curse of my employees. Let me see how long I can take it,” he said.

“It is time for all of us to curb expenses,” wrote another channel head to his staffers, amidst widespread sacking from the sales team for non-performance and the indication that at least two — from a bouquet of seven channels — would eventually shut down.

Such is the fear of pink slips hitting the upper echelons of the employee pyramid — until recently a situation considered purely hypothetical — that professionals have begun calling doctors and helplines. Sahai in Bangalore gets nearly 100 to 200 calls daily. “Earlier, the calls were more about relationships. Now, the callers enquire about assistance to pay home, car EMIs and education loans for children studying abroad,” says Anita Graciaf, counsellor, Sahai. Agrees another Bangalore-based psychiatrist, Dr H Chandrashekhar: “They wonder whether they will get jobs and what they will do until they get one. They are actually going through nightmarish times.”

Unfortunately, this is a nightmare from which one cannot wake up to a better reality: the job cuts are very real and across sectors. “I wonder how to handle my EMIs, rent, fuel for my car,” says Sameer Kulsrestha, who lost his job barely 24 hours ago at Google India, the India arm of the Mountain View, California- based internet company. Google is not reacting. In a response to a query on layoffs, a Google spokesperson said, “We have been reducing our dependence on contractors for over a year across locations. In rare cases, where restructuring impacts Googlers, we actively work on providing them with other opportunities within Google. In India, Google continues to hire to need. We are unable to comment on any specific initiative.”

The latest termination comes close on the heels of news of a Securities and Exchange Commission filing on Decemeber 16 from Google. It shows a significant cutback in temporary employees to cut costs. Earlier, on January 14, in a statement posted on the company’s official blog, Laszlo Bocke, vice president, people operations, said that Google will lay off around 100 employees from its recruitment team and terminate its contract with external hiring agencies, the first significant cutback in its 11-year history.

But apart from export units, some of the worst victims of layoffs and the downturn are in labour-intensive sectors such as textiles, leather, tourism and services. Four days ago, Shashikant Tripahti, 29, was asked to leave his job at Chavi Travels. He says the company couldn’t meet his basic demand: the Rs 18,000 they owe him for the last three months of work. Tripathi had been working at the car-hire company since July 2008, but says he got paid once every few months, and never the full amount. “I know that not a single driver has been paid for the last three months,” Tripathi says. He’s now on the lookout for any job that will help his family — his wife Mamta and daughters, Sakshi, 8, and Nandani, 1, stay afloat. When he approached another car-hire agency in Gurgaon, they called his former supervisor for a background check, and refused him the job. “Now, I’m even willing to assist manual construction workers,” he says.

For the last four months, Tripathi has been unable to pay his rent or his dues to the grocery store. Last month, the food supplies stopped coming. Since then, Tripathi has been living off money and groceries borrowed from relatives. Potatoes are the only vegetable one would find in his kitchen right now. While he and his wife can cope, he says the greatest challenge has been affording milk for his oneyear- old daughter. The hardest: watching his elder daughter get pulled up in school because he hasn’t paid up the Rs 90 monthly fee for the last three months.

Similar struggles continue across strata and sectors. In textiles, industry and government sources estimate that seven lakh jobs have already been axed and almost as many more are on the cards. Take a look at hospitality and tourism: from October to March, it’s hard to find an unbooked houseboat in Alappuzha, the picturesque Kerala town that thrives on backwater tourism. Not this year. A row of empty boats is moored forlornly to the banks. “My boat has been idle almost every third day this month,” said Sali, an operator, sadly.

“We had never faced this kind of a slump, not even post-tsunami,” says VC Zacharia, a houseboat owner. A fall in tourist inflow has led to about a 30 to 35 percent drop in the earnings of boat owners, and either a fall in income or loss of jobs to an estimated 7,000 persons dependent on the houseboat industry.

Far north, the snow covered slopes of Gulmarg and placid waters of Dal Lake in Srinagar in Kashmir are equally abandoned. The shikaras are empty, the faces of the boatmen desperate. The meadows of Pahalgam are brimming with flowers, but of tourists there is barely a sign.

Hoteliers are offering up to 70 percent discount on tariffs, but no one has been turning up to avail of them. For hotel and restaurant owners, struggling to recoup the losses from an economic agitation, first in Kashmir and then in Jammu, this is a severe blow. The layoffs have begun.

Abdul Majeed, once the proud owner of four hotels in Srinagar’s posh area of Zero Bridge, close to Rajbagh, was forced to close down three. He’s trying to survive on the business from the fourth, but for his laid-off employees, there is no such cushion. “After I recorded zero percent occupancy for several months, I had no choice but to close down my hotels,” says Majid.

Even Goa, the one destination that could have been relatively immune in such recessive times, has caught the virus. Internet searches for hotels during the December-January peak season for visitors shows that although small, absolutely cheap places to shack in are invariably full, it’s the four and five star properties that have room. Walk-in customers willing to upgrade from low-cost accommodation have reportedly found very competitive rates being offered by otherwise rather snootier properties.

At a time existing job-holders find it difficult to retain their jobs, what about the 10-odd million who join the Indian workforce each year? In this season of retrenchment, the only certainity is uncertainity. And that lay-off levels will be high; recruitment levels low.

But while there are no solutions to the hiring dilemma, there are some tangential paths new brooms can take. Consider this one posted on the blog of a Delhi-based newspaper: on a three-hour drive from Nagpur to a cluster of villages in Chandrapur district, Rachael Barber, global head, community investment, Barclays, talked about how employee engagement in local communities is high on the bank’s sustainability agenda and how staffers from the age of 24 to 60 are opting to work for charities, supporting causes and giving away a good portion of their time, without expecting monetary return.

In fact, one of the top five questions that B-school graduates in the US and UK are asking potential employers during placement sessions is, “Will I get a chance to do voluntary work in your company?”, says another Blog. In 2007, Barclays invested £52.4 million in community projects around the world, and more than 43,000 colleagues in 29 countries were involved in fundraising and volunteering initiatives. Barber says skillbased volunteering adds maximum value to aid recipients. This becomes more relevant when you see ILO estimates that there are over 88 million unemployed young people (in the 15 to 24 year age group) around the world, comprising half the world’s total unemployment.

While volunteering is not mandatory, it does have the potential to add to the employee’s annual appraisal. Consulting and accounting companies have traditionally done a lot of community work, partly because it is easier for them to move their consultants from place to place. Ritu Anand, deputy global head of human resources at Tata Consultancy Services recently spoke about how the company’s employees were actively seeking voluntary work, choosing to devote weekends on village projects without claiming compensatory offs.

None of this is likely to help those still employed retain their jobs, or those recently laid-off to feel better about their loss, but in hard times, every sliver of satisfaction must be extracted. And perhaps, in developing the ability to gain more from possibly earning less, lies a future rosier than one coloured either the green of greed — or the pink of that final slip.

Exclusive: Jobless, Sleepless

In Uncategorized on January 29, 2009 at 8:12 am

Layoff levels are high and recruitments nil. It’s bad news all the way. The pink slip has made lives insecure and futures uncertain, finds M H AHSSAN

As executions go, this one too was fairly swift — but without warning. The bosses of a Siemens AG subsidiary needed just 70 minutes to remove Vivekananda Mahalingam, a 46-year-old engineer who had helped shape the fortunes and growth of the engineering giant in India for more than a decadeand- a-half, driving the operations of a 200-plus outfit that had offices all over the country. “What shocked me was the way he was asked to go and what pained me was the way the office — which he had actually set up – helped him pack his papers and mementos,” said an insider who watched with horror the developments that began at 0945 hours and ended at 1055 hours at the Gurgaon headquarters of the multinational. As Mahalingam walked out, his friends took to him to a nearby bar, where they relived memories. Mahalingam wasn’t allowed to pay the bill by his colleagues, but once they left, he realised he was in a vacuum. “I felt very lonely,” he said.

Vibha B Bajaj of American Express, a top global bank that also has gone through handing out pink slips at its India operation, would not offer an official reaction to the fear factor that hangs like Damocles’ Sword on employees. “You will only feel it when it happens to you,” she says.

She echoes a sentiment shared by Commerce Minister Kamal Nath at the annual meeting of the Confederation of Indian Industry (CII) in New Delhi recently. “I am worried, very worried,” Nath told reporters on the sidelines of the conference. His colleagues said the minister has been upset since his office received figures of job losses from across the country. Most worrisome were those from export-oriented units: they have crossed the 10,00,000 mark.

And as HNN found when it visited these until-recently bustling towns, dedicated to exports of one category of product — from textile epicentre Tiruppur to Surat’s diamond cutting edge; from Bhadohi’s rich tapestry of carpet-making to Ludhiana’s spin on hosiery — the story in each is essentially similar. Industry owners have made the proverbial hay in the sun of increasing demand, while creating no facilities for lakhs of very poor workers, or providing themselves with any cushion against possible hard times. The government has been absent in every sense, from infrastructure, to health and insurance.

But, of course, it’s not just about export- oriented units. Job cuts are de rigueur across the board. The reasons are simple: industrial output is under five percent, halved from 10 percent a year ago. Manufacturing is down at four percent (from 9.5 percent), while exports have dipped by 12 percent. The automobile sector has gone into a negative tailspin for October-December, while cross-country movement of goods has touched its lowest levels.

Corporate India’s death list is a virtual who’s who of the once lit-up marquee: DLF, Unitech, Larsen & Tubro Infotech, Motorola, Goldman Sachs, American Express, Reliance Retail, Kingfisher Airlines, Spicejet and Jet Airways.

Such is the fear psychosis that some corporate captains either try to make such terminations invisible, or sometimes, reverse such orders to contain possible damage to the company’s image. Zee Telefilms head Subhash Chandra Goyal recently blasted a top Zee Sports production head for firing nearly 12 people, without his say-so. “I do not want to incur the wrath and curse of my employees. Let me see how long I can take it,” he said.

“It is time for all of us to curb expenses,” wrote another channel head to his staffers, amidst widespread sacking from the sales team for non-performance and the indication that at least two — from a bouquet of seven channels — would eventually shut down.

Such is the fear of pink slips hitting the upper echelons of the employee pyramid — until recently a situation considered purely hypothetical — that professionals have begun calling doctors and helplines. Sahai in Bangalore gets nearly 100 to 200 calls daily. “Earlier, the calls were more about relationships. Now, the callers enquire about assistance to pay home, car EMIs and education loans for children studying abroad,” says Anita Graciaf, counsellor, Sahai. Agrees another Bangalore-based psychiatrist, Dr H Chandrashekhar: “They wonder whether they will get jobs and what they will do until they get one. They are actually going through nightmarish times.”

Unfortunately, this is a nightmare from which one cannot wake up to a better reality: the job cuts are very real and across sectors. “I wonder how to handle my EMIs, rent, fuel for my car,” says Sameer Kulsrestha, who lost his job barely 24 hours ago at Google India, the India arm of the Mountain View, California- based internet company. Google is not reacting. In a response to a query on layoffs, a Google spokesperson said, “We have been reducing our dependence on contractors for over a year across locations. In rare cases, where restructuring impacts Googlers, we actively work on providing them with other opportunities within Google. In India, Google continues to hire to need. We are unable to comment on any specific initiative.”

The latest termination comes close on the heels of news of a Securities and Exchange Commission filing on Decemeber 16 from Google. It shows a significant cutback in temporary employees to cut costs. Earlier, on January 14, in a statement posted on the company’s official blog, Laszlo Bocke, vice president, people operations, said that Google will lay off around 100 employees from its recruitment team and terminate its contract with external hiring agencies, the first significant cutback in its 11-year history.

But apart from export units, some of the worst victims of layoffs and the downturn are in labour-intensive sectors such as textiles, leather, tourism and services. Four days ago, Shashikant Tripahti, 29, was asked to leave his job at Chavi Travels. He says the company couldn’t meet his basic demand: the Rs 18,000 they owe him for the last three months of work. Tripathi had been working at the car-hire company since July 2008, but says he got paid once every few months, and never the full amount. “I know that not a single driver has been paid for the last three months,” Tripathi says. He’s now on the lookout for any job that will help his family — his wife Mamta and daughters, Sakshi, 8, and Nandani, 1, stay afloat. When he approached another car-hire agency in Gurgaon, they called his former supervisor for a background check, and refused him the job. “Now, I’m even willing to assist manual construction workers,” he says.

For the last four months, Tripathi has been unable to pay his rent or his dues to the grocery store. Last month, the food supplies stopped coming. Since then, Tripathi has been living off money and groceries borrowed from relatives. Potatoes are the only vegetable one would find in his kitchen right now. While he and his wife can cope, he says the greatest challenge has been affording milk for his oneyear- old daughter. The hardest: watching his elder daughter get pulled up in school because he hasn’t paid up the Rs 90 monthly fee for the last three months.

Similar struggles continue across strata and sectors. In textiles, industry and government sources estimate that seven lakh jobs have already been axed and almost as many more are on the cards. Take a look at hospitality and tourism: from October to March, it’s hard to find an unbooked houseboat in Alappuzha, the picturesque Kerala town that thrives on backwater tourism. Not this year. A row of empty boats is moored forlornly to the banks. “My boat has been idle almost every third day this month,” said Sali, an operator, sadly.

“We had never faced this kind of a slump, not even post-tsunami,” says VC Zacharia, a houseboat owner. A fall in tourist inflow has led to about a 30 to 35 percent drop in the earnings of boat owners, and either a fall in income or loss of jobs to an estimated 7,000 persons dependent on the houseboat industry.

Far north, the snow covered slopes of Gulmarg and placid waters of Dal Lake in Srinagar in Kashmir are equally abandoned. The shikaras are empty, the faces of the boatmen desperate. The meadows of Pahalgam are brimming with flowers, but of tourists there is barely a sign.

Hoteliers are offering up to 70 percent discount on tariffs, but no one has been turning up to avail of them. For hotel and restaurant owners, struggling to recoup the losses from an economic agitation, first in Kashmir and then in Jammu, this is a severe blow. The layoffs have begun.

Abdul Majeed, once the proud owner of four hotels in Srinagar’s posh area of Zero Bridge, close to Rajbagh, was forced to close down three. He’s trying to survive on the business from the fourth, but for his laid-off employees, there is no such cushion. “After I recorded zero percent occupancy for several months, I had no choice but to close down my hotels,” says Majid.

Even Goa, the one destination that could have been relatively immune in such recessive times, has caught the virus. Internet searches for hotels during the December-January peak season for visitors shows that although small, absolutely cheap places to shack in are invariably full, it’s the four and five star properties that have room. Walk-in customers willing to upgrade from low-cost accommodation have reportedly found very competitive rates being offered by otherwise rather snootier properties.

At a time existing job-holders find it difficult to retain their jobs, what about the 10-odd million who join the Indian workforce each year? In this season of retrenchment, the only certainity is uncertainity. And that lay-off levels will be high; recruitment levels low.

But while there are no solutions to the hiring dilemma, there are some tangential paths new brooms can take. Consider this one posted on the blog of a Delhi-based newspaper: on a three-hour drive from Nagpur to a cluster of villages in Chandrapur district, Rachael Barber, global head, community investment, Barclays, talked about how employee engagement in local communities is high on the bank’s sustainability agenda and how staffers from the age of 24 to 60 are opting to work for charities, supporting causes and giving away a good portion of their time, without expecting monetary return.

In fact, one of the top five questions that B-school graduates in the US and UK are asking potential employers during placement sessions is, “Will I get a chance to do voluntary work in your company?”, says another Blog. In 2007, Barclays invested £52.4 million in community projects around the world, and more than 43,000 colleagues in 29 countries were involved in fundraising and volunteering initiatives. Barber says skillbased volunteering adds maximum value to aid recipients. This becomes more relevant when you see ILO estimates that there are over 88 million unemployed young people (in the 15 to 24 year age group) around the world, comprising half the world’s total unemployment.

While volunteering is not mandatory, it does have the potential to add to the employee’s annual appraisal. Consulting and accounting companies have traditionally done a lot of community work, partly because it is easier for them to move their consultants from place to place. Ritu Anand, deputy global head of human resources at Tata Consultancy Services recently spoke about how the company’s employees were actively seeking voluntary work, choosing to devote weekends on village projects without claiming compensatory offs.

None of this is likely to help those still employed retain their jobs, or those recently laid-off to feel better about their loss, but in hard times, every sliver of satisfaction must be extracted. And perhaps, in developing the ability to gain more from possibly earning less, lies a future rosier than one coloured either the green of greed — or the pink of that final slip.

::: Advert – SEED MAGAZINE LAUNCH :::

In india news on January 29, 2009 at 8:06 am

::: Advert – SEED MAGAZINE LAUNCH :::

In Uncategorized on January 29, 2009 at 8:06 am

India’s General Elections 2009 : The Run-Up

In Uncategorized on January 29, 2009 at 7:37 am

By Dr. Subhash Kapila

General Elections earlier than the scheduled timing of the first half of 2009 has been an active talking point in India’s political circles for nearly a year. This speculation was fuelled by the stream of ultimatums emanating from the ruling Congress Party coalition partners threatening to withdraw support on every conceivable issue and bring about the fall of the Congress-led Government. Leading the pack more actively has been the Leftists combine led by the CPI(M).

Despite the brouhaha that they create on this count neither the Leftists combine nor the coalition partners of the Congress like the RJD, DMK etc have the political courage to exit power. The Congress itself is unsure of whether it can return to power. The Leftists are smug in exercising political control over the Government without accountability having a plausible exit strategy that they are not part of the Government. They too are uncertain along with the other coalition parties of the Congress that they can retain even the present number of seats that they hold in Parliament. All in all the Congress Government and its coalition parties would like to ride out their full tenure in power.

Unless some unforeseen dramatic political development takes place the next General Election in India seems set to take place in 2009 only. But then even if the General Elections take place in 2009 only, the fact is that it is just about a year left in the run-up to them and it really is not that much time left. It therefore becomes appropriate to survey India’s political scene as it presents itself today.

The first to get off the block in terms of gearing itself for the forthcoming General Elections has been the major Opposition Party, the BJP. Having resolved their inner-party leadership issue they have named Shri L K Advani as their Prime Ministerial candidate and to fight the Elections under his leadership. The BJP could have also named their “Shadow Cabinet” as was recommended in an earlier Column of mine. There is a whole line-up of competent and tried BJP leaders who should be projected for all the important ministerial portfolios as part of their “Shadow Government”. This would give the BJP a big political edge over the Congress Party and add to its image of having both talent and political competence within its ranks.

The BJP however, has not fully got into a pro-active election-mode. With just about a year left in the run-up, the BJP as the main Opposition Party should have been a bee-hive of political activity especially in the States which it intends to re-capture from the Congress and whose loss in the last Elections led to its exit from power.

The Congress is a party dominated by a single political dynasty and does not have many politically talented people in its ranks. Once again the Congress Party the way it is structured would have to depend on the Gandhi dynasty duo of Mrs. Sonia Gandhi and Rahul Gandhi to garner votes. They have not and further shy away from naming any Prime Ministerial candidate like the BJP. The strategy seems to be following a dual-track approach with the Congress leaders clamoring that Rahul Gandhi should be the next Prime Minister and the dynasty denying any such ambitions. In terms of feverish political preparations Rahul Gandhi seems to be concentrating heavily on the under-developed regions of Uttar Pradesh like Bundelkhand and tribal areas of Orissa and Central India.

There seems to be an underlying strategy in this pattern which seems to rest on a number of political considerations. Firstly it is easier to draw attention to the neglect of these areas by non-Congress Governments ruling in such States forgetting that Congress too is responsible for the neglected state. Secondly, it is easier to draw large crowds in such poor areas for Congress political meetings. Thirdly, the calculation seems to be that in such areas the iconic appeal of the dynasty may be much larger.

But there is a negative deduction that emerges here and that is that the Gandhi dynasty may have lost its political iconic appeal in urban and developed areas of India and therefore are politically concentrating on such backward areas.

The Congress seems to be taking very seriously the political threat that Shri Advani poses by the BJP naming him the Prime Ministerial candidate. The Congress Party seems to be in an overdrive to single out Shri Advani as the main target of their political attacks in the run-up to the Elections in a bid to erode his political credibility.

The Leftists despite their hold on West Bengal and Kerala do not seem to be destined to even retain the sixty odd seats that they occupy in Parliament presently. In an India which is economically resurgent today and where affluence is becoming a way of life, the Communists are not likely to offer much political appeal.

The regional parties like the RJD and the DMK who because of the coalition arithmetic received disproportionate political importance from the Congress do not seem to be returning back with the same clout.

India’s political scene however is pervaded heavily by the uncertain political tilt of Ms Mayawati who swept into political power in Uttar Pradesh on the strength of a new political formula of adding economically weaker upper castes to her Dalit captive vote banks. This was covered in an earlier Column on her success.
Her party the BSP with its new political formula could double the number of seats that she holds in Parliament and this could be at the cost of both the Congress and the BJP. She could become a vital “swing factor” for both the Congress and the BJP in case of a hung Parliament.

Ultimately, one needs to remember that the Congress and the BJP are the two major political parties of India and the results of the 2009 General Elections would revolve around their respective overall showings and the yearning of the Indian people for a strong leadership capable of leading a growingly nationalistic resurgent India without the delusional mindsets of non-alignment and minority vote-banks appeasement.

TELANGANA MANTALU

In india news on January 28, 2009 at 12:27 pm

TELANGANA MANTALU

In Uncategorized on January 28, 2009 at 12:27 pm

ISB Hyderabad

In india news on January 28, 2009 at 12:24 pm

ISB Hyderabad

In Uncategorized on January 28, 2009 at 12:24 pm

Shining views of Andhra Pradesh

In india news on January 28, 2009 at 12:20 pm

Shining views of Andhra Pradesh

In Uncategorized on January 28, 2009 at 12:20 pm

Andhra Pradesh Glitters

In india news on January 28, 2009 at 12:19 pm

Andhra Pradesh Glitters

In Uncategorized on January 28, 2009 at 12:19 pm

Graveyard of congress in India

In india news on January 28, 2009 at 12:16 pm

Graveyard of congress in India

In Uncategorized on January 28, 2009 at 12:16 pm

India’s opposition on the ropes

In Uncategorized on January 28, 2009 at 11:29 am

By M H Ahssan

With the Congress-led United Progressive Alliance coalition having bounced back with surprising vigor in India’s recently concluded state assembly elections – snagging three out of five states – its main opposition, the right-wing Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP), has begun to look increasingly vulnerable in the run-up to the May general elections.

Unsurprisingly, no sooner did the state election results filter in than senior Congress leaders seized on the opportunity to pronounce how their party was the likely winner come May.

“The Congress has improved its prospects to return to power after the assembly elections, which have been a morale boost for the rank and file of the party,” Parliamentary Affairs Minister Vayalar Ravi said at a press conference.

Indeed they have, but another important factor was the government’s speed in showing the door to controversial home minister Shivraj Patil and former Maharashtra chief minister Vilasrao Deshmukh after the November 26, 2008, Mumbai terror attacks. It followed this up with a raft of tough new anti-terror laws, and in his first few days in office new Home Minister P C Chidambaram has steered through a record number of tough anti-terror laws in parliament. The steps have naturally bolstered the public image of the Congress-led government, which had been accused of being “soft” on terror.

With these steps in place and its assembly election successes in its pocket, an upbeat Congress leadership is moving in for the kill with an eye on the polls. At a meeting this month, party chief Sonia Gandhi directed all state units to submit a list of probable candidates by the month’s end. Hectic talks are going on to select the best candidates, with All-India Congress Committee general secretary Rahul Gandhi pitching in to vet many of them.

In direct contrast to the optimistic mood of the Congress camp, the BJP – which had been on an upward trajectory for most of 2008 – has been divided by internal dissent over many issues, including its choice of party candidates for the election.

Even its prime ministerial choice, 81-year-old L K Advani, is seeming more like a liability after the party’s shocking rout in the state elections in Delhi. That’s because, as political pundits point out, Advani is acknowledged as ideologically more extreme than former prime minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee, which makes him less acceptable to many.

Insiders point out that middle-roader Vajpayee was the glue that held the National Democratic Alliance (NDA) – the coalition that had governed India until 2004 – together when it was in power. And despite being part of the BJP flank, Vajpayee’s appeal was widespread among its coalition members, including the breakaway factions of the erstwhile Janata Dal (JD) party, which stayed in the coalition mainly because of him.

But now with Vajpayee physically unfit and Advani being positioned as the BJP’s prime ministerial candidate, discomfort among coalition members is growing by the day. And party cracks are showing; Sharad Yadav, a former socialist who was recently appointed as the convener of NDA, didn’t have any qualms in publicly expressing his wish that “Vajpayee was still around to guide them in the forthcoming parliamentary elections”.

“The party is in a bad shape,” said a senior BJP leader, who preferred anonymity. “We have not improved our position at all. Internal feuds will be our worst enemy in the coming elections.”

The BJP is also facing growing restlessness among some of the NDA’s major allies, such as the JD and the Biju Janata Dal, which apparently have some serious differences with the party. Meanwhile, the Communist Party of India and other leftist parties have publicly claimed they have received positive signals from some NDA allies keen to forge a so-called “third front”.

To add to the party’s woes, BJP vice president and former Uttar Pradesh chief minister Kalyan Singh quit the party recently, resigning from all party posts as he said he was feeling “neglected”. In a letter to party president Rajnath Singh, the 76-year-old – who has been sulking over various issues – said he was feeling “unhappy” and would not compromise and continue with the party.

Insiders could have already saw this coming, as Singh had been keeping away from important BJP meetings for months. At the time of his resignation, he said the BJP had sidelined him and he was “not being given due importance in a party which he had contributed to establishing”.

As if this wasn’t bad enough, in another blow to the party, one of the BJP’s senior-most leaders and the country’s former vice president – Bhairon Singh Shekhawat – has challenged the party’s choice of prime ministerial candidate by throwing his own hat into the ring.

Shekhawat, who created a flutter within the BJP by declaring that he would contest the upcoming Lok Sabha (Lower House of the parliament) polls at the ripe age of 86, also hit out at Rajnath Singh for his remark that “somebody who has held a constitutional post should not enter the electoral fray”. He even went to the extent of saying that Vajpayee should give the post a shot if his health improves. Clearly, there’s no dearth of aspiring prime ministers in the BJP fold.

The party’s internal fractures showed again recently when top leaders of the NDA congregated in New Delhi in December to celebrate Vajpayee’s 84th birthday. Interestingly, Vajpayee was missing. Though his glaring absence embarrassed the party, with his health blamed, insiders reveal that the stalwart is disenchanted with the way things are going in the party.

Apart from these niggling worries, non-BJP coalition partners in the NDA are also concerned about the state of their present relationship with the “saffron party”. For instance, the JD in Bihar and the Biju Janata Dal in Orissa are at loggerheads with local BJP units. There is similar discontent in many other states.

Meanwhile, Advani is attempting to revive the party’s electoral chances by winning over the young (under 35) demographic which constitutes two-thirds of India’s 1.1 billion population. The BJP stalwart has launched a publicity blitzkrieg – a website, a blog and a large budget advertising campaign to target young voters. Two blogposts in three days – one on spirituality and the other on technology – were launched by Advani this month, leading the media to dub him India’s “new kid on the blog”.

However, despite a downbeat pre-election mood in the BJP camp, analysts say the political situation is dynamic and could change ahead of the election. This would be hardly surprising considering that in the past decade trends in Indian politics have veered more towards multi-polarity than one-party rule. In the last Lok Sabha polls, for instance, the BJP and the Congress together won only 283 seats, a tad more than the halfway mark in the 543-member house.

In other words, the elections are still anyone’s game, and it this thrill of the unexpected that will make the election in the world’s largest democracy all the more exciting.

Exclusive: RDX smuggled in with cement from Pakistan?

In Uncategorized on January 28, 2009 at 6:59 am

By Swati Khanna

Police and security agencies here have got a specific alert — from the police of a northern state — about RDX having been smuggled into the country as part of a cement consignment from Pakistan and the target being an oil refinery.

Officials said the high alert sounded at vital installations like railway stations and hotels in Mumbai last December was not a reaction to the 26/11 carnage but had its basis in this specific intelligence input.

Officials also told HNN that more RDX could be coming in as part of cement or other consignments. But the alert did not name any refinery that was supposed to be the target.

That explained the reaction by Delhi Police and Mumbai Police during the days following the terror attacks on Mumbai. The two closest refineries to Delhi are at Panipat and Mathura. But most of the major refineries are near the coast, including those at Vishakhapatnam, Paradip and Jamnagar.

The alert also mentioned railways as a possible “soft target”.

Several ports, especially those in Vishakhapatnam and Ennore (Tamil Nadu), were also on a high alert on Tuesday. Shipping officials met home ministry and IB officials, agencies reported.

ATS joint commissioner of police Rakesh Maria was not available for comment and state intelligence chief D Shivanandan said he was not privy to the information.

Security was stepped up at all railway stations in National Capital Region following the threat. The police deployed extra Quick Reaction Teams at New Delhi railway station and other stations. “After 26/11, every input is taken seriously,’’ said Delhi Police’s DCP (crime and railways), Neeraj Thakur.

HNN IMPACT: PMO orders enquiry on Patencheru pollution

In india news on January 28, 2009 at 6:49 am

By M H Ahssan

Concerned over reports of water at Patancheru in Medak near Hyderabad containing drug residues that are as high as 150 times the levels detected in US, PMO has asked for testing of samples and a report on the composition of the pharmaceutical cocktail within a week.

Taking note of a study carried out by the University of Gothenburg in Sweden in collaboration with other varsities, frontpaged by HNN on Tuesday, PMO has written to the environment ministry calling for a report on the “treated” effluents being released by drug factories.

The factories, about 28 km from Hyderabad, are apparently releasing a mix of powerful antibiotics into a stream used for drinking water, fishing and a water source for cattle. “It is possible to quickly test water samples and check for pharmaceutical ingredients. This can be done by an organisation like National Environmental Engineering Research Institute (NEERI),” said sources.

The release of the drug soup containing as many as 21 ingredients is subject to ongoing litigation and has been raised by environmental activists, but with recent research establishing that water at Patancheru was possibly the most polluted in the world has made the government sit up and take note. Even after being treated by drug factories, it is well above the accepted norm for residues. As several of these drug firms are supplying overseas markets, the fear of litigation by environmental and health activists and cancellation of orders is also a real worry for the government. Now that the report has gained wide publicity, both government and drug companies are likely to be questioned about the unacceptable levels of contamination in the water.

The government is troubled by the tag of India being host to one of the world’s most contaminated spots and the initial reactions of officials indicated that they did not feel the study was inaccurate. There might be some difference between drug levels reported in the University of Gothenburg’s Joakim Larsson and the current situation, but it was not likely to be much. The report has made headlines at a time when the Centre is moving to tighten norms for environmental clearances by calling on industries to make “verifiable disclosures” when setting up or running factories. Industrial units will be required to make declaratory statements on their environmental commitments by way of issuing advertisements and putting up relevant information on their websites.

In the case of Patancheru, the government’s task will begin with first getting hold of the type of environmental clearances granted to drug factories, said to number close to 90, in the area. Only when this is clarified will the investigation proceed to the next step of zeroing in on the nature of violations by factories and then look at the culpability of both private entities and officials.

HNN IMPACT: PMO orders enquiry on Patencheru pollution

In Uncategorized on January 28, 2009 at 6:49 am

By M H Ahssan

Concerned over reports of water at Patancheru in Medak near Hyderabad containing drug residues that are as high as 150 times the levels detected in US, PMO has asked for testing of samples and a report on the composition of the pharmaceutical cocktail within a week.

Taking note of a study carried out by the University of Gothenburg in Sweden in collaboration with other varsities, frontpaged by HNN on Tuesday, PMO has written to the environment ministry calling for a report on the “treated” effluents being released by drug factories.

The factories, about 28 km from Hyderabad, are apparently releasing a mix of powerful antibiotics into a stream used for drinking water, fishing and a water source for cattle. “It is possible to quickly test water samples and check for pharmaceutical ingredients. This can be done by an organisation like National Environmental Engineering Research Institute (NEERI),” said sources.

The release of the drug soup containing as many as 21 ingredients is subject to ongoing litigation and has been raised by environmental activists, but with recent research establishing that water at Patancheru was possibly the most polluted in the world has made the government sit up and take note. Even after being treated by drug factories, it is well above the accepted norm for residues. As several of these drug firms are supplying overseas markets, the fear of litigation by environmental and health activists and cancellation of orders is also a real worry for the government. Now that the report has gained wide publicity, both government and drug companies are likely to be questioned about the unacceptable levels of contamination in the water.

The government is troubled by the tag of India being host to one of the world’s most contaminated spots and the initial reactions of officials indicated that they did not feel the study was inaccurate. There might be some difference between drug levels reported in the University of Gothenburg’s Joakim Larsson and the current situation, but it was not likely to be much. The report has made headlines at a time when the Centre is moving to tighten norms for environmental clearances by calling on industries to make “verifiable disclosures” when setting up or running factories. Industrial units will be required to make declaratory statements on their environmental commitments by way of issuing advertisements and putting up relevant information on their websites.

In the case of Patancheru, the government’s task will begin with first getting hold of the type of environmental clearances granted to drug factories, said to number close to 90, in the area. Only when this is clarified will the investigation proceed to the next step of zeroing in on the nature of violations by factories and then look at the culpability of both private entities and officials.

Actors don different avatars to keep buzz alive

In india news on January 27, 2009 at 9:11 am

By M H Ahssan

There was a time when actors were bigger than the characters they played — Amitabh Bachchan never altered his hairstyle and Rajesh Khanna never changed the way he delivered his dialogues. But today, actors are not only willing to take the risk of soaking into the character but also use multiple looks in a single film to create a buzz around it.

Take for example the 2008-blockbuster Ghajini. The success of the track Behka came from the fact that Aamir Khan showed up in six different avatars. A few weeks earlier, King Khan didn’t disappoint when he alternated between Simpleton Suri and Romeo Raj in Rab Ne Bana Di Jodi. Though unlike Ghajini, the varied looks here formed an integral part of the script.

Whether a marketing ploy or as an important part of the storyline, the trend is here to stay and one expects to see at least a handful of films take it forward in 2009. The most talked about of which is director Ashutosh Gowarikar’s What’s Your Rashee, where Priyanka Chopra is likely to be seen in 12 different avatars, each of which represents one rashee or sun sign.

Closer on the calendar is Madhureeta Anand’s Mere Khwabon Mein Jo Aaye that has Randeep Hooda in 18 iconic characters, including that of Elvis Presley and James Bond.

Anand, who came up with the idea while writing the story accepts that it is the USP of the film but assures that it isn’t a PR strategy to sell the film. “My film is about a simple woman who has an imaginary friend Jai and how he empowers her imagination. Jai is her fantasy and therefore takes on the form of the popular icons.” The director, who closely worked with the costume department on Hooda’s looks, says, “It isn’t easy to come up with 18 variations of one face. In a lot of ways, it was creatively liberating for the artistes as well as the actor.”

Southern siren Asin Thottumkal, who is filming for Vipul Shah’s London Dreams, agrees. “I play a split personality — as one character I’ll be wearing a salwar kameez and as the other, you’ll see me in a grunge look. It sounds mad but it gives us actors so much space to experiment.”

Designer Ashley Rebello who has worked on both of Thottumkal’s looks narrates how it took time to get her rocker look right. “The first time around she reminded us of Ghajini. So we gave Asin kohl eyes, tights, dresses and loads of accessories.”

The makeup artistes, hair and costume stylists feel that finally, this phenomenon has led the industry to recognise their potential. Arjun Bhasin who put together Aamir’s looks in Behka, says, “We have to think of what will look good on the actor and also make sure the director likes it. Ghajini was especially a challenge as we had to portray Aamir in a way he never has looked before.”

The audience no doubt loves to see the stars in more than one avatar. Director Murgadoss, who added the track in Ghajini only for the benefit of the Bollywood audience, explains why the trick works: “We knew the response to the song would be fabulous. After all, people get to see their favourite star six times over.” To put in simple words, it’s full ‘paisa vasool’.

Actors don different avatars to keep buzz alive

In Uncategorized on January 27, 2009 at 9:11 am

By M H Ahssan

There was a time when actors were bigger than the characters they played — Amitabh Bachchan never altered his hairstyle and Rajesh Khanna never changed the way he delivered his dialogues. But today, actors are not only willing to take the risk of soaking into the character but also use multiple looks in a single film to create a buzz around it.

Take for example the 2008-blockbuster Ghajini. The success of the track Behka came from the fact that Aamir Khan showed up in six different avatars. A few weeks earlier, King Khan didn’t disappoint when he alternated between Simpleton Suri and Romeo Raj in Rab Ne Bana Di Jodi. Though unlike Ghajini, the varied looks here formed an integral part of the script.

Whether a marketing ploy or as an important part of the storyline, the trend is here to stay and one expects to see at least a handful of films take it forward in 2009. The most talked about of which is director Ashutosh Gowarikar’s What’s Your Rashee, where Priyanka Chopra is likely to be seen in 12 different avatars, each of which represents one rashee or sun sign.

Closer on the calendar is Madhureeta Anand’s Mere Khwabon Mein Jo Aaye that has Randeep Hooda in 18 iconic characters, including that of Elvis Presley and James Bond.

Anand, who came up with the idea while writing the story accepts that it is the USP of the film but assures that it isn’t a PR strategy to sell the film. “My film is about a simple woman who has an imaginary friend Jai and how he empowers her imagination. Jai is her fantasy and therefore takes on the form of the popular icons.” The director, who closely worked with the costume department on Hooda’s looks, says, “It isn’t easy to come up with 18 variations of one face. In a lot of ways, it was creatively liberating for the artistes as well as the actor.”

Southern siren Asin Thottumkal, who is filming for Vipul Shah’s London Dreams, agrees. “I play a split personality — as one character I’ll be wearing a salwar kameez and as the other, you’ll see me in a grunge look. It sounds mad but it gives us actors so much space to experiment.”

Designer Ashley Rebello who has worked on both of Thottumkal’s looks narrates how it took time to get her rocker look right. “The first time around she reminded us of Ghajini. So we gave Asin kohl eyes, tights, dresses and loads of accessories.”

The makeup artistes, hair and costume stylists feel that finally, this phenomenon has led the industry to recognise their potential. Arjun Bhasin who put together Aamir’s looks in Behka, says, “We have to think of what will look good on the actor and also make sure the director likes it. Ghajini was especially a challenge as we had to portray Aamir in a way he never has looked before.”

The audience no doubt loves to see the stars in more than one avatar. Director Murgadoss, who added the track in Ghajini only for the benefit of the Bollywood audience, explains why the trick works: “We knew the response to the song would be fabulous. After all, people get to see their favourite star six times over.” To put in simple words, it’s full ‘paisa vasool’.

In-house publication – inform and engage

In Uncategorized on January 27, 2009 at 9:10 am

Even in the age of blogs and intranet, internal publications have their own importance and impact of informing and engaging employees. Renuka Vembu writes.

Employee engagement is assuming increasing importance and companies are formulating varied means of reaching out to every employee. Newsletters, blogs and intranet seemed to have shown them the way. The definition and the approach differs, but the motive remains more or less the same. Weekly or monthly or quarterly, print edition or online version, in-house publications are one of the most common ways of disseminating general company information, and encouraging employee participation in their interest areas.

Companies and their releases

Every company has its own charter for publishing its newsletter-company performance during the interim period, the events that took place and the forthcoming programmes, sharing of general information pertaining to the workforce, quality measures, rewards and recognitions, outstanding performers and innovative ideas, developments that they have made or any future projects they are likely to undertake, social commitments, etc. It also acts as a medium to not only unearth the talents lying within every individual and enlightening them about the company, but also throws a different light by highlighting and providing insight about people who matter and who guide the way-its top management. The softer aspects are often more touching and strike a chord strengthening the emotional bond.

The idea in short is to espouse the values of the company and keep the flow of information and channel of communication open. ORG IMS Research’s just launched magazine would highlight various aspects of the organisation including new launches, department initiatives, recognition, regional level meetings and events/ conferences. Max D’Souza, Head HR, South Asia, ORG IMS Research, says, “A glimpse of events across various locations are captured, performers are awarded and recognised and important messages from department heads are conveyed.” ‘Customer Speak’ covers feedback from all our clients on our product, training and project ratings, ‘Leisure’ is a column which takes all to a lighter moment in the form of jokes, incidents, brain twister, etc., while ‘Welcome to Family’ is a column which covers all new joinees across the organisation and ‘Cherishing people’ interviews the oldest employees across teams, he elaborates.

GSK has two quarterly house magazines ‘GSK News’ and ‘Quest.’ ‘GSK News’ is distributed to all employees of the organisation and it focuses on all developments at GSK India (results, important foreign delegate visits/ interviews, product launches) along with informal activities (events, employees’ children’s achievements, new appointments). While ‘Quest’ goes only to the marketing and sales staff since its target is to highlight the marketing and sales events. It covers updates of each marketing team whereby each individual employee is aware of developments in the other business units including campaigns and sales achievements. It also covers information on regular training programmes conducted with sales teams.

Participation across levels

What is normally observed is that these initiatives are primarily focused on the employees, their chosen heads for handling the process and execution along with the HR personnel. It seldom has any active participation from the middle-level and top management. Internal publications are looked at more as an outlet for employees to break the monotony from their routine.

Also, in the times of going green, organisations have shifted gear towards the e-edition. Today with companies going global, and the world shrinking, it is imperative to have a touch-point across all locations. Newsletters act as an internal communication strategy and also an internal branding mechanism.

Two-way communication

There are some paradigm changes taking place in the way traditional newsletters were published. From being a paper version to now promoting environment-friendly measures, from an information/communication approach to now a participative/interactive forum, it has evolved with changing times.

Instead of just giving out information, organisations conduct quizzes so that employees are not only abreast of the happenings but are also engaged in it. Categorising the newsletter into different sections also helps capturing employee attention so that they can refer to the one that attracts them the most and is the most relevant.

At GSK, every endeavour is made to encourage maximum participation by way of inviting personal success stories, children’s achievement, and sales achievements, etc. This attracts recipients to not just keep it but to read it and further encourages others to participate.

One aspect which most people tend to forget is that the house magazine is a good communication tool as far as the employee’s family too is concerned. It gives the family members an overview of where their loved one spends a large part of his/ her time and often gives a face to names they would have otherwise only heard of, asserts a GSK spokesperson.

While organisations have multiple means of disseminating news and views at their disposal, what would prompt them to look at newsletters when the same can be passed through the Intranet and blogs and be more real-time and effective?

Publishing the publication

To invest in a hard copy and come out with regular editions means the returns are justified and the company leverages benefits-both tangible and intangible, out of it. Connecting individuals of all hierarchies across all locations, collating and imparting news, synergising and compiling information and presenting it in a single form/ format is the key benefit of having an in-house publication.

In-house publication – inform and engage

In Uncategorized on January 27, 2009 at 9:10 am

Even in the age of blogs and intranet, internal publications have their own importance and impact of informing and engaging employees. Renuka Vembu writes.

Employee engagement is assuming increasing importance and companies are formulating varied means of reaching out to every employee. Newsletters, blogs and intranet seemed to have shown them the way. The definition and the approach differs, but the motive remains more or less the same. Weekly or monthly or quarterly, print edition or online version, in-house publications are one of the most common ways of disseminating general company information, and encouraging employee participation in their interest areas.

Companies and their releases
Every company has its own charter for publishing its newsletter-company performance during the interim period, the events that took place and the forthcoming programmes, sharing of general information pertaining to the workforce, quality measures, rewards and recognitions, outstanding performers and innovative ideas, developments that they have made or any future projects they are likely to undertake, social commitments, etc. It also acts as a medium to not only unearth the talents lying within every individual and enlightening them about the company, but also throws a different light by highlighting and providing insight about people who matter and who guide the way-its top management. The softer aspects are often more touching and strike a chord strengthening the emotional bond.

The idea in short is to espouse the values of the company and keep the flow of information and channel of communication open. ORG IMS Research’s just launched magazine would highlight various aspects of the organisation including new launches, department initiatives, recognition, regional level meetings and events/ conferences. Max D’Souza, Head HR, South Asia, ORG IMS Research, says, “A glimpse of events across various locations are captured, performers are awarded and recognised and important messages from department heads are conveyed.” ‘Customer Speak’ covers feedback from all our clients on our product, training and project ratings, ‘Leisure’ is a column which takes all to a lighter moment in the form of jokes, incidents, brain twister, etc., while ‘Welcome to Family’ is a column which covers all new joinees across the organisation and ‘Cherishing people’ interviews the oldest employees across teams, he elaborates.

GSK has two quarterly house magazines ‘GSK News’ and ‘Quest.’ ‘GSK News’ is distributed to all employees of the organisation and it focuses on all developments at GSK India (results, important foreign delegate visits/ interviews, product launches) along with informal activities (events, employees’ children’s achievements, new appointments). While ‘Quest’ goes only to the marketing and sales staff since its target is to highlight the marketing and sales events. It covers updates of each marketing team whereby each individual employee is aware of developments in the other business units including campaigns and sales achievements. It also covers information on regular training programmes conducted with sales teams.

Participation across levels
What is normally observed is that these initiatives are primarily focused on the employees, their chosen heads for handling the process and execution along with the HR personnel. It seldom has any active participation from the middle-level and top management. Internal publications are looked at more as an outlet for employees to break the monotony from their routine.

Also, in the times of going green, organisations have shifted gear towards the e-edition. Today with companies going global, and the world shrinking, it is imperative to have a touch-point across all locations. Newsletters act as an internal communication strategy and also an internal branding mechanism.

Two-way communication
There are some paradigm changes taking place in the way traditional newsletters were published. From being a paper version to now promoting environment-friendly measures, from an information/communication approach to now a participative/interactive forum, it has evolved with changing times.

Instead of just giving out information, organisations conduct quizzes so that employees are not only abreast of the happenings but are also engaged in it. Categorising the newsletter into different sections also helps capturing employee attention so that they can refer to the one that attracts them the most and is the most relevant.

At GSK, every endeavour is made to encourage maximum participation by way of inviting personal success stories, children’s achievement, and sales achievements, etc. This attracts recipients to not just keep it but to read it and further encourages others to participate.

One aspect which most people tend to forget is that the house magazine is a good communication tool as far as the employee’s family too is concerned. It gives the family members an overview of where their loved one spends a large part of his/ her time and often gives a face to names they would have otherwise only heard of, asserts a GSK spokesperson.

While organisations have multiple means of disseminating news and views at their disposal, what would prompt them to look at newsletters when the same can be passed through the Intranet and blogs and be more real-time and effective?

Publishing the publication
To invest in a hard copy and come out with regular editions means the returns are justified and the company leverages benefits-both tangible and intangible, out of it. Connecting individuals of all hierarchies across all locations, collating and imparting news, synergising and compiling information and presenting it in a single form/ format is the key benefit of having an in-house publication.

Pharma Scenario: Mind games

In Uncategorized on January 27, 2009 at 9:07 am

For decades psychotropic drugs have courted controversies pertaining to their ‘voraciously profitable’ manufacture by pharma companies and the encouragement by doctors as treatments for various ailments. What promise do these drugs offer the makers and the consumers? Aashruti Kak explores.

Psychotropic drugs play a very vital role in patient welfare and therapy. Their properties have mystified the ‘unwell’ as well as the healthy world over. Unfortunately, it is the blatant misuse of these drugs that has time and again threatened patient access to innumerable treatments across the globe.

A psychotropic (or psychoactive) drug acts chiefly on the central nervous system (CNS), altering brain function and resulting in temporary changes in perception, mood, consciousness and behaviour, which is why, taking in view the consequences entailed in the use of such drugs, it becomes very necessary for respective governments of the world to regulate the manufacture, possession, and use of these drugs (other than illegal drugs and prescription medications).

Four major groups that come under the banner of psychotropic drugs are—hallucinogens, antipsychotics, depressants and stimulants, which may often cross overlap with other categories, as they produce more than one type of effect. Other mood affecting drugs may fall in the category of antidepressants, antipsychotics, mood stabilisers and tranquilisers, which are vital to the practice of psychiatry.

Some of the well known drugs in the global market are Prozac (antidepressant from Eli Lilly), and Zoloft (antidepressant by Pfizer), Paxil (antidepressant from GlaxosmithKline), Zyprexa (antipsychotic drug from Eli Lilly), and morphine (derived from opium for pain management). Other substances extracted from opium for medicinal use are codeine and dihydrocodeine (bulk opiates predominantly for pain relief), and pholcodine (antitussive—cough suppressant); oxycodone, hydromorphone, diamorphine, and buprenorphine HCL (specialist opiates for pain relief).

Other controlled drugs include methadone (for addiction), fentanyl, alfentanil, sufentanil (for pain relief), and methylphenidate (for Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder—ADHD).

An affluent market
Globally, there are two sorts of psychotropic drug markets-open and closed. Open markets comprise countries with limited or no domestic capabilities that rely on imported narcotics. Closed markets comprise countries with adequate domestic sources of narcotic drugs that normally do not import and are generally inaccessible to foreign manufacturers, for instance Australia, Argentina, Belgium, Brazil, China, France, Hungary, Iran, Japan, Norway, Portugal, Slovakia, South Africa, Spain, Turkey, United Kingdom, USA.

Since the psychotropic drugs segment is very vast, the markets are quite fragmented. According to ORG IMS, a research based consulting services, the antidepressant market contributes Rs 352.1 crore to the total Indian pharma market and is growing at 3.4 percent annually. The table below lists the companies active in the market.

An example of the ever expanding psychotropic drug market would be the sharp rise in the use of ADHD drugs in the US. According to a study in Health Affairs, a bi-monthly policy journal in the US, the use of ADHD drugs skyrocketed between 1993 and 2003, the prescription of such drugs nearly quadrupled, while global spending on them increased by a factor of nine.

Most of the prescription cough suppressants contain codeine or hydrocodone eg Piramal Healthcare’s Phensedyl and Pfizer’s Corex. The narcotic cough market is flourishing like never before, so much so, that in June 2008 Phensedyl toppled Novartis’s pain killer brand Voveran to emerge as the country’s largest selling drug. Before that Phensedyl was the eighth largest brand in May the same year. Although, analysts and doctors may feel that this could be attributed to a surge in viral infection and cough and cold associated with the monsoon, which is given; but there is more to the picture than that. It is widely known by all that most cough syrups are abused by drug addicts, because the codeine in the syrups can get consumers addicted. Other cough suppressant brands in the market are Codokuff by German Remedies, Tossex by Cipla and Codeine Linctus by Zydus.

“Generally, the growth drivers of this market are demographic, increase in awareness, availability and accessibility of medication, and new uses or indications for currently available drugs,” says a Sun Pharma spokesperson. In addition, off label use, and increase in consumers can also be attributed as some of the growth factors of this market. Off-label prescribing is quite rampant world over as doctors give patients amphetamines and psychotropic drugs (eg ADHD or antidepressant drugs such as Adderall, Ritalin and Wellbutrin) for weight loss.

Drug control framework
A psychotropic drug manufacturing company needs to operate in a highly regulated environment, and needs to update its standards regularly with ongoing assessments by the appropriate authorities.

“In the US, the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) is responsible for suppressing illegal drug use and distribution by enforcing the Controlled Substances Act. In India, the Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances (NDPS) Act of 1985 (subsequently amended) sets out the statutory framework for drug law enforcement. The Narcotics Control Bureau administers this act,” explains the Sun Pharma spokesperson. He goes on to say that some precursor chemicals used for the production of illegal drugs are also controlled substances in many countries, even though they may lack the pharmacological effects of the drugs themselves. Substances are classified according to schedules and consist primarily of potentially psychoactive substances. The controlled substances do not include many prescription items such as antibiotics.

Some US states have statutes against healthcare providers self-prescribing and/or administering substances listed in the Controlled Substance Act schedules. This does not forbid licensed providers from self-prescribing medications not on the schedules.

The Sun Pharma spokesperson continues, “In India, the Drugs and Cosmetics Act of 1940 regulates the manufacture and domestic distribution of psychotropic substances, whereas the Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances (NDPS) Act of 1985 (subsequently amended) sets out the statutory framework for drug law enforcement. The Act is designed to fulfil India’s treaty obligations under the above mentioned international conventions.” Under the provisions of the Act, the Narcotics Control Bureau was established, which became the central authority for the purpose of coordinating and exercising powers and functions of the Government under the Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances Act.

In the US, in addition to the FDA’s Good Manufacturing Practices requirements (CFR 21), drug law enforcement is under the purview of the Controlled Substances Act.

India is a signatory to all three UN drug control conventions, namely, the Single Convention on Narcotic Drugs 1961 (as amended by the 1972 Protocol), the Convention on Psychotropic Substances 1971 and the United Nations Convention against Illicit Traffic in Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances, 1988. India is the only country currently producing licit opium gum for medical and scientific purposes for domestic needs and for export under the terms of the 1961 Single Convention.

Strategising growth
A great example of companies taking advantage of the inflating psychotropic drug market is Sun Pharma’s acquisitions of three international controlled substances businesses. In 2005, Sun Pharma acquired a facility in Hungary authorised to make controlled substance APIs, starting from the initial stage, ie poppy farming.

In the same year, the company acquired a brand new manufacturing site in New Jersey, equipped with special suites for the manufacture of controlled substances finished dosages. And most recently, in November 2008, it acquired Chattem Chemicals, which is registered with the US Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) as a narcotic raw material importer.

Chattem is registered with the US Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) as a narcotic raw material importer. This import registration includes four controlled substance products listed in Schedule 2: methamphetamine, phenylacetone, raw opium and concentrate poppy straw. Additionally, it is also licensed by the DEA to manufacture Schedule 1 to 5 controlled substances. At its facility spread over 6.5 acres in Chattanooga, Tennessee, Chattem employees 60 people and manufactures a variety of active pharmaceutical ingredients (APIs) with a focus on controlled substances. For the year ending June 2008, Chattem is estimated to have sales of USD 26 million.

Other than Sun Pharma’s intentions of being an active player in the pain management segment in the US, this acquisition reflects another objective behind the move. “The statutes under the Controlled Substances Act prohibit the import of controlled substance API. Chattem Chemicals import quota allows the import of intermediates of API from elsewhere in the world, including our Alkaloida subsidiary in Hungary, and allows for further processing,” explains the Sun Pharma spokesperson. According to current regulations in the US, companies cannot import substances such as morphine. However, certain companies are permitted to import concentrated poppy straw (processed from poppy). Sun Pharma plans to process poppy into poppy straw at its Hungary facility and then import it to the US. This will be later converted into an API at the Chattem facility and later into a final dosage form at its New Jersey unit. Internationally, the company is competing with Mallinckrodt Pharmaceuticals and Johnson Matthey

Whether psychotropic drugs are a boon or a bane will always remain a matter of ethical discussion. Many national and international forums have various reasons to believe that although these drugs have relieved majority of the distress and pain of patients worldwide, they have enormous gaping holes that reek of uncertainty when it comes to regulations, distribution, and most importantly the mistrust that consumers feel towards pharma companies.

One of the few smoke signals that arose regarding the latter were when after targeting depressed adults, pharma companies came up with the idea of selling ‘happy pills’ to healthy people to ‘prevent depression’-also known as ‘early intervention’. Much later, the companies surpassed all logic when they announced that the FDA had approved Prozac for dogs in early 2007, claiming that even dogs have chemical imbalances in the brain.

Irrespective of the uncontrolled proliferation of drug abuse world wide, governments need to tighten regulations very strategically so that they do not hamper the access to psychotropic drugs by being overly restrictive.

According to WHO estimates, severe under-treatment is reported in more than 150 countries, both developing and industrialised, accounting for about 80 percent of the world’s population. Keeping that in mind, WHO developed the Access to Controlled Medications Programme (ACMP) in consultation with the International Narcotics Control Board (INCB). The programme aims to improve legitimate medical access to all medications controlled under the drug conventions.

As suggested by WHO, there are many ways in which countries can improve access to psychotropic drugs. Mental health policies need to contain well-defined strategies for improving access to essential psychotropic drugs. Legislation should be supportive of access, rather than obstructing it. Selecting the most needed drugs for good quality mental health services and developing standard treatment guidelines should also be part of the agenda.

Prices of psychotropic medicines have to be affordable to users and health systems, keeping in mind their often chronic use. Good quality mental healthcare requires more than information and prescriber training about psychotropic medicines—their appropriate use is a basic condition. And most importantly, systematic assessment and monitoring are very essential in order to continuously maintain and improve access.

Home is where the heart is

In Uncategorized on January 27, 2009 at 9:06 am

By Sayoni Bhaduri

They chose to leave their home country in search of better opportunities in India and ended up falling in love with her. Seven industry professionals tell their stories of how they got here and why they have stayed back, despite the difficulties.

What began as a way to give vent to the creativity of authors, painters and artistes, has today become a well-ingrained culture in many multinational corporations. In the hospitality industry, it has now become a norm for international hotel management companies to rotate their staff across various properties in the world.

While the early nineties saw a huge movement of Indians going to the Gulf, the US and the African nations in search of jobs, we saw a steady stream of expatriates pouring into the country because of the growing economy and expanding opportunities. Then, there are a few who are here because of the warmth and the hospitality they have experienced in the country – like Chef Dario Dezio, who came to India for a holiday 19 years ago and never left.

Consider his story. He wielded the ladle in the Italian restaurant chain Little Italy where he worked for ten years. Today he is with the InterContinental Marine Drive, Mumbai as master chef of Corleone – the hotel’s Italian restaurant. “India was very different when I came here. It was known more as a third-world country and the Ambassador car was perceived as a luxury car. This simplicity is what attracted me to this country,” he reminiscences.

Then there are some who came to India looking for newer challenges. Julian Groom left London because he wanted to grow professionally. After living in various cities in various countries, he settled down in India, where he was responsible for setting up the Le Meridien brand in Pune. Today he is the COO and executive director of DB Hospitality and lives in Mumbai with his family. “I never thought I’d stay back for so long. India has been growing at a fast pace and that is creating a whole line of new projects. India Inc has been working on a vision and to be part of that vision is a thrill that has no comparison,” Groom says.

For Rudiger Ewald, GM of Kenilworth Beach Resort & Spa, Goa, it was a more personal choice. He met his wife who is an Indian in the US – hence the move to India. He says, “My first visit to the country really drew me in. Plus, it is also one of the fastest growing economies in South East Asia. So for me it was a professional as well as personal decision.”

Chef Nariyoshi Nakamura, Master Chef at Sakura, The Metropolitan Hotel, got an offer to come to India five years ago and he grabbed the opportunity. “When I came down from Japan, India was emerging as a potential global leader. That, together with its rich history was a definite attraction for me. India has always been a land of opportunities and the hotel industry here is growing at a tremendous pace.”

While a booming economy that offers endless job options sounds all good, living through day-to-day problems and tackling them doesn’t quite cut it. Groom, for instance, started in Pune at a time when it was more like a village than an emerging metropolis that it is today. “I had limited choices in food and lifestyle. It was difficult for my family as well,” he says.

It is a general consensus that living in India requires a lot of patience. It is therefore important how the company helps in the relocation. Mumtaz Moiz, GM (India) for Club Med, who moved from Singapore to India, recalls having to start life right from scratch. “India is a very warm and vibrant country where people are very supportive. Being helpful comes as a second nature to them and this helps interacting with people as well creating an instant sense of belonging.”

But even if one is able to look beyond small issues, it is difficult to cope with any unprecedented events – like the recent terror attacks in Mumbai or the economic downturn. Cecilia Oldne, manager (International Business) for Sula, says, “I was definitely shocked as many of our associates and clients have suffered in the attack. But it has never questioned my faith in this country.”

Pascal Dupuis, GM of the The Leela Kempinski Goa, voices his opinion. “I would never leave the country because of something like this. The fact of the matter is that it could happen anywhere. I was in London when the city witnessed similar incidents, but that should not stop us from living our lives. What we can do is be prepared,” he says. India, being a land of mystic, will always tempt the traveller.

Ewald adds, “Economic upheavals are part and parcel of any nation and are bound to appear periodically. It is about keeping things under control and not panic.”

India and the IT industry

In Uncategorized on January 27, 2009 at 9:04 am

By Rahul Srivastava

India has been extremely successful at providing services to the world, from developing software to manning call centers. There have been many theories as to why, but there is no single answer.

For example, knowledge of the English language is often noted as a key Indian (and Irish and Israeli) advantage; the size of the workforce is another, but the success of Ireland and Israel, which employ only about 30,000 engineers, each belies this. The Philippines’ 20,000 software engineers speak English in the American style and work in an environment with better and cheaper telecommunications, roads, and electricity. Yet they are well behind India in the quality of the software they develop. Even in simple call-center work—where American English may be considered as an overriding advantage—the Philippines lags behind India.

Infrastructure is another negative for India relative to the other countries named. Also, China, keen to catch up with India in software, offers government support and superior infrastructure at a lower cost. It has stronger connections to technology and venture capital companies via the diaspora. There are more than twice as many engineers of mainland-Chinese origin in Silicon Valley than of Indian origin.

China produces a better quality of software engineer than India, if one goes by the patent record. Even so, innovative companies like Yahoo! and Adobe are shifting their highest-quality work from all over the world, including China, to India.

Indian government policy has, generally, been unhelpful. In the 1970s, when India began exporting software, policy was statist and protectionist. The state seemed to actively hinder private enterprise in software. It imposed high tariffs on the imports of hardware and software and discouraged foreign companies from operating in India.

Another key talent that is needed, entrepreneurship, perhaps we shall emerge from the quicksand of unsatisfactory explanations. Indian industry has created a class of determined and innovative entrepreneurs—even if they were not the most technically up-to-date in all fields. That is because after independence entrepreneurship had to be highly productive in order to offset the effects of hostile government policy, crumbling infrastructure, and expensive capital.

With no significant domestic market and no exposure to world markets, it was impossible for India to conceive of a new software product like the Microsoft operating system. Hence, Indian software began as a custom service—that is, software programs were written to specifications provided by their customers.

To the retail user reliant on mass-produced packaged software like Windows, this might seem like an expensive way to produce software. And it is. Despite this, the global custom-made software industry as of 2007 is worth about $400 billion a year, about twice the size as the packaged-software industry. The reason is that large companies in retail, banking, insurance, telecommunications, and others who view their offerings as proprietary regard the software that is behind these offerings as a competitive tool. For example, a large bank such as Citigroup that offers its customers online banking wants to make its service better than the competition. For this, it needs to customize the service in ways that distinguish it from others. This almost always requires writing software that is specially tailored to the service. It costs more, but it is willing to pay the price.

India did not invent the writing of custom software. The business was invented by companies like GE trying to capitalize on IBM’s decision in 1969 to separate the selling of hardware from software. IBM did this by specifying open standards for its hardware. An independent software provider could use these standards to develop software that would work on IBM’s machines.

After IBM made that fateful decision, the software world was never the same. Earlier software firms survived in an IBM-dominated world by providing simple services such as computer maintenance and time-sharing. After 1969, they could also provide software for operating the computer and for specific industry applications that IBM’s software engineers might not have written well. A large independent software vendor (ISV) industry quickly developed. By 1974, when India began exporting software, the ISV business was already well developed in the West, particularly in the United States.

At that time, the large mainframe manufacturers, such as IBM and Burroughs, were established in India. Burroughs had a joint venture with TCS, a division of India’s largest industrial group, Tata Industries. As S Ramadorai, the CEO of TCS told me, “Burroughs soon noticed that our engineers did an excellent job

of installing and maintaining Burrough’s products in India. So they asked us if we would send a few of our best engineers to the US to do the same for Burroughs’s clients in America.” Thus began the business of software exports. TCS sent programmers to the United States to install the systems of Burroughs. The industry’s term for the business was body-shopping. It was an odd term because the best minds, not the best bodies, of the country were being sent overseas.

The Indian software industry thus began by recruiting for western companies. It sought talent that could mimic western programmers using the same production techniques. The difference is that costs were lower than the West’s owing to India’s low labor costs and its large labor pool. This approach, termed labor arbitrage, had already succeeded in East Asia a decade earlier, though in manufacturing. It was to be replicated with even greater success by China—again in manufacturing—a few years later.

However, there were some differences between China’s mass-based manufacturing and Indian software exports. The first difference was that, for the first two decades, software exports from India were not exports of written code. Instead they were exports of people to clients’ sites in the United States and other places to write code.

Second, the technology exported to China was, for the first two decades, simpler than what was used in the West. The output that emerged from Chinese factories was of second-tier quality. By contrast, Indian programmers, from the very beginning, worked side by side with western programmers in the same work environment and used the same equipment.

Countering Pakistani Terrorists’ Anti-India Propaganda

In india news on January 27, 2009 at 7:49 am

By M H Ahssan

For almost two decades now, self-styled jihadist outfits based in Pakistan have been engaged in a war against India in Kashmir. This war of theirs has no sanction in Islam, which does not allow for proxy war, and that too one declared by non-state actors. It is an explicit violation of all Islamic principles. These outfits, which have considerable support inside Pakistan, see the conflict between India and Pakistan over Kashmir as a religious struggle, and they wrongly describe it as a jihad. They regard their role in Kashmir as but the first step in a grand, though completely fanciful, plan to annex India into Pakistan and convert it into what they style as dar- ul-islam, the Abode of Islam. But what they finally dream of establishing, or so they boast, is Muslim hegemony throughout the entire world.

I have used the term ‘hegemony’ here deliberately, for radical Muslim groups in Pakistan and in the Arab world have been indelibly influenced and shaped by the hegemonic designs of European colonialism in the past and Western imperialism today, and, in some senses, are a reaction to this hegemonic project. They seek to counter Western political supremacy and replace it by what they conceive of as Islamic political supremacy.

In my view, this approach is in sharp contradistinction to Islamic teachings. The term ghalba-e islam, the establishment of the supremacy of Islam, used in the context of the Quran and the sayings of the Prophet (Hadith), refers not to any political project of Muslim domination, but, rather, to the establishment of the superiority of Islam’s ideological and spiritual message. This, in fact, was the basic crux of the mission of the Prophet Muhammad. However, the term has been distorted at the hands of the self-styled jihadists, who present it as a project to establish Muslim or Islamic political domination over the entire world.

War against India
Today, as the case of the Pakistani self-styled jihadists so tragically illustrates, many of those who claim to be struggling in the cause of Islam themselves work against Islamic teachings by deliberately or otherwise misinterpreting them. This is the case with their misuse of the term jihad in the context of Kashmir in order to win mass support for themselves. Needless to add, this is a major cause for growing anti-Islamic sentiments among many non-Muslims.

The dispute between India and Pakistan over Kashmir has been lingering for more than half a century. A major hurdle in the resolution of this conflict is the self-styled jihadists based in Pakistan, who insist that the conflict over Kashmir is an Islamic jihad and that, therefore, war is the only solution. They claim that participation in this so-called jihad has become a farz-e ayn, a duty binding on all Muslims, and some of them, most prominently the dreaded Lashkar-e Tayyeba, even go so far as to claim that the war in Kashmir is nothing but the ghazwat ul-hind, the ‘war against India’ which is mentioned in a saying attributed to the Prophet Muhammad. By this they want to suggest that waging war against India is an Islamic duty, something prophesied by the Prophet Muhammad himself.

What is the actual meaning and implication of the statement attributed to the Prophet regarding the ghazwat ul-hind, which the Pakistan-based self-styled jihadists regularly refer to, and grossly misinterpret, in order to whip up anti-Indian sentiments and seek what they wrongly claim is Islamic sanction for their deadly terror attacks against India, in Kashmir and beyond? Before I discuss that, I must point out that the statement attributed to the Prophet regarding the ghazwat ul-hind is found in only one of the sihah sitta, the six collections of Hadith reports of the Sunni Muslims—in the collection by al-Nasai. This statement was narrated by Abu Hurairah, a companion of the Prophet. According to him, the Prophet prophesied a battle against India.

If he (Abu Hurairah) got the chance to participate in this battle, Abu Hurairah said, he would do so, sacrificing his wealth and life. If he died in this battle, he said, he would be counted among the exalted martyrs. According to another narration, related by the Prophet’s freed slave Thoban, the Prophet once declared that there were two groups among the Muslims whom God had saved from the fires of Hell. The first would be a group that invaded India. The other group would be those Muslims who accompanied Jesus (after he returned to the world). A similar narration is contained in the collections of Hadith by Ahmad ibn Hanbal, Baihaqi and Tabrani.

Explanation
Because this hadith about the ghazwat ul-hind mentions India, and is marshaled by self-styled Pakistan-based jihadists active in Kashmir, it marks the Kashmir conflict out as clearly distinct from other conflicts elsewhere in the world between Muslims and others. These self-styled jihadists regularly invoke this hadith, trapping people in their net by claiming that if they were to die fighting the Indians in Kashmir they would be saved from hell and would earn a place in heaven. This claim, false though it is, is regularly and constantly repeated, as is evident from a host of Pakistani websites and periodicals.

Let me quote a revealing instance in this regard. Recently, I came across the August 2003 issue of ‘Muhaddith’, an Urdu magazine published from Lahore, Pakistan. It contains a 20-page article on the ghazwat ul-hind, written by a certain Dr. Asmatullah, Assistant Professor at the Islamic Research Academy of the International Islamic University, Islamabad. The article represents a pathetic effort to project the ongoing conflict in Kashmir as precisely the same ghazwat ul-hind that the Prophet is said to have predicted. And it is on the basis of this reported hadith of the Prophet that ultra-radical Islamists in Pakistan talk about unleashing a so-called jihad, extending out of Kashmir and to consume the whole of India. This is no longer limited to just fiery rhetoric alone, but, in fact, is also now accompanied by deadly terror attacks in different parts of India, which Pakistan-based radicals wrongly style as a jihad or even as the ghawzat ul-hind reportedly prophesied by the Prophet.

It is striking to note in this connection that in the above-mentioned article, the editors of ‘Muhadith’ disagree with the views of the author, expressing their differences in the form of a footnote. Yet, this counter-view, as expressed by the editors of the magazine, is hardly ever discussed or even referred to in Pakistani so-called jihadist literature, indicating, therefore, that the rhetoric of the self-styled jihadists is based less on proper scholarly analysis of the Islamic textual tradition than on strident, heated emotionalism and a deep-rooted hatred and feeling of revenge. This applies not just in the Pakistani case. Rather, is a phenomenon common to almost all so-called jihadist movements throughout the rest of the world.

The Pakistani self-styled jihadists, it would appear, have made the hadith about the ghazwat ul-hind into a plaything in their hands in order to entrap innocent people. It is quite possible that the Pakistani youth who were involved in the recent deadly terrorist attack on Mumbai were fed on this sort of poisonous propaganda and led into believing that they might go straight to heaven if they waged war against India. In India, the banned Students Islamic Movement of India appeared to have backed the same wholly erroneous and unwarranted interpretation of the hadith about the ghazwat ul-hind, following in the footsteps of Pakistani radical groups. Mercifully, as far as I know, no other Indian Muslim group or scholar worthy of mention has adopted the ‘Pakistani interpretation’ of this particular hadith report.

Tragically, the concept of jihad has been subjected to considerable abuse and made to serve extremist ends by self-styled jihadists. This started in the very first century of Islam itself, when intra-Muslim wars were sought to be christened by competing groups as jihads. And because of the distorted understanding of jihad championed by many Muslims themselves, they labeled any and every controversy and conflict with non-Muslims, even if it had nothing at all to do with religion but everything to do with politics, as a jihad, as the case of Kashmir well exemplifies. Another facet of the distorted understanding of jihad by some Muslims are suicide-bombings, in which innocent civilians are killed. Yet another is proxy war by non-state actors, such as armed self-styled jihadist groups, which actually has no legitimacy in Islam at all.

Scrutiny
Coming back to the question of the hadith about the ghazwat ul-hind, some aspects of the report deserve particular scrutiny. Firstly, as mentioned earlier, this report is mentioned only in the collection of al-Nasai from among the six collections of Hadith which most Sunnis regard, to varying degrees, as canonical. However, considering the merits or rewards of the ghazwat ul-hind that it talks about, it ought, one might think, to have been narrated by many more companions of the Prophet. But that, as it curiously happens, is not the case.

Secondly, and this follows from above, it is possible that this hadith report is not genuine and that it might have been manufactured in the period of the Ummayad Caliphs to suit and justify their own political purposes and expansionist deigns. On the other hand, if this hadith report is indeed genuine—which it might well be—in my view, the battle against India that it predicted was fulfilled in the early Islamic period itself, and is not something that will happen in the future. This, in fact, is the opinion of the majority of the ulema, qualified Islamic scholars. And this view accords with reason as well. It is quite likely that the ghazwat ul-hind that this report predicted took the form of the attack by an Arab Muslim force on Thana and Bharuch, in coastal western India, in the 15th year of the Islamic calendar in the reign of the Caliph Umar.

Equally possibly, it could have been fulfilled in the form of the missionary efforts of some of the Prophet’s companions soon after, in the reign of the Caliphs Uthman and Ali, in Sindh and Gujarat. Some other ulema consider this hadith to have been fulfilled in the form of the attack and occupation of Sindh by Arab Muslims led by Muhammad bin Qasim in the 93rd year of the Islamic calendar, which then facilitated the spread of Islam in the country. This might well be the case, for the hadith report about the ghazwat ul-hind contained in the Masnad of Ahmad ibn Hanbal, a well-known collection of Hadith narratives attributed to the Prophet, mentions that the Muslim army that would attack India would be sent in the direction of Sindh and Hind.

Thirdly, this hadith mentions only a single or particular battle (ghazwa), and not a series of continuing battles, unlike what the author of the article in the ‘Muhaddith’, referred to above, echoing the arguments of Pakistani self-styled jihadists, claims.

Fourthly, one must raise the very pertinent question of how it is at possible that, in the face of the numerous attacks on India by Arab and other Muslims over the last one thousand years, the more than six hundred rule of Muslim dynasties that controlled most of India and the rapid spread of Islam in the country in the period when they ruled, any scope could be left to consider India a target of jihad in the future. Furthermore, today India and Pakistan have diplomatic relations and are bound by treaty relations. Hence, the proxy war engaged in by Kashmir by powerful forces in Pakistan in the guise of a so-called jihad is nothing but deceit, which is a complete contravention of, indeed a revolt against, accepted Islamic teachings.

Fifthly, it must be remembered that it would have been very easy for Muslim conquerors of India in the past, men like Mahmud of Ghazni, Shihabuddin Ghori, Timur, Nadir Shah and so on, to present the hadith about the ghazwat ul-hind and wield it as a weapon to justify their attacks on the country. The corrupt ulema associated with their courts could well have suggested this to them had they wished. However, no such mention is made about this in history books. In the eighteenth century, the well-known Islamic scholar Shah Waliullah of Delhi invited the Afghan warlord Ahmad Shah Abdali to invade India and dispel the Marathas, which he accepted, but yet Shah Waliullah, too, did not use this hadith as a pretext for this.

Indian ulema
It is also pertinent to examine how some well-known contemporary Indian ulema look at this hadith report. Maulana Abdul Hamid Numani, a leading figure of the Jamiat ul-Ulema-i Hind, opines that this hadith was fulfilled at the time of the ‘Four Righteous Caliphs’ of the Sunnis, soon after the demise of the Prophet Muhammad, when several companions of the Prophet came to India, mainly in order to spread Islam. Mufti Sajid Qasmi, who teaches at the Dar ul-Uloom in Deoband, is also of the same opinion, although he believes that it might also refer to the invasion of Sindh by the Arabs under Muhammad bin Qasim in the eighth century. On the other hand, Maulana Mufti Mushtaq Tijarvi of the Jamaat-i Islami Hind believes that it is possible that this hadith report is not genuine at all and that it might have been fabricated at the time of Muhammad bin Qasim’s invasion of Sindh in order to justify it.

Whatever the case might be, the misuse by radical groups of this hadith report to spearhead war in Kashmir in the name of so-called jihad and to foment conflict between India and Pakistan is tragic, to say the least. It is nothing sort of a crime against God and the Prophet. In their worldviews and in their actions as well, the self-styled jihadist outfits seem to have gone the way of the Khawarij, a group that emerged in the early period of Islam and who were rejected by other Muslims.

The Khawarij believed that they alone were Muslims and that all others, including those who called themselves Muslims, were infidels and fit to be killed. With reference to the Khawarij, the Prophet predicted that they would depart from Islam in the same way as an arrow flies out of a bow. About the Khawarij the Caliph Ali mentioned that they take the word of truth and turn it into falsehood (kalimatu haqqin urida beha al-batil). This he said in the context of the Khawarij misinterpreting the Quran and claiming that Ali and his followers were infidels who deserved to be killed.

It is imperative, and extremely urgent, for Muslim scholars, particularly the ulema, to take strict notice of, and stridently oppose the radical self-styled jihadists, who are distorting and misunderstandings Islamic teachings, following in the footsteps of the Khawarij of the past, and spreading death and destruction in the name of Islam. Jihad, properly understood, is a struggle to put an end to strife and conflict, not to create or foment it, as is being done today.

The general public, particularly Muslims themselves, should be made aware of the dangerous deviation of the self-styled jihadists and the horrendous implications of their acts and views. In this regard, a major responsibility rests with the ulema of India and Pakistan. These days, ulema groups in India are very actively involved in organizing conferences and holding rallies seeking to defend themselves and Islam from the charges terrorism leveled against them. This is a very welcome thing. However, they must also stridently speak out against and clearly and unambiguously expose and denounce the self-styled soldiers of Islam who are promoting terrorism in the name of Islam.

At the same time, it is also urgent to promote re-thinking of some medieval notions of jihad, such as that of offensive jihad, which does not actually have any Islamic legitimacy. This is essential for Muslims to live in today’s times and to come to terms with democracy and pluralism. Simply verbally defending Muslims and Islam from the charges of terrorism is, clearly, not enough. Nor is it adequate to simply condemn terrorism in very general terms. The truth is, and this cannot be disputed, that today there is also a pressing need to unleash a ‘jihad’ against the self-styled jihadist outfits themselves. And in this jihad, undoubtedly, the ulema and Muslim intellectuals have a central role to play and a major responsibility to shoulder.

Countering Pakistani Terrorists’ Anti-India Propaganda

In Uncategorized on January 27, 2009 at 7:49 am

By M H Ahssan

For almost two decades now, self-styled jihadist outfits based in Pakistan have been engaged in a war against India in Kashmir. This war of theirs has no sanction in Islam, which does not allow for proxy war, and that too one declared by non-state actors. It is an explicit violation of all Islamic principles. These outfits, which have considerable support inside Pakistan, see the conflict between India and Pakistan over Kashmir as a religious struggle, and they wrongly describe it as a jihad. They regard their role in Kashmir as but the first step in a grand, though completely fanciful, plan to annex India into Pakistan and convert it into what they style as dar- ul-islam, the Abode of Islam. But what they finally dream of establishing, or so they boast, is Muslim hegemony throughout the entire world.

I have used the term ‘hegemony’ here deliberately, for radical Muslim groups in Pakistan and in the Arab world have been indelibly influenced and shaped by the hegemonic designs of European colonialism in the past and Western imperialism today, and, in some senses, are a reaction to this hegemonic project. They seek to counter Western political supremacy and replace it by what they conceive of as Islamic political supremacy.

In my view, this approach is in sharp contradistinction to Islamic teachings. The term ghalba-e islam, the establishment of the supremacy of Islam, used in the context of the Quran and the sayings of the Prophet (Hadith), refers not to any political project of Muslim domination, but, rather, to the establishment of the superiority of Islam’s ideological and spiritual message. This, in fact, was the basic crux of the mission of the Prophet Muhammad. However, the term has been distorted at the hands of the self-styled jihadists, who present it as a project to establish Muslim or Islamic political domination over the entire world.

War against India
Today, as the case of the Pakistani self-styled jihadists so tragically illustrates, many of those who claim to be struggling in the cause of Islam themselves work against Islamic teachings by deliberately or otherwise misinterpreting them. This is the case with their misuse of the term jihad in the context of Kashmir in order to win mass support for themselves. Needless to add, this is a major cause for growing anti-Islamic sentiments among many non-Muslims.

The dispute between India and Pakistan over Kashmir has been lingering for more than half a century. A major hurdle in the resolution of this conflict is the self-styled jihadists based in Pakistan, who insist that the conflict over Kashmir is an Islamic jihad and that, therefore, war is the only solution. They claim that participation in this so-called jihad has become a farz-e ayn, a duty binding on all Muslims, and some of them, most prominently the dreaded Lashkar-e Tayyeba, even go so far as to claim that the war in Kashmir is nothing but the ghazwat ul-hind, the ‘war against India’ which is mentioned in a saying attributed to the Prophet Muhammad. By this they want to suggest that waging war against India is an Islamic duty, something prophesied by the Prophet Muhammad himself.

What is the actual meaning and implication of the statement attributed to the Prophet regarding the ghazwat ul-hind, which the Pakistan-based self-styled jihadists regularly refer to, and grossly misinterpret, in order to whip up anti-Indian sentiments and seek what they wrongly claim is Islamic sanction for their deadly terror attacks against India, in Kashmir and beyond? Before I discuss that, I must point out that the statement attributed to the Prophet regarding the ghazwat ul-hind is found in only one of the sihah sitta, the six collections of Hadith reports of the Sunni Muslims—in the collection by al-Nasai. This statement was narrated by Abu Hurairah, a companion of the Prophet. According to him, the Prophet prophesied a battle against India.

If he (Abu Hurairah) got the chance to participate in this battle, Abu Hurairah said, he would do so, sacrificing his wealth and life. If he died in this battle, he said, he would be counted among the exalted martyrs. According to another narration, related by the Prophet’s freed slave Thoban, the Prophet once declared that there were two groups among the Muslims whom God had saved from the fires of Hell. The first would be a group that invaded India. The other group would be those Muslims who accompanied Jesus (after he returned to the world). A similar narration is contained in the collections of Hadith by Ahmad ibn Hanbal, Baihaqi and Tabrani.

Explanation
Because this hadith about the ghazwat ul-hind mentions India, and is marshaled by self-styled Pakistan-based jihadists active in Kashmir, it marks the Kashmir conflict out as clearly distinct from other conflicts elsewhere in the world between Muslims and others. These self-styled jihadists regularly invoke this hadith, trapping people in their net by claiming that if they were to die fighting the Indians in Kashmir they would be saved from hell and would earn a place in heaven. This claim, false though it is, is regularly and constantly repeated, as is evident from a host of Pakistani websites and periodicals.

Let me quote a revealing instance in this regard. Recently, I came across the August 2003 issue of ‘Muhaddith’, an Urdu magazine published from Lahore, Pakistan. It contains a 20-page article on the ghazwat ul-hind, written by a certain Dr. Asmatullah, Assistant Professor at the Islamic Research Academy of the International Islamic University, Islamabad. The article represents a pathetic effort to project the ongoing conflict in Kashmir as precisely the same ghazwat ul-hind that the Prophet is said to have predicted. And it is on the basis of this reported hadith of the Prophet that ultra-radical Islamists in Pakistan talk about unleashing a so-called jihad, extending out of Kashmir and to consume the whole of India. This is no longer limited to just fiery rhetoric alone, but, in fact, is also now accompanied by deadly terror attacks in different parts of India, which Pakistan-based radicals wrongly style as a jihad or even as the ghawzat ul-hind reportedly prophesied by the Prophet.

It is striking to note in this connection that in the above-mentioned article, the editors of ‘Muhadith’ disagree with the views of the author, expressing their differences in the form of a footnote. Yet, this counter-view, as expressed by the editors of the magazine, is hardly ever discussed or even referred to in Pakistani so-called jihadist literature, indicating, therefore, that the rhetoric of the self-styled jihadists is based less on proper scholarly analysis of the Islamic textual tradition than on strident, heated emotionalism and a deep-rooted hatred and feeling of revenge. This applies not just in the Pakistani case. Rather, is a phenomenon common to almost all so-called jihadist movements throughout the rest of the world.

The Pakistani self-styled jihadists, it would appear, have made the hadith about the ghazwat ul-hind into a plaything in their hands in order to entrap innocent people. It is quite possible that the Pakistani youth who were involved in the recent deadly terrorist attack on Mumbai were fed on this sort of poisonous propaganda and led into believing that they might go straight to heaven if they waged war against India. In India, the banned Students Islamic Movement of India appeared to have backed the same wholly erroneous and unwarranted interpretation of the hadith about the ghazwat ul-hind, following in the footsteps of Pakistani radical groups. Mercifully, as far as I know, no other Indian Muslim group or scholar worthy of mention has adopted the ‘Pakistani interpretation’ of this particular hadith report.

Tragically, the concept of jihad has been subjected to considerable abuse and made to serve extremist ends by self-styled jihadists. This started in the very first century of Islam itself, when intra-Muslim wars were sought to be christened by competing groups as jihads. And because of the distorted understanding of jihad championed by many Muslims themselves, they labeled any and every controversy and conflict with non-Muslims, even if it had nothing at all to do with religion but everything to do with politics, as a jihad, as the case of Kashmir well exemplifies. Another facet of the distorted understanding of jihad by some Muslims are suicide-bombings, in which innocent civilians are killed. Yet another is proxy war by non-state actors, such as armed self-styled jihadist groups, which actually has no legitimacy in Islam at all.

Scrutiny
Coming back to the question of the hadith about the ghazwat ul-hind, some aspects of the report deserve particular scrutiny. Firstly, as mentioned earlier, this report is mentioned only in the collection of al-Nasai from among the six collections of Hadith which most Sunnis regard, to varying degrees, as canonical. However, considering the merits or rewards of the ghazwat ul-hind that it talks about, it ought, one might think, to have been narrated by many more companions of the Prophet. But that, as it curiously happens, is not the case.

Secondly, and this follows from above, it is possible that this hadith report is not genuine and that it might have been manufactured in the period of the Ummayad Caliphs to suit and justify their own political purposes and expansionist deigns. On the other hand, if this hadith report is indeed genuine—which it might well be—in my view, the battle against India that it predicted was fulfilled in the early Islamic period itself, and is not something that will happen in the future. This, in fact, is the opinion of the majority of the ulema, qualified Islamic scholars. And this view accords with reason as well. It is quite likely that the ghazwat ul-hind that this report predicted took the form of the attack by an Arab Muslim force on Thana and Bharuch, in coastal western India, in the 15th year of the Islamic calendar in the reign of the Caliph Umar.

Equally possibly, it could have been fulfilled in the form of the missionary efforts of some of the Prophet’s companions soon after, in the reign of the Caliphs Uthman and Ali, in Sindh and Gujarat. Some other ulema consider this hadith to have been fulfilled in the form of the attack and occupation of Sindh by Arab Muslims led by Muhammad bin Qasim in the 93rd year of the Islamic calendar, which then facilitated the spread of Islam in the country. This might well be the case, for the hadith report about the ghazwat ul-hind contained in the Masnad of Ahmad ibn Hanbal, a well-known collection of Hadith narratives attributed to the Prophet, mentions that the Muslim army that would attack India would be sent in the direction of Sindh and Hind.

Thirdly, this hadith mentions only a single or particular battle (ghazwa), and not a series of continuing battles, unlike what the author of the article in the ‘Muhaddith’, referred to above, echoing the arguments of Pakistani self-styled jihadists, claims.

Fourthly, one must raise the very pertinent question of how it is at possible that, in the face of the numerous attacks on India by Arab and other Muslims over the last one thousand years, the more than six hundred rule of Muslim dynasties that controlled most of India and the rapid spread of Islam in the country in the period when they ruled, any scope could be left to consider India a target of jihad in the future. Furthermore, today India and Pakistan have diplomatic relations and are bound by treaty relations. Hence, the proxy war engaged in by Kashmir by powerful forces in Pakistan in the guise of a so-called jihad is nothing but deceit, which is a complete contravention of, indeed a revolt against, accepted Islamic teachings.

Fifthly, it must be remembered that it would have been very easy for Muslim conquerors of India in the past, men like Mahmud of Ghazni, Shihabuddin Ghori, Timur, Nadir Shah and so on, to present the hadith about the ghazwat ul-hind and wield it as a weapon to justify their attacks on the country. The corrupt ulema associated with their courts could well have suggested this to them had they wished. However, no such mention is made about this in history books. In the eighteenth century, the well-known Islamic scholar Shah Waliullah of Delhi invited the Afghan warlord Ahmad Shah Abdali to invade India and dispel the Marathas, which he accepted, but yet Shah Waliullah, too, did not use this hadith as a pretext for this.

Indian ulema
It is also pertinent to examine how some well-known contemporary Indian ulema look at this hadith report. Maulana Abdul Hamid Numani, a leading figure of the Jamiat ul-Ulema-i Hind, opines that this hadith was fulfilled at the time of the ‘Four Righteous Caliphs’ of the Sunnis, soon after the demise of the Prophet Muhammad, when several companions of the Prophet came to India, mainly in order to spread Islam. Mufti Sajid Qasmi, who teaches at the Dar ul-Uloom in Deoband, is also of the same opinion, although he believes that it might also refer to the invasion of Sindh by the Arabs under Muhammad bin Qasim in the eighth century. On the other hand, Maulana Mufti Mushtaq Tijarvi of the Jamaat-i Islami Hind believes that it is possible that this hadith report is not genuine at all and that it might have been fabricated at the time of Muhammad bin Qasim’s invasion of Sindh in order to justify it.

Whatever the case might be, the misuse by radical groups of this hadith report to spearhead war in Kashmir in the name of so-called jihad and to foment conflict between India and Pakistan is tragic, to say the least. It is nothing sort of a crime against God and the Prophet. In their worldviews and in their actions as well, the self-styled jihadist outfits seem to have gone the way of the Khawarij, a group that emerged in the early period of Islam and who were rejected by other Muslims.

The Khawarij believed that they alone were Muslims and that all others, including those who called themselves Muslims, were infidels and fit to be killed. With reference to the Khawarij, the Prophet predicted that they would depart from Islam in the same way as an arrow flies out of a bow. About the Khawarij the Caliph Ali mentioned that they take the word of truth and turn it into falsehood (kalimatu haqqin urida beha al-batil). This he said in the context of the Khawarij misinterpreting the Quran and claiming that Ali and his followers were infidels who deserved to be killed.

It is imperative, and extremely urgent, for Muslim scholars, particularly the ulema, to take strict notice of, and stridently oppose the radical self-styled jihadists, who are distorting and misunderstandings Islamic teachings, following in the footsteps of the Khawarij of the past, and spreading death and destruction in the name of Islam. Jihad, properly understood, is a struggle to put an end to strife and conflict, not to create or foment it, as is being done today.

The general public, particularly Muslims themselves, should be made aware of the dangerous deviation of the self-styled jihadists and the horrendous implications of their acts and views. In this regard, a major responsibility rests with the ulema of India and Pakistan. These days, ulema groups in India are very actively involved in organizing conferences and holding rallies seeking to defend themselves and Islam from the charges terrorism leveled against them. This is a very welcome thing. However, they must also stridently speak out against and clearly and unambiguously expose and denounce the self-styled soldiers of Islam who are promoting terrorism in the name of Islam.

At the same time, it is also urgent to promote re-thinking of some medieval notions of jihad, such as that of offensive jihad, which does not actually have any Islamic legitimacy. This is essential for Muslims to live in today’s times and to come to terms with democracy and pluralism. Simply verbally defending Muslims and Islam from the charges of terrorism is, clearly, not enough. Nor is it adequate to simply condemn terrorism in very general terms. The truth is, and this cannot be disputed, that today there is also a pressing need to unleash a ‘jihad’ against the self-styled jihadist outfits themselves. And in this jihad, undoubtedly, the ulema and Muslim intellectuals have a central role to play and a major responsibility to shoulder.

When hi-tech icons tumble, socialism rises from debris

In Uncategorized on January 27, 2009 at 7:23 am

By Shailender Singh

For years, Hyderabadis were given sermons on how hi-tech companies can produce great wealth and Satyam Computer Services was cited as the finest instance of this. We were first made to understand and then to believe that a knowledge society produces wealth, not just computers.

It was all hyped to such an extent that except for computer education all other subjects — social science, natural science, hardware technology courses — began to be abandoned.

Hi-tech was propounded as the solution to everything in life. In the ’90s, if anybody with the so-called “bad influence of Marxism and welfare economics” in Hyderabad dared to say that state control and trade unionism are required in every institution, hi-techwallas would scoff at them. “This fellow does not understand how Satyam would suffer if state controls or Marxist trade unions go to these institutions, while it is busy producing knowledge-based wealth,” they would say.

The proximity of a living example like Satyam in a city you live in, deconstructs the knowledge you acquire through reading the history of industry or of economics.

Development and growth have been defined in altogether unknown terms ever since such hi-tech institutions mushroomed on our horizons.
Satyam’s hi-tech was all around us in Hyderabad as Infosys is all around the people of Bengaluru. The employees who lived in airconditioned houses and travelled in airconditioned cars used to ask a state government staffer or a university lecturer, “What kind of life does a state job give you?”

Hi-tech educationists were also in a hurry. They were not willing to listen to the argument that everything should improve gradually.

Both classical economics and, to an extent, Marxist economics believed in gradualism and change in a phased manner. However, the hi-tech people told us all those theories were outdated. Things change in days, months.

Those who expressed scepticism were told that at the global level Microsoft proved it and in India Satyam and Infosys were proving the same.

Their key argument was that the knowledge society does not need state regulations. From their point of view, the knowledge society was essentially nothing but computer society.

The computer, they said, audits all frauds and keeps everything in order. Transparency is part of its being. But suddenly we find that the computer has allowed a fraud that runs into thousands of crores of rupees. It has enabled fraudsters to show accounts in whatever way they wanted. To sell shares, balancesheets showing profits could be cooked to the tune of thousands of crores.

In Hyderabad, Satyam was a star. A job in Satyam ensured huge dowry for a boy. It also ensured a high lifestyle.

In fact, high-paying jobs changed the lifestyles of people overnight causing many psychological problems. Social classes that were not used to spending much money began to splurge.

This was the period when Satyam chairman B. Ramalinga Raju became a matchless example of everything great. The then chief minister, Mr N. Chandrababu Naidu, was seeking appointments with him, to bask, perhaps, in the aura of his hi-tech knowledge.

This also played a role in prompting Mr Naidu to shift all his focus to hi-tech. He even ensured that Mr Raju shared the dais with Bill Clinton, the former President of United States. This grand alliance produced a fraudulent driving licence for Mr Clinton out of a computer just for fun.

Did not Mr Clinton then and there ask, “How could you do that? If it were done in my country both you and I would have gone to jail.”

It was the master of frauds, Mr Raju, who did that. At that time anything Satyam did was satyam (the truth) and nobody could question it. In fact, till the other day when he was caught red-handed, nobody was allowed to doubt his efficiency and honesty.

What happened in the US in the recent past and what is happening around us now tells us that with all its limitations, state socialism has to come back to infuse morality into the society and to maintain balanced and gradual growth.

Experts of knowledge society, who were arguing that the state should not be seen anywhere around them, are begging it to rescue them now. The Satyam employees, who were treating the state as an inefficient institution that should not interfere with their efficient, honest and transparent functioning, now want the state to protect them.

Similarly, the US companies that have always opposed state intervention are now urging it to bail them out. When the Indian state suggested a reservation policy in the private sector the very same hi-techwallas argued that reservations would not only breed inefficiency but also a fraudulent administration.

The fraudulent accountants of Satyam were not brought in through reservation. No state administrative unit, headed by a director who was brought in by a low mark preferential treatment, has indulged in the kind of fraud that Mr Raju and his team indulged in. Let the state step in to mend their ways.

Several vacancies for Islamic banking jobs in the Gulf

In Uncategorized on January 27, 2009 at 6:47 am

By Javid Hassan

Several vacancies have been reported in Islamic banks in the UAE and other Gulf states, reflecting the growing demand for Shariah-compliant investments that are projected to reach $1.4 trillion by 2010, up from the current level of $ 1 trillion.

Emails received by HNN during the last few days testify to the expansion of Islamic banking products and services in the UAE and Saudi Arabia in the credit control, auditing, marketing and other sections.

The surge in the demand for Shariah-compatible investments and other Islamic assets from an estimated 1.6 billion Muslims around the world has already spawned the growth in educational institutions offering such courses. The Institute of Islamic Banking and Finance in Hyderabad became the country’s pioneering venture in launching a course in the field of Islamic Economics, Banking and Finance.

Aligarh Muslim University (AMU) has now taken the plunge with its decision to introduce a one-year post-graduate diploma course in ‘Islamic Banking: and Finance.’ The course has been designed by Dr Mohammad Nejatullah Siddiqi, winner of the King Faisal International Prize in Islamic Studies, who also taught economics for several years at King Abdul Aziz University in Jeddah.

The course is modelled on Islamic rules of transaction, of which the cardinal principle is prohibition of Riba (interest), giving rise to the interest- free banking system. AMU’s academic council, which supervises academic affairs, endorsed the introduction of the course, which will start from the next academic session. Some 20 students will be admitted to the course initially.

In this system of banking the depositor shares the risk with the bank unlike other banking systems. The owner of the capital, however, is entitled to a share in the bank’s profits, according to Dr. Siddiqui, who adds that this type of banking system curbs the tendency towards speculation or gambling with the depositors’ money. It was the corporate greed that triggered the housing mortgage crisis in the US with all its global consequences and more recently the Satyam scandal case, in which the banks and auditors played a major role in the cover-up. The course would enable students to launch a career in Islamic banking that is gaining momentum not only all over the Middle East and Southeast Asia but also further afield in the US and the UK. Dr. Siddiqui points out that as of now no university in India is offering a full-fledged course in Islamic Banking, though some research work on the subject has been done in Karnataka and Pune universities. It does not figure in the syllabus of any university.

Dr. Siddiqui believes that though there are no Islamic banks in India, a few non-banking cooperatives are operating on those principles in Karnataka and Mumbai. He is upbeat about the prospects of Islamic banking in India, as it can attract NRI investors. Some of the top Indian companies are also planning to launch Islamic financial products to cater to the needs of Muslims who comprise 12 percent of India’s 1.2 billion population.

According to Mohamed Ridza, a leading consultant on Islamic finance in Malaysia and managing partner of Mohamed Ridza & Co,
the Islamic financial system is projected to account for approximately 4 per cent of the global economy as part of its long-term growth.

Despite the overall gloom and doom on the international economic scene, the Islamic banking industry, currently worth an estimated $1 trillion, is widely expected to emerge as one of the fastest growing sectors in the world of finance. Islamic banks, Ridza points out, have cushioned the impact of global recession due to their built-in checks within their strict regulatory framework. This has improved their performance to a stage where the Islamic banking industry is now anticipating a growth rate of 15 per cent annually.

A major factor behind this trajectory of growth is the fundamental Islamic banking principle of profit and loss-sharing scheme, known as Mudarabah, under which banks forge partnership with entrepreneurs. This obliges the banks to be circumspect in their approach in terms of sharing their risk and evaluating each proposal carefully before providing funds to the investor. The other aspect is the cost plus scheme, or Murabaha, where banks own assets desired by customers and sell them on installment basis at an agreed price in line with the Islamic principle of interest-free payment.

That the system is working well has been documented by their impressive track record. Since the western banks, including the internationally renowned HSBC, have already introduced Islamic finance as part of their investment portfolios, Indian banks should seriously consider such an option in the interest of job creation and economic growth.

BIG IDEAS START SMALL

In india news on January 27, 2009 at 6:39 am

By Srinivas Chary

To many, the economic outlook may seem gloomy but start-ups are thriving, backed by good ideas and growing support for new enterprise.

At 14, Irfan Alam was managing a stock portfolio worth Rs 40 lakh for his father’s friends. By the time he was 17, the boy from Bihar was itching to start his own business. The idea came to him during a rickshaw ride home from college in Begusarai.

“I was hot and thirsty but there wasn’t a drink to be found. Then it struck me that the rickshaw-puller could easily become a mobile vendor stocking things like mineral water and juice,” says Irfan. He fine-tuned his business plan at IIMAhmedabad. The enterprise, Samman, was born in 2007, transforming the humble rickshaw into a marketing engine. Alam’s customized rickshaws not only offered smoother rides; they became vehicles for outdoor advertising. The rickshaw-pullers, who were given uniforms, identity cards and vehicles for free, could earn extra by selling everything from newspapers to mobile-recharge coupons. The start-up now boasts a fleet of 2,500 across Bihar, UP and Jharkhand.

It has also pedalled its way into an ongoing national competition to identify India’s hottest start-up. Run by the National Entrepreneurship Network (NEN) and the Tata group, the contest has shortlisted 30 Indian enterprises, including Samman — from the nearly 600 entries. The five winners will be announced at the end of February. For NEN, a not-for-profit initiative that nurtures budding entrepreneurs, the contest is part of the broader role it wants to play in building an entrepreneurial ecosystem in India.

There is a reason for this. In riskaverse India, where job security is prized, the entrepreneurial spirit has been restricted to a few communities. But that may be changing. The NEN contest shows how: 65% of the nominated entries are first-time entrepreneurs; 76% belong to families sans a business background. Four of the 30 finalists belong to tier-2 cities such as Patna, Kota, Belgaum and Patiala.

But Bangalore still emerges as the country’s start-up capital. Here, many feed their start-up dreams even as they work in the swanky local offices of global companies. These entrepreneurs are like Siva Prasad Cotipalli. He quit a plum marketing job with Oracle to found a start-up. “Instead of wondering how my business would fare, my mother worried about whether I would ever get married,” says Cotipalli, whose company, Dhanax, started as a two-man, internet-based microlending outfit. But the downturn and subsequent layoffs by big companies have improved his prospects in the marriage market. “Quite a few of my entrepreneur friends have found matches recently so I, too, have hope,” he jokes.

Not only are would-be in-laws softening towards grooms who don’t have Infosys or IBM on their business card, Siva says the downturn has many benefits for new ventures. “Though some start-ups will find it difficult to find funding, there are other advantages such as the availability of good talent at good rates and reduced rental costs.” At Dhanax, several of the newest employees have joined straight from college.

Another sign of the growing cachet enjoyed by entrepreneurship is to be found on IIT and IIM campuses. “Internships with start-ups were always an option for students at IIT-Bombay but this year, they are part of the placement process,” says Ankit Agarwal, MD of IITB’s entrepreneurship cell. As many as 20 start-ups have taken part in the placement process, which is still in progress. “The pay isn’t as good as the McKinseys but students realize that the experience will prove very useful if they want to strike out on their own later,” he says.

IIT-Bombay is also hosting Eureka!,India’s biggest business plan competition, which gives the winner a chance to pitch his idea to venture capitalists. These are the people who generally bankroll newish firms.

Mohanjit Jolly is a venture capitalist who moved from Silicon Valley to Bangalore in search of that needle-in-thehaystack idea that the trade calls the “home run”, i.e. a company that is “game changing”. He is still looking. “The brilliance and passion are here. What is needed is an ecosystem like Silicon Valley, which has a combination of investors, academia and support-businesses. That didn’t happen in the Valley overnight and it won’t happen here in a hurry.” But the journey has begun, says Jolly, executive director of Draper Fisher Jurvetson.

Might it hit a roadblock because of the global downturn? Venture capitalist firms clocked a little more than 125 deals worth $740 million during 2008, down 15.53% compared to 2007, according to data from Venture Intelligence, a firm that tracks such activity. “The number of deals will surely go down but those who are truly driven will get the backing they need,” says Jolly, adding that he has seen more business plans in the last three to four months than he did in early 2008.

His advice to start-ups: Think big. “For most, Rs 20 crore is a meaningful trajectory but why not aim for a Rs 300-crore business over the next three to five years?”

It’s the success stories that will make Indians dream big. “We need more heroes — the guys who have shown that it is achievable,” says Rajesh Srivathsa, managing partner of Ojas Ventures, which invests in early-stage tech start-ups.

Start-ups also require angel investment, a rare resource in the Indian market. Deal sizes at this stage are usually in the Rs 20-30 lakh range. “In Silicon Valley, angels take on the role of identifying and funding new start-ups. India needs more of them,” says Sridhar Mitta of The Indus Entrepreneurs (TiE), a global network that fosters entrepreneurship.

Lack of funds, however, didn’t deter Hiten Turakhia and his three friends from founding Librarywala.com, India’s first completely online book library, which also figures in the Tata-NEN shortlist of hottest start-ups. The self-funded enterprise, launched in Mumbai, started off slowly; today it has more than 5,000 members. “We have already expanded to Bangalore and Pune and are looking at other cities,” says Turakhia, who is managing director of the venture.

From a booming domestic market to a growing entrepreneur ecosystem, Indian start-ups have plenty going for them. Now, all they need is a business culture that views failure as a badge of honour.

Unconference in the corridor
Welcome to the weird world of un-conferences, a trend that originated in Silicon Valley but is becoming increasingly popular with Indian entrepreneurs. Inexpensive, and usually informal, these gatherings bring the entire start-up
ecosystem together. So, a venture capitalist can meet and evaluate the guy behind the start-up while the entrepreneur can get a reality check on his business plan. It’s also an ideal platform for first-time entrepreneurs to share experiences and mistakes.

At traditional conferences, the most productive moments often occur in the corridor between meetings; at un-conferences, it’s all corridor. In India, it all started with BarCamp (nothing to do with alcohol, everything to with the sharing of ideas) three years ago and has now mushroomed into a host of networking events such as Mobile Mondays (MoMo) and Open Coffee Clubs (OCCs). Organised on the web and on the fly, they have become good places to foster a start-up culture across the country.

Entrepreneurs have also found more serious forums such as Proto.in and Headstart, which act as a bridge between VCs and start-ups and showcase innovative products and services.

BIG IDEAS START SMALL

In Uncategorized on January 27, 2009 at 6:39 am

By Srinivas Chary

To many, the economic outlook may seem gloomy but start-ups are thriving, backed by good ideas and growing support for new enterprise.

At 14, Irfan Alam was managing a stock portfolio worth Rs 40 lakh for his father’s friends. By the time he was 17, the boy from Bihar was itching to start his own business. The idea came to him during a rickshaw ride home from college in Begusarai.

“I was hot and thirsty but there wasn’t a drink to be found. Then it struck me that the rickshaw-puller could easily become a mobile vendor stocking things like mineral water and juice,” says Irfan. He fine-tuned his business plan at IIMAhmedabad. The enterprise, Samman, was born in 2007, transforming the humble rickshaw into a marketing engine. Alam’s customized rickshaws not only offered smoother rides; they became vehicles for outdoor advertising. The rickshaw-pullers, who were given uniforms, identity cards and vehicles for free, could earn extra by selling everything from newspapers to mobile-recharge coupons. The start-up now boasts a fleet of 2,500 across Bihar, UP and Jharkhand.

It has also pedalled its way into an ongoing national competition to identify India’s hottest start-up. Run by the National Entrepreneurship Network (NEN) and the Tata group, the contest has shortlisted 30 Indian enterprises, including Samman — from the nearly 600 entries. The five winners will be announced at the end of February. For NEN, a not-for-profit initiative that nurtures budding entrepreneurs, the contest is part of the broader role it wants to play in building an entrepreneurial ecosystem in India.

There is a reason for this. In riskaverse India, where job security is prized, the entrepreneurial spirit has been restricted to a few communities. But that may be changing. The NEN contest shows how: 65% of the nominated entries are first-time entrepreneurs; 76% belong to families sans a business background. Four of the 30 finalists belong to tier-2 cities such as Patna, Kota, Belgaum and Patiala.

But Bangalore still emerges as the country’s start-up capital. Here, many feed their start-up dreams even as they work in the swanky local offices of global companies. These entrepreneurs are like Siva Prasad Cotipalli. He quit a plum marketing job with Oracle to found a start-up. “Instead of wondering how my business would fare, my mother worried about whether I would ever get married,” says Cotipalli, whose company, Dhanax, started as a two-man, internet-based microlending outfit. But the downturn and subsequent layoffs by big companies have improved his prospects in the marriage market. “Quite a few of my entrepreneur friends have found matches recently so I, too, have hope,” he jokes.

Not only are would-be in-laws softening towards grooms who don’t have Infosys or IBM on their business card, Siva says the downturn has many benefits for new ventures. “Though some start-ups will find it difficult to find funding, there are other advantages such as the availability of good talent at good rates and reduced rental costs.” At Dhanax, several of the newest employees have joined straight from college.

Another sign of the growing cachet enjoyed by entrepreneurship is to be found on IIT and IIM campuses. “Internships with start-ups were always an option for students at IIT-Bombay but this year, they are part of the placement process,” says Ankit Agarwal, MD of IITB’s entrepreneurship cell. As many as 20 start-ups have taken part in the placement process, which is still in progress. “The pay isn’t as good as the McKinseys but students realize that the experience will prove very useful if they want to strike out on their own later,” he says.

IIT-Bombay is also hosting Eureka!,India’s biggest business plan competition, which gives the winner a chance to pitch his idea to venture capitalists. These are the people who generally bankroll newish firms.

Mohanjit Jolly is a venture capitalist who moved from Silicon Valley to Bangalore in search of that needle-in-thehaystack idea that the trade calls the “home run”, i.e. a company that is “game changing”. He is still looking. “The brilliance and passion are here. What is needed is an ecosystem like Silicon Valley, which has a combination of investors, academia and support-businesses. That didn’t happen in the Valley overnight and it won’t happen here in a hurry.” But the journey has begun, says Jolly, executive director of Draper Fisher Jurvetson.

Might it hit a roadblock because of the global downturn? Venture capitalist firms clocked a little more than 125 deals worth $740 million during 2008, down 15.53% compared to 2007, according to data from Venture Intelligence, a firm that tracks such activity. “The number of deals will surely go down but those who are truly driven will get the backing they need,” says Jolly, adding that he has seen more business plans in the last three to four months than he did in early 2008.

His advice to start-ups: Think big. “For most, Rs 20 crore is a meaningful trajectory but why not aim for a Rs 300-crore business over the next three to five years?”

It’s the success stories that will make Indians dream big. “We need more heroes — the guys who have shown that it is achievable,” says Rajesh Srivathsa, managing partner of Ojas Ventures, which invests in early-stage tech start-ups.

Start-ups also require angel investment, a rare resource in the Indian market. Deal sizes at this stage are usually in the Rs 20-30 lakh range. “In Silicon Valley, angels take on the role of identifying and funding new start-ups. India needs more of them,” says Sridhar Mitta of The Indus Entrepreneurs (TiE), a global network that fosters entrepreneurship.

Lack of funds, however, didn’t deter Hiten Turakhia and his three friends from founding Librarywala.com, India’s first completely online book library, which also figures in the Tata-NEN shortlist of hottest start-ups. The self-funded enterprise, launched in Mumbai, started off slowly; today it has more than 5,000 members. “We have already expanded to Bangalore and Pune and are looking at other cities,” says Turakhia, who is managing director of the venture.

From a booming domestic market to a growing entrepreneur ecosystem, Indian start-ups have plenty going for them. Now, all they need is a business culture that views failure as a badge of honour.

Unconference in the corridor
Welcome to the weird world of un-conferences, a trend that originated in Silicon Valley but is becoming increasingly popular with Indian entrepreneurs. Inexpensive, and usually informal, these gatherings bring the entire start-up
ecosystem together. So, a venture capitalist can meet and evaluate the guy behind the start-up while the entrepreneur can get a reality check on his business plan. It’s also an ideal platform for first-time entrepreneurs to share experiences and mistakes.

At traditional conferences, the most productive moments often occur in the corridor between meetings; at un-conferences, it’s all corridor. In India, it all started with BarCamp (nothing to do with alcohol, everything to with the sharing of ideas) three years ago and has now mushroomed into a host of networking events such as Mobile Mondays (MoMo) and Open Coffee Clubs (OCCs). Organised on the web and on the fly, they have become good places to foster a start-up culture across the country.

Entrepreneurs have also found more serious forums such as Proto.in and Headstart, which act as a bridge between VCs and start-ups and showcase innovative products and services.

Exclusive: Raju & Bros land deals spread beyond limits

In india news on January 27, 2009 at 6:22 am

By M H Ahssan

The Raju family’s hunger for land even outside Hyderabad has now started surfacing. They bought 1,500 acres in Nalgonda district alone. Investigations now reveal that Maytas Hill County Developers (MHCD) bought the land at Rachakonda near Malkapuram village in Nalgonda district, which is located 40 kms from Hyderabad.

This new revelation comes as a surprise. Initially, it was believed that the Maytas groups and Satyam former chairman Ramalinga Raju purchased land mainly in the neighbouring Ranga Reddy district, his native West Godavari district and Visakhapatnam district.

There have been reports that high profile land broker Akula Rajaiah bought hundreds of acres land through general power of attorney (GPA) in Rachakonda area from gullible tribals and sold it to Ramalinga Raju and his family members.

The MHCD represented by its director D V S Subba Raju, also made land transactions in the same area in February and March last year, investigations by the stamps and registration departments have revealed. A total of 11 transactions involving purchase of 1500 acres from farmers by Maytas were recorded in the Choutuppal sub registrar office.

According to officials of the registration and stamps department, through one transaction, the firm bought 784 acres in Malkapuram village for a total government value of Rs 98 lakh. Similarly in February 2008, the firm purchased 491 acres for Rs 14.34 crore in survey no. 167 of the same village limits. In other transactions, MHCD bought 187 acres for Rs 2.33 crore in survey no. 248 and 108 acres for Rs 1.8 crore. There were transactions for 87 acres, 46 acres, 52 acres and 17 acres in the village.

Interestingly, Maytas has two transactions pertaining to land development in Pulivendula of Kadapa district as well. The Pulivendula assembly constituency is being represented by chief minister Y S Rajasekhara Reddy.

In one transaction, Maytas made a lease deed for development of six acres land. The lease agreement was made between Tera Ramachandra Reddy and Maytas NCC Joint venture. In the same village another agreement was made by the same parties for another piece of land.

In Banjara Hills, Maytas Housing Pvt Ltd entered into an agreement for developing one lakh square feet built-up area on Road No 2.

The registration and stamps department found several land dealings in the name of the Byrraju Satyanarayana Raju Charitable Trust. The transactions were found in Bhatna village in West Godavari district, Vedireshwaram near Ravulapalem, Chinakondepudi of Seethanagaram mandal of Guntur district and Rushikonda area of Visakhapatnam city.

Officials said Ramalinga Raju’s relatives live in the areas where the land has been purchased in the name of charitable trust.

Ramalinga Raju’s wife Nandini Raju and mother Appala Narsamma made 260 transactions in Jeedimetla village of Medchal for selling flats in Sundaram apartment and Rama Raju Nagar.

Nandini Raju made transactions of Satyam Enclave in Pet Basheerabad of Ranga Reddy district. One M Nagaraju represented Nandini Raju for all these transactions.

Is Suryanarayana Raju holed up in Chennai?
Has B Suryanarayana Raju, the absconding sibling of Ramalinga Raju, fled to Chennai? Reliable sources indicate that Suryanarayana, who investigating agencies have been looking for since last week, is presently holed up in a guest house in the Tamil Nadu capital. The sources said that this information was passed on to the CID at the same time as it was to this newspaper on Monday evening.

Those close to the family said that Suryanarayana’s disappearance was sudden. “He went by road as he feared he would be arrested if he took a flight apprehending police presence at the airport,” said a source close to the family.

Suryanarayana Raju is the little known second brother of Ramalinga Raju, but is now being found to have been the pointsman for major land dealings. This is precisely why investigating agencies are looking for him. CID officials say that Suryanarayana can come in handy to determine the origin of the Satyam fraud and may even be able to give clues to the money missing from Satyam’s balance sheets. SRSR Holding’s general manager D V Gopala Krishnam Raju who was questioned last week by cops has reportedly confessed that it was Suryanarayana Raju who had instructed him to shift and conceal all the land documents. This is why the CID has all the more reason to chase him down. Suryanarayana was a director of this company, whose office was raided .

The CID had started looking for Suryanarayana last week, when it also raided his offices and residence. However, the younger sibling of Ramalinga Raju was “not accessible” to them. Sources close to the family could not ascertain when exactly Suryanarayana would have fled from Hyderabad.

Nevertheless, it was also learnt that the guest house where Suryanarayana is being put up belongs to a relative of the Raju family. Sources close to the family guessed that Suryanarayana would have gone in a friend’s car since all his vehicles remain parked at his residence in Satyam Enclave on the Medchal highway. Some family members were even looking for the driver who drove Suryanarayana to Chennai.

While the other two Raju brothers have held centre stage all these years, Suryanarayana Raju’s role is said to have been limited to handling land dealings and liaising with politicians to get deals done. The third Raju did not study as much as his brothers who flaunt degrees from international universities.

Meanwhile, father-in-law of Rama Raju (senior) D S Raju who lives in Sundaram block has also moved out of the building after the marathon raids conducted by the CID there. Residents of Ramaraja Nagar said that his house was locked and he was not to be seen for the last two days.

Exclusive: Raju & Bros land deals spread beyond limits

In Uncategorized on January 27, 2009 at 6:22 am

By M H Ahssan

The Raju family’s hunger for land even outside Hyderabad has now started surfacing. They bought 1,500 acres in Nalgonda district alone. Investigations now reveal that Maytas Hill County Developers (MHCD) bought the land at Rachakonda near Malkapuram village in Nalgonda district, which is located 40 kms from Hyderabad.

This new revelation comes as a surprise. Initially, it was believed that the Maytas groups and Satyam former chairman Ramalinga Raju purchased land mainly in the neighbouring Ranga Reddy district, his native West Godavari district and Visakhapatnam district.

There have been reports that high profile land broker Akula Rajaiah bought hundreds of acres land through general power of attorney (GPA) in Rachakonda area from gullible tribals and sold it to Ramalinga Raju and his family members.

The MHCD represented by its director D V S Subba Raju, also made land transactions in the same area in February and March last year, investigations by the stamps and registration departments have revealed. A total of 11 transactions involving purchase of 1500 acres from farmers by Maytas were recorded in the Choutuppal sub registrar office.

According to officials of the registration and stamps department, through one transaction, the firm bought 784 acres in Malkapuram village for a total government value of Rs 98 lakh. Similarly in February 2008, the firm purchased 491 acres for Rs 14.34 crore in survey no. 167 of the same village limits. In other transactions, MHCD bought 187 acres for Rs 2.33 crore in survey no. 248 and 108 acres for Rs 1.8 crore. There were transactions for 87 acres, 46 acres, 52 acres and 17 acres in the village.

Interestingly, Maytas has two transactions pertaining to land development in Pulivendula of Kadapa district as well. The Pulivendula assembly constituency is being represented by chief minister Y S Rajasekhara Reddy.

In one transaction, Maytas made a lease deed for development of six acres land. The lease agreement was made between Tera Ramachandra Reddy and Maytas NCC Joint venture. In the same village another agreement was made by the same parties for another piece of land.

In Banjara Hills, Maytas Housing Pvt Ltd entered into an agreement for developing one lakh square feet built-up area on Road No 2.

The registration and stamps department found several land dealings in the name of the Byrraju Satyanarayana Raju Charitable Trust. The transactions were found in Bhatna village in West Godavari district, Vedireshwaram near Ravulapalem, Chinakondepudi of Seethanagaram mandal of Guntur district and Rushikonda area of Visakhapatnam city.

Officials said Ramalinga Raju’s relatives live in the areas where the land has been purchased in the name of charitable trust.

Ramalinga Raju’s wife Nandini Raju and mother Appala Narsamma made 260 transactions in Jeedimetla village of Medchal for selling flats in Sundaram apartment and Rama Raju Nagar.

Nandini Raju made transactions of Satyam Enclave in Pet Basheerabad of Ranga Reddy district. One M Nagaraju represented Nandini Raju for all these transactions.

Is Suryanarayana Raju holed up in Chennai?
Has B Suryanarayana Raju, the absconding sibling of Ramalinga Raju, fled to Chennai? Reliable sources indicate that Suryanarayana, who investigating agencies have been looking for since last week, is presently holed up in a guest house in the Tamil Nadu capital. The sources said that this information was passed on to the CID at the same time as it was to this newspaper on Monday evening.

Those close to the family said that Suryanarayana’s disappearance was sudden. “He went by road as he feared he would be arrested if he took a flight apprehending police presence at the airport,” said a source close to the family.

Suryanarayana Raju is the little known second brother of Ramalinga Raju, but is now being found to have been the pointsman for major land dealings. This is precisely why investigating agencies are looking for him. CID officials say that Suryanarayana can come in handy to determine the origin of the Satyam fraud and may even be able to give clues to the money missing from Satyam’s balance sheets. SRSR Holding’s general manager D V Gopala Krishnam Raju who was questioned last week by cops has reportedly confessed that it was Suryanarayana Raju who had instructed him to shift and conceal all the land documents. This is why the CID has all the more reason to chase him down. Suryanarayana was a director of this company, whose office was raided .

The CID had started looking for Suryanarayana last week, when it also raided his offices and residence. However, the younger sibling of Ramalinga Raju was “not accessible” to them. Sources close to the family could not ascertain when exactly Suryanarayana would have fled from Hyderabad.

Nevertheless, it was also learnt that the guest house where Suryanarayana is being put up belongs to a relative of the Raju family. Sources close to the family guessed that Suryanarayana would have gone in a friend’s car since all his vehicles remain parked at his residence in Satyam Enclave on the Medchal highway. Some family members were even looking for the driver who drove Suryanarayana to Chennai.

While the other two Raju brothers have held centre stage all these years, Suryanarayana Raju’s role is said to have been limited to handling land dealings and liaising with politicians to get deals done. The third Raju did not study as much as his brothers who flaunt degrees from international universities.

Meanwhile, father-in-law of Rama Raju (senior) D S Raju who lives in Sundaram block has also moved out of the building after the marathon raids conducted by the CID there. Residents of Ramaraja Nagar said that his house was locked and he was not to be seen for the last two days.

Exclusive: Forget The Great Depression

In Uncategorized on January 27, 2009 at 6:19 am

By M H Ahssan

The global recession cannot be compared to the 1929 crash.

With rising unemployment, job losses and salary cuts, there is a great deal of fear in Europe and America that the world is headed for another great depression. Following the crash of 1929 thousands of businesses collapsed across the world, millions lost their jobs and hunger stalked the cities as well as the countryside. Some historians believe it set the stage for the Second World War. Are we headed down a similar path today? Nobody really knows, but there are compelling reasons to believe that the final denouement may be much less severe than in 1929

The roots of the current global crisis lie in the interplay of several developments that have fundamentally transformed the finance capitalism that existed in 1929 or even as recently as just 30 years ago. Traditionally banks were careful to lend only to trusted clients, and carried the debt on their books. They bore the risk. Now there is securitisation. Lenders pool the loans and resell them as asset-backed securities. These securities are then repackaged, leveraged, tranched and resold many times over. A second related development is the emergence of highly sophisticated derivative products. Especially important among these today are the credit default swaps (CDSs). Taken together, asset-backed securities and derivatives widely spread the risk, but they also breed complacency towards risk. The selling and reselling of risk also lays the foundation for quick contagion.

The third key development is the rise of highly-leveraged investment banks in the US. Commercial bank leveraging is limited by stringent capital adequacy norms and their exposure to the capital market is regulated under the Glass-Steagal Act. In contrast, till their recent demise, Wall Street investment banks could raise and invest funds up to 30 times their equity base, thus vastly increasing the fragility of the system. Finally, there is globalisation of the financial system. One aspect of this is a major imbalance between economic and political power. China, India and other emerging economies in Asia and the Middle East are now the creditors of the world, especially the US. Yet they have little say in the design of the global financial architecture. Another aspect of this is technological. Billions of dollars can now be transmitted instantaneously across the globe. But so can market information and market sentiments, unleashing huge waves of exuberance or fear among investors.

Securitisation, derivatives, leveraging and globalisation have made the global economy much more volatile and risky than the world of 1929. However, there is another major development that provides comforting insurance against
such risks of global systemic collapse. Out of the great depression was born Keynesian economics. In 1929, governments had relatively little understanding of macroeconomic management. Today, governments and central banks have many tools to restore confidence and revive the economy. The pace at which the US subprime loan defaults snowballed into a global financial crisis was astonishing, but so was the speed with which the G-7 country authorities and emerging market economies responded.

In a period of less than two months after the collapse of Lehman Brothers, the advanced countries and emerging economies had all introduced broadly similar measures to deal with the crisis, a remarkable feat of global coordination without a single formal treaty or agreement. The initial interventions were followed up with further measures to revive demand and the flow of credit. Now, with President Barack Obama ready to launch a recovery package worth trillions of dollars, the US is about to resume leadership of the Keynesian path to global recovery.

It is difficult to fully comprehend the depth of the global crisis in a country like India that will record growth of around 7 per cent for fiscal 2008 at a time when most developed countries are shrinking. Some sectors like exports, real estate, textiles, IT and transport equipment have been affected severely. But overall, the impact has been limited, thanks in no small measure to the prompt and sustained measures taken by the RBI and the government. The markets have stabilised. The decline of the rupee has been arrested. The stock market has started recovering, the Satyam shock notwithstanding, and the flow of credit is reviving.

The important question is what more should the government do now to contain the expected decline in growth in fiscal 2009. Critics point out that most of the steps so far have been monetary measures to ease the supply of credit,few fiscal measures to revive demand. Beyond a point, that is like pushing on a loose string if the binding growth constraint is now on the demand side. Actually, a very subs-tantial fiscal stimulus has been provided through the supplementary demand for grants in September and a second supplementary demand in December.

This should be followed by a large deficit in the budget for fiscal 2009, ignoring the FRBM for now. Also, a part of the deficit should be monetised, temporarily shelving the agreement that the RBI will not finance central government debt, in order to minimise the crowding out of private borrowers. The government is currently focusing on additional spending on infrastructure. This is welcome. However, it should also target additional spending on education and health. There is compelling research evidence that such spending is not only more effective than infrastructure spending in reviving current demand, but also more effective in enhancing future growth potential.

Counterfeit worries for Indian pharma

In Uncategorized on January 27, 2009 at 6:13 am

By M H Ahssan

Domestic generic companies worst fears seem to be coming true, even as certain countries and entities like World Health Organisation are still debating on what consti tutes counterfeit drugs. Cus toms authorities in Netherlands have seized big consignments of legitimate generic medicines by Dr Reddy’s and Ind-Swift which were in transit recently labelling them as counterfeit.

While Dr Reddy’s consign ment of active pharmaceutical ingredient (raw material) of losartan was headed to Brazil the second company Ind-Swift was exporting generic pan taprazole to Venezuala. Sources said the consignments were seized as both drugs infringed valid patents in EU. Both drugs were patented neither in India nor in the countries they were exported to, they said.

According to regulations passed in Europe in July 2003 custom action is authorised against goods on grounds of in tellectual property infringe ment, if they are moving through its territory.

The regulation says “con cerning customs action against goods suspected of infringing certain intellectual property rights and the measures to be taken against goods found to have infringed such rights”.

As a result of these regula tions, EU custom authorities are increasingly seizing Indian drugs for patent infringements in European ports. In particular there have been several seizures at Amsterdam port, referring to these drugs as counterfeit sources said.

Experts believe EU is delib erately trying to create legal bar riers to prevent movement of drugs to developing countries to protect its own industry. They say the problem lies in what is termed as counterfeit. The WHO defines counterfeit as a product whose identity or source is de clared wrongly. In this case, ex perts point out these cannot be termed counterfeit as their product description of the generic drugs was correct, and their identity or source was not hidden.

The pharma industry has taken up the issue with com merce ministry, and wants it to be flagged under Indo-EU free trade agreement. Indian Phar maceutical Alliance (IPA) sec retary general DG Shah told HNN: ‘‘The problem lies in what is counterfeit. The EU definition goes further than WHO’s defi nition (of counterfeit), by say ing that if a drug—being ex ported or passing through — holds a valid patent in EU then it will be termed as counterfeit It is proved beyond doubt that counterfeit is no longer just a public health issue but has be come a trade issue.”

In fact, European Commis sion’s report ‘Community Cus toms Activities on Counterfeit and Piracy, Results at the Eu ropean Border 2007’ also high lights the role of European cus toms in IPR enforcement, and indirectly corroborates these drug seizures.

The report lists India as one of leading sources of counter feit drugs, mainly on the basis of seizures made by EU custom authorities on grounds of in tellectual property infringment

Don’t Stop The Music

In Uncategorized on January 27, 2009 at 6:11 am

By M H Ahssan

Recording industry studying alternative revenue models to survive.

According to the International Federation of Phonographic Industry (IFPI), a body representing the interests of the music industry, more people than ever like a good tune, but less can be persuaded to pay for it. In its latest report on digital music, IFPI estimates that 95 per cent of music downloaded over the internet is done illegally. Legal online music sales are also growing — now around 20 per cent of total sales, up from 15 per cent in 2007 — but this isn’t happening fast enough to halt an overall decline in sales. As a result, the recording industry is contemplating different ways of making money from online sales. One suggestion is that the industry moves to online and mobile services that allow listeners to download unlimited number of tracks for ‘free’. The idea is that users will be charged a fee, included in the monthly broadband access fee, by the internet service provider, who will then pass on that extra revenue to record labels.

This suggestion has merit. The industry’s premier body, the Recording Industry Association of America (RIAA) has been unsuccessful in its strategy of suing consumers it suspects of pirating music. Not only did it make them unpopular, it also failed to make a significant dent in online piracy. So, if reports are to be believed, the RIAA is going to stop suing downloaders. However, that doesn’t solve the problem of piracy. The RIAA has to examine innovative ways of getting people to pay for something they have become used to getting for free, not an easy thing to do.

Revenue sharing by internet service providers is merely one model that the industry is experimenting with to fight piracy, but it is the one with the most chance of succeeding. There is a growing view in the music industry that the most effective way of combating piracy is to make internet service providers liable for illegal file sharing and to prevail upon them to limit broadband speeds. This, however, would limit internet access for consumers and invest the ISPs with too much control over online traffic, which could be dangerous.

Other content creators, like Hollywood and the television industry, will be watching the music industry’s attempt to cope with piracy with interest. They have yet to find a satisfactory model where movies and television shows can be streamed or downloaded over the internet profitably. Disguising the cost to the consumer so that the content creators can be paid while users can download as much of their favourite music and television shows as they like, might be the best way to deal with piracy.

WHEN POLITICS GETS BRAND SAVVY

In india news on January 27, 2009 at 6:08 am

By Rahul Singh

It’s all about communicating in the right way with the right people at the right time. Are our politicians up to it?

Indian politicians might do worse than take a page out of US President Obama’s book and learn the importance of communication, especially during elections. Repetitive rallies, long speeches and expensive ad campaigns are out; building a brand is in.

“Any political party is the magnification of a brand,’’ says Prathap Suthan, national creative director, Cheil India, and the brain behind the India Shining campaign of the BJP in 2004. A political party bears all the characteristics of a brand ripe for marketing: product, character, signatures, symbols, music, slogans, language, colour, clothes and brand ambassadors. It can also symbolise national pride. Suthan says, ‘‘India is a nation of compromises. The only thing we hold on to is our pride’’. To build their brand, political parties need to communicate with their people constantly. Nirvik Singh, South Asia president of advertising company Grey Group, says the word is ‘‘communication, not just advertising’’.Political advertising began in India in 1984 when Rajiv Gandhi felt that electioneering needed proper marketing and communication techniques. He asked Rediffusion to take care of the Congress campaign that year. It didn’t take long for other parties to follow suit. The BJP got Trikaya Grey. Others went to smaller ad companies.

But how effective are such branding exercises? Some can go horribly wrong. The Facebook profile of V K Malhotra, BJP’s CM candidate for Delhi in the recent assembly polls, is one example. It was meant to target young voters, but backfired. It was the wrong product in the wrong place.

There has been other political branding that didn’t work. Visibly-thinner, the then Rajasthan CM Vasundhara Raje tried to appeal to young Rajasthan in the recent election campaign. It didn’t work; the voters didn’t believe the change of image and message and Raje lost. Similarly, even though Buddhadeb Bhttacharjee tried to shed the traditional 30-year image of business-hating Left-ruled West Bengal, he had to concede defeat after the Nano controversy. Famously, the India Shining campaign was blamed for the BJP’s heavy losses in the 2004 polls. The party was accused of trying to sweep inconvenient issues such as poverty under the carpet.

Building a brand for a political party is tricky, explains Suthan. It is based on shifting perceptions and fast-changing situations.

This is why it was easy for Congress, then in opposition, to puncture the BJP’s India Shining campaign at the last general election with its ‘Aam Aadmi Ko Kya Mila?’ ad.

Image guru Dilip Cherian says parties’ brands rest on much more than an election campaign. ‘‘It’s about core values. More importantly, it’s about what the electorate thinks of the party,’’ he says. An electorate is already predisposed towards a party, so its image has to be in accordance with this.

‘‘The brand of a party is like a quiver of arrows, with a suitable arrow that can be fired as and when needed. A lot goes into creating the image of a party. This includes the use of colour, words, backdrops and even the clothes its leaders wear,’’ he says.

With elections looming on the horizon, political parties are looking to the right PR guru and ad mantra to woo the voter. Congress recently roped in two agencies — JWT and Crayons — for its Rs-150-cr account. The BJP is said to be in talks with Lintas and Graphisads for an account worth roughly Rs 120 cr.

Most of the political ad spend is still limited to print and outdoor advertising, but new technology — the internet and cell phones — are also being put to good use.

According to a recent estimate, India has 45 m internet users and 300m mobilephone users. Parties have re a l i s e d that mass communication is cost-friendly and lends credibility to the brand.

But in a country as diverse as India, brand-building alone may not help a party. ‘‘We have to appeal across a huge section of people. A party cannot be compartmentalised by its brand value. We still need leaders and effective ones to win an election,’’ says Congress MP Sachin Pilot.

Parties need media managers to get their message across to diverse age groups, socio-economic segments and regional communities. ‘‘But at the end of the day, you have to deliver,’’ says Pilot.

WHEN POLITICS GETS BRAND SAVVY

In Uncategorized on January 27, 2009 at 6:08 am

By Rahul Singh

It’s all about communicating in the right way with the right people at the right time. Are our politicians up to it?

Indian politicians might do worse than take a page out of US President Obama’s book and learn the importance of communication, especially during elections. Repetitive rallies, long speeches and expensive ad campaigns are out; building a brand is in.

“Any political party is the magnification of a brand,’’ says Prathap Suthan, national creative director, Cheil India, and the brain behind the India Shining campaign of the BJP in 2004. A political party bears all the characteristics of a brand ripe for marketing: product, character, signatures, symbols, music, slogans, language, colour, clothes and brand ambassadors. It can also symbolise national pride. Suthan says, ‘‘India is a nation of compromises. The only thing we hold on to is our pride’’. To build their brand, political parties need to communicate with their people constantly. Nirvik Singh, South Asia president of advertising company Grey Group, says the word is ‘‘communication, not just advertising’’.Political advertising began in India in 1984 when Rajiv Gandhi felt that electioneering needed proper marketing and communication techniques. He asked Rediffusion to take care of the Congress campaign that year. It didn’t take long for other parties to follow suit. The BJP got Trikaya Grey. Others went to smaller ad companies.

But how effective are such branding exercises? Some can go horribly wrong. The Facebook profile of V K Malhotra, BJP’s CM candidate for Delhi in the recent assembly polls, is one example. It was meant to target young voters, but backfired. It was the wrong product in the wrong place.

There has been other political branding that didn’t work. Visibly-thinner, the then Rajasthan CM Vasundhara Raje tried to appeal to young Rajasthan in the recent election campaign. It didn’t work; the voters didn’t believe the change of image and message and Raje lost. Similarly, even though Buddhadeb Bhttacharjee tried to shed the traditional 30-year image of business-hating Left-ruled West Bengal, he had to concede defeat after the Nano controversy. Famously, the India Shining campaign was blamed for the BJP’s heavy losses in the 2004 polls. The party was accused of trying to sweep inconvenient issues such as poverty under the carpet.

Building a brand for a political party is tricky, explains Suthan. It is based on shifting perceptions and fast-changing situations.

This is why it was easy for Congress, then in opposition, to puncture the BJP’s India Shining campaign at the last general election with its ‘Aam Aadmi Ko Kya Mila?’ ad.

Image guru Dilip Cherian says parties’ brands rest on much more than an election campaign. ‘‘It’s about core values. More importantly, it’s about what the electorate thinks of the party,’’ he says. An electorate is already predisposed towards a party, so its image has to be in accordance with this.

‘‘The brand of a party is like a quiver of arrows, with a suitable arrow that can be fired as and when needed. A lot goes into creating the image of a party. This includes the use of colour, words, backdrops and even the clothes its leaders wear,’’ he says.

With elections looming on the horizon, political parties are looking to the right PR guru and ad mantra to woo the voter. Congress recently roped in two agencies — JWT and Crayons — for its Rs-150-cr account. The BJP is said to be in talks with Lintas and Graphisads for an account worth roughly Rs 120 cr.

Most of the political ad spend is still limited to print and outdoor advertising, but new technology — the internet and cell phones — are also being put to good use.

According to a recent estimate, India has 45 m internet users and 300m mobilephone users. Parties have re a l i s e d that mass communication is cost-friendly and lends credibility to the brand.

But in a country as diverse as India, brand-building alone may not help a party. ‘‘We have to appeal across a huge section of people. A party cannot be compartmentalised by its brand value. We still need leaders and effective ones to win an election,’’ says Congress MP Sachin Pilot.

Parties need media managers to get their message across to diverse age groups, socio-economic segments and regional communities. ‘‘But at the end of the day, you have to deliver,’’ says Pilot.

Special Report: Patancheru water a deadly cocktail of antibiotics

In india news on January 27, 2009 at 5:57 am

By M H Ahssan

When researchers analyzed vials of treated wastewater taken from a plant where about 90 Indian drug factories dump their residues, they were shocked. Antibiotics powerful enough to treat every person in a city of 90,000 was being dumped into one stream each day.

And it’s not just ciprofloxacin. The supposedly cleaned water was a floating soup of 21 different active pharmaceutical ingredients used in generics for treatment of hypertension, heart disease, chronic liver ailments, depression, gonorrhea, ulcers and other ailments.

It is the highest levels of pharmaceuticals ever detected in the environment, researchers say.

Those factories, located close to Hyderabad, produce drugs for much of the world. The result: Some of state’s poor are unwittingly consuming an array of chemicals that may be harmful, and could lead to the proliferation of drug-resistant bacteria.

“If you take a bath there, then you have all the antibiotics you need for treatment,” said chemist Klaus Kuemmerer, a German expert on drug resistance in the environment. “If you just swallow a few gasps of water, you’re treated for everything. The question is — for how long?”

“We don’t have any other source, so we’re drinking it,” said R Durgamma, a mother of four, sitting on the steps of her mud house a few miles downstream from the treatment plant here.

Slow | POISON
Toxic Mess | About 90 drug factories in Patancheru, 28km from Hyderabad, have been spewing their drug residues since 1980s. Today, its water is the most polluted in the world — even after treatment, it’s 100 to 30,000 times the levels considered safe

The Result | A few gulps of water can combat many diseases, but causes drug resistance in people. Higher incidence of cancer already noticed. Other biological aberrations anticipated. The water here eventually flows into Godavari — so affected area could be much larger

Who’s Responsible? The factories, of course. But these factories supply generics to US & Europe where strictest waste treatment is enforced in factories. So, are we killing our environment for the wellbeing of the West?

Drug traces in Patancheru wells
Patancheru has become a hub for largely unregulated chemical and drug factories in the 1980s, creating what is described locally as an “ecological sacrifice zone” with its waste. Since then, India has become one of the world’s leading exporters of pharmaceuticals, and the US which spent $1.4 billion on Indian-made drugs in 2007, is its largest customer.

Last year, it was reported that trace pharmaceuticals concentration had been found in drinking water provided to at least 46 million Americans. But the wastewater downstream from the Patancheru plants contained 150 times more than those detected in the US.

Some locals long believed drugs were seeping into their drinking water, and new data from the study by Joakim Larsson, an environmental scientist at the University of Gothenburg, Sweden, has confirmed their suspicions. Ciprofloxacin, the antibiotic, and the popular antihistamine cetirizine had the highest levels in the wells of six villages tested. Both drugs measured far below a human dose, but the results were still alarming.

The consequences of the studies in India are worrisome.

Researchers are finding that human cells fail to grow normally in the laboratory when exposed to trace concentrations of certain pharmaceuticals.

Some waterborne drugs also promote antibiotic-resistant germs, especially when, as in India, they are at times mixed with bacteria in human sewage.

The discovery of this contamination raises two key issues for researchers and policy-makers: the amount of pollution and its source. Experts say one of the biggest concerns for humans is whether the discharge from the wastewater treatment facility is spawning drug resistance.

“Environmental protections are being met at Patancheru,’’ says Rajeshwar Tiwari, member secretary, AP Pollution Control Board. And while he says regulations have tightened since Larsson’s initial research, screening for pharmaceutical residue at the end of the treatment process is not required.

Possibly complicating the situation, Larsson’s team also found high drug concentration levels in lakes upstream from the treatment plant, indicating potential illegal dumping — an issue both Indian pollution officials and the drug industry acknowledge has been a past problem, but one they say is practised much less now.

“I’ll tell you, I’ve never seen concentrations this high before. And they definitely … are having some biological impact, at least in the effluent,” said Dan Schlenk, an ecotoxicologist from the University of California, Riverside, who was not involved in the India research.

And even though the levels recently found in village wells were much lower than the wastewater readings, someone drinking regularly from the worst-affected reservoirs would receive more than two full doses of an antihistamine in a year.

M Narayana Reddy, president of India’s Bulk Drug Manufacturers Association, disputes Larsson’s initial results: “I have challenged it,” he said. “It is the wrong information provided by some research person.”

Reddy acknowledged the region was polluted, but said that the contamination came from untreated human excrement and past industry abuses. AP

Special Report: Patancheru water a deadly cocktail of antibiotics

In Uncategorized on January 27, 2009 at 5:57 am

By M H Ahssan

When researchers analyzed vials of treated wastewater taken from a plant where about 90 Indian drug factories dump their residues, they were shocked. Antibiotics powerful enough to treat every person in a city of 90,000 was being dumped into one stream each day.

And it’s not just ciprofloxacin. The supposedly cleaned water was a floating soup of 21 different active pharmaceutical ingredients used in generics for treatment of hypertension, heart disease, chronic liver ailments, depression, gonorrhea, ulcers and other ailments.

It is the highest levels of pharmaceuticals ever detected in the environment, researchers say.

Those factories, located close to Hyderabad, produce drugs for much of the world. The result: Some of state’s poor are unwittingly consuming an array of chemicals that may be harmful, and could lead to the proliferation of drug-resistant bacteria.

“If you take a bath there, then you have all the antibiotics you need for treatment,” said chemist Klaus Kuemmerer, a German expert on drug resistance in the environment. “If you just swallow a few gasps of water, you’re treated for everything. The question is — for how long?”

“We don’t have any other source, so we’re drinking it,” said R Durgamma, a mother of four, sitting on the steps of her mud house a few miles downstream from the treatment plant here.

Slow | POISON
Toxic Mess | About 90 drug factories in Patancheru, 28km from Hyderabad, have been spewing their drug residues since 1980s. Today, its water is the most polluted in the world — even after treatment, it’s 100 to 30,000 times the levels considered safe

The Result | A few gulps of water can combat many diseases, but causes drug resistance in people. Higher incidence of cancer already noticed. Other biological aberrations anticipated. The water here eventually flows into Godavari — so affected area could be much larger

Who’s Responsible? The factories, of course. But these factories supply generics to US & Europe where strictest waste treatment is enforced in factories. So, are we killing our environment for the wellbeing of the West?

Drug traces in Patancheru wells
Patancheru has become a hub for largely unregulated chemical and drug factories in the 1980s, creating what is described locally as an “ecological sacrifice zone” with its waste. Since then, India has become one of the world’s leading exporters of pharmaceuticals, and the US which spent $1.4 billion on Indian-made drugs in 2007, is its largest customer.

Last year, it was reported that trace pharmaceuticals concentration had been found in drinking water provided to at least 46 million Americans. But the wastewater downstream from the Patancheru plants contained 150 times more than those detected in the US.

Some locals long believed drugs were seeping into their drinking water, and new data from the study by Joakim Larsson, an environmental scientist at the University of Gothenburg, Sweden, has confirmed their suspicions. Ciprofloxacin, the antibiotic, and the popular antihistamine cetirizine had the highest levels in the wells of six villages tested. Both drugs measured far below a human dose, but the results were still alarming.

The consequences of the studies in India are worrisome.

Researchers are finding that human cells fail to grow normally in the laboratory when exposed to trace concentrations of certain pharmaceuticals.

Some waterborne drugs also promote antibiotic-resistant germs, especially when, as in India, they are at times mixed with bacteria in human sewage.

The discovery of this contamination raises two key issues for researchers and policy-makers: the amount of pollution and its source. Experts say one of the biggest concerns for humans is whether the discharge from the wastewater treatment facility is spawning drug resistance.

“Environmental protections are being met at Patancheru,’’ says Rajeshwar Tiwari, member secretary, AP Pollution Control Board. And while he says regulations have tightened since Larsson’s initial research, screening for pharmaceutical residue at the end of the treatment process is not required.

Possibly complicating the situation, Larsson’s team also found high drug concentration levels in lakes upstream from the treatment plant, indicating potential illegal dumping — an issue both Indian pollution officials and the drug industry acknowledge has been a past problem, but one they say is practised much less now.

“I’ll tell you, I’ve never seen concentrations this high before. And they definitely … are having some biological impact, at least in the effluent,” said Dan Schlenk, an ecotoxicologist from the University of California, Riverside, who was not involved in the India research.

And even though the levels recently found in village wells were much lower than the wastewater readings, someone drinking regularly from the worst-affected reservoirs would receive more than two full doses of an antihistamine in a year.

M Narayana Reddy, president of India’s Bulk Drug Manufacturers Association, disputes Larsson’s initial results: “I have challenged it,” he said. “It is the wrong information provided by some research person.”

Reddy acknowledged the region was polluted, but said that the contamination came from untreated human excrement and past industry abuses. AP

HAPPY REPUBLIC DAY – A Reader’s Message

In Uncategorized on January 24, 2009 at 9:01 am

By Vishal Thapar

“MAY THERE BE LOVE AND RESPECT IN THE WORLD” THAT IS THE MESSAGE INDIA IS SENDING TO THE WHOLE WORLD.

More than half a century ago India became a democratic secular republic nation. When Europe was devastated by the war, and finding its foot on the grounds of new thoughts, new values and new future,

Indians found freedom from centuries long foreign rule, wrote and adopted one of the finest constitutions and a vast opportunity to prove to itself and to the world the greatness of India. And there is no doubt, the hardworking intelligent people of India has done a fine job. India has own rockets, satellites, finest educational institutions, plenty of food, plenty of industries, relatively few violence, huge foreign currency reserves, leading R&D institutes, a fantastic defense, a stable government and unparallel brains. And all this was achieved without force, without significant foreign help, and without any violent revolution. Not too many countries can claim such an achievement after centuries of slavory.

YES INDIA HAS PROVEN TO BE GREAT. AND WE ALL WISH THAT OUR NEIGHBORS AND MANY OTHER COUNTRIES WILL FOLLOW OUR PATH.

Yet, we are somewhat away from what we can be. Here are my thoughts on current problems/shortcomings and how to solve them:

1. There are still millions of destitudes our own Indian brothers, sisters and children – Give them free land to settle, give them food+clothes+education for work, train them to be useful and productive, make them self-sufficient

2. violent crime (especially in some cities) have increased to alarming rate – make the police and law enforcement system stronger and efficient. e.g. double the number of trained police, computerize the criminal record and its exchange, give deadline of 1 month to settle all criminal court cases.

3. Education, in general, still seems quite unbalanced, aimless and of inadequate quality – put some highly educated, pragmatic people with industry experience to review the courses being taught at all levels in all schools of India without exception and ask them to teach their own children exactly the same. Introduce more work and learn programs (hands on learning), useful learning, reduce amount of pages and repetitions, teach civics, Indian Laws, and health conciousness right from the begining.

4. TV and Media seems to play quite a significant role in people’s lives, unfortunately often detrimental role. Give Rs.1000 TV to all with just TWO Channels(Hindi and local language) Both educational channel 2 hours a day. Brief news, cultural programmes, social and patriotic films with ZERO violence, educate aboout health, environment, practical living and basic knowledge about safety, civility, good family life, etc. in simplest language.

5. Politics in India unfortunately is the biggest barrier to faster progress of India – I wish I had a solution to that, but I do not at this point. But I guess the only direction India has to take is “cleanlieness” in politics. Anyone who wants to run for a MLA, MP position must have an earned Ph.D., or 10 years of volunteer social service and/or army experience. No under-achiever, loser, scumbag, dishonest, useless for everything else, thugs and thugs promoter individual should choose to or have the right to lead the intelligent people of India. Prove your ability first through hard work and intelligence or else go to some other country to be politician. Remember leaders are to SERVE us the people, not the otherway around? remember it is democracy not their “Baap ka Raj”? Remember millions of patriotic Indians sacrified thier lives to bring us the freedom from this kind of exploiters? We have not forgotten the blood and sweat of our forefathers, that freed us, it was not to replace British crooks with Indian crooks, it was for freedom and equality.

6. Equality seems still a dream. Very often the Rich treat the middleclass as inferior, middleclass treats the poorclass as inferior, one group treats the other as inferior, and it goes down to even the poorest people. It is not funny at all, it is true, I have seen it, and I will not deny that this sort of mentality exists among us. All I can say is, if we Indians ever want to be really great, WE MUST TREAT EVERYONE AND EVERYTHING WITH LOVE AND RESPECT. Yes remember the song we proudly sang about our culture

“ITNA AADAR INSAAN TO KYA, PATTHAR BHI PUJE JATE HAIN”* (there is so much respect(in Inidia) that not only humans, even the stone is worshiped). Let us practise that once again.

How about practising that on your “servant”, the nearest tree, the streets you use and the streetdog from today? Yes, Please do stop for a minute from your ultrabusy schedule and take the left over for the dog who barked to keep the thieves away everynight, yes please stop for a minute and pick up that plastic bag from the sidewalk and throw in the garbage-bin, stop for a minute and carry the bag for the poor old man crossing the street. For all that you know, your children may love and respect you even when you grow old, for you will be earning it by your actions. And you will have the satisfaction that you are a good man, your self respect will go up many folds, there is no better feeling than that.

(Note: Expressed views are solely from the author, HNN will not hold any responsibility in his views or consequenses, whatever it may be. – EDITOR)

Republic Day: Share your thoughts

In Uncategorized on January 24, 2009 at 8:59 am

EDITORIAL PANEL

Like every emotion, patriotism needs no day. But, like every emotion, there are certain days when it wells up.

When you stand a little taller, when you walk a little more proud, when you feel a little luckier you are part of this great country.

January 26 is one such day. And as India celebrates its 58th Republic Day, this is your forum.

Share your memorable Republic Day moments. Share your patriotism, share the extraordinary events you associate with Republic Day. Right here, right now.

Hurdles in Advani’s Prime Ministerial Path

In india news on January 24, 2009 at 8:50 am

By Amulya Ganguli


L.K. Advani’s website proclaims that he puts the nation first, the party second and “self last”. For the present, however, the Bharatiya Janata Party’s (BJP) prime ministerial candidate is probably concerned more about himself than about the first two.

There are several reasons for the current uncertainty about his prospects, at least two of which are sudden, unexpected developments. One of them is the decision of the party veteran, Bhairon Singh Shekhawat, to enter the electoral ring.

Having been the country’s vice-president and chief minister of Rajasthan, it is obvious that Shekhawat will not be content to be an ordinary MP if he wins, which is a near-certainty given his well-established base in Rajasthan. If he becomes an MP, it is unlikely that he will not take a shot at the prime minister’s post.

What is more, his wide contacts cutting across party lines, which are much more extensive than Advani’s, can ensure his success in the event of the BJP-led National Democratic Alliance (NDA) securing a majority. Already the Nationalist Congress Party (NCP), which is an ally of the Congress-led United Progressive Alliance (UPA), has kept its options open about Shekhawat.

It may be recalled that NCP leader Sharad Pawar had closely interacted with Shekhawat in 1990 when the latter was asked by then prime minister Chandra Shekhar to find a solution to the Babri Masjid dispute.

It is not surprising, therefore, that Shekhawat’s re-entry into the political arena – he had left the BJP when he became vice-president – has caused tremors in the Advani camp. Evidence of this is available from the party’s attempt to ridicule his claims about fighting corruption and portray his foray into politics as a ploy to secure a brighter political future for his son-in-law.

There are other reasons, too, for the unease among Advani’s supporters. One is the charge of malfeasance which Shekhawat has levelled against the government of Vasundhara Raje, which was defeated by the Congress in the recent elections in Rajasthan. The other is the “theft” of Rs.25 million from the BJP office in New Delhi, which is being regarded as an insider job and has partly substantiated Shekhawat’s allegations about the party’s moral lapses.

There is little doubt, therefore, that the feeling of confidence in the Advani camp after he secured the BJP’s and the NDA’s support for fulfilling his life’s ambition has taken a hit.

A second unanticipated development for the party is the loss of its favorite terror card. For the last few years, the BJP had banked on its characterization of the Congress as being “soft on terror” to push its own nationalistic credentials. It was a sure-fire tactic for the BJP, for the Congress’s alleged softness was ascribed to its reluctance to alienate its Muslim vote bank.

This juxtaposition of the Congress’s alleged sympathies for the Indian Muslims with its timidity in the face of the Pakistan-inspired terrorism was seen by the BJP as its electoral trump card.

But it all turned upside down during the last round of assembly elections when the Congress won a resounding victory in Delhi and defeated the BJP in Rajasthan even as the Indian security forces were waging a 60-hour gun battle in Mumbai against the Pakistan-based terrorists.

Suddenly, the BJP’s terror card was gone and it has been left high and dry without an atavistic cause to project – something it has done ever since the saffron brotherhood first targeted the Babri Masjid for demolition in 1990 and then brought it down two years later.

Apart from these two developments, Advani and his party have another reason to worry. It is the sudden projection of Gujarat Chief Minister Narendra Modi as prime ministerial material by two corporate tsars, Anil Ambani and Sunil Mittal, at an investors’ conclave in the state.

The basis of their laudatory assessment is Modi’s focus on industrial development, for which he has earned a name for himself in the country. But there is an additional aspect which must worry Advani. It is Modi’s relatively young age for a politician (he is 58), which brings the spotlight back on the age of the BJP’s octogenarian prime ministerial candidate.

Aware of this disadvantage – India has 100 million first time voters – there has been an attempt to brush up Advani’s image, but it is difficult to believe that the makeover will be very convincing.

Advani’s only success so far has been to obtain the Rashtriya Swayamsewak Sangh’s (RSS) approval for his bid to be prime minister after a three-year estrangement with it, which followed his characterization of Mohammed Ali Jinnah as secular during a visit to Pakistan.

Following that remark, Advani had to give up his presidentship of the BJP to Rajnath Singh, evidently because of pressure from the RSS, which is the head of the Hindutva brotherhood.

If the latter has now forgiven Advani, it is because the dour Rajnath Singh has failed to enthuse the party cadres even as the general elections draw near. The RSS also does not seem to like Modi because he is too individualistic.

Shekhawat, therefore, is likely to remain a bigger worry for Advani in this tussle between the two octogenarians.

Hurdles in Advani’s Prime Ministerial Path

In Uncategorized on January 24, 2009 at 8:50 am

By Amulya Ganguli


L.K. Advani’s website proclaims that he puts the nation first, the party second and “self last”. For the present, however, the Bharatiya Janata Party’s (BJP) prime ministerial candidate is probably concerned more about himself than about the first two.

There are several reasons for the current uncertainty about his prospects, at least two of which are sudden, unexpected developments. One of them is the decision of the party veteran, Bhairon Singh Shekhawat, to enter the electoral ring.

Having been the country’s vice-president and chief minister of Rajasthan, it is obvious that Shekhawat will not be content to be an ordinary MP if he wins, which is a near-certainty given his well-established base in Rajasthan. If he becomes an MP, it is unlikely that he will not take a shot at the prime minister’s post.

What is more, his wide contacts cutting across party lines, which are much more extensive than Advani’s, can ensure his success in the event of the BJP-led National Democratic Alliance (NDA) securing a majority. Already the Nationalist Congress Party (NCP), which is an ally of the Congress-led United Progressive Alliance (UPA), has kept its options open about Shekhawat.

It may be recalled that NCP leader Sharad Pawar had closely interacted with Shekhawat in 1990 when the latter was asked by then prime minister Chandra Shekhar to find a solution to the Babri Masjid dispute.

It is not surprising, therefore, that Shekhawat’s re-entry into the political arena – he had left the BJP when he became vice-president – has caused tremors in the Advani camp. Evidence of this is available from the party’s attempt to ridicule his claims about fighting corruption and portray his foray into politics as a ploy to secure a brighter political future for his son-in-law.

There are other reasons, too, for the unease among Advani’s supporters. One is the charge of malfeasance which Shekhawat has levelled against the government of Vasundhara Raje, which was defeated by the Congress in the recent elections in Rajasthan. The other is the “theft” of Rs.25 million from the BJP office in New Delhi, which is being regarded as an insider job and has partly substantiated Shekhawat’s allegations about the party’s moral lapses.

There is little doubt, therefore, that the feeling of confidence in the Advani camp after he secured the BJP’s and the NDA’s support for fulfilling his life’s ambition has taken a hit.

A second unanticipated development for the party is the loss of its favorite terror card. For the last few years, the BJP had banked on its characterization of the Congress as being “soft on terror” to push its own nationalistic credentials. It was a sure-fire tactic for the BJP, for the Congress’s alleged softness was ascribed to its reluctance to alienate its Muslim vote bank.

This juxtaposition of the Congress’s alleged sympathies for the Indian Muslims with its timidity in the face of the Pakistan-inspired terrorism was seen by the BJP as its electoral trump card.

But it all turned upside down during the last round of assembly elections when the Congress won a resounding victory in Delhi and defeated the BJP in Rajasthan even as the Indian security forces were waging a 60-hour gun battle in Mumbai against the Pakistan-based terrorists.

Suddenly, the BJP’s terror card was gone and it has been left high and dry without an atavistic cause to project – something it has done ever since the saffron brotherhood first targeted the Babri Masjid for demolition in 1990 and then brought it down two years later.

Apart from these two developments, Advani and his party have another reason to worry. It is the sudden projection of Gujarat Chief Minister Narendra Modi as prime ministerial material by two corporate tsars, Anil Ambani and Sunil Mittal, at an investors’ conclave in the state.

The basis of their laudatory assessment is Modi’s focus on industrial development, for which he has earned a name for himself in the country. But there is an additional aspect which must worry Advani. It is Modi’s relatively young age for a politician (he is 58), which brings the spotlight back on the age of the BJP’s octogenarian prime ministerial candidate.

Aware of this disadvantage – India has 100 million first time voters – there has been an attempt to brush up Advani’s image, but it is difficult to believe that the makeover will be very convincing.

Advani’s only success so far has been to obtain the Rashtriya Swayamsewak Sangh’s (RSS) approval for his bid to be prime minister after a three-year estrangement with it, which followed his characterization of Mohammed Ali Jinnah as secular during a visit to Pakistan.

Following that remark, Advani had to give up his presidentship of the BJP to Rajnath Singh, evidently because of pressure from the RSS, which is the head of the Hindutva brotherhood.

If the latter has now forgiven Advani, it is because the dour Rajnath Singh has failed to enthuse the party cadres even as the general elections draw near. The RSS also does not seem to like Modi because he is too individualistic.

Shekhawat, therefore, is likely to remain a bigger worry for Advani in this tussle between the two octogenarians.

Get Well Soon, Mr.Manmohan Singh

In india news on January 24, 2009 at 8:46 am

By M H Ahssan

PM’s health in this time of crisis is a matter of concern.

Doctors at the All India Institute of Medical Sciences in the capital are expected to operate on Prime Minister Manmohan Singh today. We wish him a speedy recovery. Pranab Mukherjee, a seasoned administrator and politician, will head the government in his absence. The UPA has evolved broad guidelines on national security and the economy and there is consensus among the allies on these issues. So, there is no cause for anxiety on matters of governance.

However, the leadership of Singh will be missed at this time of crisis when the country is battling twin threats of crossborder terrorism and economic slowdown. A new president with fresh ideas on Pakistan and Afghanistan has just assumed power in Washington. Singh, who personally steered India-US relations during the Bush presidency, will be missed by the Obama administration. But he has a competent replacement in Mukherjee, who has been talking to world leaders since taking over as minister for external affairs last year. But a new finance minister may be urgently needed. The finance ministry has been functioning under the guidance of the prime minister after P Chidambaram was shifted to home. A new finance minister may be better able to manage the economy during these difficult times than an acting prime minister. In Mukherjee’s case, he is far too preoccupied with a host of serious responsibilities, both administrative and political, to do justice to all the tasks of which he finds himself in charge suddenly.

The absence of Singh at the fag end of a reasonably successful term in office could impair the UPA’s strategy to fight the coming general elections. The UPA’s stability owes a lot to the two-pronged leadership of Singh and Sonia Gandhi, the former heading the government and the latter leading the party. The alliance would want to project this leadership model before the electorate. General elections are expected in April or May, but political parties are likely to go on a campaign mode soon. Singh is expected to be off work only for a month, but it may be difficult for him to hit the ground running immediately after a heart surgery. At 76, Singh is not exactly young.

That brings us to an important issue: Should the country not scout for younger leaders? Many names have cropped up as possible prime ministerial candidates in recent times, but few are young. Of course, experience is no less important than age in the choice of leadership, as BJP’s PM-in-waiting L K Advani recently said. But India must not be over-dependent on politicians in their 70s and 80s. Sure, they can deliver but occasionally it could be at the cost of their health. Political parties must realise the importance of grooming young leaders in a nation that has an overwhelmingly young demographic profile.

Get Well Soon, Mr.Manmohan Singh

In Uncategorized on January 24, 2009 at 8:46 am

By M H Ahssan

PM’s health in this time of crisis is a matter of concern.

Doctors at the All India Institute of Medical Sciences in the capital are expected to operate on Prime Minister Manmohan Singh today. We wish him a speedy recovery. Pranab Mukherjee, a seasoned administrator and politician, will head the government in his absence. The UPA has evolved broad guidelines on national security and the economy and there is consensus among the allies on these issues. So, there is no cause for anxiety on matters of governance.

However, the leadership of Singh will be missed at this time of crisis when the country is battling twin threats of crossborder terrorism and economic slowdown. A new president with fresh ideas on Pakistan and Afghanistan has just assumed power in Washington. Singh, who personally steered India-US relations during the Bush presidency, will be missed by the Obama administration. But he has a competent replacement in Mukherjee, who has been talking to world leaders since taking over as minister for external affairs last year. But a new finance minister may be urgently needed. The finance ministry has been functioning under the guidance of the prime minister after P Chidambaram was shifted to home. A new finance minister may be better able to manage the economy during these difficult times than an acting prime minister. In Mukherjee’s case, he is far too preoccupied with a host of serious responsibilities, both administrative and political, to do justice to all the tasks of which he finds himself in charge suddenly.

The absence of Singh at the fag end of a reasonably successful term in office could impair the UPA’s strategy to fight the coming general elections. The UPA’s stability owes a lot to the two-pronged leadership of Singh and Sonia Gandhi, the former heading the government and the latter leading the party. The alliance would want to project this leadership model before the electorate. General elections are expected in April or May, but political parties are likely to go on a campaign mode soon. Singh is expected to be off work only for a month, but it may be difficult for him to hit the ground running immediately after a heart surgery. At 76, Singh is not exactly young.

That brings us to an important issue: Should the country not scout for younger leaders? Many names have cropped up as possible prime ministerial candidates in recent times, but few are young. Of course, experience is no less important than age in the choice of leadership, as BJP’s PM-in-waiting L K Advani recently said. But India must not be over-dependent on politicians in their 70s and 80s. Sure, they can deliver but occasionally it could be at the cost of their health. Political parties must realise the importance of grooming young leaders in a nation that has an overwhelmingly young demographic profile.

World’s costliest shop in dingy lane is a mystery

In Uncategorized on January 24, 2009 at 8:43 am

By Rahul Singh

This nondescript shop has suddenly emerged as a hot property in Delhi. Shop No. 3, next to the Safdarjung Hospital gate and opposite AIIMS, might have been auctioned for a monthly rental of Rs 12,09,000 but its location a dingy narrow lane where there is little space to walk raises questions about the expensive deal.

The shop next to it No. 5 which is a smaller in size was also auctioned but fetched only Rs 58,000 as rental.

The reason for the difference in rentals could partly be the use the two shops can be put to. While Shop No. 3 can be used as a medical store as it meets the required size criteria for a licence which is around 110 sq feet for retail as per law Shop No. 5 was used as a general store. Shop No 3 was earlier too used as a chemist shop.

On Friday the other chemist shops in the lane were swamped by customers.According to NDMC officials, Shop No 3 has been rented out to a person by the name of Mukesh Kumar. Those running the other chemist shops in the area were sceptical about Kumar being able to sustain himself despite the exorbitant rent.

Said Zafar Ahmed, owner of Safdarjung Medicos: “The rent being paid for the shop is definitely more than its worth. We tend to make around Rs 80,000 from sales daily and the shops located next to the gate make 50% more.” He pays Rs 10,000 for his shop.

Some shop owners calculated the cost of running Shop No. 3 at more than Rs 15 lakh if one includes the cost of stock, maintenance charges, salary of employees etc. So even if the shop earns Rs 2 lakh from sales, the profit margin will not be very big.

Said Sanjay of JKM medical shop: “The cost of running the shop will easily be more than Rs 15 lakh and for a person to earn profits over that seems difficult with more shops having come up in the area.” Many of the chemist shops were earlier functioning from the subway.

Some people doubt if the bidder will take possession of the shop. Said Sanjay: “With the bid running so high, one will have to see if the bidder actually comes forward to complete the formalities.”

According to NDMC, processing of the formalities will take a week at least, and if the bidder does not take possession, the earnest money of Rs 1 lakh will be forfeited.

South Delhi shop fetches world’s highest rent

In Uncategorized on January 24, 2009 at 8:42 am

By M H Ahssan

In the midst of the recession gloom, here are some realty bites to cheer things up. A 133 square feet shop on Safdarjang Road has been auctioned for a rental of a whopping Rs 12,09,000 per month, according to New Delhi Municipal Council’s spokesperson, Anand Tiwari. The figure works out to Rs 9,022 per square feet per month which is about ten times costlier than rentals in any other part of the city and by far the highest in the world.

In New York’s Fifth Avenue, rental for a shop of the same size is Rs 10,15,000, in Hong Kong’s Causeway Bay it is Rs 9,80,000, in Avenue des Champs Elysees in Paris it is Rs 6,25,000 and in Via Montenapoleone of Italy it is Rs 5,40,000.

In India, the most expensive rental area is Khan Market where rent per month for a shop of approximately 133 sq feet would be Rs 1,46,000 followed by South Extension which is Rs 1,06,000 and Connaught Place where it is Rs 89,775.

The Safdarjung Road shop located in Ramgarhia area just opposite All India Institute of Medical Sciences was part of the auction carried out by NDMC at Mandir Marg. Thirty-two units, including shops, stalls and kiosks in various parts of the city, were put up for rental auction.

Said Tiwari: “The reserve rental rate for the shop at Safdarjung measuring 133 square feet was kept at 3 lakh per month. The highest bid for rental purposes was Rs 12,09,000 per month.” According to sources in NDMC, in 1999, the rent for this shop was around Rs 4-5 lakh.

Another shop at Shankar Market went for a rental of Rs 1,04,000. Said Ashok Gupta, who has a shop in the market: “The rental for the shop is a little higher than it should be. The entry of the shop is not great.”

Out of the 32 units that were put up for auctioning, bids were received for 27 units only. No one came forward to bid for five units. The rental for a kiosk at Golf Links was Rs 30,000 per month. All other shops and stalls were given out on rentals ranging between Rs 40,000 and Rs 1 lakh per month.

Crowds Dwindle at Hyderabad Exhibition

In india news on January 24, 2009 at 7:35 am

By M H Ahssan

Stalls at Numaish that once buzzed with eager crowds now wear a deserted look. Traders at the annual exhibition held in Nampally Exhibition Grounds say their business has dipped by 50 per cent when compared to last year, mainly due to the economic slowdown.

Stall owners who come here from other states every year admitted there was hardly any business ever since the exhibition opened on January 1, 2009. According to a stall owner, Manish Kumar Agarwal, of the 153 handloom stalls from Lucknow not even a single owner was making profits.

“At many of these stalls, there has not been a single buyer for days together in the last 23 days of the exhibition. Last time the situation was different,” Agarwal said. He reasoned the decrease in purchasing power of customers for the poor business.

Stall owners said even though they were prepared to give discounts, there were hardly any visitors.

The situation is no different for handicrafts sellers. “I have been putting up a stall at the Numaish for 20 years. This has been the worst year so far. When compared to last year, the revenue is down by 60 per cent,” said M D Kauser of Shimla Handicrafts. Similarly, another handicraft businessman P Krishna said last year he brought 25 cartons of handicraft goods and all were sold out by this time. “Besides, additional stock was brought last year. But this year only four cartons have been sold so far,” said Krishna.

Businessmen whose stalls are near the main track said they are in a slightly better position. The organisers of Numaish, the ‘Exhibition Society’ also said the overall business is down this year because of meltdown in economy. “There are businessmen who are doing decent business but overall the business is down,” said Exhibition Society convener B Hanumanth Rao. He refuted the opinion of stall owners on the low turnout of customers this year and said it was slightly higher this year. “Last Sunday as many as 84,000 people visited the exhibition, which was the highest this year,” Rao said. But the turnout this year is low based on the ticket count. The average crowd last year was 40,347 on any given day whereas this year it is 26,000.

Crowds Dwindle at Hyderabad Exhibition

In Uncategorized on January 24, 2009 at 7:35 am

By M H Ahssan

Stalls at Numaish that once buzzed with eager crowds now wear a deserted look. Traders at the annual exhibition held in Nampally Exhibition Grounds say their business has dipped by 50 per cent when compared to last year, mainly due to the economic slowdown.

Stall owners who come here from other states every year admitted there was hardly any business ever since the exhibition opened on January 1, 2009. According to a stall owner, Manish Kumar Agarwal, of the 153 handloom stalls from Lucknow not even a single owner was making profits.

“At many of these stalls, there has not been a single buyer for days together in the last 23 days of the exhibition. Last time the situation was different,” Agarwal said. He reasoned the decrease in purchasing power of customers for the poor business.

Stall owners said even though they were prepared to give discounts, there were hardly any visitors.

The situation is no different for handicrafts sellers. “I have been putting up a stall at the Numaish for 20 years. This has been the worst year so far. When compared to last year, the revenue is down by 60 per cent,” said M D Kauser of Shimla Handicrafts. Similarly, another handicraft businessman P Krishna said last year he brought 25 cartons of handicraft goods and all were sold out by this time. “Besides, additional stock was brought last year. But this year only four cartons have been sold so far,” said Krishna.

Businessmen whose stalls are near the main track said they are in a slightly better position. The organisers of Numaish, the ‘Exhibition Society’ also said the overall business is down this year because of meltdown in economy. “There are businessmen who are doing decent business but overall the business is down,” said Exhibition Society convener B Hanumanth Rao. He refuted the opinion of stall owners on the low turnout of customers this year and said it was slightly higher this year. “Last Sunday as many as 84,000 people visited the exhibition, which was the highest this year,” Rao said. But the turnout this year is low based on the ticket count. The average crowd last year was 40,347 on any given day whereas this year it is 26,000.

AP Congress geared up for elections

In Uncategorized on January 24, 2009 at 7:34 am

By Sharat Kumar

Gearing up the party machinery for the elections, the state Congress on Friday initiated the process of selection of candidates for the LS and Assembly constituencies in the state. As a first step, all the district committees of the party have been asked to send a panel of aspirants for consideration by the PCC.

PCC president D Srinivas wrote letters to all the district Congress and city Congress committees in the state asking them to send the panel of names before February 15. The lists of candidates received from the districts will be scrutinised by the Pradesh Election Committee before it is sent to the Central Election Committee of the AICC.

“The district committees will select the candidates on the basis of their winnability. The social background of the aspirants will also be kept in mind while finalising the names,” the PCC chief said while addressing the media here on Friday. Each DCC would submit a panel of three to four names for each Lok Sabha and Assembly constituency falling in its area.

“Though the final list will be prepared from these panels, selection of candidates outside this list cannot be ruled out. This can happen if the party finds some one more eligible than the ones recommended by the DCC,” Srinivas said. The state committee is expected to send the list before March 1, 2009.

The PCC president was not clear when asked if any of the sitting party MPs and legislators would be dropped. He was also evasive when asked to comment on chief minister Y S Rajasekhara Reddy’s remark that senior leaders in the age group of 70 and above may face the axe.

The extended meeting of the PCC executive is scheduled to be held on February 8 to discuss the poll strategy. Apart from the CM, AICC general secretary incharge of AP affairs M Veerappa Moily and AICC coordinator for Andhra Pradesh P J Kurien are scheduled to attend the meeting.

Exclusive: Wells Fargo dumps Maytas Hill County

In india news on January 24, 2009 at 7:31 am

By M H Ahssan

The world class Maytas Hill County SEZ, a flagship venture of Maytas Properties and the only venture of the company still afloat is now in trouble. US-based Wells Fargo, the first and only firm to have tied up with the SEZ coming up in Bachupally and had even located its office there, pulled down its signboard the day after Raju’s confession and is now planning to pull out of the venture completely, according to sources.

Sources said, the company has been on tenterhooks ever since the Satyam-Maytas merger fiasco unfolded and has been watching the developments closely ever since. Officials say they will “definitely pull out of the SEZ if the situation worsens’’. The banking firm has another office in Raheja Mindspace, Madhapur.

“The plan to set up the office there was made not just because of the SEZ but also the residential township. But now the main concern is the ability of Maytas Properties to raise funds and complete the project and looking at the situation now things are pretty bad,’’ says an official, mentioning that it will be easy for Wells Fargo, which is currently housed in an incubation centre (a temporary structure), to leave Maytas Hill County as “the impact on withdrawing will be low both in terms of money and time as the construction of the permanent structure is still in the initial stages,’’ he says.

It is also learnt that there have been around 50 cancellations in Maytas Hill County ever since Satyam-Maytas merger fiasco. These customers who had only “booked’’ apartments and villas in the plush residential blocks have now pulled out. Other customers of the Hill County are now giving serious thought about selling their property, only that there wouldn’t be any takers for now.

“During the last two weeks I have been constantly receiving calls from my previous customers who are extremely worried and are asking for my opinion on what they should do with their property and whether they should let it go,’’ confesses an ex-employee of Maytas Properties adding that even if Maytas is able to sustain the township it will be difficult to convince the customers otherwise.

A group of about 100 customers of the township have now formed a clique and are planning to approach Maytas to sort out all their apprehensions regarding the viability of the project. “We are scared as all of us have invested lot of money and despite repeated assurances from the Maytas officials we are still very worried. The management has offered to meet all of us so we will probably have a discussion with them in the next few days,’’ says a member of the group who had bought a villa just seven months ago.

Even though the construction of the apartments and villas, which now cost anything between Rs 1.5 to Rs 4 crores, are now almost complete, investors are concerned about the possibility of Maytas being bought over by another firm. “There is a possibility that some other company might takeover Maytas as there seems to be no source of funds anymore for the Satyam-backed company. I have spent Rs 1.5 crores on my villa and now the only option is to shift into the place as very few people will be willing to buy it now even at the same price,’’ says another customer.

Maytas officials however denied that anyone has backed out of the township or the SEZ in recent times.

Exclusive: Wells Fargo dumps Maytas Hill County

In Uncategorized on January 24, 2009 at 7:31 am

By M H Ahssan

The world class Maytas Hill County SEZ, a flagship venture of Maytas Properties and the only venture of the company still afloat is now in trouble. US-based Wells Fargo, the first and only firm to have tied up with the SEZ coming up in Bachupally and had even located its office there, pulled down its signboard the day after Raju’s confession and is now planning to pull out of the venture completely, according to sources.

Sources said, the company has been on tenterhooks ever since the Satyam-Maytas merger fiasco unfolded and has been watching the developments closely ever since. Officials say they will “definitely pull out of the SEZ if the situation worsens’’. The banking firm has another office in Raheja Mindspace, Madhapur.

“The plan to set up the office there was made not just because of the SEZ but also the residential township. But now the main concern is the ability of Maytas Properties to raise funds and complete the project and looking at the situation now things are pretty bad,’’ says an official, mentioning that it will be easy for Wells Fargo, which is currently housed in an incubation centre (a temporary structure), to leave Maytas Hill County as “the impact on withdrawing will be low both in terms of money and time as the construction of the permanent structure is still in the initial stages,’’ he says.

It is also learnt that there have been around 50 cancellations in Maytas Hill County ever since Satyam-Maytas merger fiasco. These customers who had only “booked’’ apartments and villas in the plush residential blocks have now pulled out. Other customers of the Hill County are now giving serious thought about selling their property, only that there wouldn’t be any takers for now.

“During the last two weeks I have been constantly receiving calls from my previous customers who are extremely worried and are asking for my opinion on what they should do with their property and whether they should let it go,’’ confesses an ex-employee of Maytas Properties adding that even if Maytas is able to sustain the township it will be difficult to convince the customers otherwise.

A group of about 100 customers of the township have now formed a clique and are planning to approach Maytas to sort out all their apprehensions regarding the viability of the project. “We are scared as all of us have invested lot of money and despite repeated assurances from the Maytas officials we are still very worried. The management has offered to meet all of us so we will probably have a discussion with them in the next few days,’’ says a member of the group who had bought a villa just seven months ago.

Even though the construction of the apartments and villas, which now cost anything between Rs 1.5 to Rs 4 crores, are now almost complete, investors are concerned about the possibility of Maytas being bought over by another firm. “There is a possibility that some other company might takeover Maytas as there seems to be no source of funds anymore for the Satyam-backed company. I have spent Rs 1.5 crores on my villa and now the only option is to shift into the place as very few people will be willing to buy it now even at the same price,’’ says another customer.

Maytas officials however denied that anyone has backed out of the township or the SEZ in recent times.

‘Sundaram’ exposes Raju-cop links

In india news on January 24, 2009 at 7:22 am

By M H Ahssan

When the CID swooped down on Sundaram Block in Ramaraja Nagar on Medchal highway to raid the premises of various Raju family members, the team would have perhaps been surprised at the presence of their own brethren in the same block, which is largely inhabited by the Raju clan.

Residents of Ramaraja Nagar, who have been challenging the Satyam tag on Pet Basheerabad police station, are now pointing fingers at the “close links” between the Raju family and the police personnel who serve at this station. Residents allege that certain officials posted at this police station “live for free” in a plush apartment owned by a Raju clan member.

According to the residents’ association members of this area, K Srinath Reddy and his wife Sita Reddy are one family that has been living in the Sundaram block of the colony for nearly two years. The flat is believed to be “gifted’’ to the family by the Rajus and residents say that the police couple does not even pay maintenance charges for the block, unlike other tenants and owners in the building.

However, K Srinath Reddy vehemently denies such charges. He said that he was not the only police official living in Sundaram block. But, when asked who his flat owner was, he said he didn’t know. “It’s Satyam property. Some manager comes and takes the rent,’’ he said. His wife, Sita Reddy too said that she was a public servant and had nothing to do with any particular family. She added that she was a “normal tenant’’ and that the allegations of the residents were baseless. She said she was shocked to know that keeping “good relations with people’’ was an offence and that she has reached out to the needy through her work life.

Srinath Reddy who was posted as sub-inspector at Pet Basheerabad when the family moved into Ramaraja Nagar was transferred to the Cyberabad commissionerate about eight months back. At around the same time, his wife Sita Reddy who was serving at the Jeedimetla Raod police station, also as SI, was brought to Pet Basheerabad to take Srinath’s place.

Residents allege Sita Reddy’s transfer was not a coincidence but a planned move of the Rajus who wanted to retain control over the police station, through this family.Sources said that the Reddy family may have helped the Rajus in keeping the reins of Ramaraja Nagar in their hands.

“In spite of being a part of the colony, Srinath Reddy never stood up for any of us ever. He rather, always ganged up with Prasad Raju (builder of the colony) against us. Whenever we went to the police station to file a complaint against Prasad Raju, he never entertained us. And before we could realise he would turn the case around and hold us responsible for the mess,” said a member of the association.

With Srinath’s transfer, the residents thought that their miseries would end but that was not to be as his wife soon took charge.

Not denying that the presence of police personnel in a locality owned by the Rajus is highly questionable, senior police officials say that even if they (the Reddys) were just tenants, they should have vacated the place following the whole Satyam fiasco. “It could be that they live there like any other tenant and pay their rent religiously. But the chances of that being true seems rather bleak given that the family is still living there despite the Raju story getting murkier by the day,” said an officer adding that “if it is true that the Reddys are living there for free, it is illegal and should be looked into.”

Apart from the Reddy family another police official, posted at Alwal, is said to have moved into the Sundaram block recently.

‘Sundaram’ exposes Raju-cop links

In Uncategorized on January 24, 2009 at 7:22 am

By M H Ahssan

When the CID swooped down on Sundaram Block in Ramaraja Nagar on Medchal highway to raid the premises of various Raju family members, the team would have perhaps been surprised at the presence of their own brethren in the same block, which is largely inhabited by the Raju clan.

Residents of Ramaraja Nagar, who have been challenging the Satyam tag on Pet Basheerabad police station, are now pointing fingers at the “close links” between the Raju family and the police personnel who serve at this station. Residents allege that certain officials posted at this police station “live for free” in a plush apartment owned by a Raju clan member.

According to the residents’ association members of this area, K Srinath Reddy and his wife Sita Reddy are one family that has been living in the Sundaram block of the colony for nearly two years. The flat is believed to be “gifted’’ to the family by the Rajus and residents say that the police couple does not even pay maintenance charges for the block, unlike other tenants and owners in the building.

However, K Srinath Reddy vehemently denies such charges. He said that he was not the only police official living in Sundaram block. But, when asked who his flat owner was, he said he didn’t know. “It’s Satyam property. Some manager comes and takes the rent,’’ he said. His wife, Sita Reddy too said that she was a public servant and had nothing to do with any particular family. She added that she was a “normal tenant’’ and that the allegations of the residents were baseless. She said she was shocked to know that keeping “good relations with people’’ was an offence and that she has reached out to the needy through her work life.

Srinath Reddy who was posted as sub-inspector at Pet Basheerabad when the family moved into Ramaraja Nagar was transferred to the Cyberabad commissionerate about eight months back. At around the same time, his wife Sita Reddy who was serving at the Jeedimetla Raod police station, also as SI, was brought to Pet Basheerabad to take Srinath’s place.

Residents allege Sita Reddy’s transfer was not a coincidence but a planned move of the Rajus who wanted to retain control over the police station, through this family.Sources said that the Reddy family may have helped the Rajus in keeping the reins of Ramaraja Nagar in their hands.

“In spite of being a part of the colony, Srinath Reddy never stood up for any of us ever. He rather, always ganged up with Prasad Raju (builder of the colony) against us. Whenever we went to the police station to file a complaint against Prasad Raju, he never entertained us. And before we could realise he would turn the case around and hold us responsible for the mess,” said a member of the association.

With Srinath’s transfer, the residents thought that their miseries would end but that was not to be as his wife soon took charge.

Not denying that the presence of police personnel in a locality owned by the Rajus is highly questionable, senior police officials say that even if they (the Reddys) were just tenants, they should have vacated the place following the whole Satyam fiasco. “It could be that they live there like any other tenant and pay their rent religiously. But the chances of that being true seems rather bleak given that the family is still living there despite the Raju story getting murkier by the day,” said an officer adding that “if it is true that the Reddys are living there for free, it is illegal and should be looked into.”

Apart from the Reddy family another police official, posted at Alwal, is said to have moved into the Sundaram block recently.

QUTUB MINAR – LEANING TOWER OF DELHI?

In india news on January 24, 2009 at 7:17 am

By M H Ahssan

Is Qutab Minar going the Leaning Tower of Pisa way? Experts are understood to have expressed concern that the monument, which already has a tilt of 25 inches to the southwest, is in danger of leaning further in that direction due to a weak foundation being further weakened by rainwater seepage.

Acting quickly, a concerned Archaeological Survey of India has cemented the area around the structure with lime to make it water-tight. It has also set up six underground ‘water traps’ at a depth of 12 feet to prevent any water from reaching the 10-feet deep foundation of India’s most famous tower.

Experts added that the tilt is currently within safe limits but needs regular monitoring. Adding to the problem is the fact that the tower is in a seismic zone.

“There were concerns that Qutab Minar’s foundation was being weakened by rainwater seepage. The minar stands on a slight depression which causes rainwater to flow directly to it’s foundation. This apart, the ground around the minar has loose soil which absorbs rainwater. We have now cemented it with lime-terracing and no water can reach the monument’s foundation,” said a senior ASI official.

The 72.5 metre high Tughlaq-era structure is one of the three world heritage sites in Delhi, the other two being the Humayun’s Tomb and the Red Fort. According to some historians, Qutab Minar has a ‘natural’ tilt which occurred not when it was built by Qutubuddin Aibak in 1173, but was caused either when the two upper storeys of the monument were later being built or due to an earthquake.

Inevitable comparisons with Italy’s Leaning Tower of Pisa are being made as well. Although intended to stand vertically, the minar began leaning to the southeast shortly after its construction. Experts say its foundation is poorly laid and loose soil around it allowed the structure to tilt.

Apart from the tilt, the damage to the 13th century monument from rainwater is clearly visible on the surface of the minar. On the southwest side, part of the semi-circular and angular fittings on the outer facade have blackened and huge cracks have developed.

According to sources, the tilt was mentioned in ASI reports as early as 1950. In the 1960s, a Unesco-funded research conducted by a Japanese team submitted a three-volume report on the tilt. Officials from ASI, however, insist there is no cause for alarm.

QUTUB MINAR – LEANING TOWER OF DELHI?

In Uncategorized on January 24, 2009 at 7:17 am

By M H Ahssan

Is Qutab Minar going the Leaning Tower of Pisa way? Experts are understood to have expressed concern that the monument, which already has a tilt of 25 inches to the southwest, is in danger of leaning further in that direction due to a weak foundation being further weakened by rainwater seepage.

Acting quickly, a concerned Archaeological Survey of India has cemented the area around the structure with lime to make it water-tight. It has also set up six underground ‘water traps’ at a depth of 12 feet to prevent any water from reaching the 10-feet deep foundation of India’s most famous tower.

Experts added that the tilt is currently within safe limits but needs regular monitoring. Adding to the problem is the fact that the tower is in a seismic zone.

“There were concerns that Qutab Minar’s foundation was being weakened by rainwater seepage. The minar stands on a slight depression which causes rainwater to flow directly to it’s foundation. This apart, the ground around the minar has loose soil which absorbs rainwater. We have now cemented it with lime-terracing and no water can reach the monument’s foundation,” said a senior ASI official.

The 72.5 metre high Tughlaq-era structure is one of the three world heritage sites in Delhi, the other two being the Humayun’s Tomb and the Red Fort. According to some historians, Qutab Minar has a ‘natural’ tilt which occurred not when it was built by Qutubuddin Aibak in 1173, but was caused either when the two upper storeys of the monument were later being built or due to an earthquake.

Inevitable comparisons with Italy’s Leaning Tower of Pisa are being made as well. Although intended to stand vertically, the minar began leaning to the southeast shortly after its construction. Experts say its foundation is poorly laid and loose soil around it allowed the structure to tilt.

Apart from the tilt, the damage to the 13th century monument from rainwater is clearly visible on the surface of the minar. On the southwest side, part of the semi-circular and angular fittings on the outer facade have blackened and huge cracks have developed.

According to sources, the tilt was mentioned in ASI reports as early as 1950. In the 1960s, a Unesco-funded research conducted by a Japanese team submitted a three-volume report on the tilt. Officials from ASI, however, insist there is no cause for alarm.

Taking India’s Pulse: The State of Health Care

In Uncategorized on January 24, 2009 at 7:12 am

By M H Ahssan

Much has been made of India’s rapid rise in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology arena. The country is now one of the world’s largest producers of generic drugs and vaccines. Companies like Ranbaxy and Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories are becoming well known around the world.

But with the most recent national election – in which the incumbent party was ousted largely due to its failure to address the needs of the impoverished masses – interest is growing in the Indian health care industry’s domestic agenda. How India plans to leverage its reputation on the global pharmaceutical stage to address the needs of its own people was the focus of a panel and keynote address at the Wharton India Economic Forum held recently in Philadelphia. The speakers, who represented a variety of sectors, agreed that the problem was serious, but they were optimistic that Indian health care could improve if both government and industry took some key steps.

Broken System
No matter how you look at it, the Indian health care system is in poor shape, noted Ajay Dhankar, a principal in McKinsey and Company’s Asia-Pacific health care practice. Many people who need care can’t afford it — and thus aren’t receiving the drugs and treatments they require. Most health care in the country is paid for by individual patients, explained Dhankar. “Some 66% of it is paid out of pocket at the time of the incident, and 80% of the money is spent by those who can’t afford it. So the entire payer system is broken. Two-thirds of what the government spends on health care goes to secondary and tertiary care [instead of basic services].”

The insurance industry, a key player in health care, is far from mature in India. Dhankar explained that India has a mix of private, social, and community insurance: “Private insurance is overregulated – international insurance companies were formerly not allowed to own more than a certain percentage of firms in the Indian market. Now those regulations have been relaxed a bit, but it’s still hard for them to make money in India. Social insurance is run by the government – but the same agency that collects the money also sets up the hospitals. So there’s no logic to it. In the community insurance space, a lot of innovative things are being done, and it has shown a lot of potential. But these schemes tend to go bankrupt if there’s a big event – say, an earthquake.”

Taken as a whole, the situation in India can seem daunting. Siddharth Dube, scholar-in-residence at the Center for Interdisciplinary Research on AIDS at Yale University, painted a sobering picture of the country’s AIDS epidemic. “By some indicators, it’s as bad as sub-Saharan Africa,” he said. “It’s far more serious than people have been led to believe. By the government’s own estimate, 5 million Indians are already affected – but some say it’s closer to 8 million. About 1,200 people were infected each day in 2003 – and 325,000 died that year.”

In some areas, said Dube, up to 5% of all adults are infected. “India’s capacity to check the epidemic is defeated; there’s still no political commitment around AIDS. The epidemic will only get worse in the next five to ten years.”

Basic services – which can often stem the development and spread of disease — are sorely lacking in many areas, added Preetha Reddy, managing director of Apollo Hospitals Enterprise. The gap between rich and poor is very visible: while world-class treatments are available at many facilities, many rural residents still don’t have safe drinking water. “There’s been no concentrated effort to handle this problem,” said Reddy.

Chance for Change
The dismal picture, however, also represents a tremendous opportunity. “We see no systemic barriers to fixing the problem – they are just ’stroke of the pen’ barriers,” Dhankar said. “We just need well-thought-through policies and innovative solutions. While the core elements are being fixed, and growth and development are indeed taking place, health care can’t grow without government support,” he said.

Quality standards at hospitals are not only rising, but they are being certified and benchmarked against their global counterparts, said Reddy. “A lot of institutions are working to achieve international standards for quality.” The benefit? “We can then get patients from other countries to come here,” Reddy explained. Since many patients in the U.S. and the U.K. are on long waiting lists for treatment, it makes sense for India to position itself as an alternative location for care. Such a program, popularly called “health tourism,” can be used as a base from which to build other parts of the system. India could potentially target some 10% of the world health care market, Reddy noted, but the infrastructure isn’t in place yet. As long as the system is kept in balance, tertiary health care tourism can be used to subsidize basic services.

Hospitals are also considering the issue of affordability, said Reddy, noting that many groups were pooling their purchasing in order to negotiate lower prices from drug companies – thus reducing the cost to the end user. Keynote speaker Kiran Mazumdar-Shaw, chairperson and managing director of Biocon, said that the biotechnology sector was also addressing that problem. “The hepatitis B vaccine price has come down to a fraction of the original – from $5 to $10 per dose to just $0.25. This is having a huge impact on immunization programs.”

Big Picture Strategy
Raman Kapur, ex-president of worldwide genetics at Schering-Plough, suggested that government could play a key role in improving health care. “Perhaps it could provide the basic needs; on the pharmaceutical side, it can provide infrastructure and be a catalyst. Generics have been a success; within five years the two dominant generics producers will likely be India and China. India is now starting to develop infrastructure for clinical trials,” he said. “Continuous, inexpensive electricity and other inputs at international prices would go a long way toward leveling the playing field.”

One way Indian industry could differentiate itself, says Kapur, is to emphasize areas of research that the G8 countries aren’t focusing on – namely, non-temperate region diseases like malaria and tuberculosis. Diabetes is also a key disease for research, since it is possible that more than 10% of the world’s diabetics may be in India over the next decade, he said.

Like Kapur, Mazumdar-Shaw urged companies to focus on neglected diseases. “We need innovation and aggressive programs, directing research on AIDS, leprosy, rotavirus – why are those vaccines not being developed in India?” she asked. “We have lots of innovative capability in India but a weak research engine when it comes to academic institutions providing us with ideas as they do elsewhere. This needs to change.”

Strategic Partnerships
In 1994, noted Mazumdar-Shaw, four of the top 10 pharmaceutical companies in India were Indian. Today that figure has risen; nine out of the top 10 are Indian. India ranks third in its region in the number of biotechnology companies; only Australia and China are ahead of it. India has strong capabilities in product manufacturing, product development, and product discovery, and the sector has grown with very little venture capital funding, she noted. “Its vaccine capacity is among the world’s largest, and it’s poised to be a global hub for clinical development. For drug discovery, its analytical costs are among the lowest.”

India’s disease sector is larger than that of the U.S. and Europe combined, she added. On the flip side, “the large and diverse disease pools also provide speed of enrollment and a rich resource for research activity,” said Mazumdar-Shaw. “Many international venture capitalists see having an ‘India strategy’ as a powerful way to decrease risk. Risk capital is drying up in the West. Funding probability increases with the progress of drug development – the farther along a drug is, the more likely someone is to fund it.”

Since venture capital commitment is greater after proof of concept, she said, “valuations increase exponentially along the development curve.” Partnering with India, many companies find, is a powerful and cost effective way to climb the valuation chain. Mazumdar-Shaw’s own company, Biocon, has been successful in partnering with small biotech startups: “Such partnerships allow Indian companies to integrate backward into discovery research and external companies to pursue forward integration strategies.”

Fine ideas all – but whether these global partnerships and world-class development initiatives will filter down to the rural farmer suffering from AIDS still remains to be seen.

Medical Industry Diagnosis: Triage for Health Care and New Vision for Life Sciences

In Uncategorized on January 24, 2009 at 7:08 am

By M H Ahssan

If inefficiency is the path to opportunity, the future for India’s health care sector may be bright. Just how close that future is varies by market segment. In the case of life sciences, its arrival could coincide with industry participants’ greater willingness to accept risk, while health insurance could seize its day amid rising treatment costs. As for health care delivery’s chance to shine, that could be more in the distant future, stymied by a lack of infrastructure investment and trained professionals.

On the one hand, medical tourism is on the rise. On the other, tuberculosis seems unstoppable in certain states. “Paradox is one characterization,” said Bhaven Sampat, professor of health care management at Columbia University. “But challenge is another. Like every rapidly developing country, India is faced with the challenge of how to manage growth with distribution, how to balance equity with efficiency, and how to ensure that as parts of the Indian health care sector enter the worldwide elite, the masses are not left behind.”

An assessment of Indian health care reveals poor performance on the key dimensions of coverage, purchasing and delivery. “Despite India being the largest exporter of generics, most people have never seen a tablet,” said Rajiv Gulati, director of India-China strategy at Eli Lilly. “Patients from the U.S. and the UK come to India for treatment, but approximately 70% of Indian patients have never seen a doctor.”

‘A Good and Sustainable Growth Rate’
But everything starts somewhere, and “despite the woefully inadequate infrastructure, the health care sector is growing at a compound annual growth rate of 15%, which is a good and sustainable growth rate due to the ever-widening gap between demand and supply,” said Suneeta Reddy, finance director at Apollo Hospital Enterprises, a network of 41 hospitals with a combined 8,000 beds.

India has only 1.5 beds per thousand people, while China, Brazil, Thailand and Korea have an average of four beds per thousand people. Investments of $20 billion may be needed over the next five years to increase the availability of doctors and hospital beds. In the meantime, changing demographics and disease profiles, as well as rising treatment costs, may cause spending on health care delivery to double over the next 10 years. Reddy noted that one driver of this growth is “the move from chronic to lifestyle diseases. India is becoming the diabetic capital of the world and Indians have a predisposition to heart disease.” Other drivers include a demand for tertiary care that had not existed before, medical tourism representing a $2.5 billion dollar opportunity, and the growth of preventive health care, she said.

In addition, consumers have become far more knowledgeable about what is available in the market and more demanding about quality and service. The typical Indian is looking at clinical outcomes, with a focus on success rates and infection control similar to those of their U.S. counterparts, Reddy said. Two-thirds of India’s spending on health care is out-of-pocket, due in large part to an inefficient and inequitable coverage and prepayment system. Despite this, Reddy hopes that rapid growth in the insurance sector will “necessitate a credible provider network to grow simultaneously.”

For now, though, the health care paradox is entrenched. In a nation of 250 million cell phone users, there are no statistics on immunization control, noted Prakash Khubchandani, founder and managing director of KrimsonHealth, a developer of healthcare infrastructure based in Mumbai. He linked this to the nation’s acute shortage of medical professionals and stated that “if we can increase education levels to what we are gearing up for over the next decade, India can be the next health care superpower.” However, education is not the only hindrance. Primary health care and immunization programs fall on the government, whose infrastructure is inadequate. Forty percent of primary health centers are understaffed. Asked whether this was a technical issue or a matter of priorities, Khubchandani pointed to a “lack of private-public partnerships, policy regulations and proper regulatory authorities.”

Reversal of the Brain Drain
Yet whereas the lack of opportunity often takes people overseas to find their careers, “the brain drain process is being reversed at a very rapid pace,” Khubchandani said. “In the past, India lacked the education and paying capacity and people often went abroad to make the right kind of money.” He noted the experience of a 750-bed hospital being built in Mumbai. Owing to the shortage of domestic professionals, foreign doctors are eligible to apply. To make the move to India more attractive, foreign doctors are offered amenities, including apartments, and are guaranteed five-year contracts.

“The lack of professionals directly correlates to the number of colleges, which are extremely few and difficult to set up,” Reddy said. “Health is a state subject and therefore government permission is required for the setup of any medical or nursing facilities. This is a dichotomy that needs to be addressed in order to meet India’s health care aspirations.” That said, India offers an attractive value proposition for doctors based abroad. Its private-sector infrastructure and clinical outcomes match those of developed nations. Patient volumes are large, living standards are comparable and, most important, doctors don’t need to set aside large amounts of their salary for legal insurance.

To stimulate a more universal growth and radically improve the quality of health care, the panelists added, the government needs to encourage private investment, define and enforce minimum standards for health care facilities, facilitate the supply of quality manpower, support the growth of insurance, and reform the government’s role as payor and provider.

For many years, health insurers were reluctant to enter the business because of a one billion rupee capital requirement and unattractive market conditions. However, recognizing that the government would be unable to cover a population of 1.2 billion people, a bill was passed encouraging investment in the private health insurance sector and relaxing capital requirements. “But it’s a complex industry that is fraught with issues,” Reddy noted. “In the U.S., providers deal with corporate hospitals such as HCA and Tenet, while in India they have to deal with nursing homes that don’t follow any standardized reporting procedures.” This is changing as new hospitals that enter the sector look to protect their brand.

An Untapped Population
Tapping a population that has never been insured before in a market with a 35% compound annual growth rate opens the door for opportunity, Reddy said. “With this growth, there has to be a credible risk management framework. Institutions are publishing clinical protocols and insurance companies are looking at this data. Earlier, there was no actuarial data for people to price their products, but with the data now available, private insurance will offer many more products and we will see a growth in this sector.”

Khubchandani was not as optimistic. He focused his argument on the inefficient coverage of the middle class and those in rural India. Over the last few years, the government has introduced several programs to subsidize villagers but “this will only increase the problem because the trickle down to the grassroots level of money is so bureaucratically dodged that the end consumer doesn’t receive much,” he said. “That is going to be the tremendous challenge; I don’t see how foreign insurance companies are going to deal with this level of corruption.”

Additionally, many Indians have shied away from medical insurance policies because of lengthy and costly claims processing. Reddy, however, believes that, in the future, “patients will not have access to hospital care without insurance claims as treatment costs continue to rise.” Health insurance, she added, “was subsidized for a long time and the loss ratio was 200%. Currently the loss ratio on corporate health care is 100% while retail is only 60%. People are realizing that they need to be honest and hospitals are recognizing that they need to be transparent if they wish to get their money back to make this system work.”

On the provider side, panelists said, more efficient delivery can be achieved by giving greater autonomy to government hospitals, forming public-private partnerships and focusing government effort on public health and rural primary care. There has been a distinct shift from public to private health care over the last decade; patients turn to private providers for most of their needs because doctors and medicines are more easily available and the quality of care is better.

Khubchandani said his group has been exploring partnerships with public hospitals, which often are mismanaged and lack adequate infrastructure, manpower or equipment to sustain patient volumes. “The red tape is so colossal that it is incredibly difficult to do these kinds of partnerships without government policies in place. There has to be an effective way to get around this roadblock.” Reddy said the private sector will spur the necessary changes. “There are clear inefficiencies in the public sector, such as technology absorption, lack of adequate reward for doctors, lower quality of clinical outcomes, and absence of right to second opinion,” she noted. “The private sector addresses these issues. You can’t blame patients for wanting to access better levels of care.”

A Need to Embrace Risk in Life Sciences
If the future of health care delivery in India remains a still-distant promise, little more than a change of mind-set stands in the way of the life sciences sector. Cost and competitive pressures on Big Pharma and India’s strengths as a low-cost location combine to present huge opportunities, according to panelists at the Harvard Business School India Conference. They advised India’s life sciences entrepreneurs to shed their “service” mind-set and embrace risk, while tapping into the emerging “innovation ecosystem.”

Rashmi Barbhaiya, CEO of Advinus Therapeutics, a research-based pharmaceutical company in Bangalore and Pune, noted that Indian life sciences entrepreneurs “generally like to follow rather than do something different and take risks.” While Indian pharmaceutical companies have demonstrated their success with generic drugs, he said, they have to make the transition from being a service provider to being an innovator. He added that he’s often asked about the challenges Indian companies face from their Chinese counterparts. “When India makes the transition from service to innovation, U.S., Japanese or European companies will come to India, and [India] will not have to worry about China.”

Shiladitya Sengupta, a professor at Harvard Medical School, said he doesn’t like seeing “90% of research dollars go to 10% of the population.” From his point of view, technology is the key to providing affordable health care to the five billion people “at the bottom of the pyramid.” Sengupta encountered skeptics when he helped found Tempo Pharmaceuticals, which uses proprietary nanocell technology to create medicines at a fraction of the price of branded products. Tempo, which licenses its nanocell technology from the labs of cofounder Ram Sasisekharan, a Massachusetts Institute of Technology professor, has an asthma drug that will go into trials next year, and the company has raised $22 million in venture capital.

Tempo’s asthma drug uses off-patent ingredients to lower production costs to about a tenth of that for Advair, a $4 billion GlaxoSmithKline brand that is the market leader, Sengupta said. Tempo is currently developing nanobiology-based drugs for oncology, rheumatoid arthritis, atherosclerosis, inflammatory bowel disease and other diseases.

From Bench to Bedside to Market
Health care solutions for underserved markets like those in India should not just be affordable and accessible, but also “translatable and scalable from bench to bedside and to market,” Sengupta noted. In another venture, he is working on developing low-cost diagnostic kits for markets such as India. “A glucose meter costs about $350 in the U.S.; a hemoglobin injection kit costs $50 to $100. You have to actually price it at 20 cents. Those are business opportunities.”

A survey of India’s research and academic infrastructure conducted by Sengupta to support the development of new drugs and medical devices yielded a list of 300 universities and “a similar number of national institutes of excellence,” but without any connectivity. Subsequently, he brought together heads of universities and government officials to create a strategy for collaboration and new institutions.

Within two years of launching this effort, Sengupta won Indian government approval to set up two organizations — the Translational Institute for Health Science and Technology and the UNESCO University of Biotechnology, which received funding from the United Nations agency. Among the institutions in the pipeline over the next five years are a stem cell institute, four national institutes of pharmaceutical sciences, a national institute of medical genetics, an animal biotechnology institute, a marine biotechnology institute, three molecular medicine centers and an agri-food biotechnology center, he said.

According to Sengupta, India currently needs 5,000 PhDs annually but produces only 1,500, “most of whom are of questionable quality.” He said he and his colleagues have identified areas of need in teaching, R&D, testing and validation, manufacturing, regulation and marketing. The talent needs include biologists, medicinal chemists, molecular biologists and organic chemists, he noted.

From Generics and Low Costs to Development
Rakesh Bamzai, president of marketing at Biocon, a biotechnology company in Bangalore, said new doors opened for the Indian life sciences industry three years ago after the Trade Related Intellectual Property Rights agreement brought India’s patent laws closer to those of the United States and Europe. “Over the years, India has focused a lot on generics, big volumes and low-cost manufacturing,” he said. “But after 2005, people are looking at more and more development. Research is still a big dream for companies in India, but development is a reality.”

Bamzai said India is also emerging as a big market for clinical development. Biotech and pharmaceutical companies, he added, are extending product life cycles by looking at the development of other indications of existing products.

Already, India has emerged as a dominant player in many pharmaceutical segments. According to Bamzai, Biocon is the world’s fourth-largest producer of human insulin; Biocon and Wockhardt, another Indian pharmaceutical company, make India the third-largest producer of human insulin. India is also the “leading maker of anti-diabetes drugs; we have a 20% market share in anti-retrovirals and a 40% share in hypercholesterol drugs,” he added.

India’s R&D labs are also cranking up 30% of the abbreviated new drug application filings in the United States, he said. And they file half the “drug master files” — submissions to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration with information about facilities, processes or articles used in the manufacture and storage of drugs.

Indian companies also have 40 to 50 new chemical entities under development, said panelist Anuradha Acharya,CEO of Ocimum Biosolutions, which has offices in Indianapolis and Hyderabad. She described her firm as a “global genomics outsourcing partner for discovery, development and diagnostics” for pharmaceutical companies. She said more than three-fourths of the top 50 pharmaceutical companies are doing clinical development in India.

Besides supplying the developed world, Indian pharmaceutical companies are successfully tapping markets in Syria, Iraq, Iran, Azerbaijan and Algeria, Bamzai said. “If you see the [profit-and-loss statements] of companies that are doing well in India, it is because they are doing better in these countries. The values are higher and entry barriers are low in these markets.”

Spotting Opportunities in Big Pharma’s Challenges
Acharya, who returned to India from the United States to found Ocimum in 2000, has already made three international acquisitions –Gene Logic Genomics in the United States, Isogen Life Science in the Netherlands and the genomic diagnosis business of MWG Biotech in Germany. Previously financed by the International Finance Corp., the World Bank’s private equity arm, Ocimum recently raised $17 million in venture capital.

“It’s the big firms that are feeling the pressure and that pressure is becoming opportunity for companies like us,” Acharya said, adding that the Indian cost arbitrage opportunity “is still a big attraction.” Preclinical trial costs in India are about a tenth of what they are in developed countries, while clinical trials could be done for half the cost, she noted, citing research by Rabo Finance of the Dutch Rabobank Group.

According to Acharya, the top drivers for Indian life sciences companies are drugs going off patent, workforce reductions at Big Pharma companies, and the advance of “personalized,” genomics-based medicine. Also creating opportunities are such trends as a shift in focus from “treating sickness to preventing sickness,” pharmaceutical companies’ preference for being “virtually integrated” rather than fully integrated, and a change in mind-set from being “U.S. centric to global centric.”

As for seizing such opportunities, Barbhaiya of Advinus Therapeutics said that rather than adopting a “Just Do It” philosophy, it would be better to be able to say, “Just Done It.” He reminded the students in the audience that, “If a non-MBA like me can do it, I am sure you all can do it as well.”

Apollo Hospitals’ Suneeta Reddy: ‘Medical Tourism Is a Huge Market’

In Uncategorized on January 24, 2009 at 6:57 am

Medical tourism — the phenomenon in which hospitals in emerging markets offer “sun, sand and surgery” at low prices to patients from North America and Europe — is gaining in popularity. While India lags behind countries like Thailand as a result of airport infrastructure and other bottlenecks, health care providers such as Apollo Hospitals are expanding at 10% a year. In an interview with HNN chief M H Ahssan, Suneeta Reddy, Apollo’s executive director of finance, discussed the company’s opportunities and challenges in this fast-growing market.

An edited transcript of the conversation follows:

How has medical tourism grown over the years?
Reddy: It has grown…I wouldn’t say substantially, but it’s grown by 10%. Ten years ago, Apollo started focusing on patients outside India. It didn’t happen as a result of marketing; it was more of a pull of customers towards good quality medicine, rather than our pushing them through advertising and marketing. The reason it happened was that all over Southeast Asia, people began to see a value proposition — which was high value in terms of clinical outcomes and high-quality care — at one-fifth of what they would traditionally pay in the U.S., and probably a third of what they would pay in a country like Singapore. As a result, we started attracting patients from all over Southeast Asia.

As it progressed, people began to realize that the India story, where health care was concerned, was improving dramatically. Just two years ago, we got the JCI [Joint Commission International] accreditation which puts us on par with hospitals in the rest of the world. We are now shoulder to shoulder with the Mayo Clinic and the Cleveland Clinic. And with that we started getting patients from the West as well. Most of them use the Internet as the medium through which they schedule their appointments and arrange consultations with doctors. But again, it’s this value proposition that is really driving consumers. I would say that currently 10% of our total revenues come from medical tourism. That is not really a large amount, and it has grown by 2% to 3%.

There are obstacles in the way of what is happening. One is our airport facilities. If you look at the hospitals that are really doing well, they are connected to international airports that have around maybe 50 to 60 flights a day. Compare us with Thailand, which has 260 international flights flying into Bangkok every day — that makes it very easy for patients to go to Bangkok for medical tourism. If you compare that with the Chennai Airport, where our largest hospital is, there are about 15 flights. So, I think that you have to look at the airport infrastructure.

Secondly, the case mix of most of the work that comes to India is tertiary care and acute care. It’s not the plastic surgeries that you see in Bangkok. It’s high-end orthopedic work, it’s cardiology, and some of it is oncology. Patients come to us for really high-end work. To do that, because we are recognized for that sort of work, it is quite uncomfortable for patients to make this journey. We need to smoothen out that process — so that our patients don’t have to spend 12 to 14 hours in Immigration and Customs — and we are working on that. We now have people to facilitate and assist these patients as they come across.

Finally, I would like to say that there is a huge opportunity here. If you look at the U.S. alone, there are 40 million people in the country who are not insured. If you look at the U.K., there are about 250,000 Asians who are in the waiting line at NHS [National Health Service]. Medical tourism is a huge market. I believe the way to address it is to create a package that will enable these people to use Indian facilities. We tried talking to governments and asking, “Why don’t you send patients who have no treatment options to India?” Then again, we’ve spoken to benefits companies, etc. The only single hurdle facing the U.S. and foreign patients coming here is legal liability and the fact that they cannot address their concerns through a legal forum in the United States. They could, of course, use the Indian legal system, but it’s become a way of life; people want the legal system to back them up in case there is a problem.

Now, the incidence of problems is not even 0.01% so far, because the success rates are very good and clinical outcomes are so good — we are JCI accredited — and patients have the same rights in India as they would in the U.S., so they are protected. But I think that it’s just a hurdle that we need to overcome. Once we have done this, we will be tying up with insurance companies and benefits companies to see how we can assist people who need that type of health care.

Have you seen a discernable increase in your Western clientele over the past few years? I know the story has been out for a while now. I was curious to know if you’ve seen an increase.
Reddy: Yes, we have. There has been a rise of about 5%.

What do you attribute that to, if it’s difficult to access these people through insurance programs or through the government? Is it direct advertising?
Reddy: It’s not advertising at all. It’s the fact that people are so confident that the clinical outcomes will be good. And it’s testimony from patients who have been through the whole process. As I said, it’s pullingpatients to the system. This is because we don’t market. I mean you don’t see advertisements. But, we are now working with CII, the Confederation of Indian Industry, which is doing the branding in India. There is a branding foundation in India, and they have a campaign called “Incredible India.” We work with them, and we are now doing a promotion around, “Experience Indian Health Care.” It was just launched and hopefully we will see a lot of results from that.

Your program combines elements of both Western care and also Eastern medicine. I noticed that in a lot of your materials, you advertise the point that there are centuries of Eastern medical practice that you rely on as well. Can you talk specifically about what some of those elements are?
Reddy: We believe in an integrated health care package. In that sense, we talk about allopathic medicine for the actual treatment, in terms of surgery, diagnosis, etc., but where rehab and wellbeing are concerned, we’ve tried to integrate the systems of ayurveda [traditional Indian medicine] and yoga. This has helped because when patients go back [after their surgery] they need to readjust to a lifestyle that emphasizes continuous wellbeing. The key here is that there’s a lot of value that they will get from ayurveda and yoga.

It is certainly a big market in the U.S., or at least a growing market, correct?
Reddy: It is. It’s strange, but when Patanjali introduced Yoga thousands of years ago, there were very few Indians practicing it. And now, 6% of the world practices yoga. It has become famous because the movie stars in the West and people all over America are doing it. Now it has come back to India, and people are now saying, “Okay, this should become a way of life.” Ayurveda is the science of life.

You are one of the largest health care systems in India, correct?
Reddy: Yes, we are.

How are you reaching out to poorer populations? Can you tell us a little bit about SACH and maybe some of your other community initiatives as well? The acronym stands for: Save a Child’s Heart.
Reddy: I will start with SACH. SACH is Save a Child’s Heart; it also means “the truth” in Hindi. The reason we started SACH is that we came across so many children who had heart disease. We believe that if there is an intervention at that stage, when the child is young, it will given them a more productive future. So, we said let’s do something for children and make them productive adults, because that is what India really needs.

We started this foundation where the hospital does everything free of cost. The money for the consumables comes from donations, and people have donated in a large way. So far, we have completed 500 free surgeries and our target [this year] is to do 1,000. We would like to do 1,000 surgeries a year. The surgeon does not charge and the hospital does not charge. It’s just 50,000 rupees for the consumables which comes as a donation. People have found it to be not so difficult to give a check for 50,000 rupees [$1,170] — especially when you know that you are saving a child’s life and you’re assuring him or her of a good future.

The second thing we do is outreach at the village level, where health care is not available. We wanted to create a sustainable model and not really do it as charity, but to create something that was sustainable for the future. In fact, Bill Clinton, when he was the U.S. President, inaugurated this initiative in a village called Aragonda, a small town in the Chittoor district of Andhra Pradesh. We set up a small hospital, which was a primary care facility. We connected it through tele-medicine to our tertiary care facility.

Then we created an insurance product which was 1 rupee (0.02 cents) a day, which allowed people access into the primary care facility. If they fell ill, they would be treated here. They wouldn’t have to pay anything, except for the 1 rupee a day or 325 rupees a year [$7.60 a year]. And, if they needed some tertiary care work, they would be connected by telemedicine to our specialists in the main hospital. They would only have to travel to the city when they needed acute care. I think that is an excellent model. Currently, we have 64 telemedicine centers that connect us to many centers in India. We are going to work on this model and set up more primary care initiatives.

The third activity we do is to organize medical camps. We go into the villages and screen people for cancer. You know, India is the only country where cervical cancer still exists. The numbers are growing exponentially, and we believe that early intervention and screening is one of the ways to check the growth and mortality from cancer. There are many camps that we do work with from each of our hospitals that have to do with cancer screening.

The fourth activity has to do with wellness, because preventive health care is a big aspect of health care. It will be a $1 trillion industry in the next five years. Without looking at it from an industrial viewpoint, health care education is important; Apollo tries to do that through its preventive health care schemes and our outreach programs, where we do these check-ups in villages.

What would you identify as the biggest challenges facing the industry?
Reddy: I think there are two challenges; the main one is skilled manpower. The fact that the government has not allowed the corporatization of colleges means that they still function at a trust level. This means that people pay capitation fees, and the number of seats is limited by state governments. Health is a state subject, so there is a dichotomy there; I believe there should be a Central government policy on health care. It’s not a fundamental right that people get health care; in each state there is a separate policy.

The need for health care education is tremendous. First, people should learn about health care, and second, we need to get skilled manpower. That is a huge challenge because our nurses and doctors are migrating to the U.S.; in the past, they went to the U.K. The U.S. has at least 40,000 doctors who were trained in India at subsidized rates. These hospitals are run by trusts, so the doctors really don’t pay that much for their education and training. But we need to double the capacity in terms of training colleges. This is because if you are going to create the 80,000 beds that are required for us to meet the World Health Organization’s norms, then we need to staff those 80,000 beds.

Yet another challenge has to do with the high cost of real estate — to set up a hospital, you need real estate, you need land. Property prices have almost doubled. Traditionally real estate was 40% of project cost and now it has increased to 65%. We may need to set up a health care real estate investment trust (REIT)like you have in the U.S. to overcome this hurdle.

India’s Construction Boom: Boon or Bust?

In Uncategorized on January 24, 2009 at 6:54 am

By M H Ahssan

Almost every Indian company — big or small — that has some expertise in construction finds itself flooded with orders that are nearly three to four times its annual sales. The size and pace of orders could threaten the development of the country’s already creaking and short-supplied infrastructure. “Execution is the biggest issue in India today, especially on time and within budget,” says Pratyush Kumar, president and chief executive officer of GE Infrastructure, India.

Although construction companies are prepared to spend money to raise their production capacities, experts say that a shortage of skilled talent and the limited ability of capital equipment suppliers to meet demand mean that skillful project management and innovative solutions will be necessary to prevent bottlenecks.

India’s planned infrastructure outlay over the next five years has been revised upward by various government authorities, from $150 billion to almost $475 billion. The country currently spends around $21 billion a year on infrastructure, compared to China’s $150 billion. Corporate capital spending tracked by research firms like the Centre for Monitoring Indian Economy (CMIE) is at a multi-year high in India. The effect of all of this demand can be seen in the order books of infrastructure builders, which have also reached a multi-year high.

Consider just a few examples: Punj Lloyd, one of the country’s largest engineering, procurement and construction (EPC) companies, earned 72% more income for the quarter ended June 2007, at Rs 1,4179.5 million ($359.43 million). Yet, its order backlog rose to Rs 152,250 million ($3,859.32 million). Larsen & Toubro, one of Asia’s largest vertically integrated engineering and construction companies, announced that gross sales rose 47% in the quarter ended September 2007 to Rs 55.74 billion ($1.41 billion), and yet its order backlog rose to a record Rs 400 billion ($10.14 billion). At Wartsila India, which had an order book of one times sales in 2003, the backlogs have risen to almost three times that amount. And Patel Engineering, which expects to close the current year with sales of Rs 16,000 million ($405.58 million) has an order book of Rs 54,000 million ($1.37 billion).

Rupen Patel, managing director of Patel Engineering, says that alone, the planned roll-out of highways by the National Highways Authority of India (NHAI) over the course of the next 10 years exceeds the total turnover of all construction companies in India today. “Construction companies have never seen such a boom in India. Even if [they all] did only road projects and left all work on building airports and power plants aside, NHAI still has more work to offer than firms can take,” he says.

“The turnover of all construction companies in India last year was around $15 billion. This year it may rise to $20 billion. But a total of $50 billion is [slated] to be spent on construction every year in India, which requires a capability of 2.5 times the sector’s size,” says a senior executive at IVRCL Infrastructures who did not wish to be named. India will need several billion-dollar, pure-play construction companies to be able to execute such projects, but it has only a couple of such companies, calling into question the ability of the private sector to build out infrastructure in a public-private partnership mode.

Foreign firms might view the huge gap between the sector’s existing capabilities and those required as an opportunity to make their mark in India. Indeed, the infrastructure spending boom in India has benefited a bevy of overseas companies, such as Dongfang Electric Corporation in China and Doosan Heavy Industries and Construction Company in Korea, who are filling orders for turbines used to generate power. A number of leading global construction companies, such as Australia’s Leighton Holdings and Italian-Thai Development Public Company, have also entered India.

Skilled-labor Shortage
It’s difficult to fathom the words “talent shortage” in a country of a billion people that’s getting younger over time. But speak to any infrastructure builder, and you hear anecdotes about shortages of trained fitters, welders, masons and plumbers. “Whether we will get the people necessary to support the growth is the real challenge. Both engineering and blue-collared skilled workers are in short supply. Fitters and welders are not available in the numbers you want. The industry also needs mechanical engineers who have worked in capital goods industries and would like to pursue a career [in that sector] rather than switch into software,” says Allen Antao, vice president, process equipment, at Godrej & Boyce Manufacturing Company.

“Once, India had such a supply of labor that we never thought we’d run out, but today things are certainly moving towards that,” says Satish Magar, chairman and managing director of Magarpatta Township Development & Construction Company, which has developed a 250-acre plot near the city of Pune in western India.

According to Magar, semi-skilled labor was once brought in from the neighboring south Indian states of Andhra Pradesh and Karnataka, but now projects in the west Indian state of Maharashtra are pulling in laborers from far flung Eastern states of Orissa and West Bengal where surplus laborers are still available. Importing lower-skilled workers from overseas would be too problematic, “given the significant wage differentials and the effect such inflated costs would have on a project’s viability,” says Patel.

The construction industry remains one of India’s largest employers. Realizing the need for skilled vocational staff, the industry has begun collaborating with academic institutions to either train staff for plumbing and masonry type work, or to set up in-house training programs. “We are tying up with industrial training institutes for education and vocational development as well as organizing local training at our school,” says Godrej’s Antao.

Training is important, because by mechanizing their operations, companies have needed to substitute low-end, semi-skilled artisans with comparatively high-end machine operators who are in short supply. As a result, wages for crane operators and others with higher levels of expertise have risen faster than the average for other industrial workers. For instance, Sanjay Verma, head of ship power for Wartsila India, estimates that welders have seen their wages rise by 30% to 40%, while those for traditionally well-compensated naval architects and marine engineers have risen by 50% over a 3-4 year period.

Antao says that the appreciation of the rupee and the rise in wages are happening so quickly that their effect on costs cannot be countered with a rise in productivity. “If margins drop as a result, companies may not be able to commit large sums for capital investments with the same freedom as we would otherwise.”

One area of shortage which hurts all infrastructure builders is the availability of skilled project managers. In the case of many developers, “there may not be that level of experience available to execute the size of the projects [that are] planned,” says Aniruddha Joshi, executive vice president of the Hiranandani family-controlled Hirco Group, which has large realty projects underway in India. India hasn’t seen many large projects until very recently, and the country has traditionally not produced enough skilled project managers to coordinate multiple vendors and optimal allocation of resources.

For prospective engineering students, civil engineering had lost its charm and was seen as a low-growth area, where progress would be limited and the hours long and hard. In comparison, many males who completed computer engineering programs found jobs as code writers in India’s burgeoning software services industry. These jobs, which came with a possibility of overseas placements, also made the men good prospects in the traditional Indian marriage market. But with the construction boom, “salaries for civil engineers from reputed colleges, which averaged around Rs 7,000 ($190) a month three years ago, have risen to around Rs 25,000 ($600) a month now, which makes them comparable to what software engineers get. As a result, we are seeing engineering colleges report a higher percentage of students opting for civil engineering courses after several years of relative drought,” says Patel.

Many companies have turned to acquisitions to cover their short-term labor needs. Punj Lloyd has acquired Singapore’s Sembawang E&C to help provide expertise in EPC projects, while Patel Engineering has bought U.S.-based Westcon Microtunneling to build on its construction expertise. Many firms are also hiring expatriate project managers to take charge of projects and train juniors to assume such positions over time.

Verma feels that the high wages for such positions in India may help in attracting talent from other areas like Eastern Europe and Japan. Patel says skilled project managers and planning engineers could be hired from outside India as well. Reliance Industries, for instance, has an expatriate as its chief of drilling services, who helps train its drillers and rig operators to meet target dates for commercial production of gas.

Joshi sees a silver lining in the shortage of human resources as well. He cites the example of Japan, where construction companies adopted a “top-down” method that helped attract talent to the industry — one that Japanese society considered a “tough, dangerous and dirty” profession. “It’s good to have constraints; it forces you to come up with new solutions,” says Joshi.

Wanted: Equipment (and Capital)
At the lower end of the skills chain, companies are responding to labor shortages by automating parts of the production process, which makes them less susceptible to shortages of vocational staff. As a result of this, and partly in response to customer demand for faster build-outs, construction companies that once relied on an army of cheap labor now employ a variety of equipment, from low-end concrete mixers to goods elevators and tipper trucks for transporting materials, tower cranes, tunnel-boring machines, robotic drills and hydraulic excavators.

Patel, for instance, has spent Rs 600 million to Rs 800 million ($ 20.28 million) so far to build an equipment bank, while IVRCL estimates it has invested between Rs 2,500 million to Rs 2,750 million ($69.71 million) in equipment so far. “We even think about having a second set of fall-back equipment ready for certain contracts. We now need national equipment yards, as high-end equipment required for finishing jobs in time is not available for hire,” says one official from IVRCL.

“A lot of this equipment could be rented at some point, but these days many companies, including ours, have been purchasing used equipment. Often, the required machinery is not available at the right price and within the desired time frames,” says Patel. The boom in building activity in Asia and the Middle East has not only increased demand for such building equipment but also resulted in a rise in lease rentals and forced many companies to own equipment. This has made the operations of such companies far more capital intensive.

As companies take on larger size projects, the capital intensity of their operations increases, forcing many companies to rely on private equity or the public markets. So far, the Indian capital markets have been supportive of this, with DLF Ltd. — one of India’s largest real estate developers — raising capital in a record-breaking IPO earlier this year. Many realty companies also managed to raise funds on London’s Alternative Investment Market for investing in projects in India.

Lately, as real estate stocks have come under increasing pressure, many companies have begun to reassess the premiums they can hope to receive when they go public. Infrastructure builders, however, have discovered that the stock market is still receptive, with Mundra Port & Special Economic Zone becoming the first SEZ developer to go public in October this year.

While funds can be raised, companies have also been rethinking their work methods and the building materials they use. Many companies now employ ready-mix concrete rather than prepare a cement and sand mixture on site. This helps speed up production since ready-made cement can be poured faster and in a uniform consistency to lay out foundations and pillars. Companies have also started employing prefabricated materials — like brick wall sections or Siporex blocks for ceilings — to help speed things up while using less manual labor. “India may soon move to [another] stage of mechanization, where developers use completely knock-down assembly components to build projects,” says Magar.

One of the reasons for using alternative materials is the reduced availability of materials like clay bricks and sand which traditionally came from the outskirts of a city. With cities expanding, the typical 50 kilometres distance of such brick kilns from a city centre work site no longer holds true. “Thanks to India’s huge foreign exchange reserves, import of goods has been liberalised so supply side constraints in the domestic market can be compensated with global sourcing,” says Joshi. This has not come a moment too soon: Companies want their projects built in much shorter times than what it historically took in India.

Challenges on the Supply Side
At this point in time, many of India’s capital equipment and shipbuilding firms face a Hobson’s choice: There is great demand for their products and services and a global shortage of available capacity, but forecasting future demand is difficult. “Putting up a manufacturing facility for turbines, for instance, requires a couple of years, and by the time the project starts commercial production, we expect China to have surplus production capacity seeking global markets,” says GE’s Kumar.

Dhananjay Nalwade, president and CEO of GE Equipment & Services, India, also raises the issue of how fast firms can digest new technology required to set up advanced manufacturing facilities that can meet market demand. “You need a local supply chain which supports this technology transfer into India. This process takes time and a huge investment on the part of the suppliers to implement modern manufacturing techniques, such as Six Sigma.”

“In the case of our investment in Titagarh Wagons, for instance, we will hire people well before the factory is built, train them in our U.S. factories to build the products that will be manufactured in India and then bring them back to India to train other staff in turn,” says Kumar. However, GE says some of its partners are reluctant to transfer designs to Indian companies as there is no patent protection available here.

Despite these limitations, firms have been expanding capacity. But several capital equipment and shipbuilding firms find that their component suppliers who have gone from one shift to three and de-bottlenecked their facilities can no longer expand capacity without fresh investments. “With demand showing continued growth, delivery lead times have lengthened. For instance, a ship engine which could be delivered in as little as four to six months from the date of the order could now take as long as 24 to 30 months to arrive,” says Verma. According to Antao, “Steel suppliers can’t match demand for the exotic grades of steel firms such as ours use. As a result, project timelines have almost doubled. But expanding capacity at the supplier’s end requires high capital expenditure, and these firms are afraid that [the demand] bubble may burst and they may not recover their investments.”

In the meanwhile, equipment manufacturers are coping with lengthened delivery times by becoming far more choosy about what orders they take. “One prioritizes customers whom one has a long history of working with, and new markets where one may seek to establish oneself,” says Wartsila’s Verma. “We are going slow on taking fresh orders until our new capacity is ready. Our order book has already doubled in the last year,” says Prakash Chandra Kapur, managing director of Bharati Shipyard.

“Contractors these days want to work with companies who will be a source of repeat business and will be regular in paying dues. In the past, it was difficult for these firms to be choosy about their clientele, but today, when they have people knocking on their door, they would prefer to work with people who will be around in the long term too,” says Joshi.

Reversal of Fortune: How Will Indian IT and BPO Firms Cope with a Global Slowdown?

In Uncategorized on January 24, 2009 at 6:52 am

By M H Ahssan

Infosys Technologies once was a software engineer’s dream, with a reputation for creating multimillionaires through its employee stock option program (ESOP). But the days of these nearly instant millionaires may have ended — or so it seems. Not only has the company stopped issuing ESOPs after new accounting rules that require them to be expensed against profits, but the company’s stock price, as of January 22, was at a 52-week low of Rs. 1,212.20 ($30.55). That is down 50% from a 52-week high of Rs. 2,439 in February 2007. The decline in the company’s market capitalization has taken some of the sheen off the Infosys brand. But if panelists at the TiE Entrepreneurial Summit 2007, held in Delhi in December, are to be believed, the largest of India’s software and business process outsourcing (BPO) companies have little to fear.

The outlook is less benign, however, for medium-size and small companies that provide plain vanilla, me-too IT services with a sole “we do it cheaper” approach. “If you are a small company with an innovative idea in the tech domain then you need to leverage the idea by a rapid scale-up of the business,” said Anish Tripathi, chief knowledge officer of KPMG India. The rapid scale-up is imperative for smaller firms to monetize the advantage of being a first mover, according to Tripathi, who noted that opportunities exist in rural tech deployment and in the mobile space.

“Core intellectual property-based product companies can still compete” even if they are small, according to Jai Das, partner at SAP Ventures, the venture capital arm of SAP AG, because these companies’ products could enjoy patent, trademark or copyright protection. Even companies founded with intellectual property based on processes and systems can succeed, he noted. While many of these firms may get bought out before they become billion-dollar businesses, entrepreneurs will benefit from the value-creation exercise.

The conference panelists urged smaller firms to take advantage of a trend away from selling software licenses and toward selling software as a service. In this web-based approach, the developer provides and maintains software for clients, who are billed based on usage rather than a fixed, annual per-user license fee. “Ninety percent of companies will want software as a service as they don’t want a headache with IT,” Das said.

Panelists and other conference speakers noted an enormous domestic opportunity for entrepreneurs. Ajai Chowdhry, chairman and CEO of HCL Infosystems, said the PC penetration in India that he had dreamed of years ago is about to happen. “We are on the cusp, with a digital lifestyle powering growth in urban India and with connectivity in rural India,” he said, speaking at an awards reception.

In another speech, Infosys co-chairman Nandan M. Nilekani discussed new benefits of IT for the Indian government. “There’s a dramatic adoption of many innovative technologies in India, such as electronic voting machines [used] in the 2004 general elections that made us the only country in the world to use these for electing members to Parliament,” he said. Thanks in part to growth in technology infrastructure, he added, India’s direct tax collections have risen 30% to 40% in the last two years as tax authorities have been able to analyze intelligence from the tax information network. “India is creating low-cost disruptive technologies for growth, and in four or five years we will have a completely portable national pension system and a common way of identifying citizens via one common number,” Nilekani said.

Currently, the cumbersome process of transferring one’s employee provident fund account can take several years. India does not have a unique identifier for each citizen. Instead, multiple identifiers are used for purposes including tax payments, pension accounts and voter eligibility determinations. “A national dematerialized system for land records is now being created as well,” Nilekani noted, adding that the use of IT in the domestic market would enable targeted delivery of subsidies and other benefits.

Indian IT firms are focusing on the mass market to expand their market share. Bigger companies that provide application development and maintenance services expect business from North America to grow. “Inorganic growth is seen as a significant driver in addition to organic growth,” KPMG India’s Tripathi said. This would be a change of strategy for major IT firms, which have so far relied largely on new and existing clients to post high-double-digit growth in revenue and profit. With the rupee’s appreciation shaving off almost 15 percentage points in revenue growth over the last year and a half, IT firms have had to focus on getting 2% to 3% price increases and higher labor productivity to protect their bottom lines. And they have hedged their dollar receivables, locking in a fixed exchange rate to protect them from the rupee’s rise, as India Knowledge@Wharton has previously reported.

India has become a key market even for global IT software companies such as Germany’s SAP, which has sold licenses for enterprise resource planning system software to customers including the $28.8 billion Tata group and Reliance Industries, India’s largest private-sector company. “We are now focusing on new application software for small and medium enterprises to grow our base of 2,000 customers in India,” SAP Ventures’ Das said. SAP Labs already has located its second-largest development center in India (its largest is in Germany), joining other global giants including Microsoft, Intel and General Electric.

Shiv Nadar, chairman of HCL Technologies, pointed out just how competitive and polarized the IT business is becoming. The smallest of the IT firms could enter into aeronautics, which was using outdated technology, said Nadar, speaking as part of a separate TiE panel. “We have already built aeronautics for Boeing’s 787 Dreamliner. Now, we can go out and buy sub systems manufacturers and benefit from the long-tailed revenue stream of product sale, support and services that characterizes the $800 billion global aeronautical business,” Nadar said. He noted that HCL would acquire a company in this area soon and in the next 24 months would build this up as a significant line of business.

“The Indian IT industry has done what the auto industry did in Japan,” said panelist Kris Gopalakrishnan, CEO and managing director of Infosys. “We have adopted global best practices and adapted them for India.”

Smaller businesses setting up in India can profit from Indian IT firms’ success in the global markets. “In the U.S. and U.K., ‘brand India’ has arrived. Now Indian companies can hire top talent instead of also-rans from these markets,” said Uday Challu, CEO of iYogi, a venture capital-funded tech support company headquartered in Gurgaon, near New Delhi. Given the double-digit wage inflation and benchmarking of Indian mid- and senior-level salaries to global levels, it’s becoming easier to hire talent from the developed world, Challu said. Because smaller companies typically need fewer key people, looking beyond Indian shores for key officers may be a practical option, he added. As Russell Parera, CEO of KPMG India, noted, “It’s ironic that in a country of a billion people, the single biggest challenge to growth is the availability of talented staff and not customers.”

Changes in the investment climate also can benefit smaller companies. “Now, investors don’t scoff at rupee revenue components in the business plan,” Challu said. “The IT and telecom sectors in India are early adopters of new technologies,” so new companies can get their first break right in the domestic market. “What’s more, references of an Indian user can now be used for global marketing, too,” he noted, elaborating on how entrepreneurs could leverage the India advantage in the tech business. Vispi Daver, partner at U.S.-based venture capital firm Sierra Ventures, added that entrepreneurs could now raise $10 million within the country rather than having to seek it in Silicon Valley.

With a good number of globally renowned venture capital firms now in India, panelists urged entrepreneurs to take advantage of the value addition, guidance and insight that these VCs can provide to companies in which they invest, beyond the capital they contribute.

Terence H. Matthews, a Canada-based billionaire serial entrepreneur, had some tips for budding entrepreneurs. “The single most important word for success is ‘persistence.’ I have so far started up to 70 companies, of which I have lost only two,” he said, speaking as part of a separate panel. He said he owed his success to hitting the market at the right time with the right technology and the right product. “But there’s absolutely no substitute for work ethic and education,” he said. He advised entrepreneurs not to become emotionally attached to the companies they found, explaining that 20 of his companies have gone public while several others were acquired. “I don’t treat companies as babies that cannot be sold. [Instead,] I set up three new companies every year.”

Matthews said his holding company, Wesley Clover, was looking to acquire companies in India to jump-start his plan to develop software products for the world markets there. Twenty tech companies that he is associated with outsource software to Indian firms. “India is at a tipping point, and the time is ripe for it,” he suggested. “Outsourcing is not capped and will grow quite fast and move to the next stage of development of products for the world market.”

Just as consolidation has occurred among IT firms in India, the business process outsourcing (BPO) sector is also showing sign of consolidating. The rupee’s steady appreciation has put the brakes on smaller and newer players’ undercutting established competitors. These challenger firms are being far more discerning in quoting uneconomic rates for outsourced work in the hope of breaking even. “We are already seeing a much easier employee hiring situation as a fallout,” said Raman Roy, chairman and managing director of Quatrro BPO Solutions. As firms become more careful in quoting prices, the demand for talent to fuel growth at any cost is moderated, providing a needed breather from the high rates of attrition that have come to characterize the business in India. “Currently, most companies have hedged up to a year’s worth of dollar receivables,” said Roy, who is widely considered the father of India’s BPO business. “The real challenge will come next year, when those hedges run out and we will see a lot of uneconomical companies quickly wither away.”

Pavan Vaish, CEO of IBM Daksh Business Process Services, likens the industry’s challenges to what happened in Japan years ago when the yen strengthened. “Companies reinvented themselves by investing in technology, R&D and extreme operational excellence. Of course, fewer companies who have the brand, technological capability and the management to make the transition will succeed,” Vaish said.

Speakers at the panel discussion “Is the Party Over? The Future of BPO/KPO” were nonetheless bullish about the prospects of the larger companies in the $8 billion sector, whose revenues have been growing at almost 33% a year. Harsh Manglik, chairman of Accenture India, said firms such as his could improve productivity of processes by almost 50% while keeping the same people employed by the client working out of the same locales. “These are benefits we are talking about even before the operation is offshored to another country,” he said.

Pramod Bhasin, CEO of Genpact, said India’s penetration in the IT enabled services industry has been “minimal” to this point, and human resources is the key to growth. “The demographics of the developed world mean that they aren’t going to produce 20- and 30-year-olds in huge numbers. Companies in those geographies will therefore have to find the capacity for growth in other markets. We feel limited only by our ability to hire employees who can provide a very high quality of service to our clients,” he said.

The leaders of India’s BPO industry have managed to build domain expertise, or in some cases acquire it in chosen areas. This has allowed them to deliver cost savings by reengineering processes rather than just through cost arbitrage based on cheaper Indian labor. Cost savings generated from a fundamental redesign of a process also allow the larger firms to share a part of the savings the client realizes. A lack of deep domain expertise is the reason smaller firms that focus on cost arbitrage are having a difficult time coping with the rising rupee. “Cost arbitrage as a basic reason to exist is over,” the Bhasin said. “Now clients come to us because we can give them high-quality service and continuous improvement.”

Vaish, of IBM Daksh, said firms will have to focus on delivering greater value, which will call for an enormous amount of investment in research and building domain expertise. Today, “it’s very hard to do a [BPO] start-up in conventional areas” such as call center services, he said.

Leading BPO firms are now looking at what departments of top banks and companies they can acquire so they can identify efficiencies and create value by fixing something that is broken and providing the services back to the banks and companies on a contract basis. Focus areas could include such activities as research monitoring in a particular subject area and patent filing work. The biggest BPO firms are also actively exploring opportunities in the local BPO business, as banks, media companies and airlines that are growing revenue by 30% a year are increasingly willing to outsource noncore operations.

Jerry Rao, chairman of MphasiS, said the domestic and international call center business in India continues to grow. Even in a three-decade-old industry, firms are adding value by reducing average handle times per call by 30% to 40% using Six Sigma standards of efficiency. “India now has as many Six Sigma black belts and green belts as any other country worldwide. In five years, we will probably have more of them than the rest of the world combined,” Rao said. “There are, however, several other opportunities that domestic entrepreneurs should explore which are allied to the BPO industry. For instance there are lots of opportunities to develop a new recording software used by call centers where an Israeli company currently has almost a monopoly.” Rao also illustrated how small entrepreneurs were taking advantage of the growth of the larger players by setting up accent coaching classes to provide trained manpower to the BPO industry. “There are now 150 to 200 such classes in Bangalore alone, and I’m worried that people here will start speaking with a U.S. accent and I will not understand them,” he joked.

Panelists pointed out that entrepreneurs need to be prepared for the polishing that graduates of the education system will require to become employable. “Whatever training the government doesn’t give, you can provide as an entrepreneur,” Rao said.

The Next Frontier for India’s Outsourcing Industry? The Domestic Market

In Uncategorized on January 24, 2009 at 6:50 am

By M H Ahssan

Earlier this year, Genpact, the largest business process outsourcing (BPO) player in India, gave Harpreet Duggal a new role: responsibility for developing and executing the company’s domestic BPO strategy. Duggal is already well into discussions with potential customers, and is finalizing operating locations. He’s moving fast because Genpact isn’t the only Indian company interested in this space. For many reasons, the domestic BPO market is one that no one can afford to ignore anymore.

Duggal primarily is targeting two sets of potential customers: existing global customers who are looking to increase their presence in India and require the same systems and processes they have elsewhere; and Indian companies with global aspirations, both by way of moving beyond Indian boundaries and by providing a global experience in the Indian market. These require world-class processes and systems. Says an upbeat Duggal: “We believe that India is a very exciting market to be in.”

Having been on the periphery, the domestic BPO business is steadily moving onto everyone’s radar. Companies including IBM Daksh, Firstsource Solutions, MphasiS BPO and Intelenet Global Services are looking to significantly increase their presence. Others, such as Wipro BPO and Infosys BPO, are waiting for the right time to enter the space as part of a total outsourcing solution along with their IT arms. And, firms such as 24/7 Customer have no immediate plans to enter but are watching the space keenly.

What has brought about this growing interest in India’s BPO market? Industry players and analysts cite multiple factors. These include reduced costs of connectivity, the scorching pace of the Indian economy, the phenomenal growth of companies in sectors including telecommunications and financial services, rising customer expectations, Indian firms’ global aspirations, and global firms entering the Indian market. The changing rupee-dollar equation and the slowdown in the U.S. economy, which is forcing players to look at other markets, have added to the momentum.

Wharton management professor Saikat Chaudhuri says the factors driving that trend are the “tremendous growth” of India’s domestic markets, the slowdown in Western markets, and the dollar’s weakness against the rupee. He notes that a whole new class of medium-sized companies outside of the well-established and large industrial houses like those of Tata, Birla, Ambani or Goenka is looking at farming out noncore activities to increase efficiencies and focus on core competencies. “These companies are becoming customers of Oracle, Cisco, SAP and so forth,” says Chaudhuri.

According to Ravi Bapna, assistant professor at the Indian School of Business, “It’s now become profitable to address this market and the industry is set to take off.”

A glance at the Indian BPO industry’s growth helps put the dynamics of the domestic market in perspective. At a compound annual growth rate of around 37% over the last few years, BPO exports have been the fastest-growing segment of the Indian IT-BPO sector. They have grown from $3.1 billion in fiscal 2004 to $11 billion in 2008 and currently account for 37% of the global business process offshoring pie. They sustain an employee pool of more than 700,000.

Players have tried over the years to add quality and efficiency to their original labor arbitrage sales pitch. They have been moving from low-end, non-core activities to more complex processes. Now, in a move further up the value chain, they are looking at becoming transformational partners to their clients, making an impact on business metrics.

A recent study by the National Association of Software and Services Companies of India (Nasscom) and the Everest Group estimates that in a “business as usual” mode, India’s BPO exports will grow to $28 billion to $30 billion over the next four to five years. With proactive measures, the report says, they have the potential to reach $50 billion by 2012, with a maximum addressable opportunity of $220 billion to $280 billion.

Traditionally, Indian BPO vendors have relied largely on English-speaking geographies as their markets. North America and the United Kingdom together account for about 87% of their export revenues. North America, primarily the United States, accounts for roughly two-thirds of the market alone. While this dependence on the U.S. market is expected to continue, players have been expanding their footprints in other markets, notably continental Europe and the Asia-Pacific region. With the slowdown in the U.S. economy, rupee-dollar fluctuations, and growth in other markets, this move to tap other geographies not only acts as a natural hedge against currency fluctuations, it’s simply a good business strategy.

India’s Growth Beckons
That’s where the Indian market comes into play. India’s economy is growing too fast for any industry not to want to share in its growth. From less than $100 million in 2002, BPO demand in the domestic market grew to $1.1 billion in 2007. In the last year, it is estimated to have grown to between $1.6 billion and $1.8 billion. The Nasscom-Everest study estimates the potential addressable market at around $15 billion to $20 billion over the next five years. Realizing even half of this potential would be significant.

In many ways it would change the nature of the industry. As it stands, close to 80% of the industry comprises captive shared service centers. The rest of the industry is highly fragmented. Estimates suggest that 400 to 500 firms constitute the unorganized sector. As the industry gains in size and stature, a fair bit of consolidation is expected. Third-party service providers, many whose revenues are growing around 100% a year, are expected to increase their market share significantly.

Telecommunications and financial services have been key verticals spurring domestic demand, followed by consumer goods and airlines. Going forward, government, travel and hospitality, retail, and media and entertainment are expected to attract significant demand for BPO services in India.

Ravi Aron, senior fellow at Wharton’s Mack Center for Technological Innovation and an expert on outsourcing trends, points out how BPO firms in India will find the domestic market more challenging than those in developed countries. For starters, he says Indian companies in several services industries including those in the BFSI (banking and financial services industry) segments are wholly owned by the government. BFSI companies have tended to be the biggest opportunity for outsourcing services providers in Western markets, he adds.

“Although these companies present the right opportunity for BPO firms, state-owned banks and insurance companies like the State Bank of India and General Insurance Corp. of India are going to be very slow to start outsourcing on a large scale,” says Aron. “That is because of the extraordinary pressure they will face from their unions, who don’t want their jobs to go to the private sector.”

The second challenge BPO firms will face in India stems from the fact that any company’s decision to outsource its needs is “heavily embedded in its technological architecture,” says Aron. “Indian services companies in either the public or the private sector are heavily underinvested in technology on a per-capita and per-sale basis compared to those in the U.S. and Europe. Indian services companies are far more labor intensive, and don’t have the technology platforms that will facilitate outsourcing, excluding [financial services companies like] an ICICI or HDFC.”

Aron talks of the “3 Ps” of information architecture — platforms, processes and people — “where Indian companies are not streamlined.” He says internal processes at most Indian services companies are “idiosyncratic” and not standardized as in large retail companies like Wal-Mart or U.S. health care companies.

Gaurav Gupta, country head of the Everest Group, points out that with the phenomenal growth in these industries, the name of the game for most companies is to gain market share and grow the top line. The competitive landscape is straining companies’ operational models. So companies in these industries are turning to vendors who can help them overcome some of the challenges associated with fast growth, like managing huge volumes and providing a large network that can reach out to different corners of the country rapidly. Says Gupta: “The present systems and processes are nowhere near adequate, either by way of scale or expertise, to sustain the kind of growth that companies are seeing in India. These require tremendous ramping up. Otherwise they will become severe bottlenecks.” Adds Susir Kumar, chief executive officer of Intelenet Global: “At this stage of growth, companies would rather use their capital in building their brands, acquiring customers, and focusing on their core competencies and outsource whatever is possible.”

‘Productivity Arbitrage’
Aron agrees that big opportunities lurk behind those shortcomings at Indian services companies. BPO firms could help standardize and automate processes at Indian companies and achieve “extraordinary productivity gains of up to 35% over 18 to 24 months,” he adds. “That is why doing BPO in India for Indian companies makes a lot of sense. Instead of wage arbitrage, start thinking about productivity arbitrage.”

Even as companies busily increase their customer base they realize that, with the Indian economy becoming more globally integrated, customers are ever more demanding. The “new” Indian customer is not satisfied with anything less than world-class levels of product and service quality. Take the Indian telecom industry. It is among the most complex in the world, with new products being introduced practically every day. It is becoming imperative for companies to get it right the first time. Customer service is seen as a key differentiator in the crowded marketplace. Customer service, in fact, accounts for two-thirds of revenue in the domestic BPO market, followed by finance and accounting and human resource outsourcing. As Nasscom vice president Rajdeep Sahrawat says: “There is very little to differentiate companies from the product point of view and therefore offering very high quality, personalized, 24/7 customer service is critical. This requires scale, flexibility and expertise.”

Bharti Airtel, India’s largest mobile services provider, is an often-cited example. Bharti was one of the first and biggest Indian companies to outsource on a large scale. In August 2005, the company signed a mega deal with four global BPO companies — IBM Daksh, MphasiS, TeleTech and Hinduja TMT — to outsource its call centers. Bharti had already outsourced its IT and cellular networking requirements to IBM and Ericsson, respectively. These strategic moves allowed Bharti to focus on its core areas of product innovation, marketing and brand building. Bharti has a mobile subscriber base of around 60 million and is adding around 2 million subscribers a month. It is a beacon for others targeting high growth. Says Ramesh Gudalur, president of MphasiS BPO: “Companies like Bharti who look at outsourcing as an integral part of their business strategy are completely changing the way Indian companies have traditionally run their businesses. This is putting pressure on others, both in their own industries and in other sectors, to follow suit.”

Opportunities await BPO firms also in providing specialized services to newly emerging industries like retail, fashion apparel or automobile components, such as customer relationship management (CRM), market research, accounting, and inventory and supply chain management, says Aron. “Many of these specialized services companies have the money, but not the managerial capacity or bandwidth to automate their processes and extract efficiencies,” he adds. He sees a new trend emerging in the next two to three years of “platform-based BPO” that provide niche services in areas like credit card fulfillment, mortgage loan processing and loan refinancing, and property & casualty insurance.

Delivering Value
Increased capability in the supplier community is also encouraging Indian companies to move toward outsourcing. Having grown via the export market, many large suppliers have developed end-to-end capabilities that are large enough to attract the domestic players looking at huge volume growth. More important, the suppliers now have the capability to deliver value by way of technology platforms or process expertise that goes well beyond just cost.

This doesn’t mean that the cost advantage that Indian companies enjoy by outsourcing their business processes is insignificant. Cost, as Sandeep Soni, chief executive officer of Spanco BPO, points out, remains an important driver by sheer virtue of the economies of scale that a vendor brings in. However, it is unlike the export market, where labor arbitrage was the key factor in the industry’s early days and continues even today to play a dominant role.

Chaudhuri argues that BPO services companies could still play the wage arbitrage card to a significant extent in India’s domestic markets, but differently. “That is because there are many inefficiently run companies in India, and the BPO companies have not just the expertise but also the scale to perform functions across the board at a much lower price,” he says. “While the wage arbitrage in India’s domestic markets may not be as attractive as it is in the west, certainly the volume of activity can make up for it.”

Sabyasachi Satyaprasad, senior director at advisory firm NeoIT, says the absence of a strong labor arbitrage in the domestic market will in fact compel vendors to offer a higher-value proposition, such as solving business problems for their domestic clients. This, he says, could well result in the domestic BPO industry leapfrogging some of the growth stages that vendors had to go through in the global market. Industry players agree. Says Pavan Vaish, chief executive officer of IBM Daksh: “When one is operating in a market where there is no arbitrage benefit, you have to innovate and add value to the customer. When we started out in 2005 we had thought that our international business would give us a lot of insights into our India business. But what we are finding is that it is our India business where a number of amazing innovations are happening.”

BPO companies that have concentrated on serving Western markets may not feel the need to reorient themselves as they look to serve domestic Indian companies, says Chaudhuri. While these BPO companies developed their “global delivery model” for Fortune 500 companies, he notes, many of them were “born and bred” in India, including Wipro Spectramind and Genpact’s predecessor company. “The outsourcing model has been designed keeping Indian constraints in mind from the very beginning, which allows for very healthy margins when they deal with foreign clients.”

The only significant difference BPO companies will encounter In India’s domestic market is the need to offer simplified services, according to Chaudhuri. “The BPO companies targeting the Indian market are not going to sell $300 million or $1 billion contracts for five years,” he says. “They will have a lot more projects that are in the $1 million, $5 million and $10 million range. They are well-positioned for that because they started small themselves.” He says these BPO companies could also replicate the dedicated units they set up with some clients.

This presents its own challenges. While their global education is valuable, vendors must create a proposition that is relevant to their domestic clients’ immediate needs. According to Sanjeev Sinha, senior vice president of operations at Firstsource Solutions: “In many cases the India market has requirements that are rather different from the global markets, so vendors need to adapt and customize the solutions to the local situation. A cut and paste of the global solution will not work.”

Vendors also need to think ahead of the curve regarding their very business models. With India, an extremely price-sensitive market, pricing models need to be innovative. Vendors must build capabilities that allow them to adapt to the changing expectations of a fast-growing and competitive marketplace. As Anirudha Prabhakaran, chief operating officer of 3i Infotech, points out: “This is a market which not only negotiates very hard on the efficiency front but also constantly raises new demands.”

One potential obstacle Aron sees is a “huge divide” that exists between managerial personnel and the clerical staff at Indian companies in the ability to efficiently use technology in processes. While Indian managers are able to use technology to access data, analyze it and create reports, for instance, clerical workers tend not to use computing capabilities to their fullest extent, he notes. “You don’t see that sharp divide in the U.S.,” says Aron.

Variation in Margins
There are other challenges, too. India, as it is well-known, is not a homogenous market. It has myriad regional languages, varied cultures and remote corners. For players who are looking at scale and who have national ambitions in the domestic BPO market, this means managing a range of complexities. Also, for the economics to be viable, players will have to move from larger cities and set up operations in Tier 2 and Tier 3 locations. It is true that the domestic market does not require that BPO agents be trained by way of voice, accent and culture; therefore it is less expensive and easier for service providers to move into the smaller cities. But the challenges posed by infrastructure and the availability of senior management must still be dealt with.

The biggest challenge, however, could be around profitability. Although the costs by way of infrastructure, wages and training are lower for the domestic market, so is the pricing. Pricing in the India BPO market is estimated to be anywhere between 30% and 60% less than in its global counterpart, though more experienced players insist that their domestic BPO margins are comparable to their global business or only marginally lower. With the outsourcing market in India still not mature, the readiness to pay for world-class services remains a challenge. But as Duggal of Genpact points out: “Even in the global markets the variation in margins is phenomenal.” It all depends on how effectively vendors are able to deliver by way of cost structure, people management and value creation.

Chaudhuri says BPO companies focused on India’s domestic market could continue to enjoy cost advantages because many of them are extending operations outside of the big cities to cheaper, second-tier cities. They could also use their Indian base to supply markets in other developing countries, he adds. “It’s like the Tata Nano [the Tata group's newly launched small car], where the first foreign markets are in Africa, Southeast Asia and European countries that have road density problems, and some parts of Latin America,” he says.

Chaudhuri sees other, longer term gains for BPO companies in all this. As service providers to India’s new class of business houses that are expanding globally, they “could follow their clients to foreign markets,” says Chaudhuri. “The Japanese banks followed the Japanese conglomerates, and U.S. telecommunications companies like Verizon did the same thing, following their financial services clients overseas.”

How Did Nokia Succeed in the Indian Mobile Market, While Its Rivals Got Hung Up?

In Uncategorized on January 24, 2009 at 6:48 am

By M H Ahssan

By most accounts, India is among the world’s fastest-growing markets for mobile phones. The country has some 170 million subscribers and adds 6 million to 7 million more each month. (China, in contrast, adds 5 million subscribers, and the U.S. 2 million subscribers a month.) Recognizing this potential, several global telecom giants jumped into the fray when the Indian government first opened up the country’s telecom market to private enterprise in 1994. Among them, one company — Finland-based Nokia — forged ahead of rivals and today commands a 58% market share for mobile phones (also called “handsets”). In specific segments, such as GSM telephony, Nokia’s market share in India is as high as 70%. (GSM, which stands for Global System for Mobile, is the world’s most popular standard for mobile communications.)

How did Nokia take the lead in the Indian mobile phone market, ahead of companies such as Ericsson, Motorola, LG and Samsung? According to company executives and industry experts, Nokia’s strategy combined focusing on the mobile phone market, establishing crucial distribution partnerships, making early investments in manufacturing and brand-building, and developing innovative product features — such as mobile phones that could double as flashlights. Ravi Bapna, professor of information systems at the Indian School of Business in Hyderabad, says, “As far as Nokia’s India strategy is concerned, the numbers speak for themselves. The company is a key cog in India’s wireless value chain, and it has used India as its emerging market lab.”

The Power of Focus
D. Shivakumar, Nokia India’s vice president and country manager, believes that focus played a key role in the company’s growth in India. “If you look at the [mobile phone] landscape in 1995, anybody could have succeeded if they had done the same things as Nokia did,” he says. “But all the other companies had something else to focus on, some other business. Nokia was completely focused on mobile phones; others had consumer electronics, home appliances, etc.” Nokia’s focus was not just on handsets, of course. The mobile infrastructure business — then part of Nokia India — was equally important. But, as of April 1, 2007, Nokia’s joint venture with Siemens for mobile infrastructure has become an independent entity. Thus, Nokia India has become even more sharply focused.

Being ahead of the curve was another component of Nokia’s strategy. “We invested before everybody else — in the brand, in people, in distribution,” says Shivakumar. Adds Pankaj Mahendroo, president of the Indian Cellular Association: “Nokia invested in each vertical of the handset ecosystem — manufacturing, distribution and design R&D.”

Nokia has invested more than $1 billion in India so far, and company headquarters at Helsinki has repeatedly said that more funds will be made available if required. The Indian company had revenues of more than $3.5 billion in 2006, which means there is also money to be reinvested. (The company does not disclose its profit numbers.)

The Distribution Edge
Investment in people is difficult to judge; every company claims to have the best talent in the business. But when it comes to distribution, Nokia’s lead is clear. Today, India has some 95,000 outlets that sell mobile phones. “In 50,000 of them — and that’s a conservative estimate — only one brand is available, Nokia,” says Shivakumar.

Nokia started distributing its phones through a partnership with HCL (formerly Hindustan Computers Ltd.), which had already built an extensive network for its own products. Recently, Nokia has decided to supplement that with its own distribution efforts. “Both companies realized that there was a tremendous growth opportunity and it was best that we utilized the resources of both organizations in an optimum manner,” says Nokia India director of sales Sunil Dutt. “We decided that we would address some markets jointly, and that we would individually address some of the other markets.”

While Dutt does not spell out how the two partners will divide the markets, some clues exist in the way demand is shaping up. In the cities where the market is maturing, buyers are looking at more sophisticated mobile phones, such as Nokia’s E-series phones (which serve business users) and the N-series (which have multimedia features). In rural India — which constitutes 70% of the population — affordability is an issue. So there is a different range for this constituency.

The price points sometimes dictate the type of outlet. “As the [telecom] operator footprint expands into different markets, all kinds of retail outlets get into selling mobile phones and airtime connections,” says Dutt. “People who have been selling consumer electronics, STD booth owners and even cloth merchants get into this business.” A stationery store stocks mobiles in a corner; a mom-and-pop grocery store moves beyond rice and lentils. “Then there are people with existing businesses who decide to set up a separate shop only for mobile phones,” he continues. “And why do they feel the need to set up a different outlet? In this business, customer engagement … requires a completely different approach. Even the retail outlets realize this and [have started] separating the two businesses.”

Dutt notes that in the mature urban markets, “such as the metros and Tier I towns where mobility has been around for a few years, customer expectations are more evolved, and are continuously evolving. Our task here is to provide our people with relevant competency and skills sets.” Nokia has begun to set up concept stores — seven so far — in Indian cities. “At our concept stores, we have tried to bring to life all the experiences that we offer at Nokia experiential zones across the world,” he adds.

Investment in Manufacturing
The other big investment area that has set Nokia apart from other telecom firms is manufacturing facilities and R&D. Nokia has several R&D centers and labs in India. More importantly, it established a $150 million handset manufacturing facility in Chennai in 2005. The total production at this unit has crossed 25 million handsets. “Some 30% of our production is being exported to neighboring countries,” says Sachin Saxena, Nokia India director of operations in charge of the factory.

Other companies, such as Motorola, LG and Samsung, have also lined up similar investments or are in the process of setting up manufacturing units, but Nokia has had a clear head start. Also, the Chennai factory is devoted to handsets, whereas other companies are planning to make a whole range of consumer electronics products. “Domestic manufacturing has worked to Nokia’s advantage,” says Ravinder Zutshi, deputy managing director, Samsung India Electronics. “Samsung India is looking at making its Chennai facility a global hub for its consumer electronics products.”

Industry analysts note that Nokia’s strategy is potentially risky. When the going is good — as it is now — the company can do well. But Samsung’s approach is more flexible, these analysts note. If demand for mobile phones were to slump, Samsung could switch its manufacturing lines to other products. In contrast, Nokia India’s focus on mobile phones mirrors the priorities of its parent company. Nokia traditionally was in a whole range of businesses — from toilet paper to power. But in 1993, CEO Jorma Ollila decided to sell off everything else and concentrate on mobile telephony.

Building the Brand
Another crucial aspect of Nokia’s investment strategy focused on building its brand. Here, the company ran into a problem. The Nokia range available in India extends from Rs 1,499 ($37) at the lower end to Rs 45,000 ($1,125) at the high end. Marketing theory says a brand cannot be all things to all people. This is the reason that Hindustan Unilever, with quality built around its brand, refused to match Nirma, which came out with a cheap detergent. This is also why Eveready, the battery manufacturer, refused to lower prices when faced with a Chinese challenger in the dry cell market.

But Nokia has a problem promoting other brands under its corporate umbrella. “Unlike the FMCG (fast-moving consumer goods) market — where the product lifecycle is at least 10 and sometimes 50-100 years — models have a lifespan of 15-24 months here,” says Devinder Kishore, Nokia India’s director of marketing. With such a lifecycle, promoting various models would mean watching money go down the drain in a couple of years.

Instead, Nokia is promoting platforms — music, for instance. With this approach, one model can replace another while the branding remains the same, or is extended slightly with the E series and N series. “Nokia has done well to focus on the ‘mother’ brand rather than on ‘another’ brand,” says Jagdeep Kapoor, chairman and managing director of Samsika Marketing Consultants. Kapoor, who has written several books on brand management, says that Nokia has understood the Indian market by straddling all segments: the high, the middle and the low end. “The company has created a ladder for consumers to climb from the low end to the middle end to the high end, while being fully assured that they will be with the mother brand Nokia.”

Kapoor views the Nokia brand in terms of his proprietary “REAPS” model, which takes into account five needs — rational, emotional, aspirational, physical and spiritual — of the Indian consumer. “Nokia as a brand has been able to address all the five needs to various degrees at various stages,” he says. “The rational need of quality versus price has been met across price segments with options. The emotional need of being able to keep in touch with near and dear ones during times of joy and sorrow is being adequately fulfilled. The aspirational need with the new models and features and the look-good approach has helped the brand become a sought-after, must-have brand. The physical need has been taken care of through size and comfort. And, finally, the spiritual need has been met through (local) languages and people –whether they are 18 or 80 — being able to greet one another via SMS [text messages] during religious festivals.”

ISB’s Bapna offers a prescription for Nokia. “Going forward with the premise that the mobile infrastructure will serve as India’s information infrastructure — given the lack of substitute physical and digital infrastructure — I would encourage Nokia to take a more active role in nurturing content and application-creation communities that bring a range of services to all layers of the population,” he says. “It’s in [Nokia's] own interest to do so.”

Products for India
The Nokia story in India has not been about grafting a model that has worked abroad. In fact some of its models — the handsets, not the strategies — are unique to India. Consider this example: It would probably be inconceivable to mobile phone users in the U.S. or Europe that their mobile phones should incorporate a flashlight, or torch. But in India — where large numbers of the rural population do not have electricity, and power cuts are commonplace even in the cities — having a torch built into a mobile phone is a distinct and tangible benefit. The Nokia 1100, the first made-for-India phone, has been a runaway success. Manufactured at Chennai, it is also being exported. The 1100 incorporates a torch, an alarm clock and a radio. “Innovation is something which consumers reward in this market,” says Shivakumar.

Similar plans are in the works at Nokia’s three India R&D labs, which employ 700 people. For obvious reasons, most of the activity is under wraps. Nokia is, however, willing to talk about the “shared” phone. This is, again, something that mobile phone users in affluent countries might find puzzling, but the concept is simple. For reasons of affordability, in rural areas a phone may be shared by several people. The models being launched to cater to this need will have separate address books, individual billings and more. Will it work? People initially doubted the torch phone, too, but it became a popular product.

Shivakumar offers some reasons to explain why he thinks the Indian market is different and needs out-of-the-box thinking. “Fundamental consumer differences exist between India and other countries,” he says. “A cell phone is a huge style icon for the Indian masses: 62% of Indians buy a cell phone because of its looks. That is something that is not true anywhere else in the world. It’s as huge a style statement as your watch, pen, cufflinks or bag. Hence, the brand matters quite a lot.

“Second, it is a safety product for women in small towns, because with a cell phone you are in touch all the time; you’re accessible. Next, it is a huge productivity vehicle. When somebody calls you, you do not need to take your bike out; you don’t need to take your car out. You make a phone call and it’s over.

“It is also a driver of a lot of economic activity. If you go down the roads of Gurgaon and Delhi, you will find that lots of people have written their [mobile] phone numbers on the walls — a plumber, an artisan, a carpenter, a tailor. I think the whole service sector has gotten a huge lift, thanks to this. This has killed the visiting card business…. It is also the ultimate entertainment device. You have music on it now, in terms of radio and stored music. The day is not far when you will see movie clips and TV. One of our products has that, so that’s TV on the go.”

An Expanding Market
The Indian market for mobile phones, in addition to its base of 170 million subscribers, is also one of the most cost-effective in the world. Call rates in India are among the lowest anywhere — making a mobile phone call costs two cents in India, compared with about four cents in China. The market also has tremendous growth potential. So far, most of the growth has been penetration-led, which means placing devices in consumers’ hands. The bulk of the growth going forward will be replacement-led, where consumers come back for more. In India, consumers tend to change their phones faster than in most other places. And whenever they change their phone, 60% are willing to pay a higher price.

Shivakumar offers examples of future services that might be delivered over cell phones. “The cell phone could be the future bank — a full branch of the bank. You don’t need 20 people, a security guard or a vault. This is a passbook plus bank rolled into one. It can be your payment system.” Another possible use is navigation, where cell phones could be used to provide maps of an area where the user is based. Such services, whenever they are launched, could help Nokia keep going and growing in India.

How Technology Managed From India Is Changing the Complexion of Outsourcing

In Uncategorized on January 24, 2009 at 6:47 am

By M H Ahssan

It is a weekday, and Srinivasa Raju, 26, is at work at his high-security Electronic City office in Bangalore. He is in a large, cool, bright hall, surrounded by neatly arranged banks of computers, with biometric sensors and closed-circuit cameras recording every movement. Six clocks show the time in Sydney, Tokyo, Bangalore, London, New York and San Francisco. In front of him, projected on a giant screen, are a bunch of changing numbers, dials and graphs. The scene looks like NASA’s space shuttle launch center; only a video monitor showing magnificent fuel plumes is missing. With Raju are a couple of other colleagues, roughly his age. It is 9 in the morning, but it appears as if not everyone has arrived for work. Despite the bright, tropical sunshine outside, you could be fooled into believing this is the graveyard shift. In many ways, it is.

Raju is at work in the global command center of a large technology company in India. He is monitoring the health of the computer network of a utility service in Europe, roughly 5,000 miles from where he is located. It is only 3:30 a.m. in the host country where the network is located, so it is accurate to say Raju is part of the graveyard shift. The next shift, which begins at 2 p.m. in India, will be buzzing as people filter into the utility company’s European offices.

Such scenarios are being repeated at several high-tech companies in India that remotely manage IT infrastructure around the world, from computer networks of transportation hubs in Europe, to the world’s largest private e-mail service for a global Fortune 100 organization, to ATM networks for Middle East banks, to storage devices for U.S. pharmaceutical companies. Engineers in India are monitoring, upgrading, healing and rebooting systems across the world to ensure that it’s business as usual for end users of the IT infrastructure.

This relatively young high-tech business addresses architecture, design, engineering and maintenance of servers, storage devices, voice and data networks, desktops and mainframes, and services such as security, procurement, vendor management and database administration. The business goes by the unromantic name of remote infrastructure management services (RIMS).

The business has been driven by the rapid evolution in technology: virtualization, cloud computing, standardization of IT infrastructure, and the availability of sophisticated tool sets. It has also been driven by changes in customer demands and a mature offshore supply environment. Industries including telecom and banking, financial services and insurance have become early adopters. “The RIM industry is at a watershed in its development,” according to a study by McKinsey that was released in March by the National Association of Software and Services Companies (NASSCOM). And as was the case with business process outsourcing (BPO), signs exist that India may be poised to gain a large share of this fast-growing market.

Raju is part of a new breed of engineers who will be coveted, just as the front-runners in verticals such as application development once were. The reason? People like Raju keep businesses running. And, especially important in these cost-conscious times, they contribute to bottom lines by shaving away inefficiencies.

How India Could Gain
India is seen as a major player in the global RIMS market because of three critical factors: experience in and reputation as an offshore destination; well-honed business processes; and the availability of low-cost talent. According to the McKinsey study, titled The Rising Remote Infrastructure Management Opportunity: Establishing India’s Leadership, the market for RIMS is an estimated $96 billion to $104 billion, of which $26 billion to $28 billion is likely to be realized by 2013. Of this, the report says, India is positioned to capture $13 billion to $15 billion by 2013. Currently, India accounts for $3 billion to $4 billion of the total services offshored, according to the report.

A Gartner study in May noted that the top six India-based offshore service providers (TCS, Infosys, Wipro, Cognizant, Satyam and HCL) accounted for 2.4% of the total worldwide IT-services market in 2007, compared with 1.9% in 2006. While application development and management services account for most of their revenue stream, RIMS has demonstrated the most significant growth. According to G. K. Prasanna, senior vice president of technology infrastructure services at Wipro, where infrastructure services accounted for $684 million in revenues in 2007-08, “Around 17.2% of our business is RIMS-based. It is the fastest-growing business across Wipro, and it is the largest practice after application development.”

Prasanna is bullish about the future. He says Wipro has the opportunity to claim undisputed RIMS leadership in India. In September, to back its bets, Wipro acquired Infocrossing, a U.S.-based data center management provider, to enhance its ability to provide remote management of IT infrastructure. Similarly, Satyam has acquired U.S.-based Nitor Solutions and Cognizant has acquired U.S.-based AimNet Solutions to fill gaps in their offerings and reach. Ed Nalbandian, who was AimNet’s CEO and now is a practice leader for Cognizant, notes: “AimNet’s onshore consultants help give Cognizant the strongest onshore presence among offshore players.” Another key area is AimNet’s approach to pricing. “Cognizant has been able to leverage that quite a bit as clients are asking to move away from FTE-based pricing to a unitized, pay-for-what-you-use approach,” Nalbandian says. Cognizant’s experience is not isolated. Everyone in the business is racing to close service gaps.

The growing interest in RIMS is posing several challenges in India. Among them: The ability to improve the supply of skilled talent in new technologies and create strategic alliances with technology firms to provide better service delivery and operational process compliance, and to provide innovative pricing models. “It’s clear that RIMS cannot be delivered by everyone,” says Pradeep Kar, founder and managing director of Microland, a Bangalore-based pure-play RIMS provider with customers in Europe, the United States, the Middle East and India. “An Indian RIMS vendor specializing in this area would be able to provide enhanced quality of service as a result of aligning tools, processes and skill sets to industry needs.”

The NASSCOM-McKinsey report uses Microland as an example of an offshore vendor with proprietary tools that help simplify IT management, improve governance, reduce costs and, significantly, create transparency. Among its customers is U.K.-based Serco Solutions, for whom Microland has created two dedicated RIMS centers. For RIMS users, the combination of cost control, improved service quality and the ability to scale (or de-scale, as the case may be) are key considerations.

The Role of Recession
Industry analysts believe that one of the most immediate drivers for RIMS adoption could be the threat of a severe economic downturn in the U.S., forcing a greater amount of outsourcing to control costs. But a U.S. recession may not necessarily be a boon. “Cost pressure on my customer is always good news since it increases risk propensity and forces a decision,” Prasanna says, but this in turn means greater competition and immediate pricing pressure.

While an economic downturn could improve the climate for outsourcing infrastructure management — “even make it socially more acceptable,” in Prasanna’s words — the value proposition does not change. The decision to outsource will therefore depend on flexible pricing models and short-term deals.

While pricing and deal duration form the core of the decision, outsourcers may still be wary of depending on external RIMS providers. This is largely because of the psychological discomfort of working with a team located thousands of miles away. While compliance-related risks are coming down thanks to SOX (Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002) and SAS 70 (Statement on Auditing Standards No. 70), the RIMS business lacks mature governance models. The challenge is to develop these models and take them through their paces in a joint effort between vendor and customer.

Over the last eight years, as the RIMS business has spread globally, various pricing models have emerged. Microland, which acquired its first infrastructure management customer in 1999, has built a model that separates assets and management. Today, a variety of pricing models continues to be available, from the more traditional time-and-material-based model to element, or device-based, pricing, outcome-based pricing, and a shared-risk-and-reward-based model. “We pioneered the concept of device-based, or transaction-based, pricing,” says K.S. Ganesan, Microland’s chief technology officer. “What it does for the client is it fixes cost and reduces them year on year, putting pressure back on vendors like Microland to innovate newer ways of delivering the same set of services. Of late, we see many players adopting this model.”

Competitive pricing will be just one factor in determining which companies will emerge as the most successful RIMS providers. Firms are sweating it out over creating tangible differentiators. Also important, says Prasanna, are game-changing alliances with global technology companies. Original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) such as Cisco, Dell, Hitachi, Hewlett-Packard, Microsoft and Red Hat are investing in Indian partners at the forefront of the RIMS business, helping them improve the size and capability of the talent pool to support the products and services they provide. While there are no monogamous relationships in the RIMS world, some service providers are more equal than others in the eyes of the OEMs. RIMS players understand the importance of such alliances, which give them early access to changes and enhancements in technology, quick access to technical assistance, and critical access to training facilities and materials.

Not surprisingly, RIMS providers often trumpet their alliances with technology majors. The emergence of RIMS has fostered joint go-to-market strategies by technology players and has driven the emergence of joint products, resulting in greater value propositions and lowered total cost of ownership for RIMS adopters. Cognizant’s Nalbandian reflects a popular industry opinion: “We think this go-to-market model is going to be successful for us.”

On the other side of the business, who are the most likely candidates to aggressively adopt RIMS? The McKinsey study says that Fortune 3000 companies are driving growth and are signing more — and in several cases larger — deals than their Fortune 250 counterparts. This is in striking contrast to the trend established by application development and business process outsourcing in the past, which was led by Fortune 250 companies. This shift is likely to have a major impact on the marketing strategies adopted by RIMS vendors. Among the many things on the cusp of change, the future of marketing in the high-end technology space is set for an interesting makeover.

Weekend Exclusive: Matrimonial Portals: Tradition and Technology Are a Perfect Match for Those Looking Online

In india news on January 24, 2009 at 6:44 am

By M H Ahssan

Marriages, it is said, are made in heaven. For many Indians, they are now increasingly being made on the Internet through matrimonial portals. Although still a fledgling industry, online matrimonial matchmaking, a uniquely Indian phenomenon, is seen by many to be brimming with potential. The reason: The sheer reach and convenience that the Internet provides.

“As more and more people go online, they find that the medium lends itself very well to matchmaking because it takes away geographical limitations and is more efficient and more effective than the traditional avenues,” says Anupam Mittal, founder of Shaadi.com. Shaadi, incidentally, is the Hindi word for marriage.

“It’s a perfect match between tradition and technology,” adds Murugavel Janakiraman, founder and chief executive officer of BharatMatrimony.com. Janakiraman has a personal reason for his enthusiasm about the medium: He found his wife, Deepa, on BharatMatrimony.

Janakiraman and Mittal say that over the past five years, the online matrimonial market in India, which they estimate to be currently around US$50 million, has grown at a compounded annual growth rate of 50% to 70%. They anticipate the same pace of growth in the coming years. They should know: The two are not only the founders of their respective matrimonial portals but they also pioneered this segment a decade ago. The India Online 2008 Matrimony report by JuxtConsult, a New Delhi-based online research and advisory firm, identifies Janakiraman and Mittal as market leaders with nearly 70% of the market between them in terms of the user base.

The industry has a host of small players, including those with extremely niche positioning like secondshaadi.com (for second marriages), idontwantdowry.com (for those against the practice of dowry), h1bmarriages.com (for non-resident Indians and technical professionals), positivesaathi.com (for HIV-positive people) and so on. The significant ones, however, with financial muscle and good brand recognition are very few. These include JeevanSaathi.com from Info Edge, which runs India’s leading job site, Naukri.com; and SimplyMarry.com from the Times Group, a leading Indian media house.

A recent media entrant is the Kerala-based Malayala Manorama Group which owns the Malayala Manorama newspaper, the largest selling regional daily in India with a circulation of over 1.6 million. With a view to leveraging its reach and brand value, earlier this year Malayala Manorama launched its own matrimonial portal called m4marry.com, exclusively for users from the Malayalee community.

In an interview with afaqs.com, an online community for advertising, media and marketing professionals, Mariam Mathew, chief operating officer of Manorama Online, the group’s main portal, said: “Classifieds have always been a revenue earner for our group and digital is the best media for classifieds.” According to Mathew, m4marry.com received 55,000 registrations in its first month and she expects that figure to cross 150,000 by the end of December. Deccan Chronicle Holdings, another media house, is also planning to launch its own matrimonial website.

Janakiraman of BharatMatrimony.com sees these as very positive developments for the industry. Media companies entering this space will help educate readers and expand the market, he says. “It will help established players like us to get a whole new set of customers who otherwise may not have looked at the online option.”

Venture capitalists, too, are showing great interest in the sector. Gopal Krishna, vice president and head of audience for emerging markets at Yahoo, which along with Cannan Partners, invested US$8.65 million in BharatMatrimony.com in 2006, explains the rationale behind Yahoo’s investment in this space. “Our primary audience is the youngster and the young adult. Anything that is relevant to their lives and can be made more efficient by digital means is of interest to us, and we see a great opportunity in the online matrimonial space.”

Sandeep Singhal, managing director at Sequoia Capital India, which has invested US$8 million in Shaadi.com, adds: “So far in India, the Internet has panned out more for things that are ‘must have’ rather than ‘nice to have.’ The two main verticals that have seen strong Internet adoption in India are online jobs and online matrimony, and this is because they fulfill very strong customer needs.”

JuxtConsult pegs matrimonial search as one of the top-10 online activities among Internet users in India. The firm’s online matrimony report estimates that there were around 15 million users for the year ended March 2008. According to Sanjay Tiwari, director of JuxtConsult, “This category is very brand driven and prefers specialized portals. Only 11% of matrimony users visit general portals like MSN or Yahoo. This clearly indicates the seriousness of their intent.”

Young Users in Control
The industry’s growth and the optimism of the players are fuelled by multiple factors. Take India’s demographics. It is estimated that there are around 450 million people in India currently below the age of 21. On the socio-cultural front, the dominant tradition is that of arranged marriages, where the parents or family elders find a suitable match for the young adults. Traditionally, this has been done through contacts via family and friends, individual marriage brokers, marriage bureaus and classified advertisements in newspapers. Matrimonial portals are a fairly recent channel. Match the demographics and the tradition of arranged marriages and there is clearly a huge market for match-making — whatever the medium.

With its reach, convenience and relative privacy, the Internet provides a superior alternative to any other medium. Users need to simply log on to a matrimonial portal and upload their profiles, sharing as much or as little information as they choose. They can then search for partners according to their individual preferences. They also have the option of exploring the medium by registering without any charge and then becoming paid users only if they see value in the portal by way of ease of use and suitable responses. All this at the click of a mouse.

Narendra Agrawal, professor of organizational behavior and human resource management at the Indian Institute of Management, Bangalore, points out that the increasing mobility of younger professionals and the breaking down of traditional family networks are also responsible for driving the traffic on matrimonial portals. “Today’s young adults see this as the cool, new-generation medium, one that puts them in control of choosing their life partners and at the pace that they want,” he says.

The bulk of the players’ revenues comes from subscription fees. On offer are various membership plans that differ according to the length of time a profile is posted, and features like level of personalization, special highlighting of the profile, access to verified phone numbers and so on. At BharatMatrimony.com for instance, the membership fee ranges from a minimum of Rs. 1,790 (US$38) for three months to Rs. 5,790 (US$125) for nine months. BharatMatrimony.com also offers a premium service at Rs. 8,650 (US$180) for three months. According to the portal, under this plan “a personalized match maker works exclusively” with the member. At Shaadi.com, the price ranges from Rs. 1,950 (US$40) for three months to Rs. 4,450 (US$95) for 12 months. At Jeevansaathi.com, it ranges from Rs. 1,295 (US$25) for two months to Rs. 3,500 (US$75) for nine months. (Rates also vary by country.)

Given the dependency of revenues on subscriptions, the race between the players is to attract as many new users as possible (who register for free) and then convert them into paid users at the earliest opportunity. Some of the sites are quick to share their number of new users per day: Janakiraman says it is 10,000 for BharatMatrimony.com, Mittal says that it’s 8,000 for Shaadi.com, and Sanjeev Bikchandani, founder and CEO of Info Edge that runs Jeevansaathi.com, pegs it at 2,000. None of them, however, want to reveal their conversion rates.

“Apart from the size of the database, the success in conversion depends pretty much on how much intelligence there is in the product and how well it empowers the users to find more and better matches in the quickest and easiest manner,” says Bikchandani. Easy user interfaces, customized community offerings, horoscope matching in multiple languages, health checks, verifications, and voice and video recordings are some innovations that players have been introducing to ensure better conversion rates. Says Mittal: “It is the ability to discover hidden customer needs and add increasing value through innovation that will give a sustainable competitive advantage in this business.”

Some Limitations
When it comes to attracting the new users in the first place, the biggest limitation that matrimonial portals face is that of Internet penetration. It is estimated that India, which has a total population of over one billion, has only 50 million Internet users. These are primarily in the metros and the large cities. “The online matrimonial market can explode only when Internet penetration in India grows,” says Info Edge’s Bikchandani.

Janakiraman adds that even among many of the current Internet users, online payment is an issue. “Many Indians still don’t have a credit card, and even if they do they are not completely comfortable with the concept of making payments online.”

Krishna of Yahoo raises another point. In line with Internet penetration, the current users of matrimonial sites are primarily from the metros and the larger cities. This profile of users is typically more open to trying out nonconventional avenues for matchmaking. As Internet penetration grows, new users will come from smaller towns and semi urban areas. But first, he notes, it will be important to determine how these untapped users regard marriage and matchmaking and what it would take for them to think of online matchmaking as the primary channel for finding a life partner. “The players need to be aggressive, but in a subtle manner, and they have to place themselves in the context of the other available alternatives.”

Faced with these challenges, the portals are coming out with new and innovative ways of accessing and influencing their target group. For instance, some of them are extending their offerings through brick-and-mortar networks; organizing matrimony meets across the country; entering into tie-ups with mobile service providers, mobile equipment makers and direct-to-home satellite television service providers; partnering with banks and post offices for payment collections and so on. According to Janakiraman, “The idea is to reach out to as many people as possible in an environment that they are most comfortable with.” Bikchandani adds that another critical ingredient for success is building the brand and creating top-of-mind recall. “This is a once-in-a-lifetime service, and one does not know when the potential customer will need it.”

Herein lies another key challenge: The very nature of the matchmaking business is that of a one-time transaction. The moment a user finds a partner, he or she has no further reason to visit the portal. Krishna of Yahoo puts it succinctly: “It is one of the very interesting businesses where your efficiency is detrimental to your business health.” He says that in order to grow the business, players need to look at adjacent businesses and try to capture the dollars there.

While there are no firm figures regarding the size of the Indian marriage market because of its very fragmented and unorganized nature, back-of-the-envelope calculations indicate that it is a sizable number. Janakiraman and Mittal estimate that if one were to include every aspect surrounding marriage like jewelry, clothes, catering, gifts, event management and other categories, the size of the market swells to nearly US$10 billion to US$15 billion.

Much of this market, however, is very logistics driven and local in nature and does not lend itself to scale. In areas where they see room for growth, players have been quick to set up shop. These include posting wedding directories and partnering for honeymoon packages, astrological services, etc. “Perhaps once wedding gift registries become popular in India, we will look at that, too,” says Mittal.

For the moment, though, matrimonial portals are thriving in space they are operating in. Says Bikchandani: “With India’s young demographics, the online matchmaking market itself is big enough and holds immense promise.” Janakiraman adds, “It’s an evergreen business. It is not seasonal and is totally recession proof.”

Weekend Exclusive: Matrimonial Portals: Tradition and Technology Are a Perfect Match for Those Looking Online

In Uncategorized on January 24, 2009 at 6:44 am

By M H Ahssan

Marriages, it is said, are made in heaven. For many Indians, they are now increasingly being made on the Internet through matrimonial portals. Although still a fledgling industry, online matrimonial matchmaking, a uniquely Indian phenomenon, is seen by many to be brimming with potential. The reason: The sheer reach and convenience that the Internet provides.

“As more and more people go online, they find that the medium lends itself very well to matchmaking because it takes away geographical limitations and is more efficient and more effective than the traditional avenues,” says Anupam Mittal, founder of Shaadi.com. Shaadi, incidentally, is the Hindi word for marriage.

“It’s a perfect match between tradition and technology,” adds Murugavel Janakiraman, founder and chief executive officer of BharatMatrimony.com. Janakiraman has a personal reason for his enthusiasm about the medium: He found his wife, Deepa, on BharatMatrimony.

Janakiraman and Mittal say that over the past five years, the online matrimonial market in India, which they estimate to be currently around US$50 million, has grown at a compounded annual growth rate of 50% to 70%. They anticipate the same pace of growth in the coming years. They should know: The two are not only the founders of their respective matrimonial portals but they also pioneered this segment a decade ago. The India Online 2008 Matrimony report by JuxtConsult, a New Delhi-based online research and advisory firm, identifies Janakiraman and Mittal as market leaders with nearly 70% of the market between them in terms of the user base.

The industry has a host of small players, including those with extremely niche positioning like secondshaadi.com (for second marriages), idontwantdowry.com (for those against the practice of dowry), h1bmarriages.com (for non-resident Indians and technical professionals), positivesaathi.com (for HIV-positive people) and so on. The significant ones, however, with financial muscle and good brand recognition are very few. These include JeevanSaathi.com from Info Edge, which runs India’s leading job site, Naukri.com; and SimplyMarry.com from the Times Group, a leading Indian media house.

A recent media entrant is the Kerala-based Malayala Manorama Group which owns the Malayala Manorama newspaper, the largest selling regional daily in India with a circulation of over 1.6 million. With a view to leveraging its reach and brand value, earlier this year Malayala Manorama launched its own matrimonial portal called m4marry.com, exclusively for users from the Malayalee community.

In an interview with afaqs.com, an online community for advertising, media and marketing professionals, Mariam Mathew, chief operating officer of Manorama Online, the group’s main portal, said: “Classifieds have always been a revenue earner for our group and digital is the best media for classifieds.” According to Mathew, m4marry.com received 55,000 registrations in its first month and she expects that figure to cross 150,000 by the end of December. Deccan Chronicle Holdings, another media house, is also planning to launch its own matrimonial website.

Janakiraman of BharatMatrimony.com sees these as very positive developments for the industry. Media companies entering this space will help educate readers and expand the market, he says. “It will help established players like us to get a whole new set of customers who otherwise may not have looked at the online option.”

Venture capitalists, too, are showing great interest in the sector. Gopal Krishna, vice president and head of audience for emerging markets at Yahoo, which along with Cannan Partners, invested US$8.65 million in BharatMatrimony.com in 2006, explains the rationale behind Yahoo’s investment in this space. “Our primary audience is the youngster and the young adult. Anything that is relevant to their lives and can be made more efficient by digital means is of interest to us, and we see a great opportunity in the online matrimonial space.”

Sandeep Singhal, managing director at Sequoia Capital India, which has invested US$8 million in Shaadi.com, adds: “So far in India, the Internet has panned out more for things that are ‘must have’ rather than ‘nice to have.’ The two main verticals that have seen strong Internet adoption in India are online jobs and online matrimony, and this is because they fulfill very strong customer needs.”

JuxtConsult pegs matrimonial search as one of the top-10 online activities among Internet users in India. The firm’s online matrimony report estimates that there were around 15 million users for the year ended March 2008. According to Sanjay Tiwari, director of JuxtConsult, “This category is very brand driven and prefers specialized portals. Only 11% of matrimony users visit general portals like MSN or Yahoo. This clearly indicates the seriousness of their intent.”

Young Users in Control
The industry’s growth and the optimism of the players are fuelled by multiple factors. Take India’s demographics. It is estimated that there are around 450 million people in India currently below the age of 21. On the socio-cultural front, the dominant tradition is that of arranged marriages, where the parents or family elders find a suitable match for the young adults. Traditionally, this has been done through contacts via family and friends, individual marriage brokers, marriage bureaus and classified advertisements in newspapers. Matrimonial portals are a fairly recent channel. Match the demographics and the tradition of arranged marriages and there is clearly a huge market for match-making — whatever the medium.

With its reach, convenience and relative privacy, the Internet provides a superior alternative to any other medium. Users need to simply log on to a matrimonial portal and upload their profiles, sharing as much or as little information as they choose. They can then search for partners according to their individual preferences. They also have the option of exploring the medium by registering without any charge and then becoming paid users only if they see value in the portal by way of ease of use and suitable responses. All this at the click of a mouse.

Narendra Agrawal, professor of organizational behavior and human resource management at the Indian Institute of Management, Bangalore, points out that the increasing mobility of younger professionals and the breaking down of traditional family networks are also responsible for driving the traffic on matrimonial portals. “Today’s young adults see this as the cool, new-generation medium, one that puts them in control of choosing their life partners and at the pace that they want,” he says.

The bulk of the players’ revenues comes from subscription fees. On offer are various membership plans that differ according to the length of time a profile is posted, and features like level of personalization, special highlighting of the profile, access to verified phone numbers and so on. At BharatMatrimony.com for instance, the membership fee ranges from a minimum of Rs. 1,790 (US$38) for three months to Rs. 5,790 (US$125) for nine months. BharatMatrimony.com also offers a premium service at Rs. 8,650 (US$180) for three months. According to the portal, under this plan “a personalized match maker works exclusively” with the member. At Shaadi.com, the price ranges from Rs. 1,950 (US$40) for three months to Rs. 4,450 (US$95) for 12 months. At Jeevansaathi.com, it ranges from Rs. 1,295 (US$25) for two months to Rs. 3,500 (US$75) for nine months. (Rates also vary by country.)

Given the dependency of revenues on subscriptions, the race between the players is to attract as many new users as possible (who register for free) and then convert them into paid users at the earliest opportunity. Some of the sites are quick to share their number of new users per day: Janakiraman says it is 10,000 for BharatMatrimony.com, Mittal says that it’s 8,000 for Shaadi.com, and Sanjeev Bikchandani, founder and CEO of Info Edge that runs Jeevansaathi.com, pegs it at 2,000. None of them, however, want to reveal their conversion rates.

“Apart from the size of the database, the success in conversion depends pretty much on how much intelligence there is in the product and how well it empowers the users to find more and better matches in the quickest and easiest manner,” says Bikchandani. Easy user interfaces, customized community offerings, horoscope matching in multiple languages, health checks, verifications, and voice and video recordings are some innovations that players have been introducing to ensure better conversion rates. Says Mittal: “It is the ability to discover hidden customer needs and add increasing value through innovation that will give a sustainable competitive advantage in this business.”

Some Limitations
When it comes to attracting the new users in the first place, the biggest limitation that matrimonial portals face is that of Internet penetration. It is estimated that India, which has a total population of over one billion, has only 50 million Internet users. These are primarily in the metros and the large cities. “The online matrimonial market can explode only when Internet penetration in India grows,” says Info Edge’s Bikchandani.

Janakiraman adds that even among many of the current Internet users, online payment is an issue. “Many Indians still don’t have a credit card, and even if they do they are not completely comfortable with the concept of making payments online.”

Krishna of Yahoo raises another point. In line with Internet penetration, the current users of matrimonial sites are primarily from the metros and the larger cities. This profile of users is typically more open to trying out nonconventional avenues for matchmaking. As Internet penetration grows, new users will come from smaller towns and semi urban areas. But first, he notes, it will be important to determine how these untapped users regard marriage and matchmaking and what it would take for them to think of online matchmaking as the primary channel for finding a life partner. “The players need to be aggressive, but in a subtle manner, and they have to place themselves in the context of the other available alternatives.”

Faced with these challenges, the portals are coming out with new and innovative ways of accessing and influencing their target group. For instance, some of them are extending their offerings through brick-and-mortar networks; organizing matrimony meets across the country; entering into tie-ups with mobile service providers, mobile equipment makers and direct-to-home satellite television service providers; partnering with banks and post offices for payment collections and so on. According to Janakiraman, “The idea is to reach out to as many people as possible in an environment that they are most comfortable with.” Bikchandani adds that another critical ingredient for success is building the brand and creating top-of-mind recall. “This is a once-in-a-lifetime service, and one does not know when the potential customer will need it.”

Herein lies another key challenge: The very nature of the matchmaking business is that of a one-time transaction. The moment a user finds a partner, he or she has no further reason to visit the portal. Krishna of Yahoo puts it succinctly: “It is one of the very interesting businesses where your efficiency is detrimental to your business health.” He says that in order to grow the business, players need to look at adjacent businesses and try to capture the dollars there.

While there are no firm figures regarding the size of the Indian marriage market because of its very fragmented and unorganized nature, back-of-the-envelope calculations indicate that it is a sizable number. Janakiraman and Mittal estimate that if one were to include every aspect surrounding marriage like jewelry, clothes, catering, gifts, event management and other categories, the size of the market swells to nearly US$10 billion to US$15 billion.

Much of this market, however, is very logistics driven and local in nature and does not lend itself to scale. In areas where they see room for growth, players have been quick to set up shop. These include posting wedding directories and partnering for honeymoon packages, astrological services, etc. “Perhaps once wedding gift registries become popular in India, we will look at that, too,” says Mittal.

For the moment, though, matrimonial portals are thriving in space they are operating in. Says Bikchandani: “With India’s young demographics, the online matchmaking market itself is big enough and holds immense promise.” Janakiraman adds, “It’s an evergreen business. It is not seasonal and is totally recession proof.”

Bumps in the Road: India’s Industrial Growth Seeks Solid Ground

In Uncategorized on January 24, 2009 at 6:42 am

By M H Ahssan

For a small car, the Nano has traveled quite a bit. Just in October it has moved from Singur, in West Bengal — where Tata Motors abandoned a production facility two years in the making and gearing for start-up — to Sanand, in Gujarat. En route, Tata surveyed other sites for the production of its Rs100,000 ($2,000) automobile.

It hasn’t been an easy ride. In Andhra Pradesh, the villagers of Seetarampuram, one of the sites offered by the state government, staged a protest, blockading the Bangalore-Mumbai highway for several hours. Like the farmers of Singur whose tactics eventually forced out the Nano, they resisted the industrial project. In Maharashtra, a senior politician publicly declared that the Nano was not wanted because the state was facing an electricity crisis.

The going has been smoother at Sanand, although bumps in the road still exist. The state government thought it was playing safe by allotting the Tatas 1,100 acres belonging to the Anand Agricultural University. But farmers have already petitioned the Gujarat High Court to stop the deal. They say that the British government acquired the land from them in 1902 on a 90-year lease, and that it should have been returned in 1992, but was not. Now that the land’s value has risen sharply, they are demanding compensation. Land prices in neighboring areas have gone up from around Rs400,000 (US$8,000) per bigha (an Indian land unit equivalent to about 25,000 square feet) to Rs1.2 million (US$24,000) per bigha.

The Congress opposition in Gujarat, a state ruled by the rightist Bharatiya Janata Party, has hinted at a Singur-style agitation. But the agitation’s purpose would not be to drive out the Tatas. It would aim to secure compensation for farmers deprived of their land a century ago.

The farmers, meanwhile, are organizing themselves under banners such as the Rashtriya Kisan Dal. Maharana JaiShiv Sinh Vaghela, the scion of the royal family of Sanand, an erstwhile princely state, has led a delegation of farmers to the state chief minister, Narendra Modi, to demand their share. Meanwhile, Anand Agricultural University has asked for equivalent land in other districts of Gujarat as compensation for the 1,100 acres it has surrendered for the Nano.

“The real debate is about the correct compensation price,” says Rajesh Chakrabarti, assistant professor of finance at the Hyderabad-based Indian School of Business (ISB). “Once land is acquired, the value of the entire area goes up several times and the people who benefit the most are those who own land just outside the area of the acquired lands.” Those initially dispossessed — no matter how handsomely they may have been compensated — are invariably left feeling they have been given a raw deal.

Soaring Land Prices
According to estimates by the business magazine Business Today, land prices in Singur rose from US$24,000 per acre to US$120,000 per acre. (They have dropped sharply since the Tata pullout.) Land prices associated with other projects and special economic zones (SEZs) have shown similar increases. Among them: the Reliance Haryana SEZ (from US$45,000 to US$200,000 per acre); the Reliance Mumbai SEZ (US$20,000 to US$100,000); the Reliance Maha Mumbai SEZ (US$10,000 to US$100,000); Tata Steel’s Kalinganagar project in Orissa (US$6,500 to US$10,000); and the Renault Nissan plant at Oragadam in Tamil Nadu (US$40,000 to US$160,000).

“We follow an 1890s act for land acquisition,” Chakrabarti explains. The huge projects that change neighboring lands’ value by such huge multiples didn’t exist back then. “So there is definitely need to change the laws in such a way that the people who are being evicted get compensated in a fair manner,” Chakrabarti says.

The Nano’s woes may have grabbed headlines, but land acquisition problems spread across sectors and the entire nation. The government of Uttar Pradesh, led by Bahujan Samaj Party president Kumari Mayawati, recently canceled a deal allotting 190 acres for a railway coach factory in Sonia Gandhi’s parliamentary constituency Rai Bareli. Gandhi is the powerful chairwoman of the ruling United Progressive Alliance in Delhi. Mayawati gave in after Gandhi threatened to stage a protest and court arrest. But land has clearly become the currency of political vendetta, too.

Here’s a rundown of some other projects running into acquisition problems, for a variety of reasons:

Sterlite Industries, the Indian arm of the London-based metals and natural resources conglomerate Vedanta, has the go-ahead from the Supreme Court to mine bauxite in the Niyamgiri hills in the Kalahandi district of Orissa. But the indigenous tribal community treats the area as a shrine. Kumuti Majhi, a tribal leader, has visited London to explain to Vedanta shareholders that digging up Niyamgiri would be equivalent to demolishing St. Paul’s Cathedral.

Navi Mumbai airport, the much-needed lifeline for India’s business capital, has stayed on the drawing board for years. The latest objection is from a government department. The Union environment ministry has refused to clear the project because mangrove forests occupy part of the area. The public-sector agency overseeing the project has offered to replant the mangroves — which occupy just 7.3% of the total area — elsewhere. But the Delhi bureaucrats are unmoved.

Close to the proposed Navi Mumbai airport, at the Raigad SEZ, villagers and farmers have voted in a symbolic referendum. Activists claim that the referendum has produced a 95% vote against the project being set up by India’s richest industrialist, Reliance Industries chief Mukesh Ambani. The farmers in Raigad, in Maharashtra, simply want a better deal. The project is being delayed while its promoters consider their next steps. Reliance, meanwhile, had appealed to the Bombay High Court opposing the Maharashtra government’s decision to hold the referendum. While that judgment is pending, the Maharashtra government has announced that the Raigad referendum was unique and will not be repeated elsewhere in the state.

In Jharkhand, the world’s largest steel company, ArcelorMittal, is facing tribal opposition against a proposed 12-million-ton steel plant. The project needs 11,000 acres, including 2,400 acres for a township. The protests have been building since mid-October, when ArcelorMittal met villagers to hard-sell the plan. (The 700MW Koel-Karo hydroelectric project, which was proposed some 35 years ago in the same areas, battled opposition from villagers for decades before it was abandoned.)

In West Bengal, the locals of the Chakchaka area in Cooch Behar district have launched an agitation against expansion of the local airport. The airport is critical because Chakchaka (part of a designated backward district) is being projected as a growth center by the West Bengal Industrial Infrastructure Development Corp. The Trinamool Congress, which spearheaded the Singur agitation, has been active here too, accusing the government of forcible land acquisition. (Meanwhile, things are moving smoothly at the Madurai airport in Tamil Nadu, where 614 acres are required for expansion.)

Large-scale Controversy
All projects can pose problems. But the SEZ arena is likely to witness the most controversy because the zones need large amounts of land. The Raigad SEZ, for instance, proposes to cover 25,000 acres; the Nano production facility needs just 1,100. Before the passage of the SEZ Act of 2005, just 19 SEZs functioned in the country. Many of them were barely limping along. Since the act’s passage, some 260 new SEZs have been established. Prior to the act, state and central governments and private companies had invested some Rs7,745 crore (US$1.56 billion) in SEZs. From February 2006 to June 2008, an additional Rs73,348 crore (US$14.74 billion) was pumped in, according to Union Ministry of Commerce and Industry data. Some 100,000 jobs have been created. But land issues still bog down many of the zones.

This is proving expensive. According to a recent estimate by the Centre for Monitoring Indian Economy (CMIE), a Mumbai-based data agglomerator and think tank, projects worth a whopping Rs250,000 crore (US$50.23 billion) are encountering hurdles in acquiring land.

“We should not expect the government to allot us land,” says Irfan Razack, chairman and managing director of the Bangalore-based Prestige Group, which has interests in real estate and infrastructure. “That’s where the controversy comes in. Either the government must auction the land at market prices or the developer must have the capacity to buy the land and then go to the government for approvals. The heartburn comes when the government buys land at a subsidized price and allots it to the developer who then goes on to make big money.”

Razack is talking principally about SEZs. But what he says applies to large industrial projects as well. An additional catch is that the government may well subsidize the land it gives to a project like the Nano because such projects are expected to act as catalysts for further investment in the region or state. Tata Motors was supposed to pay US$200,000 a year for the first five years for the Singur land. This was to rise to US$2 million a year in the next 10 years, and $4 million a year after that. The government, meanwhile, paid US$24 million to the farmers as compensation. In the short term, the Tatas were required to pay peanuts. This lends itself to accusations of corporate houses profiteering.

Industry appears to be able to pay more. CMIE data show that in the five years ended March 2008, large-market-cap companies spent US$3.33 billion in land acquisition costs. These companies’ total fixed capital expenditures were $113.97 billion. Land is just 2.9% of that total, leaving room for growth in what the companies can pay for land. Industrialists privately confess that they are prepared to pay more for land acquisition. But it has the danger of becoming a never-ending spiral.

No model has proved problem-free. Where the state has acquired land, farmers have cried foul over the rates. Where the private sector has tried to go it alone, accusations of intimidation have arisen. Landowners have realized the advantages of holding out. It often boils down to who blinks first. Says Chakrabarti of ISB: “There is the issue of sorting out ‘hold-up’ lands,” where the landowner has asked for an exorbitant price because he knows that the project cannot proceed without his land.

Chakrabarti has a suggestion. “The government should definitely not do the entire acquisition on its own because, as soon as the government gets into the act, a lot of political forces come into play. On the other hand, the private sector cannot do it completely on its own because of the hold-up problem. One model is that the private partner acquires around 70%-80% of the total land required by paying a fair compensation. The remaining [including the hold-ups] can be acquired by the government by paying the same rate as what the private party has paid.

“There are other ways. Let us say the SEZ needs 1,000 acres. But the consortium [of private players and the government] can acquire 1,500 acres and then ration out the extra 500 on a pro-rata basis to those from whom the land has been acquired. That will mean that instead of giving just cash compensation, everyone will have some real estate holding in the developed area, which will enable them to get the appreciation benefits of that land. This, of course, requires multiparty negotiations, and I don’t think it is in practice in India.” And Chakrabarti points out a catch. “Being agriculturists, the landowners are not trained for anything else,” he says. “They need to be provided with training so that their future is protected.”

Comprehensive Ground Rules
What is needed is a comprehensive set of ground rules. They may be in the works, albeit belatedly. The government has been working on a replacement for the Land Acquisition Act of 1894 for a couple of years now. The prime minister’s office has written to the Ministry of Parliamentary Affairs asking that the processing of bills related to land acquisition be expedited. Three bills are involved: the Rehabilitation and Resettlement Bill, 2007; the Compensatory Afforestation Fund Bill, 2008; and the Land Acquisition (Amendment) Bill, 2007.

The Land Acquisition Bill has just been vetted by the parliamentary standing committee concerned. The prime minister’s office wants all this speeded up to get these bills on the statute books before it demits office next year. Sonia Gandhi told a farmers’ rally at the end of September that the bills would be piloted through parliament soon.

The standing committee on the Land Acquisition Bill, which submitted its report on October 21, recommended that:

- States should be allowed to acquire 100% of the land required.
- The definition of “public purpose,” which allows the state to take over land, should be expanded.
- States should be given more power to decide on use of agricultural land.
- The compensation benchmark should be the highest price paid in the last three years plus 50%.

The report’s submission doesn’t necessarily mean that the Land Acquisition Act is on the fast track. “We have to examine the report,” Raghuvansh Prasad Singh, the Union minister for rural development, told the Delhi-headquartered business daily Business Standard. “But it is not necessary that all the recommendations of the standing committee have to be accepted.”

Political analysts in Delhi say the bills may not be passed this parliamentary session. Compensation is a contentious issue. The definition of “public purpose” is another. In Singapore, “public purpose” can mean residential buildings. Not so in India. The Nanos of the future may have some distance to travel to find a home.

Real Estate Developers Can Expect Relocation, not Dislocation, from the Internet

In Uncategorized on January 24, 2009 at 6:39 am

By M H Ahssan

Some real estate developers see the Internet revolution the same way an aristocrat during the French revolution might have viewed the guillotine. The reasons for their dread are easy to fathom. As more and more CEOs recognize that the Internet is here to stay, they wonder how e-commerce will affect demand for real estate. E-commerce, after all, is about moving business from physical to virtual space and replacing brick-and-mortar storefronts with digital ones. As mainstream Corporate America embraces e-commerce, shouldn’t those whose revenues and profits are derived from brick-and-mortar construction fear for their lives?

Not really. Real estate developers and brokers must recognize that the coming of the Internet does not eliminate demand for real estate; it simply changes it, according to academics and industry professionals who met at Wharton recently for the fall members’ meeting of the Samuel Zell and Robert Lurie Real Estate Center. Speaker after speaker at the conference — which featured the first Max M. Farash Roundtable on E-Commerce and Real Estate — pointed out that the Internet offers more opportunities than threats to property developers and brokers. As such, real estate professionals would be better off embracing e-commerce rather than ignoring or fearing it.

How does e-commerce change demand for real estate? By way of an example, consider Amazon, the Seattle-based granddaddy of online merchants. The company, which did not exist five years ago and now claims to offer the biggest selection of products on earth, does not occupy a single square foot of space in any mall or shopping center. And yet, as its operations have grown, the company has had to build large stocks of inventory and find warehouses to house them. “Amazon wants to build a fleet of warehouses,” says Christopher Peacock, president of Jones Lang LaSalle, a global real estate services firm. In New Jersey alone, Amazon last year was in the market for one million square feet of warehouse space.

That is just one way e-commerce changes demand for real estate. It also changes the skills requirements within real estate companies, which must now increasingly build expertise in technology. “We must help our clients make the right infrastructure decisions,” Peacock says. “Our challenge is not just to hire brokers but experts in telecommunications, energy, corporate finance and logistics.” Building such skills is crucial as real estate firms seek to redefine their roles for the digital economy. “Success does not begin and end with designing a web page for your company,” Peacock adds. “We should use e-commerce to serve our clients.”

Jones Lang Lasalle has begun to explore ways of doing that. The company’s property management business buys services worth $6 billion from more than 35,000 vendors. In the past, sales orders were typically placed and processed by fax. Recognizing the potential of the Internet to transform the purchasing process, the company decided to move these operations online. Result: Jones Lang Lasalle was able to slash costs by 10% — or $600 million. “That’s just one project, so consider the potential,” says Peacock. “The future will be even more exciting. I can see a day when the ability to trade in intellectual property relating to real estate will be as valuable as the real estate itself.”

Other speakers emphasized that the Internet makes it essential for companies to act fast. One reason is that the web itself has grown — and continues to grow — at an incredible pace. In a presentation on “Forces Shaping the Digital Economy,” Gerald Lohse, research director of the Wharton Forum on Electronic Commerce, pointed out that while radio took 38 years and television 13 years to reach 50 million users, the Internet reached that milestone in just five. E-commerce, too, has been exploding. Forrester Research, a consulting firm, estimates that global e-commerce transactions by 2003 will exceed $3.2 trillion. (To put that number in context, Lohse explains, the U.S. economy today is $20 trillion.)

In a panel on e-commerce and retail, Wharton real estate professor Todd Sinai offered another perspective. Discussing whether e-commerce would cannibalize or augment bricks-and-mortar retail, he pointed out that the latter would certainly happen in some markets. “There are places where no one would set up a shopping center, and the Internet can pick up those sales around the edges,” he says. In other instances, though, e-commerce sales may not cannibalize traditional retail as much as catalog sales. Time-starved consumers who once browsed through catalogs and ordered products by phone or by mail may now do so over the web. “The Internet is a direct marketing channel,” he says.

The Internet also transforms where and how property is built, which means that real estate companies must re-think old assumptions. The maxim that the three most important things in real estate are location, location and location assumes a new meaning in a global, web-based economy. When business is transacted over the web, producers of intellectual products need no longer be physically close to their customers or even their suppliers. Carrie Byles, an architect with the firm Skidmore, Owings & Merrill, says that if one country’s regulations are too onerous, Internet-based companies could easily move overseas or to tax havens. Technology, in many ways, makes location less relevant than it used to be. “For companies like Yahoo, the most important consideration is being close to bandwidth,” she says.

Technology also makes it possible for architects to design better environments in which people can work. “We can create offices with casual collision spaces, where new ideas spawn,” she says. “Our goal is to create environments that support learning, casual interaction, flexibility and speed in a setting where technology is invisible and the buildings and landscape sustain the human soul.”

James Young, president of the Jameson Group, points out that the coming of the Internet is not a short-term change, like the typical 10-year real estate cycle. “This is a major socio-economic shift,” he says, comparable in world historic terms to the agricultural revolution and the industrial revolution. The implications for real estate companies, Young says, are clear. “If you sold barns at the end of the agricultural age, you might consider something called a factory.”

Is Commercial Property Still a Good Investment?

In Uncategorized on January 24, 2009 at 6:36 am

By M H Ahssan

These are blissful times for commercial real estate investors. Having fallen into a deep slump with the ending of the Internet boom, the market has come surging back. In 2004 alone, prices rose 26% for apartment complexes, 21% for industrial properties, 14% for retail properties and 6% for office buildings, according to Real Capital Analytics, a New York real estate research firm.

And the market gives no sign of slackening. “We’re not seeing any slowdown at all,” says Steven Dunn, chief economist for CB Richard Ellis, a big commercial real estate services company based in Los Angeles. “The numbers are great, not just for sales but for leasing, too.”

But not everyone is so confident. Over the past few months, a number of major institutional and private investors have been selling off large chunks of their portfolios of prime commercial real estate. These investors, which include Calpers, the $186 billion pension fund, have been taking advantage of what they see as a frothy market. They are putting the sale proceeds into less expensive real estate or into other assets entirely.

The Rubenstein Company, a Philadelphia-based real estate firm, is one investor that has pulled its money out of real estate with the expectation that prices will come back down. Last year, the company sold nearly all of its office buildings for about $1 billion. “We thought the markets weren’t going to get much better and had a chance to get considerably worse,” says CEO David Rubenstein.

To be sure, for every seller there is a buyer, and other investors have rushed forward to buy these properties, often at record prices. But as the consensus builds that the housing market has become seriously overvalued, some are asking whether the same might be true of commercial property. The answer matters not just to the individual and institutional investors who are committing ever-greater sums to real estate, but also to the growing number of companies who are using their valuable property to obtain cheap financing.

A Flood of Capital
Several forces are driving commercial real estate’s revival. Most obviously, the economy is improving and businesses are growing once more. As they expand their operations and hire new employees they need additional space. But real estate pricing has recovered faster than the economy itself. Indeed, while prices have rebounded nicely, rents have been sluggish: The average rent today is $15.42 a foot, down from $28.92 in 2000. A more important reason for real estate’s rise has been a flood of new investment capital. Some of this comes from individuals seeking better returns than they can achieve in the debt or equity markets. These investors have channeled great sums to investment vehicles such as REITs and TICs (tenants-in-common).

The big money has come from institutions. Spooked by their losses after the dotcom bust and drawn to the reliable cash flows offered by property, these investors are now paying closer attention to commercial real estate. One is TIAA-CREF, a national financial services company with over $340 billion in assets under management. “We see this asset class as a great addition to our portfolio,” says Tom Garbutt, the company’s managing director and head of real estate. “It’s a nice diversifier, has a current income stream and a potential for appreciation.” The company now owns $14 billion of real estate properties.

The resulting upswing in prices for the best properties has been a boon for the owners. In fact, a growing number of corporations are taking the opportunity to use their real estate as a financing tool. Through sale-leasebacks, companies can sell their property to an investor who will agree to lease it back to the company for a specified period. Many find this as attractive as issuing debt, since property values are high but rents remain affordable. Some of these deals have been gargantuan. Last year, Bank of America did a $770 million leaseback for most of its bank branches. McDonald’s (which has historically been an owner of property) also did one, valued at $340 million. Companies are using the money for different purposes, ranging from balance sheet improvement to acquisitions.

Few Signs of Trouble
How sustainable are today’s high prices? Not very, argue some. “We feel that properties are overvalued,” says David Harris, a research analyst who covers REITs for Lehman Brothers. Harris notes that the “euphoria” of bidding on certain commercial properties should give investors pause, especially since rising interest rates may soon make real estate a less attractive investment.

Another potential concern is that yields on property ownership are falling. Also known as capitalization rates (“cap rates” for short), yields have dropped over the past three years to near-historic lows. While this is the natural outcome of higher prices — cap rates are the ratio of a property’s yearly income to purchase price — it can also indicate that operating income hasn’t kept pace with the higher prices. This can make real estate less attractive to investors primarily interested in the cash stream.

But there are good reasons to believe that the market is actually quite strong. One is that the fundamentals are improving. Metropolitan office vacancies, for example, have fallen from 16.8% during the first quarter of 2004 to 15.4% today. Dunn points to San Francisco as an example of an area where the improvement has been substantial: In eight quarters, vacancies in that market have fallen from 23% to just 15%.

And improving occupancy levels mean higher income. “People often forget that income goes up faster than occupancy,” says Peter Linneman, a professor of real estate at Wharton. “That’s because as occupancy picks up you can boost your rents a little and you pick up more ancillary income from things such as parking and health clubs. I think this year will be good in terms of income for commercial properties, and next year will be great.”

Furthermore, the market does not suffer from excess construction. “There was huge overbuilding in the late 1980s which really hurt the market when we had a recession,” says Joseph Gyourko, also a professor of real estate at Wharton. “But for the most part real estate did not get overbuilt before the last downturn.” Nor do developers’ plans seem excessive. One reason is that banks have become more conservative in their lending, requiring developers to show that their buildings will be fully leased. Another is that the soaring price for concrete and steel (a product of China’s massive construction boom) has made new construction costly. The result, of course, is limited supply at a time of growing demand, which suggests that prices have further to rise.

Ultimately, say many experts, investors should be asking how commercial real estate compares with other investments. And next to stocks and bonds, it remains attractive. “If you do CAPM or other risk pricing models, you find that real estate remains 15 to 35% underpriced based on its cash stream and its risk profile relative to other alternatives,” says Linneman. In other words, not only does real estate give investors a better current income than debt or equity, but it’s safer.

The reason is simple: commercial real estate is a lease claim on the same companies that make up the S&P 500. If a company runs out of cash, it will always pay its rent before it pays a dividend and will usually pay rent before it makes debt payments. “Real estate has a risk profile closer to bonds, but it’s trading as if it’s equity,” says Linneman.

Largely because of this comparatively attractive income stream, the institutional investors are unlikely to abandon the market. This may be true even if cap rates fall farther. Because institutional investors often pay with cash, they can accept lower cap rates: Without interest payments, their effective yields are higher that those of more leveraged buyers. Garbutt says that TIAA-CREF has no plans to reduce its exposure to real estate. “We don’t play the short game. For us, the question is, ‘What makes sense for our participants?’ And the answer is to stay well diversified and active in all markets.”

What about interest rates? While higher rates can dampen the real estate market by raising borrowing costs, rates remain at historic lows. The Federal Reserve has signaled its intention to increase rates gradually, about a quarter point per quarter, but this may not be enough to ward off buyers. “If we saw a 200 basis point uplift in the 10-year treasury over a year, that would have some effect on real estate pricing,” comments Garbutt. “But remember that an abrupt jump in interest rates and the 10-year would affect other asset classes, too.”

Buyer Beware
None of this is to say that some real estate isn’t perilously overpriced. In particular, speculation appears to be driving the prices of many apartment buildings and condominiums to unsustainable levels. “There some people who are being wildly aggressive when it comes to pricing cash streams for apartment buildings,” says Linneman. “They are looking at a building with 45% vacancy and saying ‘I’m going to buy it as if it’s 90% occupied.’” Similarly, condominiums — which offer virtually no income stream since they are owned, not leased — are looking shaky. Between 50% and 60% are now being presold to investors who don’t plan to live in them. Once buyers stop showing up to the presales, the prices will tumble.

David Rubenstein also sees weakness in certain office markets, especially in the suburbs of Washington, D.C., and in southern California. In those markets leasing costs are rising, net operating income is falling (due to leases that tenants signed five years ago but are now up for renewal, at lower rents), and investors are taking on what he considers excessive leverage. That should produce lower prices for some properties.

And there’s always the risk of some broader meltdown that would bring down the real estate market along with stocks and bonds. Linneman argues that in this case, an investor would be wise to be in the asset that’s the least overvalued to begin with: commercial real estate.

Barring a calamity, investors should expect solid, if not spectacular, returns, says Gyourko. He predicts that while the real estate market will continue to do well, the days of double-digit appreciation are over. “Relative to historic pricing, real estate is pretty expensive, and that’s something that should make everyone think hard,” he says. “Does it mean that prices are going to fall? No it doesn’t. But it almost certainly means that the returns will be lower going forward. The million dollar question is this: Will you be disappointed relative to other things you could have done with your money?”

Commercial Real Estate’s Perfect Storm: What Lies Ahead?

In Uncategorized on January 24, 2009 at 6:33 am

By M H Ahssan

“For the last few years we’ve enjoyed a perfect storm in commercial real estate,” said Brian Lancaster, head of structured products research at Wachovia Securities, the brokerage group within Wachovia, a financial services firm with more than $541 billion in assets. “There has been a simultaneous occurrence of stabilizing rents, improving fundamentals, and really, really cheap money.”

The commercial real estate market has been on a tear in the last few years. Banks, insurance companies and institutional investors funneled money into the market because its returns, in an environment of low interest rates, exceeded those of alternative asset classes. This segment of the broader real estate market typically includes office, retail, multifamily and industrial properties.

Lancaster observed that the commercial real estate market remains strong, although “not as great as it has been in the last few years.” More than 10% of Wachovia’s assets are in commercial real estate.

Lancaster made these comments at a conference last month on Innovation and Risk Management in Real Estate Markets, sponsored by the Wharton Financial Institutions Center and Mercer Oliver Wyman, a financial services strategy and risk management consulting firm. He took part in a panel discussion about the emerging risk profile of commercial real estate lending. The other industry experts were Caroline Blakely, a vice president in multifamily housing and community development at Fannie Mae; Richard Edelstein, a professor at the Haas School of Business at the University of California at Berkeley; and Bradford Case, an economist with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

Fannie Mae’s Blakely agreed with Lancaster that investments in commercial real estate continue to be strong, adding that in the multi-family sector, “real estate fundamentals are on the mend.” U.S. demographic trends and steady job growth bode well for apartment rentals. In line with that, “vacancies are declining and asking rents are climbing,” she said. Fannie Mae is slightly less optimistic about rent growth than other institutions in the real estate industry, but nonetheless expects it to be in the 2.5% to 3.5% range over the next year.

The mortgage financing giant also does not see the expanding supply of multi-family rental properties as a threat. “We’re not concerned right now about an increase in multi-family construction, although we’re certainly watching the condo conversion market and the oversupply in condos,” Blakely said. Last year, Fannie Mae helped finance more than $25 billion in multi-family rental apartments in the U.S. The company’s portfolio of multi-family commercial real estate assets totals more than $124 billion.

Low Rates
After the 2000 dot-com crash, Wachovia’s Lancaster noted, commercial real estate revenues declined, vacancies rose and rents decreased. But since late 2001, revenues have steadily increased, with investors pouring more money into the sector. The key was the Federal Reserve flooding the market with liquidity through low interest rates, enabling commercial real estate investors to enjoy “phenomenal returns in the face of poor fundamentals,” he said. One result was extremely low levels of delinquencies and default for Wachovia’s and other banks’ commercial real estate portfolios.

While Lancaster said he remains bullish on commercial real estate returns because fundamentals have improved in recent years, he also expects to see a “significant slowdown” in price appreciation for real estate. He added that the high prices still being paid in some areas of the apartment sector are “worrisome.” However, property transactions overall have already slowed this year and buyers have been holding out for better prices, Lancaster said. In his view, this “cooling” is rational and a sign that some of the effects of higher interest rates are percolating through the system.

Lancaster noted that Wachovia’s views on the commercial real estate market are predicated on its positive economic views. The firm expects the 10-year Treasury note to rise to about 5.40% by the end of the summer, with inflation concerns easing later this year. However, he said, “all bets are off in a stagflationary scenario or if job growth tanks, or if we get real significant increases in interest rates.”

Fannie Mae’s Blakely, while also positive about prospects, sounded a further note of caution. Commercial mortgage debt outstanding as a percentage of GDP crept toward 16% in the fourth quarter of 2005, surpassing the record set in 1988, she said. In addition, 70% of conduit loans (loans that are securitized) are partly or fully interest-only loans, triple the level two years ago. With interest rates continuing to rise and more capital seeking commercial real estate deals, Fannie Mae’s worry is that debt underwriting standards could decline. The company is also “a little worried about stress levers” in the interest-only and low debt service coverage markets, added Blakely.

Edelstein, a real estate professor at the University of California at Berkeley’s business school, was less sanguine about prospects for the commercial real estate market. He agreed that commercial real estate is currently in a good position, and that the U.S. economy’s strength and resilience will benefit the industry generally. But he pointed out that the world we live in now is more global than it was 10 or 20 years ago and that capital can be rapidly pulled out of markets because of events that occur thousands of miles away. That makes commercial real estate’s status as a favored child more precarious, he said.

“Capital market integration and securitization is going on and is inevitable,” Edelstein observed. Securitization refers to the pooling together of relatively illiquid assets into more diversified financial products, whose securities are then sold to investors. This enables markets to develop by expanding their investor base and providing lower-cost financing. However, investors can now respond to new information more quickly than ever before — and in Edelstein’s view, this has the potential to create more volatility, not less.

“There has been a capital tsunami and that’s likely to continue for a while, but there’s nothing so mobile as capital,” Edelstein said. “The tsunami could flow out very, very quickly.” Events in other parts of the world could affect demand for many U.S. assets, including real estate. At the same time, the commercial real estate market’s shift in the last year or two into higher-risk and leveraged assets could exacerbate any problems that develop, he added.

What could cause this to happen? China could revalue its currency faster than expected, Edelstein said. That would translate into higher prices in the U.S., which would impact the real estate market. An unanticipated jump in U.S. interest rates could also cause investors to shed real estate very quickly. “All you need is a few performance failures, because a lot of real estate is being bought with the notion that there will be growth in fundamentals,” Edelstein noted. “I think we’re at a very high risk point in real estate,” he said.

Institutional Interest
Despite the rise of interest rates, institutional money from pension funds and other large investors continues to flow into the commercial real estate market. The robust commercial mortgage-backed securities (CMBS) market shows little sign of cooling off. CMBSs are securitizations backed by mortgages on commercial properties. Last year, U.S. CMBS issuance was a record $169 billion, up from the previous record of $93 billion in 2004, according to the Commercial Mortgage Securities Association, an industry trade group. In the first four months of this year, U.S. CMBS issuance was higher than it was during the same period last year.

Another market that has gained steam on Wall Street is the commercial real estate CDO market. A commercial real estate CDO, or collateralized debt obligation, is typically backed by a wide range of real estate debt assets, including riskier and shorter-term debt. Traditional CMBSs are usually backed by long-term fixed-rate mortgage loans. Since 2004, numerous actively managed commercial real estate CDOs have also been issued. These enable new collateral to enter and exit the CDO and have a shorter average life than the other bonds in the pool.

The result is that these CDOs have opened up narrowly financed parts of the commercial real estate market to new investors, said Wachovia’s Lancaster. Various forms of debt — such as mezzanine loans, B-notes and preferred equity — can now be included in a managed real estate CDO vehicle, which is then sold to investors all over the world. Real estate risk is thus transferred to more players in non-U.S. geographic markets, Lancaster said.

Fannie Mae’s Blakely noted that CMBS issuance forecasted for this year totals $182 billion, while commercial real estate CDOs are forecasted to reach $34 billion. She added that the growth of the CMBS market over the past 15 years has clearly benefited the commercial real estate market. Indeed, as it has grown it has also become Fannie Mae’s chief competitor for apartment building mortgages, aside from Freddie Mac. Blakely pointed out that the CMBS market views multifamily rentals as one of the stronger real estate classes — and therefore a class that CMBS issuers seek.

Analyzing Correlations
Bradford Case, an economist with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, focused his comments on the quality of data in the commercial real estate market. He noted that as the institutional market continues to expand, insufficient data could take a toll on both investments and risk management. In particular, the paucity of key performance data about markets and market segments could make managing the risk associated with a portfolio of commercial real estate assets more difficult.

Unlike the stock and bond markets, which produce a stream of intraday data, the commercial real estate market is often lucky to have monthly performance data, Case said. He noted that national real estate data sources mainly cover the larger markets, while smaller markets may or may not be included in local or regional data sources. Consequently, researchers and real estate portfolio managers tend to “analogize” between a market for which they have data and those they think are similar.

However, this can be risky since the markets may not behave as similarly as expected under all circumstances. Case noted that his comments did not necessarily reflect the views of the Federal Reserve.

“Good information comes from really deeply knowing the market,” Case said. He referred to this as “unsystematic local expertise,” since it is expertise particular to a local segment of the market. An example may be the apartment rental market in Tallahassee, as opposed to the overall commercial real estate market in Florida, which comprises many market segments that could have different characteristics and performance results. Without this local-level expertise, Case said, lending can be risky and inefficient because of the existence of an “information asymmetry problem” — a situation in which the person with better local knowledge has a leg up on a lender who is less familiar with the price and performance dynamics in that particular market.

Case also noted that managing a portfolio of commercial real estate assets requires investors and analysts to understand how asset classes within the real estate market move in relation to one another. This could involve knowing how and when asset classes in various areas are affected by factors such as unemployment and population growth — and when they’re not. He suggested that the dearth of detailed and uniform performance data in commercial real estate should also cause investors and others to question how they define a particular real estate market.

For example, the Boston office properties segment of the commercial real estate market may have a similar performance pattern to the office market in other Northeast cities, or it may be similar to the office market for large cities across the country. Alternately, it may have more in common with other real estate market segments in the Boston area than it does with office markets in other geographic areas. Too often, Case said, assumptions about how various market segments are correlated reflect seat-of-the-pants views but lack empirical support.

The Federal Reserve economist stressed that without knowing which segments of the larger market move together and which are affected by the same supply and demand shocks, it is hard to estimate correlations among returns within a portfolio, as well as default probabilities and portfolio loss distributions. He added that once various correlations are better understood, it will also be possible to make better predictions for markets that lack data — or, at least, there will be a stronger basis on which to draw analogies between markets for which information exists and those for which information does not exist.

Case said he has conducted preliminary research into correlations within segments of the U.S. commercial real estate market in more than 50 metropolitan areas. But his research is tentative and he hopes economists within the financial industry will generate better and more thorough data in the near future. As became clear at the conference, this additional knowledge — whether it confirms or refutes existing assumptions about market segments — can only help real estate investors risk-manage their portfolios better.

Indian Real Estate: Investors Are Shopping, but Are They Buying Hype?

In Uncategorized on January 24, 2009 at 6:31 am

By M H Ahssan

Drive through any of India’s major cities and it will be impossible to go a mile without running into brightly colored cranes, construction rubble and men in yellow helmets scurrying up and down skyscrapers. Commercial high rises, residential townships, industrial parks and shopping malls are exploding into existence, encouraged by both long-term and speculative investors. Oversized private equity commitments by a growing number of foreign investors and home-grown financial institutions are helping to feed the frenzy.

But several astute industry watchers have begun poking big holes in that picture. For one, they say that many foreign investors have actually brought in only a small portion of their promised investments. Second, soaring land prices and price resistance from buyers are narrowing investors’ margins significantly. Finally, they note that concerns continue to run high about the regulatory opaqueness for real estate ventures, bureaucratic red tape and the absence of title insurance, in addition to a host of other issues. India Knowledge@Wharton spoke with prominent private investors, property developers and brokerage firms to understand how these factors are tempering investors’ appetites for Indian real estate.

With yields between 30% and 40% during the past two years, India’s real estate industry has been the toast of global investment funds. But expectations for future returns have been sharply reduced to between 12% and 20% over the next few years. For many foreign investors, this means having to weigh Indian real estate opportunities against deals that offer comparable returns in other emerging markets like Eastern Europe or Latin America.

Fears of a real estate bubble and an overheated economy have led India’s central bank to require a lender cutback on real estate loans. That move has pushed up interest rates, lowering consumers’ appetites for home financing and simultaneously raising rents for apartments and offices. Most Indian real estate companies are privately held and their financial information is not readily available. The absence of comprehensive market data across product types like office, retail, industrial and residential properties further hurts the ability of investors to read the right signals, and the occasional rumor of a large deal going bust or a property developer resorting to a distress sale can damage investment sentiments far more than warranted.

More Hype than Actual Investments
Clearly, local investors understand the terrain far better than foreign investors. Much of the foreign capital committed to Indian real estate ventures has yet to be invested, says Aashish Kalra, co-founder and managing director of Trikona Capital, a private equity firm with offices in New York City, London and Mumbai. “Last year, less than $1 billion [was actually invested in] Indian real estate. That’s less than the value of half a building in Times Square,” he says. That compares with market estimates of between $15 billion and $20 billion in foreign capital headed for Indian real estate.

Kalra cited these figures during a panel discussion on real estate investing at a recent New York City event organized by The Indus Entrepreneurs (TiE), a network of entrepreneurs founded 15 years ago in Silicon Valley. “A negligible amount of foreign capital will get invested in Indian real estate in the next 24 months,” he told the panel.

Sameer Nayar, managing director and head of real estate finance-Asia Pacific at Credit Suisse, offers a similar assessment. “There is a lot of hype about capital going into Indian real estate … [but] not a lot of money is actually going in,” he says. Extracting good returns from those investments calls for significant local market expertise in dealing with regulatory and other obstacles. “You make money because you can deal with the problems, and that’s why your returns could be 50%,” he adds. “If it were an easy market to work in, you would make only 15%.”

Short-term Disenchantment
In April 2006, Trikona Capital group firm Trinity Capital raised 250 million pounds ($500 million) for Indian real estate investment in a public offering through London’s Alternative Investment Market (AIM). Kalra says his company has deployed about $400 million in Indian real estate projects over the past year.

Including Trinity, about a dozen real estate funds targeting India have raised a combined $2 billion in the past year through listings on the AIM. Most of them are currently trading at levels significantly below their offer prices, revealing investor disenchantment. Trinity’s share made its debut in April 2006 at one pound; it now trades at about 86 pence. Hirco, an Isle of Man-domiciled company promoted by the Mumbai-based Hiranandani Constructions group, raised about 382 million pounds ($755 million) from its IPO last December; since then, its shares have lost considerable sheen, down from 5 pounds to about 390 pence in the second week of May. Exceptions include Unitech Corporate Parks, which listed on the AIM last December at 93 pence and now trades at 96.25 pence.

“We see the opportunity [in Indian real estate], but we also see the risks and challenges involved,” says Chanakya Chakravarti, managing director of real estate at Actis, a London-based private equity fund that manages assets of about $3.4 billion. Actis plans to set up a $300 million India real estate fund. It already has two other existing funds with an estimated equity of $475 million that have invested in Indian real estate, auto ancillaries and other industries. “Each fund has a unique risk-return profile, and we work with these. For us, India is a long-term story,” he adds.

Chakravarti lists three main risks or challenges that real estate investors in India will be up against in the short term. The first, he says, is an oversupply of office space in the major and second-tier cities. A hazy regulatory framework fostering indecision and delayed investments is another concern. Finally, he notes, opaque deal-making processes that narrow the exit routes will deter serious investors.

“The property market today is rife with uncertainties. Prices as well as interest rates have been rising,” says Anuj Puri, managing director of real estate services firm Trammell Crow Meghraj, the Indian joint venture of Dallas, Tex.-based real estate services firm Trammell Crow and the Meghraj Group, a financial services firm in London. “It is not advisable to expect any short-term gains; but of course, for long-term investors, India’s strong fundamentals are still intact. A long-term investor can expect average returns of 15% to 20% per year.”

Vikas Oberoi, managing director of Oberoi Constructions in Mumbai, says the risk-return profile for real estate investments is far brighter for those who have accumulated land inventory at prices much lower than prevailing levels. “The average net margin in today’s market is 20% to 25%; we can easily do 15% better than the market,” he says. Oberoi claims his company can achieve those higher returns because, among other reasons, “most of the land has been bought earlier.”

Oberoi Constructions has an inventory of 15 million square feet of mostly prime land in Mumbai. At today’s prices, Oberoi expects it to generate gross revenues of $2.2 billion. The company is focused mostly on for-sale residential apartments, although it dabbles in shopping malls, hotels and other commercial property lines. Oberoi expects his company to post $200 million in revenue this year, rising to $300 million in 2008.

This past January, Morgan Stanley’s Special Situations Fund invested $152 million for a 10.75% stake in Oberoi Constructions, effectively valuing the company at about $1.4 billion. Oberoi says the untapped upside in his company’s land bank was a major attraction for the institutional suitors it attracted. For instance, five years ago it bought a land lot with 8 million square feet in Mumbai’s northwestern suburb of Goregaon for Rs. 100 crore ($24 million). Oberoi says the property would be worth 20 times more today.

“Where is the supply? There is only demand,” says Oberoi. “In fact, I want the market to stabilize or [prices to] come down because then we would get land at cheaper prices. It is absolutely a seller’s market.”

Second-tier Migration
The most visible changes in the Indian real estate sector include the emergence of well defined product categories, the division of the market into tiered cities and a widening of financing options.

In the past, real estate was sold either as residential or as commercial property. With the maturing of the market and globalization of the investor base, the categories have been sharpened and new ones established. “Investors in the residential market are very different from the office and retail space investor,” says Sanjeev Dasgupta, CFO and head of investments at Kshitij Investment Advisory Services, part of the Future Group, a large Mumbai-based owner of shopping malls across the country. In the residential sector, investors are in for high returns and are willing to take high risks, he says. This also allows for easy exit, although the risk of a mismatch between potential and real returns is high, he adds.

According to Poonam Mahtani, a national director of retail services firm Colliers International in India, “The investment risk is lower in the metros, but prices there are much higher than those in tier II cities.” Several equity funds have consciously focused on tier II cities, because they believe that this offers the most potential. “Land prices are skyrocketing. Buying to sell is a very risky strategy. Land prices are way beyond levels that will generate a decent return. It doesn’t make sense to invest any more unless you go to second- or third-tier markets.”

Kalra, too, sees the markets outside of India’s major cities as the most attractive, simply because they are not the low-hanging fruit sought by the early crop of investors with relatively lower risk appetites. “There are lots of opportunities outside the main metros. India has 30 cities with a population of a million people each,” he says. Adds Dasgupta, “The returns are huge in tier II cities, where there is a large untapped potential.” He believes that this sector will see a rental yield of 12% to 14% in the next few years.

In office space, experts see a migration towards second-tier cities. A recent report by Deutsche Bank on real estate trends notes, “As the demand for modern space has continually increased, new office locations have had to be developed in the south and east of the urban area (Mumbai and Delhi).” In Mumbai, secondary business districts have emerged in recent years, including the Bandra-Kurla complex in the central suburbs, 25 miles from the old commercial hubs in the southern end of the city.

Much-needed Transparency
For foreign investors, one troubling fact is a pan-India phenomenon: inadequate transparency in land valuations they use to price their investments. In an interview last month, M. Damodaran, chairman of the Securities and Exchange Board of India, discussed the lack of clarity in real estate companies’ disclosures, especially with respect to their land banks. “We sought clarity … on matters like, ‘What does your land bank comprise, [and] what are the valuation aspects you have indicated?’” he told the India news wire service. “Where there is only an agreement to develop land, there must be complete disclosure. All such agreements are to be made available for inspection,” he said, adding that he preferred land valuations to be made at current prices and not on the basis of future projections.

Trammell Crow Meghraj’s Puri agrees. “There is a marked lack of transparency, corporate governance and accountability among India’s real estate developers. There also continues to be a serious lack of quality infrastructure. In addition, India scores low in terms of congenial political environment in terms of the real estate sector. This means that there is a lack of clarity in pertinent policies.”

But Puri also believes those issues will soon fade away as India’s real estate markets mature. “Although real estate is a regional and highly location-specific industry, India will replicate the events that occurred in emerging markets like Mexico and Central Eastern Europe [including Russia, Bulgaria and Poland],” he says. “In these countries, too, foreign investments were the primary drivers for transparency, accountability and higher capital appreciation in the real estate sector.”

Indian Real Estate Firms Face a Reality Check

In india blog, hyderabad blog, electiions 2009, india elections, vote india, m h ahssan, hyderabad news network, on January 24, 2009 at 6:29 am

By M H Ahssan

Future economic historians may remember the month that just ended as Black September. Lehman Brothers collapsed; the Bank of America acquired Merrill Lynch; AIG was nationalized; banks such as Washington Mutual and Wachovia were wiped out. As credit and finance markets around the world tumbled like ninepins, so did stock markets in India, with the Bombay Stock Exchange Sensitive Index (Sensex) falling 3.35% or 469 points on September 15. The worst affected was the realty index which dropped 7.6% on the same day. Since then, while stocks prices in India have seen massive swings, shares of real estate firms have remained depressed, falling a total of 20% as of October 1.

In addition to housing stocks, home prices are taking a beating. By some estimates, prices have dropped by 25% in certain urban markets. While in the U.S. — and also in Britain — the subprime mortgage mess has seen home prices fall dramatically, in India, such slowdowns have been rare — at least in the past. Prices may soften, sales activity may slow and occasionally a distress sale occurs, but there has not been an overall fall in home prices. “India has not seen a boom-bust cycle in real estate mainly because the industry is still nascent,” says Anurag Mathur, joint managing director of Cushman & Wakefield, a global real estate solutions company. “India has not seen a boom and bust cycle in almost any sector,” adds Rajesh Chakrabarti, a professor of finance at the Hyderabad-based Indian School of Business (ISB). “While there have been variations, we have not had cycles of the kind we see in the developed countries. It is only after liberalization that the Indian economy has been seeing more cyclical movements.”

According to Irfan Razack, chairman and managing director of the Prestige Group, a Bangalore-based real estate developer: “We have boom and bust cycles in India but because of our huge population, the demand keeps growing and that sustains the industry. You can build for the next 100 years and there will still be demand for housing in this country.”

India has inadequate data on the real estate sector. For instance, no one tracks housing starts, an indicator that is regarded in many countries as an important yardstick of economic health. However, several real estate companies have gone public during the past couple of years, which makes information more transparent. Secondly, equity analysts have begun tracking these companies and the real estate industry.

Still, confusion continues. Consider the reaction of the markets to the Lehman collapse. Real estate was hit for two reasons. Lehman had invested $200 million in DLF Assets, a company belonging to DLF, India’s largest real estate company. It had also acquired a 50% stake in Unitech’s Mumbai project for $175 million. (Unitech is India’s second largest real estate company.) Among other Lehman investments or proposed investments were those in the Mumbai-based Peninsula Land Ltd. and Housing Development & Infrastructure Ltd. (HDIL).

The market was worried that if the money had not already been received, the projects would be in limbo. Most companies (Unitech, for one) claim that the cash is already sitting in their bank accounts so there is no cause for concern. Others, like HDIL, have said the deals were not with Lehman Brothers but with sister companies. These are unlikely to be affected.

The crunch might hit in the future. “With banks reducing their exposure to real estate, coupled with rising interest rates and volatile stock markets diluting the confidence of retail investors over the past one year, private equity investments have emerged as one of the most important sources of capital for real estate developers,” says a FICCI-Ernst & Young (E&Y) report on the Indian real estate market released in early September. “The overall private equity investments reported in the real estate sector in India from August 2007 to July 2008 are estimated to be more than $5 billion.” This tap could be turned off as a result of the financial crisis in the U.S.

Real estate investors in India were also worried that Lehman might resort to a fire sale of its assets. While India has a three-year lock-in period for foreign direct investment (FDI) in real estate, it is unclear whether this applies when a company declares bankruptcy. The government is holding a meeting to decide the norms in such cases. The other issue is that Lehman holds small stakes — bought from the market or in bulk deals — in real estate and infrastructure companies such as IVRCL Infrastructure, Consolidated Constructions, Orbit Corporation and Vijay Shanti Builders. Here, too, there was the possibility of a fire sale, encouraging other investors to bail out.

Temporary Slowdown

Amid this gloom and the real estate-bashing that is going on in the market, many people are optimistic about the sector. Even the bears see only a temporary slowdown. “The Asia-Pacific property markets, which have seen a rapid run-up in rents and capital values in recent years, are now entering a slowdown that will continue over the next 12 months at least,” says a report by real estate consultants Jones Lang LaSalle (JLL). Shobhit Agarwal, joint managing director (capital markets) of JLL Meghraj (JLLM), the global company’s Indian division, says there is still some pain left. “There is now a period of stagnation, soon to be followed by a fall in prices in certain sectors and locations. Certain overheated micro-markets will see a 5% to 15% price decline. A correction of up to 10% is also expected in South Mumbai, some locations in Mumbai’s suburbs, and certain areas of New Delhi that have seen unrealistic price trends…. The market will eventually consolidate.”

“In the short term, we expect the market to consolidate,” echoes a spokesperson of DHL. “We have not been impacted by any slowdown. We have launched many premium residential projects across the country during the past six months and have gotten a very good response. We feel that the market is moving in the right direction and there is no bubble to burst.”

“In the past three to four years there has been a huge inflow of companies and funds in the real estate sector,” says Chakrabarti of ISB. “It is possible that there may be a bit of a shake out and consolidation now. Given the fact that we have already seen a 20% to 25% correction, I don’t expect prices to fall much further. It will probably now grow at a decent enough rate. Also, infrastructure development is a major area of emphasis and this will fuel real estate prices, especially in the smaller towns.”

The problem seems to have affected residential property rather than commercial real estate or infrastructure developers. Several factors have contributed to this. First, the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) has been raising interest rates to tackle inflation. As a result, housing finance companies have had to raise rates on loans. In 2004, interest rates on housing loans were 7.75%; they have now gone up to 12.75%. On a $50,000 loan borrowed for a period of 20 years in 2004, the interest burden was around $48,000. This has now gone up to more than $100,000.

Most housing loans in India are at variable rather than fixed interest rates, which means that monthly mortgage payments — or EMIs (equated monthly installments), as they are called in India — go up when interest rates rise. As a first measure, housing finance companies increase the term of the loans. When that period extends beyond the working life of the home buyer, the EMIs are increased. Housing finance companies typically consider EMIs up to 50% of net income. If, in extreme cases, these payments double, home buyers can be left with nothing to live on.

Understandably, defaults on loan repayments are increasing. While specific numbers are hard to come by, bankers say this could develop into a crisis. The financial meltdown in the U.S. — and the turmoil in the finance sector, which is a key market for information technology and IT-enabled services — has seen a large number of finance professionals lose their jobs. These young, upwardly-mobile executives were the new generation of house buyers. They are now saving for the proverbial rainy day — which has arrived. Confidence levels are down and house purchase plans have been put on the backburner.

Finance companies and banks are also being careful about approving loans. Their vetting process is taking more time. Even people who want loans and have the capacity to service their EMIs are being put through greater scrutiny.

Business as Usual?

India’s largest mortgage company, Housing Development Finance Corporation (HDFC), however, says that it is business as usual. As Renu Karnad, HDFC joint managing director, told CNBC TV 18: “The demand story is a compelling one. Its plot is often repeated by HDFC’s senior management that younger and younger Indians are opting for home loans. The average age of borrowers is down from 40 years to 35 years. Thanks to tax breaks, the effective cost of a loan works out to a moderate 6%. Unquenchable housing demand has the country short of 25 million homes. The loan market is a vast untapped one yet. It has taken 30 years for mortgage penetration to grow from 2.5% to 6% of GDP. With middle India kicking in, HDFC is confident that unlike other consumer goods, home loans are not that vulnerable to a slowing economy.”

The FICCI E&Y survey agrees. “Despite the momentary slowdown witnessed over the past 12 months, 62% of developers foresee Indian real estate embarking upon a high growth trajectory in the long term,” says the study. It does, however, point to one change. Real estate had become a speculators’ haven. Now, seeing no hope of quick returns, they are bailing out. Builders believe it’s the speculators who are responsible for the perceived slump. Once they are squeezed out — many are selling at whatever price they can get to take care of their stock market losses — things will return to normal. The study notes, “Respondents believe that genuine end-users have taken over from investors and account for 80% to 90% of sales in their current projects.”

What are real estate companies doing to deal with the downturn? Well, they are putting their eggs in different baskets. In a way, it is a replay of the rush into real estate. Over the past decade, companies with no experience in property development had entered the market. Some had legitimate reasons. The textile mills in Mumbai, for instance, had been priced out of the market because of high labor costs. One of the first off the block — Phoenix Mills — has converted itself into a commercial, residential and entertainment complex. In August this year it raised 200 million euros from German real estate fund MPC Synergy for further development. Morarjee Mills has moved its operations to smaller (and cheaper) cities. Its properties are being developed by its real estate wing — Peninsula Land.

In addition to the textile mills, 70-year-old Nesco Engineering, a moribund company, is today thriving because it has set up an exhibition center on its Mumbai property and has plans for an IT park. Media Video, an electronics games manufacturer and distributor, has recently listed its real estate subsidiary MVL. Its market capitalization at $87 million is eight times that of its parent. The Kolkata-based Emami group, a FMCG player, has moved into malls and housing complexes.

Now, real estate companies are exploring new investment opportunities. Builders of residential property are taking to developing commercial space. Others, such as Raheja — a leading homebuilder — are constructing special economic zones. Omaxe is modernizing and maintaining airstrips. DLF, Unitech and Omaxe are bidding for road projects being offered by the National Highways Authority of India. The Brigade Group is building a health spa in Chikmagalur near Bangalore. It will run the spa in tandem with Singapore-based hospitality brands Banyan Tree and Angsana. Sobha Developers already has an ayurvedic spa offering the traditional Kerala ayurvedic massage at Sobha City in Thrissur in Kerala.

Overseas Markets

The second trend is a move abroad to market real estate companies’ products, raise funds, source raw materials and launch projects. PRA Realty has set up shop in Chicago to be closer to venture funds. It has also opened a marketing office in Dubai. According to JLLM, non-resident Indians (NRIs) are major buyers of Indian properties, accounting for up to 25% in certain categories.

Sobha Developers has opened an office in China, from which it sources a lot of raw material. It is building a five-star hotel in Dubai. Parsvnath Builders has a subsidiary in Singapore. Puravankara Projects has started operations in Sri Lanka to build super luxury villas on the outskirts of capital Colombo. It already has a presence in the UAE. “Considering that every market is subject to fluctuations, diversification is certainly the best hedging tool for avoiding the pitfalls of sudden downward movements in any sector,” says Agarwal of JLLM. “If one component fails to generate anticipated returns, others will compensate.”

Other real estate companies are casting their nets wider and embracing every opportunity that comes their way. Unitech has already made a foray into telecom. It is now eyeing insurance. Preliminary talks are on with a foreign major. Omaxe is moving into steel and cement. It has on its drawing board plans for a medical college and a hospital.

Mantri Realty has earmarked $500 million for a thermal power plant in Nagpur. The Hyderabad-based JR Realtors has aquired a 10% stake in Pennar Aluminium. Indiabulls Real Estate is setting up a solar power plant in the Bastar region of Chhattisgarh. Sobha has even moved into retailing mattresses under the brandname Restoplus. IT major Infosys has already placed the first order.

HDIL has lined up a whole array of diversifications. It is getting into entertainment under the Broadway brand name. It plans to invest $200 million in a chain of 150 theaters. It is also building a coal-fired power plant. It will begin power trading soon. In perhaps the oddest move, it is bidding for oil and gas exploration blocks being auctioned by the government. “Although oil and gas is completely disconnected from our core business and what we are doing now, I can say that it will help in providing better services to customers who we serve in our projects,” Sarang Wadhawan, managing director of HDIL, told business daily Mint recently.

“In the long run, given that the India growth story is likely to continue, real estate prices will certainly increase,” says Chakrabarti of ISB. “However, they will not see a meteoric rise as they did earlier. It will be a more stable market. Real estate companies are therefore diversifying into different areas where they expect better growth (like telecom). This is probably not so much by choice as by compulsion. It also reduces their risks. In some sense it is sensible given that the market conditions have changed, but whether it plays out in the long run remains to be seen. In general [not just with regard to real estate] unrelated diversifications don’t work out very well.”

The efforts of various companies haven’t had much impact on their share prices. As a high share price is necessary for fund raising, some companies are trying financial engineering. DLF, for instance, has announced a share buyback, but it is also seeking fresh funds. Analysts wonder how the two can go together. “Promoters work in the best interests of the company,” responds a DLF spokesperson. “The DLF share has been quoting much below its intrinsic value. We see the share buyback decision as a highly attractive opportunity for our shareholders and a strategic move of sharing returns with investors.” HDIL, meanwhile, has come out with a 2:7 bonus issue. All this doesn’t appear to have helped sentiments much; both the shares — as with most real estate companies — are quoting below their original IPO price.

“The companies that went public rode the boom, and they will bounce back once the markets and the sector picks up,” says Razack of the Prestige Group. “At that time the valuations were so aggressive that we were also tempted to go public. We didn’t do it because one can’t really show quarter-on-quarter growth in real estate. It becomes more [like] window dressing.”

Affordable Housing

Another major area into which many real estate firms are moving is affordable housing. Puravankara has set up a wholly-owned subsidiary — Provident Housing & Infrastructure — which will build 64,500 homes in Bangalore, Chennai, Hyderabad and Coimbatore over the next five years. Omaxe has set up the 100%-owned National Affordable Housing and Infrastructure, which will invest $20 billion over the next five years in building one million such homes. Many other builders are also climbing on the bandwagon.

The rush is partly explained by the response to government-led housing programs. The public sector Maharashtra Housing and Area Development Authority (MHADA) plans to sell 600 low-priced apartments in Mumbai around Diwali. They will be priced around $50 a sq. ft., at a time when market rates are four times as high. MHADA expects 200,000 applications; there will be a lottery to decide the buyers. Demand for such housing is obviously very strong. A similar prgram earlier this year for 900 apartments attracted 65,000 applications. In Delhi too, the Delhi Development Authority has received 850,000 applications for 5,010 low-cost apartments.

“Affordable housing, until now, was not a part of the Indian real estate sector boom,” says the FICCI-E&Y report. “However, affordable housing has recently attracted attention from prominent developers and private equity players. The investment rationale for this asset class largely encompasses an early mover advantage, volume-driven profitability, priority-sector status accorded by government and subsidized land costs, among other drivers.”

Yet skeptics see dangers here. First, affordable housing may end up as substandard housing as builders cut costs to maintain margins. Second, affordable housing will go to the less-privileged classes, financed by easier norms for bank loans. Earlier this year, the government wrote off $15 billion of farm loans, which severely impacted its finances. Some observers fear that “affordable home loans” could face a similar fate. They are, after all, subprime mortgages of the kind that sparked the housing crisis in the U.S.

The consensus view about Indian real estate is that the slowdown is temporary but lots of reasons exist for optimism about the future. “Short-term concerns on the sector remain,” says a report by research house Enam Securities. “End user demand (is) subdued on account of high capital values and global uncertainty keeping the capital markets under check. Developers remain strapped for liquidity. However, the long-term outlook (is) still positive. Favorable demographics, increased urbanization and higher disposable incomes will result in continued demand.” According to Mathur of Cushman & Wakefield, “If you believe in the India story, the outlook for real estate, which is a critical part of the whole development process, is bright. I am very bullish about it.”

Indian Real Estate Firms Face a Reality Check

In Uncategorized on January 24, 2009 at 6:29 am

By M H Ahssan

Future economic historians may remember the month that just ended as Black September. Lehman Brothers collapsed; the Bank of America acquired Merrill Lynch; AIG was nationalized; banks such as Washington Mutual and Wachovia were wiped out. As credit and finance markets around the world tumbled like ninepins, so did stock markets in India, with the Bombay Stock Exchange Sensitive Index (Sensex) falling 3.35% or 469 points on September 15. The worst affected was the realty index which dropped 7.6% on the same day. Since then, while stocks prices in India have seen massive swings, shares of real estate firms have remained depressed, falling a total of 20% as of October 1.

In addition to housing stocks, home prices are taking a beating. By some estimates, prices have dropped by 25% in certain urban markets. While in the U.S. — and also in Britain — the subprime mortgage mess has seen home prices fall dramatically, in India, such slowdowns have been rare — at least in the past. Prices may soften, sales activity may slow and occasionally a distress sale occurs, but there has not been an overall fall in home prices. “India has not seen a boom-bust cycle in real estate mainly because the industry is still nascent,” says Anurag Mathur, joint managing director of Cushman & Wakefield, a global real estate solutions company. “India has not seen a boom and bust cycle in almost any sector,” adds Rajesh Chakrabarti, a professor of finance at the Hyderabad-based Indian School of Business (ISB). “While there have been variations, we have not had cycles of the kind we see in the developed countries. It is only after liberalization that the Indian economy has been seeing more cyclical movements.”

According to Irfan Razack, chairman and managing director of the Prestige Group, a Bangalore-based real estate developer: “We have boom and bust cycles in India but because of our huge population, the demand keeps growing and that sustains the industry. You can build for the next 100 years and there will still be demand for housing in this country.”

India has inadequate data on the real estate sector. For instance, no one tracks housing starts, an indicator that is regarded in many countries as an important yardstick of economic health. However, several real estate companies have gone public during the past couple of years, which makes information more transparent. Secondly, equity analysts have begun tracking these companies and the real estate industry.

Still, confusion continues. Consider the reaction of the markets to the Lehman collapse. Real estate was hit for two reasons. Lehman had invested $200 million in DLF Assets, a company belonging to DLF, India’s largest real estate company. It had also acquired a 50% stake in Unitech’s Mumbai project for $175 million. (Unitech is India’s second largest real estate company.) Among other Lehman investments or proposed investments were those in the Mumbai-based Peninsula Land Ltd. and Housing Development & Infrastructure Ltd. (HDIL).

The market was worried that if the money had not already been received, the projects would be in limbo. Most companies (Unitech, for one) claim that the cash is already sitting in their bank accounts so there is no cause for concern. Others, like HDIL, have said the deals were not with Lehman Brothers but with sister companies. These are unlikely to be affected.

The crunch might hit in the future. “With banks reducing their exposure to real estate, coupled with rising interest rates and volatile stock markets diluting the confidence of retail investors over the past one year, private equity investments have emerged as one of the most important sources of capital for real estate developers,” says a FICCI-Ernst & Young (E&Y) report on the Indian real estate market released in early September. “The overall private equity investments reported in the real estate sector in India from August 2007 to July 2008 are estimated to be more than $5 billion.” This tap could be turned off as a result of the financial crisis in the U.S.

Real estate investors in India were also worried that Lehman might resort to a fire sale of its assets. While India has a three-year lock-in period for foreign direct investment (FDI) in real estate, it is unclear whether this applies when a company declares bankruptcy. The government is holding a meeting to decide the norms in such cases. The other issue is that Lehman holds small stakes — bought from the market or in bulk deals — in real estate and infrastructure companies such as IVRCL Infrastructure, Consolidated Constructions, Orbit Corporation and Vijay Shanti Builders. Here, too, there was the possibility of a fire sale, encouraging other investors to bail out.

Temporary Slowdown
Amid this gloom and the real estate-bashing that is going on in the market, many people are optimistic about the sector. Even the bears see only a temporary slowdown. “The Asia-Pacific property markets, which have seen a rapid run-up in rents and capital values in recent years, are now entering a slowdown that will continue over the next 12 months at least,” says a report by real estate consultants Jones Lang LaSalle (JLL). Shobhit Agarwal, joint managing director (capital markets) of JLL Meghraj (JLLM), the global company’s Indian division, says there is still some pain left. “There is now a period of stagnation, soon to be followed by a fall in prices in certain sectors and locations. Certain overheated micro-markets will see a 5% to 15% price decline. A correction of up to 10% is also expected in South Mumbai, some locations in Mumbai’s suburbs, and certain areas of New Delhi that have seen unrealistic price trends…. The market will eventually consolidate.”

“In the short term, we expect the market to consolidate,” echoes a spokesperson of DHL. “We have not been impacted by any slowdown. We have launched many premium residential projects across the country during the past six months and have gotten a very good response. We feel that the market is moving in the right direction and there is no bubble to burst.”

“In the past three to four years there has been a huge inflow of companies and funds in the real estate sector,” says Chakrabarti of ISB. “It is possible that there may be a bit of a shake out and consolidation now. Given the fact that we have already seen a 20% to 25% correction, I don’t expect prices to fall much further. It will probably now grow at a decent enough rate. Also, infrastructure development is a major area of emphasis and this will fuel real estate prices, especially in the smaller towns.”

The problem seems to have affected residential property rather than commercial real estate or infrastructure developers. Several factors have contributed to this. First, the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) has been raising interest rates to tackle inflation. As a result, housing finance companies have had to raise rates on loans. In 2004, interest rates on housing loans were 7.75%; they have now gone up to 12.75%. On a $50,000 loan borrowed for a period of 20 years in 2004, the interest burden was around $48,000. This has now gone up to more than $100,000.

Most housing loans in India are at variable rather than fixed interest rates, which means that monthly mortgage payments — or EMIs (equated monthly installments), as they are called in India — go up when interest rates rise. As a first measure, housing finance companies increase the term of the loans. When that period extends beyond the working life of the home buyer, the EMIs are increased. Housing finance companies typically consider EMIs up to 50% of net income. If, in extreme cases, these payments double, home buyers can be left with nothing to live on.

Understandably, defaults on loan repayments are increasing. While specific numbers are hard to come by, bankers say this could develop into a crisis. The financial meltdown in the U.S. — and the turmoil in the finance sector, which is a key market for information technology and IT-enabled services — has seen a large number of finance professionals lose their jobs. These young, upwardly-mobile executives were the new generation of house buyers. They are now saving for the proverbial rainy day — which has arrived. Confidence levels are down and house purchase plans have been put on the backburner.

Finance companies and banks are also being careful about approving loans. Their vetting process is taking more time. Even people who want loans and have the capacity to service their EMIs are being put through greater scrutiny.

Business as Usual?
India’s largest mortgage company, Housing Development Finance Corporation (HDFC), however, says that it is business as usual. As Renu Karnad, HDFC joint managing director, told CNBC TV 18: “The demand story is a compelling one. Its plot is often repeated by HDFC’s senior management that younger and younger Indians are opting for home loans. The average age of borrowers is down from 40 years to 35 years. Thanks to tax breaks, the effective cost of a loan works out to a moderate 6%. Unquenchable housing demand has the country short of 25 million homes. The loan market is a vast untapped one yet. It has taken 30 years for mortgage penetration to grow from 2.5% to 6% of GDP. With middle India kicking in, HDFC is confident that unlike other consumer goods, home loans are not that vulnerable to a slowing economy.”

The FICCI E&Y survey agrees. “Despite the momentary slowdown witnessed over the past 12 months, 62% of developers foresee Indian real estate embarking upon a high growth trajectory in the long term,” says the study. It does, however, point to one change. Real estate had become a speculators’ haven. Now, seeing no hope of quick returns, they are bailing out. Builders believe it’s the speculators who are responsible for the perceived slump. Once they are squeezed out — many are selling at whatever price they can get to take care of their stock market losses — things will return to normal. The study notes, “Respondents believe that genuine end-users have taken over from investors and account for 80% to 90% of sales in their current projects.”

What are real estate companies doing to deal with the downturn? Well, they are putting their eggs in different baskets. In a way, it is a replay of the rush into real estate. Over the past decade, companies with no experience in property development had entered the market. Some had legitimate reasons. The textile mills in Mumbai, for instance, had been priced out of the market because of high labor costs. One of the first off the block — Phoenix Mills — has converted itself into a commercial, residential and entertainment complex. In August this year it raised 200 million euros from German real estate fund MPC Synergy for further development. Morarjee Mills has moved its operations to smaller (and cheaper) cities. Its properties are being developed by its real estate wing — Peninsula Land.

In addition to the textile mills, 70-year-old Nesco Engineering, a moribund company, is today thriving because it has set up an exhibition center on its Mumbai property and has plans for an IT park. Media Video, an electronics games manufacturer and distributor, has recently listed its real estate subsidiary MVL. Its market capitalization at $87 million is eight times that of its parent. The Kolkata-based Emami group, a FMCG player, has moved into malls and housing complexes.

Now, real estate companies are exploring new investment opportunities. Builders of residential property are taking to developing commercial space. Others, such as Raheja — a leading homebuilder — are constructing special economic zones. Omaxe is modernizing and maintaining airstrips. DLF, Unitech and Omaxe are bidding for road projects being offered by the National Highways Authority of India. The Brigade Group is building a health spa in Chikmagalur near Bangalore. It will run the spa in tandem with Singapore-based hospitality brands Banyan Tree and Angsana. Sobha Developers already has an ayurvedic spa offering the traditional Kerala ayurvedic massage at Sobha City in Thrissur in Kerala.

Overseas Markets
The second trend is a move abroad to market real estate companies’ products, raise funds, source raw materials and launch projects. PRA Realty has set up shop in Chicago to be closer to venture funds. It has also opened a marketing office in Dubai. According to JLLM, non-resident Indians (NRIs) are major buyers of Indian properties, accounting for up to 25% in certain categories.

Sobha Developers has opened an office in China, from which it sources a lot of raw material. It is building a five-star hotel in Dubai. Parsvnath Builders has a subsidiary in Singapore. Puravankara Projects has started operations in Sri Lanka to build super luxury villas on the outskirts of capital Colombo. It already has a presence in the UAE. “Considering that every market is subject to fluctuations, diversification is certainly the best hedging tool for avoiding the pitfalls of sudden downward movements in any sector,” says Agarwal of JLLM. “If one component fails to generate anticipated returns, others will compensate.”

Other real estate companies are casting their nets wider and embracing every opportunity that comes their way. Unitech has already made a foray into telecom. It is now eyeing insurance. Preliminary talks are on with a foreign major. Omaxe is moving into steel and cement. It has on its drawing board plans for a medical college and a hospital.

Mantri Realty has earmarked $500 million for a thermal power plant in Nagpur. The Hyderabad-based JR Realtors has aquired a 10% stake in Pennar Aluminium. Indiabulls Real Estate is setting up a solar power plant in the Bastar region of Chhattisgarh. Sobha has even moved into retailing mattresses under the brandname Restoplus. IT major Infosys has already placed the first order.

HDIL has lined up a whole array of diversifications. It is getting into entertainment under the Broadway brand name. It plans to invest $200 million in a chain of 150 theaters. It is also building a coal-fired power plant. It will begin power trading soon. In perhaps the oddest move, it is bidding for oil and gas exploration blocks being auctioned by the government. “Although oil and gas is completely disconnected from our core business and what we are doing now, I can say that it will help in providing better services to customers who we serve in our projects,” Sarang Wadhawan, managing director of HDIL, told business daily Mint recently.

“In the long run, given that the India growth story is likely to continue, real estate prices will certainly increase,” says Chakrabarti of ISB. “However, they will not see a meteoric rise as they did earlier. It will be a more stable market. Real estate companies are therefore diversifying into different areas where they expect better growth (like telecom). This is probably not so much by choice as by compulsion. It also reduces their risks. In some sense it is sensible given that the market conditions have changed, but whether it plays out in the long run remains to be seen. In general [not just with regard to real estate] unrelated diversifications don’t work out very well.”

The efforts of various companies haven’t had much impact on their share prices. As a high share price is necessary for fund raising, some companies are trying financial engineering. DLF, for instance, has announced a share buyback, but it is also seeking fresh funds. Analysts wonder how the two can go together. “Promoters work in the best interests of the company,” responds a DLF spokesperson. “The DLF share has been quoting much below its intrinsic value. We see the share buyback decision as a highly attractive opportunity for our shareholders and a strategic move of sharing returns with investors.” HDIL, meanwhile, has come out with a 2:7 bonus issue. All this doesn’t appear to have helped sentiments much; both the shares — as with most real estate companies — are quoting below their original IPO price.

“The companies that went public rode the boom, and they will bounce back once the markets and the sector picks up,” says Razack of the Prestige Group. “At that time the valuations were so aggressive that we were also tempted to go public. We didn’t do it because one can’t really show quarter-on-quarter growth in real estate. It becomes more [like] window dressing.”

Affordable Housing

Another major area into which many real estate firms are moving is affordable housing. Puravankara has set up a wholly-owned subsidiary — Provident Housing & Infrastructure — which will build 64,500 homes in Bangalore, Chennai, Hyderabad and Coimbatore over the next five years. Omaxe has set up the 100%-owned National Affordable Housing and Infrastructure, which will invest $20 billion over the next five years in building one million such homes. Many other builders are also climbing on the bandwagon.

The rush is partly explained by the response to government-led housing programs. The public sector Maharashtra Housing and Area Development Authority (MHADA) plans to sell 600 low-priced apartments in Mumbai around Diwali. They will be priced around $50 a sq. ft., at a time when market rates are four times as high. MHADA expects 200,000 applications; there will be a lottery to decide the buyers. Demand for such housing is obviously very strong. A similar prgram earlier this year for 900 apartments attracted 65,000 applications. In Delhi too, the Delhi Development Authority has received 850,000 applications for 5,010 low-cost apartments.

“Affordable housing, until now, was not a part of the Indian real estate sector boom,” says the FICCI-E&Y report. “However, affordable housing has recently attracted attention from prominent developers and private equity players. The investment rationale for this asset class largely encompasses an early mover advantage, volume-driven profitability, priority-sector status accorded by government and subsidized land costs, among other drivers.”

Yet skeptics see dangers here. First, affordable housing may end up as substandard housing as builders cut costs to maintain margins. Second, affordable housing will go to the less-privileged classes, financed by easier norms for bank loans. Earlier this year, the government wrote off $15 billion of farm loans, which severely impacted its finances. Some observers fear that “affordable home loans” could face a similar fate. They are, after all, subprime mortgages of the kind that sparked the housing crisis in the U.S.

The consensus view about Indian real estate is that the slowdown is temporary but lots of reasons exist for optimism about the future. “Short-term concerns on the sector remain,” says a report by research house Enam Securities. “End user demand (is) subdued on account of high capital values and global uncertainty keeping the capital markets under check. Developers remain strapped for liquidity. However, the long-term outlook (is) still positive. Favorable demographics, increased urbanization and higher disposable incomes will result in continued demand.” According to Mathur of Cushman & Wakefield, “If you believe in the India story, the outlook for real estate, which is a critical part of the whole development process, is bright. I am very bullish about it.”

Paying the Price: Satyam’s Auditors Face Plenty of Questions

In Uncategorized on January 24, 2009 at 6:23 am

When B. Ramalinga Raju, the disgraced former chairman of Satyam Computer Services, wrote a letter earlier this month confessing to a massive fraud, he exculpated senior executives, independent directors and his own family members. He made just two exceptions: Chief financial officer Srinivas Vadlamani and statutory auditors Price Waterhouse. With reason, perhaps. Vadlamani is now keeping Raju company in jail, and Price Waterhouse faces a barrage of questions about its inability to detect the fraud.

As HNN recently wrote, Raju admits to having manipulated Satyam’s accounts for several years. He says revenues have been overstated and profits inflated by more than $1 billion. Worse, the company’s cash reserve of $1.2 billion is non-existent. Recent news reports note that Satyam inflated employee numbers — it had 40,000 employees rather than 53,000 as it claimed — to siphon off more than Rs. 200 million ($4.5 million) a month.

Raju and his brother — Satyam managing director B. Rama Raju — are now being questioned by various investigative agencies in India. Little information has emerged so far beyond the fact that the money is indeed missing. One school of thought among observers maintains that Raju’s statement is a tapestry of fabrications. “Raju’s confession a pack of lies?” ran a front page headline in the Delhi-headquartered daily Hindustan Times. The newspaper says that a Registrar of Companies investigation has found that the reserves did exist, but were siphoned off by Raju and his colleagues to fund a network of companies promoted by the Raju family.

Others, too, find the statement hard to swallow. “If one analyzes Raju’s statement, there are a lot of inconsistencies,” says V.V.L.N. Sastry, country head of Firstcall India Equity Advisors, which offers private equity advisory and investment banking services. “Raju says cash and bank balances amounting to Rs. 5,040 crore (more than $1 billion) are nonexistent. This brings into question the genuineness of the statement. No one can hold beyond a reasonable amount in the form of cash, and no one can inflate or overstate bank balances. At the time of preparation of the balance sheet, the auditors cross-verify the bank statements and tally them with the cash and bank balance numbers. Even if we presume that inflating cash and bank balance is possible, it cannot be of this volume. Inflating bank balances is not possible under any circumstances.”

Russell Palmer, former managing partner of Touche Ross (later Deloitte & Touche) and author of Ultimate Leadership, agrees. “Cash is easy to audit,” he says. “You count it and confirm it with a third party — such as the bank. It is precise enough that it would be unusual if large amounts were missing after an audit. The auditor has to have written confirmation from the bank that so much money exists.” Palmer adds that if bank regulations do not permit an auditor to verify — independently — material amounts of cash a company has in its bank accounts, “then the auditor cannot give an opinion. It is as straight-forward as that.”

Satyam had deposited money with various banks. Under Indian law, banks have to deduct tax at source (TDS) for any interest income that exceeds $200 a year. This money has to be paid directly to the government. The banks have now been drawn into the investigation. But observers say it is impossible that the banks could have connived with Raju to produce false TDS certificates. And if the deposits did exist when the accounts closed on March 31 last year, the siphoning has been of recent vintage. Until the investigations are over, no one can quite say when the auditors took their eyes off the ball.

Faced with questions about its role in the Satyam debacle, Price Waterhouse, the audit arm of the global PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) group, initially claimed client confidentiality. Then, in a letter dated January 13 addressed to the new government-appointed Satyam board, the firm sought to absolve itself of all responsibility. “Financial statements were prepared by the management of the company,” read the letter. “We planned and performed the required audit procedures on such financial statements, and examined the books and records of the company produced before us by the company management. We placed reliance on management control over financial reporting, and the information and explanations provided by the management, as also the verbal and written representations made to us during the course of our audit.”

The Auditor’s Dilemma
HNN accounting professor Brian Bushee doesn’t want to direct all the blame toward Satyam’s auditors. “If the management team wants to commit fraud, there is no way an auditor could pick it up,” he says. It would take too much time and effort for auditors to look at every single cost or item, which is why they conduct random checks, he adds. He offers the analogy of airplane crashes. “The Federal Aviation Administration puts in all sorts of checks and balances to ensure safety of air travel, but there is a human element you cannot control. Occasionally, you have crashes,” he says.

According to Palmer, collusive fraud is extremely difficult to detect during audits. “It is one of the most difficult areas to delve into. Consider, for example, that I sell an asset to a third party and an auditor reviews the transaction. But one thing the auditor does not know is that I have given the buyer a letter agreeing to buy back that asset a year later, compensating the buyer for interest and profit. How would the auditor know that this piece of paper exists? That is why collusive fraud is very hard to uncover.”

Price Waterhouse notes that after Raju’s letter — in which he claimed that the financial statements were inaccurate for several years — the firm could no longer stand by its audit. Price Waterhouse’s January 13 letter stated: “Our opinion on the financial statements may be rendered inaccurate and unreliable.” Does that give them a way out? Says Manoj Chakravarti, chief operations officer, Centre for Corporate Governance and Citizenship, IIM Bangalore (IIMB): “I don’t think the letter can help Price Waterhouse escape responsibility.”

Ravi Aron, a senior fellow at Wharton’s Mack Center for Technological Innovation, believes it is critical for auditors of outsourcing services providers like Satyam to “know the underlying cost structure of the business.” Satyam’s management appears to have both overstated revenue and understated expenses to inflate profits, according to Aron. Unlike a company with a domestic focus, cost recognition is a multi-shore activity at outsourcing services firms, and it is “fraught with dangers of flexible accounting practices,” he says.

In the IT services industry, overseas clients generally pick up the wage tab for the service provider’s staff stationed onsite and adjust it against the contract value, he says. A services provider like Satyam might choose to depress its costs by not treating those wage payments as a deferred expense, he adds.

It is also common for a service provider’s staff to receive a portion of their compensation in, say India, which they would collect as a lump sum when they return after a project’s completion. An employer might avoid reporting that as a deferred expense, thereby inflating revenues, according to Aron.

Client companies also occasionally ship their preferred hardware to their service provider with an understanding that it would be returned at depreciated value when the contract expires or a portion of its cost would be adjusted against the contract value. “Service providers can suppress costs by showing them as assets and not recognizing them as an expense on their profit-and-loss accounts,” says Aron. They could boost earnings by recognizing incentive components of a contract value as earned income, although that is contingent upon delivering successfully on the project, he adds.

What can an auditor do in such situations? “The duty of an auditor is to provide an independent opinion on the financial statements of an enterprise,” says Suresh Surana, founder of the RSM Astute Consulting, the Indian affiliate of RSM International, a U.S. based accounting and consulting firm. “The financial statements comprise the balance sheet, the profit and loss account and the cash-flow statement. The auditor needs to obtain ’sufficient and appropriate audit evidence’ to draw conclusions on which he bases his opinion. The auditor needs to demonstrate that he exercised ‘due professional diligence’ and an attitude of ‘professional skepticism’ in discharging his duties and that he has not been ‘grossly negligent.’ At the same time, an auditor is not expected to have an investigative approach unless there is reason for suspicion. External evidence (confirmation received from a third party or banks) is usually more reliable than internal evidence. Examining corroborative evidence, such as interest earned on bank deposits and proof of TDS, provide increased assurance to the auditor. As such, the auditor can escape the responsibility only if he can demonstrate that he was not grossly negligent in conduct of the audit.”

Price Waterhouse’s Exposure
“Price Waterhouse cannot escape responsibility,” says Madhusudan Karmakar, associate professor (finance and accounting) at the Indian Institute of Management, Lucknow. “The auditor’s job is to examine the books of accounts prepared by the company. Only if it is fully satisfied with the accounts does it certify that the financial statements of the company reveal the true and fair view. The profit of the company has been inflated and the liability has been deflated for the past few years and Price Waterhouse has performed audits of the company from 2000 to 2008. Hence, the auditor has failed to reveal the true position of the company. If the auditor is found guilty, it should be banned by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI).”

“The role of the auditors is to verify the facts presented by the company,” says Chakravarti of IIMB. “While doing so they have to follow certain rules and processes. The verification is done by both looking at the sanctity of the documents presented by the company and also by going independently to the source. For instance, in the case of bank reconciliation, the banks are a very active partner in proving how correct the company statements are. Good auditors certainly do independent verification. If any auditors go only by the management statement and do not do this independent verification, then they have no right to audit anywhere.”

It isn’t easy for auditors to ask a company’s bankers for statements “without the client’s blessings,” according to Bushee. He says auditors tend to rely “very heavily” on the information the banks and the companies give them. “If they didn’t give the [client] company the benefit of the doubt, 99 times out of 100 you would just be antagonizing the company by suggesting that you suspect them of committing fraud,” he adds.

Bushee resists the characterization of Price Waterhouse in the Satyam case as India’s Arthur Andersen. The case with Satyam’s auditors is “very different” from Arthur Andersen’s role in the Enron scandal, he says. “Arthur Andersen worked with Enron to structure some of the accounting and hide some things off the balance sheet; it also tried to cover things up,” he says. “There isn’t any evidence that [Price Waterhouse] was involved in similar ways at Satyam.” Also, he says Arthur Andersen was the auditor for other companies like WorldCom where accounting frauds were discovered, and “it seemed more of a pattern.”

Palmer, who served on the committee headed by former U.S. Fed chairman Paul Volcker to investigate Arthur Andersen’s role in Enron, agrees that PricewaterhouseCoopers’ role in Satyam is very different. “Did Arthur Andersen do a good job auditing Enron? No. But did the firm deserve to go down? No. More than 80,000 people lost their jobs because of one audit. If you bring criminal charges against a Big Four professional services firm, it could go down. But I absolutely don’t see that happening at Price Waterhouse. It’s not in the same realm.”

Rajesh Chakrabarti, assistant professor of finance at the Hyderabad-based Indian School of Business (ISB), believes no proof yet exists of “any malafide intention, but there is absolutely no doubt that Price Waterhouse is at fault in terms of being negligent,” he says. “This whole issue of not having the bank documents verified by the banks themselves is a big omission. Auditors all over the world have to necessarily do a few things. For instance, when companies show accounts receivable, it is the auditors’ job to make a random check with a few of the debtors. Similarly, auditors need to verify bank accounts. That said, the general practice is that, when provided with a credible bank document, the auditors trust it and go with it. On the basis of what has come to light so far, I don’t think Price Waterhouse’s rigor in the audit was drastically looser than other auditors. Most of them are sleeping guards and any serious offender can pass through. However, that is hardly an excuse for Price Waterhouse. It is still an omission on its part. [The Satyam scandal] is a huge wake up call for all auditors and for every pillar of corporate governance. There are three levels of auditing that happens in any company. First is the internal audit. Then there are the external auditors. And finally there is the audit committee. The Satyam case has been a failure at all three levels,” he concludes.

The fraud at Satyam is similar to that of Italian diary and food products maker Parmalat, which was accused in 2003 of falsifying 3.9 billion euros in bank accounts, according to Bushee. “They basically produced forged statements. The auditor took those statements and went with them,” he says.

The Global Trust Bank Case
PwC in India has been in trouble before. In 2003, Global Trust Bank (GTB) collapsed following a stock-rigging scam masterminded by Ketan Parekh, a Mumbai-based broker. Price Waterhouse affiliate Lovelock & Lewis (both are part of PwC) was the auditor and certified a net worth of $80 million for the financial year ended March 2002. A later investigation by the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) showed a negative net worth.

“Subsequent to the events relating to the erstwhile GTB — it was later merged with Oriental Bank of Commerce — RBI had advised the entities under its regulation that they may consider not to engage PwC for any audit work till further advice,” says RBI spokesperson Alpana Killawala. “RBI simultaneously referred the matter relating to deficiency in the conduct of statutory audit by PwC to the ICAI in August 2004 for taking suitable action against the audit firm. The disciplinary proceedings initiated by ICAI are still in progress. PwC represented to RBI in October 2007 requesting reinstatement as they had already been penalized by denial of audit for more than three years. Considering the representation of PwC, RBI decided to reinstate the firm with effect from April 1, 2008.”

The GTB instance raises one key question: Given the track record of Indian regulatory agencies, will anything really happen to Price Waterhouse? As it is, the ICAI has stirred up a can of worms by saying that it will hold the partners who have signed the Satyam account responsible; but it may not be possible to take action against the firm. If that is left to the courts, nothing may happen for years.

To be sure, Price Waterhouse’s troubles with Satyam aren’t unique. “If you look carefully, all of the Big Four auditors have had frauds like this in the past,” says Bushee. “It is part of the process. If you audit thousands of firms, every now and then you get one or two firms that have fraud.”

All the same, the Satyam episode has consequences for its investors in the U.S., who have filed several class action suits. Some investors have been talking about seeking damages from PricewaterhouseCoopers, the global parent firm. But the Indian affiliate has to be found culpable first. “The ICAI is the only body to whom the auditors are liable and only the ICAI can revoke their license,” says Chakrabarti of ISB. “But I don’t think it will go to that level. It all depends on how much noise is created. Internationally, sometimes auditors have a liability to the market regulators but that is not the case in India.”

“The proceedings regarding disciplinary action are carried out under the Chartered Accountants Act by the ICAI, and the proceedings are quasi-judicial,” says Surana of RSM Astute. “Further, the order of the ICAI is subject to appeal in the High Court. In India, the entire judicial system is overburdened with a plethora of cases and it takes several years for them to be finally adjudicated. The improvement of the system entails action at two levels — the ICAI and the judicial system in general.”

The new Satyam board has appointed two new auditors — Deloitte and KPMG — to restate the accounts. Here also a controversy has started, with ICAI claiming that KPMG is not authorized to carry out any audit work in India.

20-20 Hindsight
A bigger issue relates to how Satyam and Raju managed to get away with it for so long. With 20-20 hindsight it is easy to say — as many are doing today — that there were always doubts about Satyam. For years it had been trying to break into the ranks of the top IT companies. But the Big Three — Tata Consultancy Services (TCS), Infosys and Wipro — never became the Big Four. Also, Satyam was never as highly rated by the stockmarkets.

“No one suspected, because there is still no clarity yet on what Satyam and Raju have done,” says an analyst. But there have been some murmurs in recent times. During a conference call on Satyam’s September 2008 quarterly results, Kawaljeet Saluja, an analyst from Kotak Securities, raised questions on the way investments were being handled. “If the figures are taken at face value, what this indicates is that Satyam’s management was incredibly lax about the returns from its investments, preferring to keep huge amounts in non-interest-paying current accounts,” says business daily Mint.

Was the Raju façade really so impenetrable? A straw in the wind indicates otherwise. After the December fiasco over the attempt to take over the Maytas firms (belonging to the Raju family), Satyam appointed DSP Merrill Lynch to explore strategic alternatives. On January 7, the financial house wrote to the Securities & Exchange Board of India (SEBI) stating that it had terminated its advisory agreement. The reason: “In the course of such engagement, we came to understand that there were material accounting irregularities.” It took Merrill Lynch only days to discover what Price Waterhouse couldn’t in years.

Analysts at institutional investors have an advantage in that they follow multiple companies in an industry and are able to spot discrepancies during their due diligence, says Bushee. But auditors are hampered by the fact that they cannot really transfer information gained from one company to another company’s audit. “It’s against their code of conduct,” he adds. “It has to be the whole system — auditors, financial analysts, regulators and the business media — no one party is going to have the incentive or the skills or the information to detect these frauds.”

What happens to Price Waterhouse now? “We will only find out after conducting our inquiry as to whether they knew about all of this or were simply negligent,” says ICAI president Ved Jain. “All the regulators must come together to identify and punish the guilty.”

Tight Corner
But there could be punishment beyond this justice in slow motion. Says Sabyasachi Satyaprasad, director and cofounder of Multiplex Consulting: “This puts Price Waterhouse in a very tight corner and could affect the other firms audited by them.” The current client list reads like a Who’s Who of Corporate India. There may be desertions even before legal action is taken. Recently, apex chamber FICCI has broken off an eight-year-old partnership with PwC for its annual media and entertainment survey and seminar. KPMG has been roped in instead.

In the immediate aftermath of the Satyam revelation, when the Bombay Stock Exchange Sensitive Index (Sensex) tanked 749 points, or 7.25%, in a day, two sorts of companies were under extra pressure. First, those whose corporate governance norms were suspect (the realty sector, for instance). Second, those audited by Price Waterhouse. As William Shakespeare’s Macbeth said: “In these cases, we still have judgment here.”

The Satyam case offers India’s IT and BPO services industry an opportunity to introduce audits that cover financial, operational, strategic and composite risks, according to Aron. “It will be a combination of Basel II (prudential banking regulation norms), Sarbanes-Oxley and CMM (capability maturity models, which are accepted performance benchmarks) rolled into one,” he says. “It will become an enormous source of competitive advantage for the top Indian companies in this business.” He feels the industry’s apex body National Association of Software and Services Companies (Nasscom) should take the lead in introducing these risk audits.

Meanwhile, the regulators are working on measures to prevent more Satyam-like scandals in the future. One solution proposed by SEBI is to subject audits to a peer review. That has been welcomed by some. “It’s a good idea,” says Chakrabarti of ISB. “It can only help raise standards.” Ashok Soota, chairman and managing director of MindTree, a Bangalore-based consulting firm, adds: “These are just early ideas and we have to see how they evolve.”

Sujjain Talwar, partner with Economic Law Practice, a leading Indian law firm, says it has a downside. “Who will bear the cost of the review?” he asks. “The shareholders? Another issue to consider is that of confidentiality as the peer review will allow auditors, other than the statutory auditor, to examine the financial statements. It is likely to have a conflict of interest with other audits conducted by the peer review firm.”

“Another option available to shareholders is to insist on not only approving the appointment of the statutory auditors but also the terms and conditions of the appointment as well as the remuneration payable to them,” adds Talwar. “Also, the auditors should not be allowed to limit their liability when it comes to instances of gross negligence, fraud and misconduct on their part.”

That may help. But the consensus opinion appears to be that you can’t stop a determined fraud no matter how watertight the rules. Says Chakravarti of IIMB: “The existing rules and regulations (regarding auditing) are pretty robust. SEBI’s peer review is more ammunition to strengthen the system. However, if someone is determined to cheat, then nothing is really adequate enough.” Adds Soota of MindTree: “One incident should not end up tarring everybody. If someone has made up his mind to do something wrong, then he will, and sooner or later there will be an Enron. The positive fallout of this is that now everyone will examine everything in detail and see how to make things foolproof.”

Others also advise caution; it is not necessary to throw out the baby with the bathwater. “We should let the investigations get completed,” says Ganesh Natarajan, chairman of IT apex body Nasscom, and CEO of Zensar Technologies. “Otherwise we might end up with some knee-jerk responses which are not appropriate to the situation. Then we will only add to the inefficiencies and not solve the real problem. We need to identify the root cause of the problem and then find solutions.”

N.R. Narayana Murthy, chairman and chief mentor of Infosys Technologies, is also a believer in a calibrated move forward. “Now that there is a board appointed [at Satyam], the rest of us should stop second-guessing,” he says. “I would rather we leave these issues to them.”

Bushee is unsure whether the Satyam case offers any larger lessons. “I am skeptical you can come up with a new red flag that would help take care of these problems, unless you want to go to 24-hour video and audio surveillance of the top management,” he says. Satyam’s shareholders, though, probably wish Raju had been under such scrutiny.

::: Advertorial – THE GOLD STANDARD :::

In india news on January 23, 2009 at 11:19 am

By M H Ahssan & Neha Sharma

Flamboyant, fun, hip, glamorous, yet very old world – Dubai’s charm lies in its contrast.

The mosques and the wind towers of the old city of Dubai are reflected in the flashy skyscrapers that are everywhere. Conservative Arabs in their ‘abas’ rub shoulders with fashionable Europeans and other expats in the fastest growing city in the world. Sometimes referred to as the ‘largest construction site in the world’, Dubai’s leaders’ unflinching ambition is paving the desert, colonising the ocean and reaching for the sky.

The experience of the city can be exhilarating, intimidating, stimulating or plain entertaining. Dubai is one of the world’s most vibrant tourist destinations. Attracted to its year round sunshine and luxurious lifestyle, the number of tourists visiting Dubai is expected to reach 15 million by the year 2010. The options of leisure in this city go on and on. From historical monuments to over-thetop malls and entertainment districts, from the dazzling nightclubs to the traditional souks – there’s something for everyone.

In fact, the first thing that strikes you about the city is its cosmopolitan mix – the stubbornly traditional and the proudly avant-garde.

As part of its effort to lure tourists from all over the world, Dubai hosts some major cultural and sporting events over the year. Spectators can enjoy a host of premier sporting events such as the world’s richest horserace, the Dubai World Cup; the Dubai Desert Classic Golf Tournament, the Dubai Tennis Championships, Rugby Sevens, the Emirates Grand Prix power boating; the UAE Desert Challenge, and of course, camel racing.

Some of the cultural events include the International Jazz Festival, Dubai Desert Rock, Art Dubai, Dubai International film festival, and the hugely popular Dubai Shopping Festival.

Apart from these hosted events and the obvious attraction of shopping, there are many other world class entertainment options in Dubai:

A WALK ON THE WILD SIDE
For those whose balk at the idea of spending endless hours trudging with shopping bags, a different kind of tourist attraction in Dubai is adventure tourism. Adventure Tourism in Dubai consists of Desert Safaris, Mountain Climbing, Sky Jumping, Scuba Diving, Water Surfing, Sailing, Snorkeling, Swimming, Go Karting, Wadi Bashing, Sand Skiing, Crab Hunting, Dune Bashing and Sand Storming.

NIGHT BIRDS
Nightlife seems to be an integral feature of Dubai life and there are countless nightclubs in Dubai with music to suit even the most eclectic of tastes, whether you want to listen to Moroccan music, or the world’s best DJs.

Alamo at the Dubai Marine Beach Resort and Spa; Atlantis, located right next door to the Hard Rock Café; Carter’s; Hard Rock Café, Kasbaa, located at the amazing Royal Mirage Hotel; Planetarium; Tropicana, at the Dubai Marine Beach Resort and Spa, and Scarlett’s, located at the Emirates Towers Hotel are just some of the popular nightspots in Dubai.

OUT AND ABOUT
The dhow cruises on Dubai Creek are a huge attraction, as is the promenade on the Bur Dubai side. The Jumeirah Beach is also quite a tourist magnet.

Many of Dubai’s best hotels are located on or nearby Jumeirah Beach, including the unmistakable Burj al Arab, as well as leisure facilities like Wild Wadi Water Park and the more traditional attraction of Jumeirah Mosque. The Madinat Jumeirah development has become the focus of Jumeirah’s eating and drinking scene. The newly opened Atlantis Hotel is also a huge attraction for international tourists and on everyone’s must-see list.

A key attraction for the young and old is Dubai Aquarium. Over time, Dubai Aquarium will have more than 33,000 living animals, representing more than 85 species including over 400 sharks and rays combined.

SKI DUBAI
Ski Dubai is the first indoor ski resort in the Middle East and offers an amazing snow setting to enjoy skiing, snowboarding and tobogganing or just playing in the snow.

Dubai is well connected to most major metros in India. Some of the airlines that fly to Dubai are: Emirates, Etihad Airways’, Jazeera Airways, Air India, Jet Airways, Cathay Pacific, Oman Air, Gulf Air, Qatar Airways, Kuwait Airways, Virgin Atlantic, etc. The respective websites of airlines give details of the best deals for the Dubai Shopping Festival for visitors.

Dubai is fast becoming one of the global centres of fashion, trade and finance, a city waiting to be explored and one that has the potential of becoming one of the most significant international destinations of the 21st century.

::: Advertorial – THE GOLD STANDARD :::

In Uncategorized on January 23, 2009 at 11:19 am

By M H Ahssan & Neha Sharma

Flamboyant, fun, hip, glamorous, yet very old world – Dubai’s charm lies in its contrast.

The mosques and the wind towers of the old city of Dubai are reflected in the flashy skyscrapers that are everywhere. Conservative Arabs in their ‘abas’ rub shoulders with fashionable Europeans and other expats in the fastest growing city in the world. Sometimes referred to as the ‘largest construction site in the world’, Dubai’s leaders’ unflinching ambition is paving the desert, colonising the ocean and reaching for the sky.

The experience of the city can be exhilarating, intimidating, stimulating or plain entertaining. Dubai is one of the world’s most vibrant tourist destinations. Attracted to its year round sunshine and luxurious lifestyle, the number of tourists visiting Dubai is expected to reach 15 million by the year 2010. The options of leisure in this city go on and on. From historical monuments to over-thetop malls and entertainment districts, from the dazzling nightclubs to the traditional souks – there’s something for everyone.

In fact, the first thing that strikes you about the city is its cosmopolitan mix – the stubbornly traditional and the proudly avant-garde.

As part of its effort to lure tourists from all over the world, Dubai hosts some major cultural and sporting events over the year. Spectators can enjoy a host of premier sporting events such as the world’s richest horserace, the Dubai World Cup; the Dubai Desert Classic Golf Tournament, the Dubai Tennis Championships, Rugby Sevens, the Emirates Grand Prix power boating; the UAE Desert Challenge, and of course, camel racing.

Some of the cultural events include the International Jazz Festival, Dubai Desert Rock, Art Dubai, Dubai International film festival, and the hugely popular Dubai Shopping Festival.

Apart from these hosted events and the obvious attraction of shopping, there are many other world class entertainment options in Dubai:

A WALK ON THE WILD SIDE
For those whose balk at the idea of spending endless hours trudging with shopping bags, a different kind of tourist attraction in Dubai is adventure tourism. Adventure Tourism in Dubai consists of Desert Safaris, Mountain Climbing, Sky Jumping, Scuba Diving, Water Surfing, Sailing, Snorkeling, Swimming, Go Karting, Wadi Bashing, Sand Skiing, Crab Hunting, Dune Bashing and Sand Storming.

NIGHT BIRDS
Nightlife seems to be an integral feature of Dubai life and there are countless nightclubs in Dubai with music to suit even the most eclectic of tastes, whether you want to listen to Moroccan music, or the world’s best DJs.

Alamo at the Dubai Marine Beach Resort and Spa; Atlantis, located right next door to the Hard Rock Café; Carter’s; Hard Rock Café, Kasbaa, located at the amazing Royal Mirage Hotel; Planetarium; Tropicana, at the Dubai Marine Beach Resort and Spa, and Scarlett’s, located at the Emirates Towers Hotel are just some of the popular nightspots in Dubai.

OUT AND ABOUT
The dhow cruises on Dubai Creek are a huge attraction, as is the promenade on the Bur Dubai side. The Jumeirah Beach is also quite a tourist magnet.

Many of Dubai’s best hotels are located on or nearby Jumeirah Beach, including the unmistakable Burj al Arab, as well as leisure facilities like Wild Wadi Water Park and the more traditional attraction of Jumeirah Mosque. The Madinat Jumeirah development has become the focus of Jumeirah’s eating and drinking scene. The newly opened Atlantis Hotel is also a huge attraction for international tourists and on everyone’s must-see list.

A key attraction for the young and old is Dubai Aquarium. Over time, Dubai Aquarium will have more than 33,000 living animals, representing more than 85 species including over 400 sharks and rays combined.

SKI DUBAI
Ski Dubai is the first indoor ski resort in the Middle East and offers an amazing snow setting to enjoy skiing, snowboarding and tobogganing or just playing in the snow.

Dubai is well connected to most major metros in India. Some of the airlines that fly to Dubai are: Emirates, Etihad Airways’, Jazeera Airways, Air India, Jet Airways, Cathay Pacific, Oman Air, Gulf Air, Qatar Airways, Kuwait Airways, Virgin Atlantic, etc. The respective websites of airlines give details of the best deals for the Dubai Shopping Festival for visitors.

Dubai is fast becoming one of the global centres of fashion, trade and finance, a city waiting to be explored and one that has the potential of becoming one of the most significant international destinations of the 21st century.

Interview: Boardroom Blowups

In india news on January 23, 2009 at 11:13 am

By M H Ahssan

Are there governance lessons Indian businesses can learn from the best global boards? Head hunting firm Spencer Stuart’s top honchos offer their perspective.

When you have been speed-dialled in to restructure some of the most troubled boards in corporate history, including those of the government-seized US mortgage giants Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, it’s not hard to imagine you’re among the most influential voices on board governance issues. Global executive search firm Spencer Stuart’s US Chairman Thomas Neff and Dayton Ogden, global leader of its CEO Practice, have, between the two of them, at least 500 of the biggest global board searches. So when the recent Satyam accounting fraud turned the spotlight on corporate governance for the first time since Enron, who better than Neff and Ogden to turn to for a heads-up on global best practices. Too little attention, they tell us, has been paid to the process of getting the right people into the boardroom, and for the right reasons. The good news, however, is that the dialogue on improving corporate governance structures is far from over.

In the aftermath of the financial crisis a lot of board restructuring work must be coming your way. Can you tell us about the issues clients are raising?

Tom Neff: The strategic focus today is on having the right mix of skills and experience on boards. I think it’s become very evident that some skills have been lacking from boards of financial institutions for example. Also boards are far more independent of management than in the past. Certainly in Europe, the separation of chairman and CEO is standard, but in the US although close to 40% of companies have separate chairmen, three-fourths of those were formerly CEOs of the company. In order to improve and upgrade boards there has also been a serious move towards performance audits of the board itself. How is the board doing? Does it have the right structure and composition? Is it getting the right information from management? The more serious boards have members assessing each other, to ensure each director is maximising his or her contribution.

Dayton Ogden: What has become a bit problematic for global companies is that while they’ve shown a real appetite for getting people on the board who are foreign to their headquarter locations, it has been a difficult proposition to attract these people because of the time and travel commitments involved. And in a company that is seeing poor performance or consolidation or CEO transition the job of an independent director becomes enormously consuming.

One of the key problems in India that is no matter what structures are put in place, in promoter-led companies, the power of the boardroom rests with promoter…

Ogden: US governance has evolved way past that stage. I don’t think board service for the overwhelming majority of US companies involves having to tolerate high handed practices by the promoter.

Neff: There are stages of a company or situations where a promoter does set the agenda — emerging, early stage companies or where a PE firm has taken ownership of a company— and in the early stage dominates the board. Most of those boards though then transition to more modern board structures. One trend in the US is the voice of shareholders looking for a more active role from earlier; they are now even looking to get onto the nominating process of directors. Last year had close to 400 proposals that shareholders were voting on for various issues important to them. They are interested in getting the attention of the board and initiating change, and this puts pressure on the boards.

Is board service still attractive in the US?

Ogden: Board service is becoming less and less attractive to top executives and unless that situation changes you are going to be left with academics and people who are perhaps not as senior in operating or financial experience as we have become used to. Reputational risk, financial risk and the time commitment required to deal with compliance issues have meant that it’s not as attractive anymore to serve on public company boards. Neff: The most sought after directors historically are those with CEO experience. In the year 2000 the average number of outside boards a CEO would sit on was two, today that number is down to 0.7; the average CEO of the top 500 largest companies sits on less than one outside board. This is a pool of talent that is less and less interested in serving on boards. Of the new directors added to those 500 companies in the last two years, roughly a third of those directors had no prior board experience. Active executives are just not available or their boards are not allowing them to take on any outside activities because of the challenges of their own roles.

Global boards certainly seem to be recruiting more Indian directors. Is it a fad or is there real value addition given that there are time constraints?

Neff: Yes, it’s highly desirable to have someone with experience in India or China sitting on a major global board but if one is making a commitment to be serving on an international board, there needs to be real due diligence done by the company and the individual as to whether they can realistically put the time in. We do global board searches for directors from Asia and Europe for US boards and the reverse. And what we try to find are those individuals who have the time and also a reason to be in the other part of the world on a fairly regular basis — business or family interests there. In the board reports that go to shareholders now in the US it is clearly highlighted if any director hasn’t attended 75% of the meetings. There is a backlash to that now where institutional shareholders will vote against their renewal regardless of their business credentials.

When boards are reorganised, like Satyam is undergoing now, what are the key issues in a transition environment?

Ogden: The most important thing we do at the outset of a restructuring is a diagnostic of the skills that already exist with the board and look for the gaps that exist.

Neff: We recently worked with the US government to restructure the boards of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac where we helped each of them recruit six new independent directors. Now obviously that’s an example of a crisis situation but it is very important to be realistic from the beginning as to who you can attract to this kind of board. Firstly he has to have the right skills and then he or she should be able to make the time commitment. A board may have six scheduled board meetings a year but in a restructuring environment boards there are often weekly discussions.

Can you share some new boardroom global best practices?

Ogden: One is the executive session, which are sessions of independent directors without management present. This has been a breakthrough in terms of providing an honest open transparent forum for assessment of how the management is faring. Also the practice of planned strategic retreats, a time scheduled for strategising over and above the day to day work of a board. Then there is what you call a lead director, an independent director not called chairman but who is independent from the management; virtually every company has a lead director.

Neff: Also there are more formal and frequent reviews of succession planning, not just annual reviews. This is viewed in the surveys as one of the most important functions a board has along with strategic planning. Too often it was getting lip service, now it is a formal part of the agenda as often as twice or three times a year.

How important is the issue of diversity of board composition to customers and shareholders today?

Neff: It’s certainly desirable to have directors who represent the different geographical markets you’re dealing with. But also most of the largest boards have at least one woman and at least one minority serving on the board, some have 5 or 6. About 25% of the boards we work with are specifically looking for women or minorities. But here I have to quickly add that the credentials to serve on the board are not compromised at all.

Getting back to Satyam — many blame the independent directors for negligence. Are you more sympathetic?

Neff: It’s up to each board to decide what information they need from the management and ask for it. Assuming they are getting the right information, that’s a start, they also need to ensure they’re getting enough information. Some boards will supplement their own regular scheduled board meetings with site visits or meetings with management groups or more common these days is the practice of hiring independent consultants to assist them with their jobs. Every compensation committee in the US now has their own independent consultant helping them assess the right compensation of the top team. Audit teams are getting outside expert help. It’s recognising that sometimes you may need to pay for some help from the outside.

Do you believe that corporate governance in India will benefit from this whole debacle?

Neff: In the US when there is a major blow up that takes place there is a change that follows. The Enron debacle was responsible for Sarbanes Oxley and accounting regulations. The Tyco and Worldcom disasters focused attention on board reform. The best practices that most boards have adopted today were triggered off by the specific events of high profile companies or management that got into trouble.

Interview: Boardroom Blowups

In Uncategorized on January 23, 2009 at 11:13 am

By M H Ahssan

Are there governance lessons Indian businesses can learn from the best global boards? Head hunting firm Spencer Stuart’s top honchos offer their perspective.

When you have been speed-dialled in to restructure some of the most troubled boards in corporate history, including those of the government-seized US mortgage giants Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, it’s not hard to imagine you’re among the most influential voices on board governance issues. Global executive search firm Spencer Stuart’s US Chairman Thomas Neff and Dayton Ogden, global leader of its CEO Practice, have, between the two of them, at least 500 of the biggest global board searches. So when the recent Satyam accounting fraud turned the spotlight on corporate governance for the first time since Enron, who better than Neff and Ogden to turn to for a heads-up on global best practices. Too little attention, they tell us, has been paid to the process of getting the right people into the boardroom, and for the right reasons. The good news, however, is that the dialogue on improving corporate governance structures is far from over.

In the aftermath of the financial crisis a lot of board restructuring work must be coming your way. Can you tell us about the issues clients are raising?

Tom Neff: The strategic focus today is on having the right mix of skills and experience on boards. I think it’s become very evident that some skills have been lacking from boards of financial institutions for example. Also boards are far more independent of management than in the past. Certainly in Europe, the separation of chairman and CEO is standard, but in the US although close to 40% of companies have separate chairmen, three-fourths of those were formerly CEOs of the company. In order to improve and upgrade boards there has also been a serious move towards performance audits of the board itself. How is the board doing? Does it have the right structure and composition? Is it getting the right information from management? The more serious boards have members assessing each other, to ensure each director is maximising his or her contribution.

Dayton Ogden: What has become a bit problematic for global companies is that while they’ve shown a real appetite for getting people on the board who are foreign to their headquarter locations, it has been a difficult proposition to attract these people because of the time and travel commitments involved. And in a company that is seeing poor performance or consolidation or CEO transition the job of an independent director becomes enormously consuming.

One of the key problems in India that is no matter what structures are put in place, in promoter-led companies, the power of the boardroom rests with promoter…

Ogden: US governance has evolved way past that stage. I don’t think board service for the overwhelming majority of US companies involves having to tolerate high handed practices by the promoter.

Neff: There are stages of a company or situations where a promoter does set the agenda — emerging, early stage companies or where a PE firm has taken ownership of a company— and in the early stage dominates the board. Most of those boards though then transition to more modern board structures. One trend in the US is the voice of shareholders looking for a more active role from earlier; they are now even looking to get onto the nominating process of directors. Last year had close to 400 proposals that shareholders were voting on for various issues important to them. They are interested in getting the attention of the board and initiating change, and this puts pressure on the boards.

Is board service still attractive in the US?

Ogden: Board service is becoming less and less attractive to top executives and unless that situation changes you are going to be left with academics and people who are perhaps not as senior in operating or financial experience as we have become used to. Reputational risk, financial risk and the time commitment required to deal with compliance issues have meant that it’s not as attractive anymore to serve on public company boards. Neff: The most sought after directors historically are those with CEO experience. In the year 2000 the average number of outside boards a CEO would sit on was two, today that number is down to 0.7; the average CEO of the top 500 largest companies sits on less than one outside board. This is a pool of talent that is less and less interested in serving on boards. Of the new directors added to those 500 companies in the last two years, roughly a third of those directors had no prior board experience. Active executives are just not available or their boards are not allowing them to take on any outside activities because of the challenges of their own roles.

Global boards certainly seem to be recruiting more Indian directors. Is it a fad or is there real value addition given that there are time constraints?

Neff: Yes, it’s highly desirable to have someone with experience in India or China sitting on a major global board but if one is making a commitment to be serving on an international board, there needs to be real due diligence done by the company and the individual as to whether they can realistically put the time in. We do global board searches for directors from Asia and Europe for US boards and the reverse. And what we try to find are those individuals who have the time and also a reason to be in the other part of the world on a fairly regular basis — business or family interests there. In the board reports that go to shareholders now in the US it is clearly highlighted if any director hasn’t attended 75% of the meetings. There is a backlash to that now where institutional shareholders will vote against their renewal regardless of their business credentials.

When boards are reorganised, like Satyam is undergoing now, what are the key issues in a transition environment?

Ogden: The most important thing we do at the outset of a restructuring is a diagnostic of the skills that already exist with the board and look for the gaps that exist.

Neff: We recently worked with the US government to restructure the boards of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac where we helped each of them recruit six new independent directors. Now obviously that’s an example of a crisis situation but it is very important to be realistic from the beginning as to who you can attract to this kind of board. Firstly he has to have the right skills and then he or she should be able to make the time commitment. A board may have six scheduled board meetings a year but in a restructuring environment boards there are often weekly discussions.

Can you share some new boardroom global best practices?

Ogden: One is the executive session, which are sessions of independent directors without management present. This has been a breakthrough in terms of providing an honest open transparent forum for assessment of how the management is faring. Also the practice of planned strategic retreats, a time scheduled for strategising over and above the day to day work of a board. Then there is what you call a lead director, an independent director not called chairman but who is independent from the management; virtually every company has a lead director.

Neff: Also there are more formal and frequent reviews of succession planning, not just annual reviews. This is viewed in the surveys as one of the most important functions a board has along with strategic planning. Too often it was getting lip service, now it is a formal part of the agenda as often as twice or three times a year.

How important is the issue of diversity of board composition to customers and shareholders today?

Neff: It’s certainly desirable to have directors who represent the different geographical markets you’re dealing with. But also most of the largest boards have at least one woman and at least one minority serving on the board, some have 5 or 6. About 25% of the boards we work with are specifically looking for women or minorities. But here I have to quickly add that the credentials to serve on the board are not compromised at all.

Getting back to Satyam — many blame the independent directors for negligence. Are you more sympathetic?

Neff: It’s up to each board to decide what information they need from the management and ask for it. Assuming they are getting the right information, that’s a start, they also need to ensure they’re getting enough information. Some boards will supplement their own regular scheduled board meetings with site visits or meetings with management groups or more common these days is the practice of hiring independent consultants to assist them with their jobs. Every compensation committee in the US now has their own independent consultant helping them assess the right compensation of the top team. Audit teams are getting outside expert help. It’s recognising that sometimes you may need to pay for some help from the outside.

Do you believe that corporate governance in India will benefit from this whole debacle?

Neff: In the US when there is a major blow up that takes place there is a change that follows. The Enron debacle was responsible for Sarbanes Oxley and accounting regulations. The Tyco and Worldcom disasters focused attention on board reform. The best practices that most boards have adopted today were triggered off by the specific events of high profile companies or management that got into trouble.

Exclusive: THE GAME OF CORPORATE INTELLIGENCE

In india news on January 23, 2009 at 11:03 am

THE SATYAM SAGA HAS BLOWN INDIA INC’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE FAÇADE. JUST HOW DEEP IS THE ROT? M H AHSSAN INVESTIGATES.

If you spend days diving into annual reports while researching Indian boards and corporate governance standards, here are some questions you are bound to ask.

- IT major Infosys’ nomination committee chose yet another co-founder as CEO— is it dynastic succession of another kind?

- Was renowned Professor Krishna Palepu in the know of the financial misadventures of Satyam’s Ramalinga Raju?

- What value do gents like Prof. Mohammed Salahuddin Ansari, Principal, Madhupur College, Jharkhand and Dr Deva Nand Balodhia, free lance journalist, ex Officer on Special Duty to CM Uttarakhand add to the State Bank of India board that they sit on?

- What are people like Shahrukh Khan, Yash Chopra, and Javed Akhtar doing on the board of Jet Airways?

- How does leading lawyer Suresh Talwar, manage to find a place on more than 50 boards of listed and unlisted companies?

- Why do many large Reliance ADAG companies like Reliance Capital, Reliance Communication, Reliance Natural Resources, and Adlabs, have just five (Chairman Anil Ambani plus four non executive directors) people on their boards while the Andhra Bank board seems to require 19 members?

Hidden in some of these questions are the reasons that have led to corporate governance being reduced to mere lip service in most Indian companies. But exceptions remain.

In response to the Infosys succession question above, Co-Chairman NR Narayana Murthy demonstrated why his company is considered the gold standard in corporate governance: he got Claude Smadja, the then chairman of the nomination committee to send a detailed answer to explain the procedure of election of Kris Gopalakrishnan as CEO. And yes, Mr Palepu wrote back too, defending his actions as an independent director. His note said: “During my tenure as a director with Satyam, I fulfilled my responsibilities fully and appropriately. I look forward to providing my complete co-operation to regulatory agencies as they investigate this matter. The actions of Mr. Raju and his brother have caused Satyam, thousands of Satyam employees, customers and investors, and India, enormous damage,”

While in this sea of stink there are shining examples like Infosys, Wipro, Mahindra and Mahindra, Godrej, Bharti, ICICI Bank, HDFC Bank that have set themselves apart, they are few and far between. As one moves down the ET 500 ranking, the standards begin to fall. No doubt, corporate governance standards are far too complex a matter to be captured in plain numbers, but numbers do tell a story. More than 70% of ET 100 boards don’t have women in their boards and of the 2211 BSE listed companies that have filed data with the Exchange only 4.9% of all directors are women. More than 70% of the ET 100 boards still haven’t split the Chairman and CEO posts. More than 80% of ET 100 boards still don’t have lead independent directors in place. The fact remains that hundreds of listed companies still have to comply with clause 49 norms; in BSE itself there are 390 companies still to file data.

Governing The Corporate
And now research by an investment bank proves what industry watchers have suspected all along: large-scale manipulation of accounting standards. A report by the Noble group says that one in five BSE 500 firms has accounting issues — companies tamper with revenues, manipulate sales and play around with cash. So are the members of auditing committees of these companies sleeping? No, the independent directors say, they have to rely on the management for information, and often information and time is short supply in board meetings. “For some promoters, revenues are a matter of opinion not fact and somehow they always have to rush to meetings after the board meetings. We have no choice but to take the management’s word for most issues,” says the CEO of a company who is on prominent boards.

The fact remains that all three pillars of protection for investors — the independent directors, the auditors and the regulators are misaligned. “The institutions of corporate governance are not good enough. We have to reapply ourselves to restructure the institutions of corporate governance,” says Arun Maira, Senior Advisor, BCG who is on five boards. And corporate governance (which in its true form starts after basics like board composition, size, committees, systems of check and balances, have been put in place) is often just reduced to meeting the minimum legal requirements in most cases. “Only the ritualistic portions of corporate governance are being met with, I haven’t seen a material change in thinking towards corporate governance,” says N Vaghul, Chairman, ICICI Bank, one of India’s most respected business leaders.

THE PROMOTERS’ PLAY
Boards historically have been networks of influence for promoters, so family and businessmen friends are often nominated, leading to a cosy relationship in which both objectivity and independence are lost. Indian promoters, unlike in the West, hold large equity stakes and to quote a well known CEO of a FMCG company who is on several boards himself, still have an ‘I know what’s best for my company’ attitude. Many crafty promoters assemble the boards in such a way that it’s a culture of ‘collective consent’ and independent directors are mere pawns. “In promoterled company boards, the level of independence of independent directors is considerably limited. That’s what the Satyam episode brought into sharp focus. But in many companies with diversified ownership, the approach of the board is sharply different and independent directors often have differing views,” says Vaghul.

However, there are a few promoters like Sunil Mittal who actively scout for competent independent members and make sure that the board has differing voices. “I have personally introduced people to promoters who were looking for board members with right credentials and are the right fit for their boards. There are enough large Indian groups who are on a lookout for the right kind of directors,” says Naina Lal Kidwai, Group General Manager and Country Head, HSBC who also serves on Nestle’s global board.

It’s a well-known fact that Indian businessmen and executives crave for directorship and promoters know it too well. Promoters know that the combination of money, perquisites, and bragging rights of being on a prominent board combined with non-financial leverage of being from the same social circle often make directors fall in line. And god forbid, if the promoters find that a particular independent director is erring or asking the right questions, the person is simply not re-elected. But then, have you ever heard reports of directors leaving a company in the media? It often goes unreported, so when three IOC directors quit the board in quick succession, no one noticed. However in companies like Infosys, the co-founders go an extra mile to make sure that independent directors are not influenced by promoters.

In this day and age of globalisation, corporate governance is high on every board’s agenda or at least the façade is maintained. Promoters have been quick to crack the corporate governance code because boards with the right names provide the ‘shine effect’ that helps in many ways, including getting FII money. So in the last five years, they have been quick to window dress their boards with academics, consultants, women (for diversity), and international personalities but old and faithful favourites like CAs, bureaucrats, and lawyers still remain permanent fixtures.

Interestingly, Indian boards have their own quirks and preferences too. Satyam’s earlier board had a clear proclivity for Telugu speaking gents. Though these preferences don’t affect the independence of the board they point to interesting possibilities. For example, some big Parsi business conglomerates still retain a certain percentage of Parsi board members. To check if the religious undertone play out, we sift through boards of promoters belonging to a particular community — Wipro, Mirza Tanneries, Wockhardt, and Cipla — and thankfully there is no religious undertone and boards are diverse. But yes, many boards show clear regional preferences, especially Gujarati and some traditional south Indian companies. That’s largely for the sake of convenience of board meetings, say promoters. Sometimes clannish behaviour also creeps in. For example, a large North Indian group’s board had majority of members who belonged to a particular sect in Punjab.

And those who are still wondering about Shahrukh Khan, well, the actor, playwright Javed Akhtar, and film-maker Yash Chopra were hitched on the Jet board after the Jet-Sahara deal fell through in 2006 and according to the 2007-08 annual report Shah Rukh Khan didn’t attend any meetings in the financial year (he was not paid any directors fee or commission but paid Rs1.64 crore as advance for television ads) and interestingly, the two members on the audit committee of the airline are Yash Chopra and Javed Akhtar. As you sift through still more annual reports looking for promoter quirks, more questions begin to bother you. Why do some large groups still have promoter’s mothers as Chairmen? Well, we are like that only.

Quiz Reliance ADAG about the size of company boards and the spokesperson’s response reads like this: The Reliance ADA Group companies have a compact but optimal composition and size of Boards so as to ensure Directors’ full commitment and time for focussed participation in the companies’ affairs, rather than holding routine meetings.

THE INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR’S MYTH
A lot of corporate governance problems stem from the fact that competent and experienced independent directors who can add value are very few, so there is clamour for the few good ones. Popular board member choices like Rama Bijapurkar, Omkar Goswami, N Vaghul, Ashok Ganguly, Keki Dadiseth, Tino Puri, Aman Mehta, Cyril Shroff and Nimesh Kampani have multiple board memberships. Just the five ex-Hindustan Unilever Chairmen, SM Dutta, Ashok Ganguly, Keki Dadiseth, and Vindi Banga (still in active service in Unilever global) would be on more than 30 boards of listed and unlisted companies. But the guys who beat everyone to it are the lawyers from Crawford Bayley, like RA Shah. If all the directorships of lawyers in the firm are added up it would tot up to three figures. “We have to expand the existing pool of directors and companies have to take proactive steps to do that otherwise boards will not have fresh talent,” says Anjali Bansal, CEO, Spencer Stuart.

But the catch here is that many of the independent directors, unlike in the West, are not wealthy in their own right, so a substantial amount of their income is related to board activities. Some popular board members in India make decent money, like Omkar Goswami of CERG Advisory who sits on multiple marquee boards; his fees according to 2007-08 annual reports from just three boards — Infosys, Dr Reddy’s and Crompton Greaves — was Rs 90.73 lakhs, and he received 3000 stock options from the pharma company too.

The selection of directors in Indian companies remains arbitrary in most companies and lacks thoroughness; often promoter’s writ runs large. In contrast it’s a much more thorough process globally. Kidwai says that her selection and induction into the Nestle global board took nearly a year. “First, they made background checks, then the nomination committee cleared my name, and after that I was approached for consent. Five months before I formally joined the board I was called to meet all the board members. Three months before joining I had to go for a three-day induction program for new directors to develop a deeper understanding of the company and its strategy. Only then I went to the AGM,” she explains.

It would also be unfair to say that some esteemed people don’t refuse directorships. There are a group of people like Tino Puri, the former chief of Mckinsey India, who has stepped down from directorships in prestigious companies like Patni and Godrej because he wanted to cut down on board assignments due to time constraints. But the independent directors are not a particularly happy lot and with the Nimesh Kampani-Nagarjuna Finance episode, along with the Satyam fiasco, looming large, many are questioning their role. “We just don’t want to be another name, we are being abused,” says Vaghul. “I am also dissatisfied with the way we are discharging our duties. We are only going by what is produced before us by the management. In the last few days, I have been grappling with these issues myself.”

Independent directors complain that it’s the companies’ attitudes that defeat the very purpose for which they are on boards. While many independent directors hem and haw, Professor Nirmalya Kumar of London Business School, calls a spade a spade. “To do a job well one needs information and time. For information, one has to be able to rely on the auditors and management. For time, one has to be paid as a good director will need to spend one day a month on the company. Few Indian companies are willing to compensate for that,” he says.

THE R FACTOR
The third element of investors’ protection — the regulatory environment, also has some serious lacunae that some companies take advantage of. Take for example Section 372A of the Companies Act, which says that while the company can invest 100% of its free reserves without even a special resolution at a shareholders meeting, it can’t change the name of the company without one. After the boom run, many Indian companies, especially in IT, have more money on their balance sheets than some mutual funds. Then there are other inscrutable laws that make it easy for promoters to bypass boards. “Regarding quorum requirements, Section 287 of the Companies Act says that one-third of the total strength or two directors, whichever is higher, is the necessary requirement for a board meeting. So the requirement of having an independent director is not adequately matched by the quorum requirements in the Companies Act,” says corporate lawyer Rohit Kochhar, Chairman and Managing Partner, Kochhar and Co.

Similarly, the auditor’s role has come under heavy scrutiny in the Satyam aftermath, and the auditors PWC acknowledged that Satyam accounts were unreliable. A closer look at the fees of accounting firms also shows a disturbing trend. “A majority of listed firms paid the accounting firms much more for other services than auditing fees,” says Saurabh Mukherjea of Noble. So the relationships run deep and with the system of relationship managers that some accounting firms have started to follow, objectivity and arms-length relationship may have been a casualty. But the fallout of Satyam may have one positive — there may be a renewed focus on corporate governance. Many like Vaghul believe that this might just be the watershed event for that change to take place.

Exclusive: THE GAME OF CORPORATE INTELLIGENCE

In Uncategorized on January 23, 2009 at 11:03 am

THE SATYAM SAGA HAS BLOWN INDIA INC’S CORPORATE GOVERNANCE FAÇADE. JUST HOW DEEP IS THE ROT? M H AHSSAN INVESTIGATES.

If you spend days diving into annual reports while researching Indian boards and corporate governance standards, here are some questions you are bound to ask.

- IT major Infosys’ nomination committee chose yet another co-founder as CEO— is it dynastic succession of another kind?

- Was renowned Professor Krishna Palepu in the know of the financial misadventures of Satyam’s Ramalinga Raju?

- What value do gents like Prof. Mohammed Salahuddin Ansari, Principal, Madhupur College, Jharkhand and Dr Deva Nand Balodhia, free lance journalist, ex Officer on Special Duty to CM Uttarakhand add to the State Bank of India board that they sit on?

- What are people like Shahrukh Khan, Yash Chopra, and Javed Akhtar doing on the board of Jet Airways?

- How does leading lawyer Suresh Talwar, manage to find a place on more than 50 boards of listed and unlisted companies?

- Why do many large Reliance ADAG companies like Reliance Capital, Reliance Communication, Reliance Natural Resources, and Adlabs, have just five (Chairman Anil Ambani plus four non executive directors) people on their boards while the Andhra Bank board seems to require 19 members?

Hidden in some of these questions are the reasons that have led to corporate governance being reduced to mere lip service in most Indian companies. But exceptions remain.

In response to the Infosys succession question above, Co-Chairman NR Narayana Murthy demonstrated why his company is considered the gold standard in corporate governance: he got Claude Smadja, the then chairman of the nomination committee to send a detailed answer to explain the procedure of election of Kris Gopalakrishnan as CEO. And yes, Mr Palepu wrote back too, defending his actions as an independent director. His note said: “During my tenure as a director with Satyam, I fulfilled my responsibilities fully and appropriately. I look forward to providing my complete co-operation to regulatory agencies as they investigate this matter. The actions of Mr. Raju and his brother have caused Satyam, thousands of Satyam employees, customers and investors, and India, enormous damage,”

While in this sea of stink there are shining examples like Infosys, Wipro, Mahindra and Mahindra, Godrej, Bharti, ICICI Bank, HDFC Bank that have set themselves apart, they are few and far between. As one moves down the ET 500 ranking, the standards begin to fall. No doubt, corporate governance standards are far too complex a matter to be captured in plain numbers, but numbers do tell a story. More than 70% of ET 100 boards don’t have women in their boards and of the 2211 BSE listed companies that have filed data with the Exchange only 4.9% of all directors are women. More than 70% of the ET 100 boards still haven’t split the Chairman and CEO posts. More than 80% of ET 100 boards still don’t have lead independent directors in place. The fact remains that hundreds of listed companies still have to comply with clause 49 norms; in BSE itself there are 390 companies still to file data.

Governing The Corporate
And now research by an investment bank proves what industry watchers have suspected all along: large-scale manipulation of accounting standards. A report by the Noble group says that one in five BSE 500 firms has accounting issues — companies tamper with revenues, manipulate sales and play around with cash. So are the members of auditing committees of these companies sleeping? No, the independent directors say, they have to rely on the management for information, and often information and time is short supply in board meetings. “For some promoters, revenues are a matter of opinion not fact and somehow they always have to rush to meetings after the board meetings. We have no choice but to take the management’s word for most issues,” says the CEO of a company who is on prominent boards.

The fact remains that all three pillars of protection for investors — the independent directors, the auditors and the regulators are misaligned. “The institutions of corporate governance are not good enough. We have to reapply ourselves to restructure the institutions of corporate governance,” says Arun Maira, Senior Advisor, BCG who is on five boards. And corporate governance (which in its true form starts after basics like board composition, size, committees, systems of check and balances, have been put in place) is often just reduced to meeting the minimum legal requirements in most cases. “Only the ritualistic portions of corporate governance are being met with, I haven’t seen a material change in thinking towards corporate governance,” says N Vaghul, Chairman, ICICI Bank, one of India’s most respected business leaders.

THE PROMOTERS’ PLAY
Boards historically have been networks of influence for promoters, so family and businessmen friends are often nominated, leading to a cosy relationship in which both objectivity and independence are lost. Indian promoters, unlike in the West, hold large equity stakes and to quote a well known CEO of a FMCG company who is on several boards himself, still have an ‘I know what’s best for my company’ attitude. Many crafty promoters assemble the boards in such a way that it’s a culture of ‘collective consent’ and independent directors are mere pawns. “In promoterled company boards, the level of independence of independent directors is considerably limited. That’s what the Satyam episode brought into sharp focus. But in many companies with diversified ownership, the approach of the board is sharply different and independent directors often have differing views,” says Vaghul.

However, there are a few promoters like Sunil Mittal who actively scout for competent independent members and make sure that the board has differing voices. “I have personally introduced people to promoters who were looking for board members with right credentials and are the right fit for their boards. There are enough large Indian groups who are on a lookout for the right kind of directors,” says Naina Lal Kidwai, Group General Manager and Country Head, HSBC who also serves on Nestle’s global board.

It’s a well-known fact that Indian businessmen and executives crave for directorship and promoters know it too well. Promoters know that the combination of money, perquisites, and bragging rights of being on a prominent board combined with non-financial leverage of being from the same social circle often make directors fall in line. And god forbid, if the promoters find that a particular independent director is erring or asking the right questions, the person is simply not re-elected. But then, have you ever heard reports of directors leaving a company in the media? It often goes unreported, so when three IOC directors quit the board in quick succession, no one noticed. However in companies like Infosys, the co-founders go an extra mile to make sure that independent directors are not influenced by promoters.

In this day and age of globalisation, corporate governance is high on every board’s agenda or at least the façade is maintained. Promoters have been quick to crack the corporate governance code because boards with the right names provide the ‘shine effect’ that helps in many ways, including getting FII money. So in the last five years, they have been quick to window dress their boards with academics, consultants, women (for diversity), and international personalities but old and faithful favourites like CAs, bureaucrats, and lawyers still remain permanent fixtures.

Interestingly, Indian boards have their own quirks and preferences too. Satyam’s earlier board had a clear proclivity for Telugu speaking gents. Though these preferences don’t affect the independence of the board they point to interesting possibilities. For example, some big Parsi business conglomerates still retain a certain percentage of Parsi board members. To check if the religious undertone play out, we sift through boards of promoters belonging to a particular community — Wipro, Mirza Tanneries, Wockhardt, and Cipla — and thankfully there is no religious undertone and boards are diverse. But yes, many boards show clear regional preferences, especially Gujarati and some traditional south Indian companies. That’s largely for the sake of convenience of board meetings, say promoters. Sometimes clannish behaviour also creeps in. For example, a large North Indian group’s board had majority of members who belonged to a particular sect in Punjab.

And those who are still wondering about Shahrukh Khan, well, the actor, playwright Javed Akhtar, and film-maker Yash Chopra were hitched on the Jet board after the Jet-Sahara deal fell through in 2006 and according to the 2007-08 annual report Shah Rukh Khan didn’t attend any meetings in the financial year (he was not paid any directors fee or commission but paid Rs1.64 crore as advance for television ads) and interestingly, the two members on the audit committee of the airline are Yash Chopra and Javed Akhtar. As you sift through still more annual reports looking for promoter quirks, more questions begin to bother you. Why do some large groups still have promoter’s mothers as Chairmen? Well, we are like that only.

Quiz Reliance ADAG about the size of company boards and the spokesperson’s response reads like this: The Reliance ADA Group companies have a compact but optimal composition and size of Boards so as to ensure Directors’ full commitment and time for focussed participation in the companies’ affairs, rather than holding routine meetings.

THE INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR’S MYTH
A lot of corporate governance problems stem from the fact that competent and experienced independent directors who can add value are very few, so there is clamour for the few good ones. Popular board member choices like Rama Bijapurkar, Omkar Goswami, N Vaghul, Ashok Ganguly, Keki Dadiseth, Tino Puri, Aman Mehta, Cyril Shroff and Nimesh Kampani have multiple board memberships. Just the five ex-Hindustan Unilever Chairmen, SM Dutta, Ashok Ganguly, Keki Dadiseth, and Vindi Banga (still in active service in Unilever global) would be on more than 30 boards of listed and unlisted companies. But the guys who beat everyone to it are the lawyers from Crawford Bayley, like RA Shah. If all the directorships of lawyers in the firm are added up it would tot up to three figures. “We have to expand the existing pool of directors and companies have to take proactive steps to do that otherwise boards will not have fresh talent,” says Anjali Bansal, CEO, Spencer Stuart.

But the catch here is that many of the independent directors, unlike in the West, are not wealthy in their own right, so a substantial amount of their income is related to board activities. Some popular board members in India make decent money, like Omkar Goswami of CERG Advisory who sits on multiple marquee boards; his fees according to 2007-08 annual reports from just three boards — Infosys, Dr Reddy’s and Crompton Greaves — was Rs 90.73 lakhs, and he received 3000 stock options from the pharma company too.

The selection of directors in Indian companies remains arbitrary in most companies and lacks thoroughness; often promoter’s writ runs large. In contrast it’s a much more thorough process globally. Kidwai says that her selection and induction into the Nestle global board took nearly a year. “First, they made background checks, then the nomination committee cleared my name, and after that I was approached for consent. Five months before I formally joined the board I was called to meet all the board members. Three months before joining I had to go for a three-day induction program for new directors to develop a deeper understanding of the company and its strategy. Only then I went to the AGM,” she explains.

It would also be unfair to say that some esteemed people don’t refuse directorships. There are a group of people like Tino Puri, the former chief of Mckinsey India, who has stepped down from directorships in prestigious companies like Patni and Godrej because he wanted to cut down on board assignments due to time constraints. But the independent directors are not a particularly happy lot and with the Nimesh Kampani-Nagarjuna Finance episode, along with the Satyam fiasco, looming large, many are questioning their role. “We just don’t want to be another name, we are being abused,” says Vaghul. “I am also dissatisfied with the way we are discharging our duties. We are only going by what is produced before us by the management. In the last few days, I have been grappling with these issues myself.”

Independent directors complain that it’s the companies’ attitudes that defeat the very purpose for which they are on boards. While many independent directors hem and haw, Professor Nirmalya Kumar of London Business School, calls a spade a spade. “To do a job well one needs information and time. For information, one has to be able to rely on the auditors and management. For time, one has to be paid as a good director will need to spend one day a month on the company. Few Indian companies are willing to compensate for that,” he says.

THE R FACTOR
The third element of investors’ protection — the regulatory environment, also has some serious lacunae that some companies take advantage of. Take for example Section 372A of the Companies Act, which says that while the company can invest 100% of its free reserves without even a special resolution at a shareholders meeting, it can’t change the name of the company without one. After the boom run, many Indian companies, especially in IT, have more money on their balance sheets than some mutual funds. Then there are other inscrutable laws that make it easy for promoters to bypass boards. “Regarding quorum requirements, Section 287 of the Companies Act says that one-third of the total strength or two directors, whichever is higher, is the necessary requirement for a board meeting. So the requirement of having an independent director is not adequately matched by the quorum requirements in the Companies Act,” says corporate lawyer Rohit Kochhar, Chairman and Managing Partner, Kochhar and Co.

Similarly, the auditor’s role has come under heavy scrutiny in the Satyam aftermath, and the auditors PWC acknowledged that Satyam accounts were unreliable. A closer look at the fees of accounting firms also shows a disturbing trend. “A majority of listed firms paid the accounting firms much more for other services than auditing fees,” says Saurabh Mukherjea of Noble. So the relationships run deep and with the system of relationship managers that some accounting firms have started to follow, objectivity and arms-length relationship may have been a casualty. But the fallout of Satyam may have one positive — there may be a renewed focus on corporate governance. Many like Vaghul believe that this might just be the watershed event for that change to take place.

WHEN SIZE MATTERS

In india news on January 23, 2009 at 10:59 am

By M H Ahssan

Faced with drying demand, service providers — from videoconferencing to software solutions to air charters—are going all out to woo small and mid-size businesses like never before.

When Obeetee, a carpet making company in Mirzapur had to figure out how to participate in a trade fair in Atlanta with its senior executives not able to make it, the decision was quite simple. Using high-end videoconferencing equipment this carpet maker with offices in the US could transmit its chairman’s message to the conference, which is one of the biggest in the sector.

Companies like these find themselves increasingly being targeted by bigger players, and also by other small and medium businesses (SMBs) making cutting edge products. While most of the companies did see the SMB space as one huge market, there seems to be a sense of urgency to get them on board as clients, as some of the bigger clients seem to have suffered the fallout of the US recession and have cut costs. Emerging businesses across sectors now find themselves at the centre of attention from MNCs and other Indian biggies.

While companies in most sectors go slow on their expansion plans, US-based LifeSize Communications is going all out on India, betting on the fact that companies here are cutting down on travel costs, and on their new HD videoconferencing system. “We aim to grow much faster here,” says Craig Malloy, worldwide CEO of the Texas based company. He says that with companies cutting down on costs, they have a better opportunity to market their range of products and also expand the market to emerging businesses. The company has had an India presence since 2006, in the form of a software development centre that the company plans to expand. But now, the recession has forced some companies to cut down on travel and other costs, which has resulted in some of them embracing videoconferencing more readily, says Malloy. But another equally important factor has been the availability of videoconferencing equipment.

The high end equipment of LifeSize delivers telepresence quality video communications–true 1920×1080 video at 60 frames per second, which is a marked improvement over the currently in vogue 1280×720 at 30 frames a second. This is transmitted over existing broadband networks with as little as 1 Mbps bandwidth. The result is a very natural, face-to-face communication across towns and around the globe. Video and data are captured in real time and sent instantaneously through an IP address using any bandwidth. “We now plan for around 50% growth, and make sure we are making around a million bucks every quarter,” says Malloy. The Indian SMB market is now a new target beyond existing clients like Reliance, Wipro and ACC. In two years the company has captured around 10% of the videoconferencing market in India, and for more market share, the SMBs are an essential target.

PTC, another US-based company, has meanwhile turned its attention to the emerging businesses in the automotive sector in the country. “These emerging businesses show a lot of innovation.” says Rafiq Somani, country manager, PTC. In the US, Parametric’s maintenance and services businesses, which drive about 70% of its revenue, continued to perform well despite a tough market. In these times, analysts foresee reduced spending on CAD (computer-aided design) software solutions.

The Needham, Massachusetts based firm is increasingly working with SMBs over the past few months for its advanced 3-D CAD technology. “The SMB segment, as far as manufacturing goes, has definitely come of age,” says Somani. As India fast emerges as a global manufacturing and product development hub, SMBs will form a critical component in domestic and global product development value chains. PTC’s SMB business is expected to grow at 35-40% per year.

One reason which Somani feels has expedited the rise in demand for more sophisticated technology is that the emerging businesses are entering into deeper partnerships with OEMs (Original Equipment Manufacturers), they globalise, expand their product or service portfolio, and are becoming a more mature market for players like PTC. This allows us to bring our SMB customers even more value, by helping them adopt higher value solutions from PTC’s more advanced product development and lifestyle systems, like Windchill. Some of their SMB customers are players like Electronica, and Advec, who are using the technologies to supply to top players like GM or Ford. Advec Hi Tech, is moving into four wheeler components now, from its existing two wheeler.

Interestingly, even in aviation, a fast growing air charter company is also quite bullish on his fellow SMBs in other sectors, at a time when airlines are facing a crisis and cutting back on ticket prices. Airnetz offers a third party operated B200(a Turbo propeller) and a 3 Seater R44 helicopter on this route, B200 which has seating capacity of 8 passengers charging around Rs.20,000 for one passenger. “Corporate passengers landing late night or early morning find a flight pool cheaper than using cars,” says Atul Khekade, CEO, Airnetz on why this is going to be attractive for SMBs and other companies as well. The charges of hiring a Corolla or Camry, according to him, for return trip are around Rs.20, 000 while his service is costing almost the same. For the more luxurious Robinson 44 charges will be around Rs. 35, 000 for one passenger with food and luxurious service of a charter flight and with 5 times lesser time.

It has over 180 aircrafts in its India network and has exclusive access to over 700 aircraft in India, Dubai, Europe and USA, according to Khekade, whose focus on emerging business clients has grown manifold in the last few months, since the recession started. “The era of private aviation is beginning to start as flight pool option with corporate jet is making the travel sometimes cheaper than a luxury sedan. For sectors like Mumbai-Pune , attending a meeting by flight pooling a private jet turns out to be cheaper and time saving for the corporate,” says Khekade, who says that demand for such services is only going to rise through the recession.

Be it any of these sectors, the SMB players are making their mark, says Malloy as he walks into the new, and bigger, development centre and shows the crystal clear HD conferencing where his US head seems to be sitting across the table. Quite like the emerging players, who now find themselves seated across all the big players eager to make a mark in India when the recessionary winds are blowing.

WHEN SIZE MATTERS

In Uncategorized on January 23, 2009 at 10:59 am

By M H Ahssan

Faced with drying demand, service providers — from videoconferencing to software solutions to air charters—are going all out to woo small and mid-size businesses like never before.

When Obeetee, a carpet making company in Mirzapur had to figure out how to participate in a trade fair in Atlanta with its senior executives not able to make it, the decision was quite simple. Using high-end videoconferencing equipment this carpet maker with offices in the US could transmit its chairman’s message to the conference, which is one of the biggest in the sector.

Companies like these find themselves increasingly being targeted by bigger players, and also by other small and medium businesses (SMBs) making cutting edge products. While most of the companies did see the SMB space as one huge market, there seems to be a sense of urgency to get them on board as clients, as some of the bigger clients seem to have suffered the fallout of the US recession and have cut costs. Emerging businesses across sectors now find themselves at the centre of attention from MNCs and other Indian biggies.

While companies in most sectors go slow on their expansion plans, US-based LifeSize Communications is going all out on India, betting on the fact that companies here are cutting down on travel costs, and on their new HD videoconferencing system. “We aim to grow much faster here,” says Craig Malloy, worldwide CEO of the Texas based company. He says that with companies cutting down on costs, they have a better opportunity to market their range of products and also expand the market to emerging businesses. The company has had an India presence since 2006, in the form of a software development centre that the company plans to expand. But now, the recession has forced some companies to cut down on travel and other costs, which has resulted in some of them embracing videoconferencing more readily, says Malloy. But another equally important factor has been the availability of videoconferencing equipment.

The high end equipment of LifeSize delivers telepresence quality video communications–true 1920×1080 video at 60 frames per second, which is a marked improvement over the currently in vogue 1280×720 at 30 frames a second. This is transmitted over existing broadband networks with as little as 1 Mbps bandwidth. The result is a very natural, face-to-face communication across towns and around the globe. Video and data are captured in real time and sent instantaneously through an IP address using any bandwidth. “We now plan for around 50% growth, and make sure we are making around a million bucks every quarter,” says Malloy. The Indian SMB market is now a new target beyond existing clients like Reliance, Wipro and ACC. In two years the company has captured around 10% of the videoconferencing market in India, and for more market share, the SMBs are an essential target.

PTC, another US-based company, has meanwhile turned its attention to the emerging businesses in the automotive sector in the country. “These emerging businesses show a lot of innovation.” says Rafiq Somani, country manager, PTC. In the US, Parametric’s maintenance and services businesses, which drive about 70% of its revenue, continued to perform well despite a tough market. In these times, analysts foresee reduced spending on CAD (computer-aided design) software solutions.

The Needham, Massachusetts based firm is increasingly working with SMBs over the past few months for its advanced 3-D CAD technology. “The SMB segment, as far as manufacturing goes, has definitely come of age,” says Somani. As India fast emerges as a global manufacturing and product development hub, SMBs will form a critical component in domestic and global product development value chains. PTC’s SMB business is expected to grow at 35-40% per year.

One reason which Somani feels has expedited the rise in demand for more sophisticated technology is that the emerging businesses are entering into deeper partnerships with OEMs (Original Equipment Manufacturers), they globalise, expand their product or service portfolio, and are becoming a more mature market for players like PTC. This allows us to bring our SMB customers even more value, by helping them adopt higher value solutions from PTC’s more advanced product development and lifestyle systems, like Windchill. Some of their SMB customers are players like Electronica, and Advec, who are using the technologies to supply to top players like GM or Ford. Advec Hi Tech, is moving into four wheeler components now, from its existing two wheeler.

Interestingly, even in aviation, a fast growing air charter company is also quite bullish on his fellow SMBs in other sectors, at a time when airlines are facing a crisis and cutting back on ticket prices. Airnetz offers a third party operated B200(a Turbo propeller) and a 3 Seater R44 helicopter on this route, B200 which has seating capacity of 8 passengers charging around Rs.20,000 for one passenger. “Corporate passengers landing late night or early morning find a flight pool cheaper than using cars,” says Atul Khekade, CEO, Airnetz on why this is going to be attractive for SMBs and other companies as well. The charges of hiring a Corolla or Camry, according to him, for return trip are around Rs.20, 000 while his service is costing almost the same. For the more luxurious Robinson 44 charges will be around Rs. 35, 000 for one passenger with food and luxurious service of a charter flight and with 5 times lesser time.

It has over 180 aircrafts in its India network and has exclusive access to over 700 aircraft in India, Dubai, Europe and USA, according to Khekade, whose focus on emerging business clients has grown manifold in the last few months, since the recession started. “The era of private aviation is beginning to start as flight pool option with corporate jet is making the travel sometimes cheaper than a luxury sedan. For sectors like Mumbai-Pune , attending a meeting by flight pooling a private jet turns out to be cheaper and time saving for the corporate,” says Khekade, who says that demand for such services is only going to rise through the recession.

Be it any of these sectors, the SMB players are making their mark, says Malloy as he walks into the new, and bigger, development centre and shows the crystal clear HD conferencing where his US head seems to be sitting across the table. Quite like the emerging players, who now find themselves seated across all the big players eager to make a mark in India when the recessionary winds are blowing.

Financial disaster’s detritus falls on us

In india news on January 23, 2009 at 10:56 am

The Troubled Asset Relief Program was used by the US administration not to buy off the toxic assets but to inject capital in US banks seemingly because it was unable to settle on a price discovery mechanism, says Saumitra Chaudhuri

If things start falling on you, does it mean that that stuff is dropping faster than you are? Or that, may be, you have hit bottom and that things that have a built-in time delay are now floating down upon you? That is what I tend to think, even as champion doomsayer Nouriel Roubini ups his estimate for US bank losses to $3.6 trillion. On January 20, he told Bloomberg, “it means the US banking system is effectively insolvent because it starts with a capital of $1.4 trillion”, adding for good measure “the system is bankrupt …. In Europe, it’s the same thing”. With markets tanking over the past couple of weeks, as the troubles in the US, UK and European banking industry once again come to light, as December 2008 quarter and annual results hit the news, one cannot but admire Prof Roubini’s timing.

The fact is that all those who have opened up shop to sell their personalised version of doom, purgatory and the irredeemable nature of Man, or at least of capitalism, have had great assistance: First class publicity, choreography and dramatic support, courtesy of the US treasury, particularly from its former secretary, Hank Paulson, Jr. One trusts that this support will prove not to be a continuing one in 2009. It is a tragedy how poorly the subprime mortgage crisis and its contagion effects were handled, leave alone its unfortunate (and avoidable) genesis. Here we look at only one issue, albeit a major one, namely the Troubled Asset Relief Program (TARP).

In late September 2008, this column had argued that it was imperative to sequester the suspect assets, so that as in Gresham’s law the bad financial assets do not drive out the good. We had expected difficulties with pricing, if the assets were to be purchased outright, but had felt that people so much more knowledgeable than us would have anticipated these and worked out solutions. The faith was completely misplaced. After invoking the ghosts of the Great Depression, TARP was pushed through on the second attempt in US Congress. Once it became law, it was used not to buy off socalled toxic assets, but to inject capital (against partial ownership) in US banks. All of the major banks participated willingly (or otherwise) so that none of them would feel “tainted” by having to seek government bailouts. Most of $350 billion of the available TARP funds were used thus.

The ‘toxic assets’ remained in the books of banks and other financial institutions and therefore continue to require writedowns, that is, fresh losses continue to be charged. There is no real market for such assets, just the occasional small transaction and movement in special indices used to track/simulate the prices of such assets. But that requires more mark-to-market losses. Is it a wonder then that banks have clung on to the TARP money, to help absorb these losses, maintaining them as part of the $600 billion of excess reserves held with the US Fed? The legitimate justifications for TARP was that it was (a) necessary to prevent a systemic collapse and (b) temporarily free banks from the burden of ‘toxic’ assets such that their dysfunctionality would not result in a general dysfunctionality in the economy at large.

Item (a) was the direct outcome of an official and disastrous decision (to let Lehman go bankrupt) and was to an extent addressed by the bailout, that was followed by more assistance to Citigroup and the tubefeeding of Merrill into Bank of America. Item (b) was not addressed. The reason why after getting TARP passed in a mad rush to ostensibly purchase and sequester ‘toxic assets’, the US authorities then did something quite different was that it seems they were unable to settle on a “price discovery” mechanism. The same or very similar assets had different marked down book values in different banks and they felt that the political correctness of a “price discovery” mechanism for an item which was being only traded in small quantities at isolated fire-sales was more important than doing the right thing with $350 billion.

IF THE dogma of political correctness (which by the way keeps Larry Summers on the bench, while Tim Geithner gets to explain why he forgot to pay his taxes) continues unchallenged, the more government gets involved in the banking industry — in the US and the UK — the longer it will take for the cure to happen. However, now that there is a new administration in the US, which is surely more interested in producing tangible improvement in economic conditions and which has much more head room for manoeuvrability than its lameduck predecessor had, it may be reasonable to expect appropriate solutions for the problems of the US financial industry.

Surely it will dawn on people, who find the December 2008 ending quarter losses in financial and most non-financial companies worse than expectations, that it is something of a miracle that these entities are still around in January 2009 to report any results at all. For a moment in late October and November it did not look all that of a certain thing. Which is why, I see the weakness in markets this month, as more of a reaction to events that have already transpired. Enter the Obama administration, which surely knows that if their actions are not seen to produce some improvement well before the year is out, they will lose the goodwill and broad support they will need for their longer-term policy goals. They also have had a long time to observe the mess, with the advantage of being on the sidelines and therefore under no obligations to offer solutions, but with privileged access to information nonetheless.

Now, if sequestering toxic assets is such an obvious thing, why has nobody done it? Well actually, the Swiss have. The Swiss central bank (SNB) has set up a special purpose vehicle, funded primarily (90%) by SNB to buy $60 billion of toxic assets from UBS in stages which puts in the remaining 10%. Additionally SNB will invest in convertible notes of UBS. Then SNB buys the UBS equity for a nominal amount (reportedly $1) and the cash flow from the sequestered assets is expected to pay-off SNB for its investment. Over the past fortnight, the markets also seem to recognise this, as they have hammered UBS (and Credit Suisse) less than they have JP Morgan and Wells Fargo, leave alone Bank of America and distraught Citigroup and British banks.

The UK appears to be headed down the road to nationalisation. Given the much smaller constituency for such an outcome in the US and the general low public support for what has come to be called “corporate welfare”, it may not be out of place to be cautiously optimistic and expect that the Obama administration will do the obvious and thus stem the needless rot in its financial system.

Financial disaster’s detritus falls on us

In Uncategorized on January 23, 2009 at 10:56 am

The Troubled Asset Relief Program was used by the US administration not to buy off the toxic assets but to inject capital in US banks seemingly because it was unable to settle on a price discovery mechanism, says Saumitra Chaudhuri

If things start falling on you, does it mean that that stuff is dropping faster than you are? Or that, may be, you have hit bottom and that things that have a built-in time delay are now floating down upon you? That is what I tend to think, even as champion doomsayer Nouriel Roubini ups his estimate for US bank losses to $3.6 trillion. On January 20, he told Bloomberg, “it means the US banking system is effectively insolvent because it starts with a capital of $1.4 trillion”, adding for good measure “the system is bankrupt …. In Europe, it’s the same thing”. With markets tanking over the past couple of weeks, as the troubles in the US, UK and European banking industry once again come to light, as December 2008 quarter and annual results hit the news, one cannot but admire Prof Roubini’s timing.

The fact is that all those who have opened up shop to sell their personalised version of doom, purgatory and the irredeemable nature of Man, or at least of capitalism, have had great assistance: First class publicity, choreography and dramatic support, courtesy of the US treasury, particularly from its former secretary, Hank Paulson, Jr. One trusts that this support will prove not to be a continuing one in 2009. It is a tragedy how poorly the subprime mortgage crisis and its contagion effects were handled, leave alone its unfortunate (and avoidable) genesis. Here we look at only one issue, albeit a major one, namely the Troubled Asset Relief Program (TARP).

In late September 2008, this column had argued that it was imperative to sequester the suspect assets, so that as in Gresham’s law the bad financial assets do not drive out the good. We had expected difficulties with pricing, if the assets were to be purchased outright, but had felt that people so much more knowledgeable than us would have anticipated these and worked out solutions. The faith was completely misplaced. After invoking the ghosts of the Great Depression, TARP was pushed through on the second attempt in US Congress. Once it became law, it was used not to buy off socalled toxic assets, but to inject capital (against partial ownership) in US banks. All of the major banks participated willingly (or otherwise) so that none of them would feel “tainted” by having to seek government bailouts. Most of $350 billion of the available TARP funds were used thus.

The ‘toxic assets’ remained in the books of banks and other financial institutions and therefore continue to require writedowns, that is, fresh losses continue to be charged. There is no real market for such assets, just the occasional small transaction and movement in special indices used to track/simulate the prices of such assets. But that requires more mark-to-market losses. Is it a wonder then that banks have clung on to the TARP money, to help absorb these losses, maintaining them as part of the $600 billion of excess reserves held with the US Fed? The legitimate justifications for TARP was that it was (a) necessary to prevent a systemic collapse and (b) temporarily free banks from the burden of ‘toxic’ assets such that their dysfunctionality would not result in a general dysfunctionality in the economy at large.

Item (a) was the direct outcome of an official and disastrous decision (to let Lehman go bankrupt) and was to an extent addressed by the bailout, that was followed by more assistance to Citigroup and the tubefeeding of Merrill into Bank of America. Item (b) was not addressed. The reason why after getting TARP passed in a mad rush to ostensibly purchase and sequester ‘toxic assets’, the US authorities then did something quite different was that it seems they were unable to settle on a “price discovery” mechanism. The same or very similar assets had different marked down book values in different banks and they felt that the political correctness of a “price discovery” mechanism for an item which was being only traded in small quantities at isolated fire-sales was more important than doing the right thing with $350 billion.

IF THE dogma of political correctness (which by the way keeps Larry Summers on the bench, while Tim Geithner gets to explain why he forgot to pay his taxes) continues unchallenged, the more government gets involved in the banking industry — in the US and the UK — the longer it will take for the cure to happen. However, now that there is a new administration in the US, which is surely more interested in producing tangible improvement in economic conditions and which has much more head room for manoeuvrability than its lameduck predecessor had, it may be reasonable to expect appropriate solutions for the problems of the US financial industry.

Surely it will dawn on people, who find the December 2008 ending quarter losses in financial and most non-financial companies worse than expectations, that it is something of a miracle that these entities are still around in January 2009 to report any results at all. For a moment in late October and November it did not look all that of a certain thing. Which is why, I see the weakness in markets this month, as more of a reaction to events that have already transpired. Enter the Obama administration, which surely knows that if their actions are not seen to produce some improvement well before the year is out, they will lose the goodwill and broad support they will need for their longer-term policy goals. They also have had a long time to observe the mess, with the advantage of being on the sidelines and therefore under no obligations to offer solutions, but with privileged access to information nonetheless.

Now, if sequestering toxic assets is such an obvious thing, why has nobody done it? Well actually, the Swiss have. The Swiss central bank (SNB) has set up a special purpose vehicle, funded primarily (90%) by SNB to buy $60 billion of toxic assets from UBS in stages which puts in the remaining 10%. Additionally SNB will invest in convertible notes of UBS. Then SNB buys the UBS equity for a nominal amount (reportedly $1) and the cash flow from the sequestered assets is expected to pay-off SNB for its investment. Over the past fortnight, the markets also seem to recognise this, as they have hammered UBS (and Credit Suisse) less than they have JP Morgan and Wells Fargo, leave alone Bank of America and distraught Citigroup and British banks.

The UK appears to be headed down the road to nationalisation. Given the much smaller constituency for such an outcome in the US and the general low public support for what has come to be called “corporate welfare”, it may not be out of place to be cautiously optimistic and expect that the Obama administration will do the obvious and thus stem the needless rot in its financial system.

WHEN GOING GETS TOUGH, TOUGH GET GOING

In Uncategorized on January 23, 2009 at 10:53 am

By M H Ahssan

Some enterprising individuals have taken the tough economic conditions as an opportunity to experiment with daring ideas and start their own ventures. In fact, debut successes during recession time are not a new thing for Indians.

It’s said entrepreneurship feeds on risk-taking appetite. While that’s more or less confirmed, the real test of enterprise comes during a slowdown. As the wheels of commerce slow and production threatens to grind to a halt, as joblessness looms large and bourses collapse, a few good men (and women) show gumption to work the numbers in their favour. There’s a silver lining to every crisis. Time and again, India has demonstrated so in a myriad ways.

Take the case of former managing director of auto major Maruti Suzuki, Jagdish Khattar, who has always toyed with challenges, demonstrating a high risk quotient when he launched his new venture at a time when most companies were putting their new projects on hold. Last month, the bureaucrat-turned-executive launched an auto sales and service chain—Carnation—at the peak of recession. Many would frown at the timing, but Khattar wears a smile on his face. “I look at the brighter side too,” he says.

“It’s a good time to invest as the economic slowdown is bringing sanity back to the industry.” He believes by the time Carnation expands to major cities in the country, the recessionary cycle would be nearing its end. It is this realism that Kattar wants to leverage. Resources come cheaper than they would during the boom; newer stakeholders themselves looking for help are willing to come on board too. “It’s a happier situation for Carnation than it would have been in a booming economy,” adds Khattar. “Several dealers are under stress and so I am offering them to join hands and let me use their facilities.”While Khattar’s high-profile status may help, there are scores of lesser-known senior professionals who are plunging headlong into entrepreneurship without the fear of the looming recession.

Last month, two old buddies and general insurance veterans suddenly quit their megabuck jobs at ICICI Lombard and HDFC to start their own venture. Many of their colleagues found their move bizarre. So much so, their erstwhile companies did everything to dissuade them while others dubbed it a case of ‘bad timing’. The start-up venture—a general insurance advisory firm, Amicus Advisory—took off in the midst of one of the worst recessions the country has seen. However, the duo drew strength from the fact that India and its insurance sector would continue to interest global stakeholders in the business. “If you have a good idea and sound domain knowledge to begin with, there are many takers,” says Gautam Mazumdar, executive director, Amicus and ex-HDFC Ergo honcho. He feels that there’s a vast scope for improvement in carrying out skills development on a large scale at the entry level. “Most welfare schemes for large groups covering their health and income protection are insurable in nature and can be a win-win for all stakeholders.” Amicus expects to receive adequate funding, based on preliminary discussions with potential investors, and is currently in the process of roping in some highprofile board members.

The success of several ventures launched in the previous dotcom bust has confirmed beyond doubt that big ideas can brave the worst of the economic storms. The global economy is facing one today. However, CK Prahalad, Paul and Ruth McCracken Distinguished University Professor at the Ross School of Business, University of Michigan, believes tough economic weather presents an excellent opportunity to start new ventures to target domestic market rather than focusing on exports. “A lot of companies, such as Google, have done this and worked on a great idea that clicked. Today, can one imagine living without them,” he says.

However, there was once a time when Google was missing. And that proves there is a market. That applies to Facebook and a host of successful social networking websites as well. “The real challenge is in convincing the consumer to stay positive during an economic slowdown,” adds Prof. Prahalad.

Even Tim Draper, founder and MD of venture capital firm Draper Fisher Jurvetson (DFJ)—the man behind Baidu.com Inc, Skype Inc and Hotmail—calls downturns a “most exciting time” for entrepreneurs. “This is the best time to take those risks,” he told a business publication recently. His theory: The two best times for entrepreneurs lie at the bottom of the cycle and the top. While at the bottom, he opines, entrepreneurs recreate themselves, working out what to do with less money, at the top of the cycle, it’s about how big one can get and how to get there.

Starting a new venture in a recessionary climate is not new to Indians. Earlier, the dotcom bust of 2000-01 posed a similar challenge and there were many ventures, such as Spectramind, Daksh and EXL, that rode out of rough weather to become shining examples in the IT and BPO space. Take the case of Spectramind, a Delhi-based BPO. Started by Raman Roy in 2000, at the peak of the dotcom meltdown, the firm turned out to be a huge success as determined by its valuation of $131 million at the time of its acquisition byWipro in 2003. Similarly, Daksh eServices was acquired by IBM for over $150 million and EXL is still going strong on its own.

It’s not IT alone that has got people excited. Other new sectors such as retail have drawn entrepreneurs of all hues to follow their instinct rather than get worried about adverse economic situation. Vishal Megamart and Big Bazaar, the two most successful retail chains today, began their journey amidst economic slowdown of 2000-2001. Man Mohan Agarwal, CEO, Vishal Retail, believes recession is a good time for a startup or a new business as an entrepreneur can work at his own pace. “This when compared to a boom time becomes a race and competition,” he says. “While one needs to work harder to gain a sound footing and operational edge over others, it helps in growing multifold when recession ends. In that sense recession is more of a boon than a bane.”

Several years down the line, the idea of entrepreneurship has come a long way. While professionals may dare to stick their neck out even during difficult times, interestingly, for freshly minted management graduates, the idea is being driven out of sheer necessity. Many students of the final batch at India’s prestigious IIMs are looking at their own ventures in the absence of good job offers with stratospheric salaries. Recruiters visiting campuses are scaling down the number of hires they are likely to pick this year and salaries are no longer going to be attractive enough. So students see this as an opportunity to try out their ability to take risks.

Editorial: A Fresh Tack

In Uncategorized on January 23, 2009 at 10:50 am

By M H Ahssan

Obama approach hits a nerve in Pakistan. Going by defiant statements from Islamabad that it will review its options vis-a-vis Washington if the Obama administration doesn’t adopt a positive policy towards it, it has clearly been rattled by the Obama administration’s plans to rejig American policy towards Pakistan and Afghanistan. Foreign minister Shah Mahmood Qureshi has gone to the extent of flashing a China card against India and the United States by asserting that Beijing would come to its aid if necessary.

The new US approach includes inducting 30,000 more American troops into Afghanistan, building an alternative route to supply them that passes through Russia and Central Asia instead of Pakistan, and pouring in non-military aid to Pakistan which will be tied to better performance in the war against terror. It’s hard to see what’s objectionable about this package. If the Americans are pouring in billions of dollars into Pakistan, it’s legitimate to expect that Pakistan should, in return, cease to provide sanctuary to armed militants who cross the border into Afghanistan and attack NATO and Afghan troops there, not to mention terror groups which have targets all over the world. Neither has Islamabad done a good job of keeping the supply route that passes through western Pakistan open, as hundreds of NATO trucks have been burnt along this route. If the US doubles its troops in Afghanistan, it can’t be expected to keep their sole supply route hostage to closure by the Taliban.

What may seem disconcerting from Islamabad’s point of view is the shift from previous US approaches to Pakistan, which had their origins in US-Pakistan collaboration during the jihad against Soviet occupation in Afghanistan. Coordinating the jihad was outsourced, in large part, to the ISI by the US and other western powers. When the Bush administration focused on Iraq and took its eye off the ball in Afghanistan this approach was, to some extent, replicated and not too many questions were asked about how effectively Islamabad was conducting its war on terror. That may have led some elements in Pakistan to revive the old dream of strategic depth, whereby the West would eventually tire of Taliban attacks launched from safe sanctuaries in Pakistan, withdraw its troops and leave the Taliban free to reassert control in Afghanistan.

But alarm bells rang as Taliban began making deep forays into Afghanistan while asserting control over large swathes of Pakistani territory itself. That caused the Bush administration to change tack in the last few months to authorise missile and drone strikes on Taliban-held Pakistani territory. Now the Obama administration promises to tie aid to results in the war on terror. This may have its risks. But previous approaches have failed to stem the Taliban, which is making headway in both Pakistan and Afghanistan. Meanwhile, the Lashkar-e-Taiba uses Pakistani territory to launch terror attacks on India. It’s time for a fresh global approach to stabilising Pakistan.

Editorial: Done In By Hype

In Uncategorized on January 23, 2009 at 10:48 am

By M H Ahssan

Unqualified adulation of corporate leaders is dangerous. Flashback to the early 1980s and some people may recollect the name Agha Hassan Abedi. He was the founder of the Bank of Credit and Commerce International (BCCI) which in those days was the fastest growing financial institution in the world. It later emerged that BCCI’s success was built around a web of deceit and fraud. Abedi’s collapse into ignominy was as rapid as his rise to fortune. Fast forward to the 1990s and there is Ken Lay. He took Enron from revenues to the tune of $4.6 billion in 1990 to $101 billion in 2000, and then to bankruptcy by 2001.

While the company’s fortunes were on the rise Lay was the darling of the corporate community. He was showered with awards and those who asked troublesome questions about the company’s performance were dismissed as awkward Cassandras. And now there is Ramalinga Raju, the man who built Satyam into India’s fourth largest IT company, and who only last year was conferred the Golden Peacock Award for corporate governance. These are just three names out of the many that at one stage bestrode their professional domains like a colossus but then collapsed into a heap of public opprobrium, legal suits and personal shame.

Why did such people who had been hailed as iconic trailblazers and whose entrepreneurial and innovative initiatives were held up as models of inspired leadership for a competitive and connected world feel compelled to wilfully defraud?

There is no simple answer but of all the possible explanations there is one that calls for a psychologist’s comment — the subtly corrosive impact of public accolades and media hype. Abedi, Lay, Raju and their like were once the cynosure of shareholders, peers, financial journalists and industry federations. Their every initiative was given broad coverage. Their companies were the envy of the corporate community. But then hubris and overconfidence stepped in. They began to believe the hype. They began to behave as if they did have the Midas touch — that they could indeed convert dross into gold.

They got so taken in by the spin and hyperbole of third-party analysts and a superficially knowledgeable media that instead of focusing on business fundamentals like managing cash flows, they expended disproportionate effort on sustaining the stories of their success. Matters had to eventually come to a head. Whether it was because of a mistimed bet or a shift in market conditions their companies started to falter. The rot set in when against this backdrop of deluded grandeur and
fear of failure they crossed the line that divides the bending of rules from the breaking of them.

How did the board of directors — in particular the independent directors — allow such a situation to come to pass? What were the external auditors doing? The answer to the latter is clear. The auditors were asleep at the wheel. They were negligent and in breach of their responsibilities. The answer to the former is, however, more complex. The independent directors must of course share the blame. But to what extent? Are there extenuating circumstances?

Independent directors are expected to have the knowledge to help the company meet its corporate objectives of profitability, growth and social responsibility and also to ensure adherence to legal and financial propriety. They are better able to do the latter than the former. This is because most directors do not have the time to get a grip of the details of a company’s operations, its business strategy, its people and its organisational complexities. They are either preoccupied with a full-time responsibility elsewhere or, if retired, with multiple boards and consultancies. Management is also all too often economical with information. The board’s papers contain no more than the bare bones of important proposals and they arrive but a few days before the meeting. This may be a prudent precaution against leaks but it does not facilitate a meaningful dialogue.

The Satyam board, for instance, could not have had a more distinguished pedigree and yet it approved a proposal that was clearly in transgression of the spirit, if not the letter, of corporate governance norms related to conflict of interest. Why did the board approve the proposal? The charitable explanation would be that the information presented was sparse and possibly misleading, and that the board’s agenda did not allow for a rigorous and structured discussion. But the more likely explanation would be that the directors did not have the detailed knowledge needed to penetrate the veil that covers operational and financial numbers. The fact is that a management bent on fraud would under such circumstances have little difficulty in pulling wool over the eyes of its directors.

The Satyam saga must not lead to the assumption that every CEO is a potential Lay or Raju, or that in the absence of a further tightening of rules there will be a run of corporate scandals. But it does offer a useful lesson. Independent directors should have a more formal involvement in the setting of corporate strategy. The creation of a subcommittee on strategy would not only play better to the strength of the directors but it would also help check the ‘strategic’ forays of ambitious, and possibly greedy, owner-managers.

Maytas sold land worth Rs 1,000 cr

In india news on January 23, 2009 at 10:45 am

By M H Ahssan

The Rajus were not only buying land, they were also selling it too. Maytas Infra and Maytas Properties sold land worth nearly Rs 1,000 crore at market rates, last year in Ranga Reddy district. This fact came to the notice of the stamps and registration department, which is looking into their land dealings at the behest of the CID.

Maytas group of companies sold nearly 1,90,500 sq yards of land at Gopannapally village near Gachibowli, which would have fetched about Rs 213 crore as per government rates in 2008. Officials say as per the market value, it might have been more than Rs 600 crore even by conservative estimates. Similarly, another Rs 200 crore worth of properties – as per government rates – were sold in Medchal limits where the Maytas has a huge number of properties. Their other properties are on city outskirts.

As per preliminary investigation of the registration department, Maytas companies purchased nearly 500 acres of land in areas like Medchal, Qutubullapur and Bachupally in Ranga Reddy district, sources said. As many as 13 transactions – either of sale or purchase of land – were identified in Medchal and Serilingampally subregistrar offices.

“Most of the land was purchased by Maytas Infra and Maytas Properties in Gachibowli, Nallagandla, Jeedimetla, Gopannapally and Bachupally areas,” an official said. Maytas companies sold nearly 100 acres in Gopannapally and 85 acres in Bachupally areas in the last three years.

Now the registration department is looking into the details of the land transactions of Ramalinga Raju’s family members since 2001. The investigations have been prompted by a CID query that sought the property details of Ramalinga Raju, his brothers Rama Raju and Suryanarayana Raju, wife Nandini Raju, wives of brothers Radharani Rama Raju and Jhansi Rani, son Teja Raju, his wife Anjali, Nithya, daughter of Teja Raju, and younger son Rama Raju (Jr).

According to revenue department, the Rajus have bought an estimated 3,000 acres alone in RR district. Most of the land was in benami names, especially in Qutubullapur and Medchal mandals, the officials added.

Maytas sold land worth Rs 1,000 cr

In Uncategorized on January 23, 2009 at 10:45 am

By M H Ahssan

The Rajus were not only buying land, they were also selling it too. Maytas Infra and Maytas Properties sold land worth nearly Rs 1,000 crore at market rates, last year in Ranga Reddy district. This fact came to the notice of the stamps and registration department, which is looking into their land dealings at the behest of the CID.

Maytas group of companies sold nearly 1,90,500 sq yards of land at Gopannapally village near Gachibowli, which would have fetched about Rs 213 crore as per government rates in 2008. Officials say as per the market value, it might have been more than Rs 600 crore even by conservative estimates. Similarly, another Rs 200 crore worth of properties – as per government rates – were sold in Medchal limits where the Maytas has a huge number of properties. Their other properties are on city outskirts.

As per preliminary investigation of the registration department, Maytas companies purchased nearly 500 acres of land in areas like Medchal, Qutubullapur and Bachupally in Ranga Reddy district, sources said. As many as 13 transactions – either of sale or purchase of land – were identified in Medchal and Serilingampally subregistrar offices.

“Most of the land was purchased by Maytas Infra and Maytas Properties in Gachibowli, Nallagandla, Jeedimetla, Gopannapally and Bachupally areas,” an official said. Maytas companies sold nearly 100 acres in Gopannapally and 85 acres in Bachupally areas in the last three years.

Now the registration department is looking into the details of the land transactions of Ramalinga Raju’s family members since 2001. The investigations have been prompted by a CID query that sought the property details of Ramalinga Raju, his brothers Rama Raju and Suryanarayana Raju, wife Nandini Raju, wives of brothers Radharani Rama Raju and Jhansi Rani, son Teja Raju, his wife Anjali, Nithya, daughter of Teja Raju, and younger son Rama Raju (Jr).

According to revenue department, the Rajus have bought an estimated 3,000 acres alone in RR district. Most of the land was in benami names, especially in Qutubullapur and Medchal mandals, the officials added.

Satyam employees decide to quit as despondency takes over

In india news on January 23, 2009 at 10:43 am

By Ayaan Khan

Satyamites have called it quits now. If they were clinging to Satyam so far hoping the firm would bounce back, Thursday’s big news left them in no mood to stick to a firm that cheated them. Many senior employees said they were desperate to leave Satyam even as the younger Satyamites decided to quit the IT sector altogether.

The startling ‘truth’ on Thursday triggered the middle management into a serious job hunt, the very people who had so far been putting up a brave front so far. Senior associates told this newspaper on Thursday that all this while they were hoping that the inflated head count was only speculation but now understood that they were being handed out measly hikes when their boss Raju was diverting a fortune towards the salaries of 13,000 fictitious employees.

Some project managers were learnt to have put in their papers, particularly those on projects as they just couldn’t handle the “customer stress’’. Associates, it was learnt, were asking their HR colleagues as to how they couldn’t figure out the inflated head counts. The HR department remained the butt of unkind jokes throughout the day on Thursday.

The management, that has put up helplines to sooth frayed nerves of employees, was trying to hold some resignations of senior associates and reason with them to hang on and put faith in the new board, but the employees TOI spoke to said they had had enough.

“My CV may perhaps look better if L&T takes over, but I am now very restless,’’ said an associate. Company sources said that Satyam would lose more than half of its staff in less than two months. Employees said they were hurt that Raju had now clearly diverted funds for “personal benefit’’. Several freshers who do not even have project experience so far are perhaps the worst hit with many bidding goodbye to their IT dreams.

Several young associates who are on bench right now, have applied in various nationalised banks for the post of probationary officers. Most of these banks have their entrance exams scheduled for March and April and many associates are now burning the midnight oil to clear these exams. The B-Tech degree they slogged for four years, they say is of no use for now, as the recession and Satyam have brought them on a par with regular graduates.

“We must leave Satyam and other firms are not hiring. This jolt at the beginning of my career is too much for me to take,’’ says a fresher adding that even if she leaves her firm now after spending more than a year, she will have to restart her career as her little experience in a project won’t count at all.
Others in Satyam said that it was time to scout for government jobs. “I am very keen on a government job even if I have to restructure my career graph again. The only problem is I have little confidence left after what my first job has done to me,’’ said an associate.

Satyam employees decide to quit as despondency takes over

In Uncategorized on January 23, 2009 at 10:43 am

By Ayaan Khan

Satyamites have called it quits now. If they were clinging to Satyam so far hoping the firm would bounce back, Thursday’s big news left them in no mood to stick to a firm that cheated them. Many senior employees said they were desperate to leave Satyam even as the younger Satyamites decided to quit the IT sector altogether.

The startling ‘truth’ on Thursday triggered the middle management into a serious job hunt, the very people who had so far been putting up a brave front so far. Senior associates told this newspaper on Thursday that all this while they were hoping that the inflated head count was only speculation but now understood that they were being handed out measly hikes when their boss Raju was diverting a fortune towards the salaries of 13,000 fictitious employees.

Some project managers were learnt to have put in their papers, particularly those on projects as they just couldn’t handle the “customer stress’’. Associates, it was learnt, were asking their HR colleagues as to how they couldn’t figure out the inflated head counts. The HR department remained the butt of unkind jokes throughout the day on Thursday.

The management, that has put up helplines to sooth frayed nerves of employees, was trying to hold some resignations of senior associates and reason with them to hang on and put faith in the new board, but the employees TOI spoke to said they had had enough.

“My CV may perhaps look better if L&T takes over, but I am now very restless,’’ said an associate. Company sources said that Satyam would lose more than half of its staff in less than two months. Employees said they were hurt that Raju had now clearly diverted funds for “personal benefit’’. Several freshers who do not even have project experience so far are perhaps the worst hit with many bidding goodbye to their IT dreams.

Several young associates who are on bench right now, have applied in various nationalised banks for the post of probationary officers. Most of these banks have their entrance exams scheduled for March and April and many associates are now burning the midnight oil to clear these exams. The B-Tech degree they slogged for four years, they say is of no use for now, as the recession and Satyam have brought them on a par with regular graduates.

“We must leave Satyam and other firms are not hiring. This jolt at the beginning of my career is too much for me to take,’’ says a fresher adding that even if she leaves her firm now after spending more than a year, she will have to restart her career as her little experience in a project won’t count at all.
Others in Satyam said that it was time to scout for government jobs. “I am very keen on a government job even if I have to restructure my career graph again. The only problem is I have little confidence left after what my first job has done to me,’’ said an associate.

Satyam woes trigger formation of staff union

In india news on January 23, 2009 at 10:41 am

By Aditi Sharma

Vexed with the management and scared of their future, Satyam employees have joined a group of disgruntled corporate employees and formed a union to fight their cause.

The union, christened ‘Radical Democratic Corporate Employees Congress’ (RDCEC), was formed last week to fight for the rights of corporate employees in general and Satyam staff in particular. The organisers of the union, who call themselves ‘radical democrats’, claimed there was growing support for them from Satyam employees.

“We do not judge our strength by head count. In fact, Satyam employee P V Bharati is a member of the convening committee,” RDCEC, convener, Ravi Teja Padiri told TOI. The union claims that around 70 Satyam associates have joined their rank and file.

More than community support, the union is meant to provide legal aid for employees of Satyam. “There should be no pink slips as the Satyam fraud is under investigation. There are provisions in the law which could ensure that this would happen,” Padiri said. The union would wait till January 31 to see if salaries are paid to approach the court on this issue.

Meanwhile, the union members have demanded crucial details from the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Sebi) under the RTI Act. “We need details of share holders who have done transactions of over one lakh shares of Satyam before the scam came to light. We have also sought details of stakes of different companies in Satyam,” Bharati, who is on an assignment in Australia, told TOI. She said that the union suspects ‘internal transactions’ of shares. The radicals said that they would wait for a reply from Sebi to go ahead with any kind of litigation.

Freshers who were given job offers by Satyam but not given appointment letters have also found solace in the union. The members said they would approach court to get freshers employed. The union will also work to help employees with many of their concerns, including salary cuts, cost cuts and less number of alternative career options.

On their blog the employees have also expressed their concern about being left
out from the investigation into the scam. The employees have demanded appointment of an independent director from the Satyam staff to be part of the governing board of the company. They have also said that people who were earlier share holders should not have a say in the new governing body. The group has also demanded the government to attach properties of the top brass of the erstwhile management so that there would be no escape for them.

Satyam employees are not alone in their fight for justice. Employees from other corporate giants have also been roped in to strengthen the movement. “There is a provision to start unions in every corporate office. Employees from other organisations who have joined hands with Satyam employees,” Teja said. In the collective, there are employees from Maveric Systems, I Gate Technologies, Shoba Renaissance Information Technologies, Accenture, Infosys, Intergrate Constructions, Cognizant, BWW and Powermech.

Satyam woes trigger formation of staff union

In Uncategorized on January 23, 2009 at 10:41 am

By Aditi Sharma

Vexed with the management and scared of their future, Satyam employees have joined a group of disgruntled corporate employees and formed a union to fight their cause.

The union, christened ‘Radical Democratic Corporate Employees Congress’ (RDCEC), was formed last week to fight for the rights of corporate employees in general and Satyam staff in particular. The organisers of the union, who call themselves ‘radical democrats’, claimed there was growing support for them from Satyam employees.

“We do not judge our strength by head count. In fact, Satyam employee P V Bharati is a member of the convening committee,” RDCEC, convener, Ravi Teja Padiri told TOI. The union claims that around 70 Satyam associates have joined their rank and file.

More than community support, the union is meant to provide legal aid for employees of Satyam. “There should be no pink slips as the Satyam fraud is under investigation. There are provisions in the law which could ensure that this would happen,” Padiri said. The union would wait till January 31 to see if salaries are paid to approach the court on this issue.

Meanwhile, the union members have demanded crucial details from the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Sebi) under the RTI Act. “We need details of share holders who have done transactions of over one lakh shares of Satyam before the scam came to light. We have also sought details of stakes of different companies in Satyam,” Bharati, who is on an assignment in Australia, told TOI. She said that the union suspects ‘internal transactions’ of shares. The radicals said that they would wait for a reply from Sebi to go ahead with any kind of litigation.

Freshers who were given job offers by Satyam but not given appointment letters have also found solace in the union. The members said they would approach court to get freshers employed. The union will also work to help employees with many of their concerns, including salary cuts, cost cuts and less number of alternative career options.

On their blog the employees have also expressed their concern about being left
out from the investigation into the scam. The employees have demanded appointment of an independent director from the Satyam staff to be part of the governing board of the company. They have also said that people who were earlier share holders should not have a say in the new governing body. The group has also demanded the government to attach properties of the top brass of the erstwhile management so that there would be no escape for them.

Satyam employees are not alone in their fight for justice. Employees from other corporate giants have also been roped in to strengthen the movement. “There is a provision to start unions in every corporate office. Employees from other organisations who have joined hands with Satyam employees,” Teja said. In the collective, there are employees from Maveric Systems, I Gate Technologies, Shoba Renaissance Information Technologies, Accenture, Infosys, Intergrate Constructions, Cognizant, BWW and Powermech.

Satyam Fraud: Backroom team fudging headcount?

In india news on January 23, 2009 at 10:39 am

By M H Ahssan

Could B Ramalinga Raju inflate Satyam’s headcount by a whopping 13,000 and manage as many salary accounts, withdraw cash from them every month for several years, appraise these fictitious employees annually and possibly give them impressive ratings and hikes all by himself, without any support? Clearly, no.

Senior HR consultants and company sources say that it is impossible for Raju to have carried out this fraud without a “back office infrastructure’’ supporting him not only for transactions on these accounts but even sustaining these numbers for as long as they have existed.

Public prosecutor Ajay Kumar said during Raju’s court hearing on Thursday that Satyam’s 53,000 headcount was inflated and that the disgraced Satyam founder withdrew millions of rupees every month in the name of non-existent workers. Though sources said that executives in HR would have not guessed the manipulation, they indicated that it could have been done at a senior level.

The role of the finance and HR head, say sources, cannot be ruled out in a fraud of this nature, which is otherwise practically impossible or extremely difficult to execute. Senior HR consultants agree. “We are talking about 20 per cent of the total employee strength that did not exist. You can hide 10 people, not 13,000. There is obviously a team to manage these numbers, an entire back office dedicated for this alone,’’ says senior HR professional Varda Pendse, director, Cerebrus Consulting. She pertinently adds that it would be difficult to believe that the HR head didn’t know or was clueless about the fudged numbers. Satyam’s senior vice president in chrage of HR is an old company hand A S Murthy.

Why an entire “team’’ would have existed to support the inflated head count is the possible modus operandi to execute this fraud. A senior banker states that the salary accounts could have been created by using the documents Satyam received from people seeking jobs. “The details of a person on the CV such as address etc and the attached picture are enough to open an account. The signature of the person could have been forged,’’ the banker said.

The banker further notes that the transaction on these accounts that would not leave a trail was that of cash withdrawal. “Transfer of money to other accounts would leave a trail but not if a person is withdrawing money. But it is impossible that Raju would have withdrawn cash personally from so many accounts. He at least would have needed a team of minimum 10 to 12 people,’’ he said.

Besides, HR experts note that given the average IT attrition rate of 11 to 14 per cent, applicable even to Satyam, would have perhaps never reflected in the bank accounts with the finance section not informing the bank and keeping the salary account active. In fact, a senior company source said that the company isn’t really known for its “internal control’’ on accounts. “A bank had visited us seven to eight years ago to discuss making recoveries from the employees’ salary account, when HR executives admitted that accounts in some cases have remained active three to four months after the employee had quit,’’ says the source. Bankers say that this “loophole was perhaps deliberately created and even made systematic’’ over the years.

E Balaji, CEO and director of Ma Foi Managament Consultants further notes that while it could still be possible for a company with 40,000 or more employees to manipulate 400 to 500 numbers but creating 13,000 employees cannot go unnoticed. “The HR and finance work together and there are rudimentary checks on the number of people by the person handling payrolls. These are normal processes. It is not difficult to identify the manipulation,’’ he said.

And once again, apart from the HR and accounts department that were possibly Raju’s back office for manipulation, it is the role of the auditors being questioned again. “Auditors have a huge role to play. They can’t do a physical headcount but they can do random audits, pick up 50 people and seek their bank account details from the company,’’ said Shiv Agrawal, CEO, ABC Consultants.

Nevertheless, HR experts wonder whether the teams meant for such checks (auditing, HR and finance) were actually acting as Raju’s support system as he allegedly crafted his scam.

Satyam Fraud: Backroom team fudging headcount?

In Uncategorized on January 23, 2009 at 10:39 am

By M H Ahssan

Could B Ramalinga Raju inflate Satyam’s headcount by a whopping 13,000 and manage as many salary accounts, withdraw cash from them every month for several years, appraise these fictitious employees annually and possibly give them impressive ratings and hikes all by himself, without any support? Clearly, no.

Senior HR consultants and company sources say that it is impossible for Raju to have carried out this fraud without a “back office infrastructure’’ supporting him not only for transactions on these accounts but even sustaining these numbers for as long as they have existed.

Public prosecutor Ajay Kumar said during Raju’s court hearing on Thursday that Satyam’s 53,000 headcount was inflated and that the disgraced Satyam founder withdrew millions of rupees every month in the name of non-existent workers. Though sources said that executives in HR would have not guessed the manipulation, they indicated that it could have been done at a senior level.

The role of the finance and HR head, say sources, cannot be ruled out in a fraud of this nature, which is otherwise practically impossible or extremely difficult to execute. Senior HR consultants agree. “We are talking about 20 per cent of the total employee strength that did not exist. You can hide 10 people, not 13,000. There is obviously a team to manage these numbers, an entire back office dedicated for this alone,’’ says senior HR professional Varda Pendse, director, Cerebrus Consulting. She pertinently adds that it would be difficult to believe that the HR head didn’t know or was clueless about the fudged numbers. Satyam’s senior vice president in chrage of HR is an old company hand A S Murthy.

Why an entire “team’’ would have existed to support the inflated head count is the possible modus operandi to execute this fraud. A senior banker states that the salary accounts could have been created by using the documents Satyam received from people seeking jobs. “The details of a person on the CV such as address etc and the attached picture are enough to open an account. The signature of the person could have been forged,’’ the banker said.

The banker further notes that the transaction on these accounts that would not leave a trail was that of cash withdrawal. “Transfer of money to other accounts would leave a trail but not if a person is withdrawing money. But it is impossible that Raju would have withdrawn cash personally from so many accounts. He at least would have needed a team of minimum 10 to 12 people,’’ he said.

Besides, HR experts note that given the average IT attrition rate of 11 to 14 per cent, applicable even to Satyam, would have perhaps never reflected in the bank accounts with the finance section not informing the bank and keeping the salary account active. In fact, a senior company source said that the company isn’t really known for its “internal control’’ on accounts. “A bank had visited us seven to eight years ago to discuss making recoveries from the employees’ salary account, when HR executives admitted that accounts in some cases have remained active three to four months after the employee had quit,’’ says the source. Bankers say that this “loophole was perhaps deliberately created and even made systematic’’ over the years.

E Balaji, CEO and director of Ma Foi Managament Consultants further notes that while it could still be possible for a company with 40,000 or more employees to manipulate 400 to 500 numbers but creating 13,000 employees cannot go unnoticed. “The HR and finance work together and there are rudimentary checks on the number of people by the person handling payrolls. These are normal processes. It is not difficult to identify the manipulation,’’ he said.

And once again, apart from the HR and accounts department that were possibly Raju’s back office for manipulation, it is the role of the auditors being questioned again. “Auditors have a huge role to play. They can’t do a physical headcount but they can do random audits, pick up 50 people and seek their bank account details from the company,’’ said Shiv Agrawal, CEO, ABC Consultants.

Nevertheless, HR experts wonder whether the teams meant for such checks (auditing, HR and finance) were actually acting as Raju’s support system as he allegedly crafted his scam.

A Rare Scene: A Girl married to Frog

In india news on January 22, 2009 at 8:17 am

By Swati Reddy

The annual ritual of getting a girl married to a frog organised in Pallu Puthupattu village on the Tamil Nadu- Puducherry border is a interesting meeting of fairy tale and real life.

On the first Friday of Thai (Tamil month) every year, a girl of Pallu Puthupattu village is married off to a frog that is fished out from a temple tank.

On Friday 8-year-old R Vigneswari of the village was married to a frog that was fished out from a Sri Muthu Mariyamman temple.

At the wedding the residents adopted all the rituals that are followed during a normal wedding. The people residing at western side of Sri Muthu Mariyamman temple were considered as relatives of frog. They visited the residence of the bride, Vigneswari and obtained permission of her parents for the marriage.

The girl decked up with bridal make up and saree was taken out on a rally on Friday evening. The procession culminated at pond in Vannankulam.

After three-hour long ordeal they have caught a frog from the tank. Amidst chanting of devotional hymns and beating of drums, temple priest, on behalf of the amphibian, tied nuptial knot to Vigneswari in a pandal set up at near a school.

Residents greeted the ‘newly married couple’ and offered moi (cash) to them. Dinner was served to all the invitees in pandal. After performing pujas the frog was released into the temple pond.

The local residents believe that performing such marriages will protect them from evil forces and ailments.

An elder Pachaiyammal said: “People were conducting such marriages for many centuries now. We believe that Sri Mariyamman would protect us from evil forces if such marriages were conducted annually.” Villagers said that according to legend, the people here had suffered from various hardship and a large number of children and others died following outbreak of cholera and other ailments in the village.

When they offered prayer to Sri Mariyamman, the goddess appeared in their dream and suggested them to conduct ‘divine marriage’ every year.

In the dream the goddess said, the marriage must be conducted between Lord Shiva, who would be a reincarnation as a frog and live in the temple tank, and herself, as she would reincarnate herself as a girl child.

A Rare Scene: A Girl married to Frog

In Uncategorized on January 22, 2009 at 8:17 am

By Swati Reddy

The annual ritual of getting a girl married to a frog organised in Pallu Puthupattu village on the Tamil Nadu- Puducherry border is a interesting meeting of fairy tale and real life.

On the first Friday of Thai (Tamil month) every year, a girl of Pallu Puthupattu village is married off to a frog that is fished out from a temple tank.

On Friday 8-year-old R Vigneswari of the village was married to a frog that was fished out from a Sri Muthu Mariyamman temple.

At the wedding the residents adopted all the rituals that are followed during a normal wedding. The people residing at western side of Sri Muthu Mariyamman temple were considered as relatives of frog. They visited the residence of the bride, Vigneswari and obtained permission of her parents for the marriage.

The girl decked up with bridal make up and saree was taken out on a rally on Friday evening. The procession culminated at pond in Vannankulam.

After three-hour long ordeal they have caught a frog from the tank. Amidst chanting of devotional hymns and beating of drums, temple priest, on behalf of the amphibian, tied nuptial knot to Vigneswari in a pandal set up at near a school.

Residents greeted the ‘newly married couple’ and offered moi (cash) to them. Dinner was served to all the invitees in pandal. After performing pujas the frog was released into the temple pond.

The local residents believe that performing such marriages will protect them from evil forces and ailments.

An elder Pachaiyammal said: “People were conducting such marriages for many centuries now. We believe that Sri Mariyamman would protect us from evil forces if such marriages were conducted annually.” Villagers said that according to legend, the people here had suffered from various hardship and a large number of children and others died following outbreak of cholera and other ailments in the village.

When they offered prayer to Sri Mariyamman, the goddess appeared in their dream and suggested them to conduct ‘divine marriage’ every year.

In the dream the goddess said, the marriage must be conducted between Lord Shiva, who would be a reincarnation as a frog and live in the temple tank, and herself, as she would reincarnate herself as a girl child.

Hyderabad youth preferring ’second marriages’

In Uncategorized on January 22, 2009 at 8:14 am

By Ayaan Khan

Hyderabadis are emotional and most of them do not hesitate to walk of out of their existing marriages in search of emotional companions.

Though their first marriage remains an unhappy affair, many Hyderabadis are willing to have a second marriage in the hope of finding emotional solace.

An online study conducted by popular website — www.secondshaadi.com — revealed that about 37 per cent people were seeking divorce due to lack of emotional compatibility with their spouses.

About 15 per cent are ending their marriages due to sexual incompatibility of their partners. Twelve per cent of the folks end their relationships because their spouses indulge in extramarital affairs.

Also, orientation towards one’s career and incompatibility with in-laws are fast emerging as primary reasons for divorces in Hyderabad.

The survey was conducted online among members of Secondshaadi.com in two sections — common reasons for divorce and common reasons for remarriage.

Secondshaadi’s CEO Vivek said the prime motive for a second marriage among Hyderabadis was their desire for an emotional relationship.

“We feel that our survey will help us analyse the reasons for separation to help our members in overcoming their inhibitions,” he said.

BJP’s blues

In Uncategorized on January 22, 2009 at 8:09 am

By M H Ahssan

The exit of Kalyan Singh from the party for the second time seems to leave the BJP leaders rather indifferent. It looks as though that the man who was once the face of the party in Uttar Pradesh is totally dispensable. Is he? The party feels so. So there has been no attempt to either mollify him or dissuade him.

The BJP is right now a small player in the big state of the Hindi heartland; it has not reinvented itself and shows no inclination to do so either. There is no Gen Next waiting to take over. It is for this reason that the apathy of the party top brass towards the man who can claim to have grassroots base in the state comes as a surprise.

The provocation for the exit of the former chief minister is typically feudal. He wanted his seat of Bulandshahr to be left to be decided by him, and opposed tooth and nail its allotment to Ashok Pradhan, who he says worked against the party in the assembly elections last year. The party leaders refused to oblige.

Kalyan Singh has said that he was not going to float another party as he did in 1999 when he left the BJP the first time. (He rejoined in 2004 in the run up to the Lok Sabha election.)

He is in talks with Samajwadi Party’s Mulayam Singh Yadav, but there is nothing substantial yet to show for it.

It would however set off speculation as to whether the fragmented backward caste segments as represented by Mulayam Singh Yadav and Kalyan Singh can join forces to challenge the rising political fortunes of Mayawati and the Bahujan Samaj Party (BSP).

Will he damage poll fortunes of the BJP in UP? It is unlikely. Kalyan Singh’s presence did not help the BJP much in the 2004 election.He is in many ways a superannuated politician, a spent force much in the manner of another disgruntled and rebel BJP leader, former vice-president Bhairon Singh Shekhawat. But the BJP has not yet found in UP a leader like it did in neighbouring Madhya Pradesh.

Not many tears will be shed for the plight of Kalyan Singh because he has outlived his moment of importance. But that does not leave the BJP in a happy position.

In many ways, the party remains in the shadows like its former mascot. What remains is mutual recriminations –bitter, futile.

A salad-bowl America

In Uncategorized on January 22, 2009 at 8:07 am

By M H Ahssan

With one simple sentence, Barack Hussein Obama, America’s first Afro-American president, redefined the past, present and future of his country and the rest of the world. He said: “We are a nation of Christians and Muslims, Jews and Hindus — and non-believers.” Quite apart from the fact that Hindus figure prominently — probably for the first time in a president’s inaugural address — Obama’s statement commits America to look at itself not as a melting pot Christian nation, but a salad bowl of peoples whose religious and racial identities may remain distinct for a long time to come.

The statement essentially says what we in India have been saying for ages without actually meaning it: unity in diversity. It contains a message for the whole world that pluralism, diversity, and multi-culturism are vital for the survival of nations.

The western idea of nationhood has always been that of a melting pot — where the original ingredients forget their past and instead congeal into a new identity. Today’s global reality is that of a salad bowl — where individual ingredients retain their distinct identities even while collectively constituting a salad bowl.

Hinduism is a salad bowl of castes, religious beliefs and languages; India is a salad bowl comprising many other salads. It is a super salad bowl. We are a nation of minorities, where even Hindus do not have a singular identity — which is what is driving the votaries of Hindutva nuts. It is best if they realised that Hinduism, and much less India, cannot be melted together into a singular identity. Our strength lies in our salad bowl character, not our homogeneity.

This is gradually becoming true of the rest of the world, too. Only Obama has had the courage — for a US president, that is — to say that America’s is a “patchwork heritage”. Driven so far by a white, Anglo-Saxon Protestant (Wasp) consensus, the vast majority of Americans have willy-nilly acknowledged a broad Christian identity for themselves, never mind that the US constitution specifically forbids a role for the state in religion. It is suicide for presidential nominees to forswear a belief in god — leave alone embrace atheism or agnosticism. Hence, the significance of Obama’s stress on “non-believers”.

Americans had come to believe that nations are welded together by language, religious and cultural traditions, a Judeo-Christian ethos, as posited by Samuel Huntington’s Clash of Civilisations. Even as wave after wave of immigrants poured into America, over time they merged into an American identity that was essentially Wasp.

If America has been a melting pot rather than a salad bowl for so long, it is an accident of history. It just happened that the bulk of the early immigrants were the religious types, trying to escape the European enlightenment and the rising tide of rationalism. They went to the new world with the idea of building a god-fearing nation driven by Christian values. In reality, they were a divided Christian nation and the constitutional clause separating church from state was inserted because the various Christian groups feared that their rivals may declare their own versions of Christianity as the official creed. They sought constitutional neutrality to keep the others out, and not necessarily because they believed in secularism. True belief in secularism developed after the rise of modern industries in the north, which needed cheap labour from the deeply-religious (and racially-oriented) south.

Look closely, even the old America was not truly a melting pot. At least two ingredients, black and white, did not mix. But over the last 50 years, continuous immigration from Latin America and Asia has converted America into a truer salad bowl. Demographers say that Hispanics will soon overtake Afro-Americans as the largest ethnic group, even as the Chinese and Indians become financially powerful like the Jews.

While India has always been a salad bowl, the rest of the world has been wedded to the idea of melting pot homogeneity. Obama’s statement makes it clear that the idea is outdated. All large nations — from Britain to France to Germany to India to Russia — are salad bowls, and have to evolve policies that promote diversity at the micro level and unity at the broader level. You can have uniformity only in very tiny nations (Iceland, Norway, Finland), or very authoritarian ones (China), and that too only if you discriminate against outsiders (Japan).

But migrations are a reality for most countries. India can never avoid the huge influx from Bangladesh or Nepal or Sri Lanka; America can’t avoid the Latin influx, nor can Europe avoid the African deluge.

Equally clear is what you cannot do in salad bowl nations. You cannot weld them together by force. Consider the failures: Yugoslavia, the former USSR. Soft states like India seem to be able to hold together better than the hard ones. Despite 50 years of brutal repression and forced assimilation efforts, Tibet remains China’s worst worry. Ditto for the Uighur minority in Xinjiang.

Satyam saga gets murkier

In Uncategorized on January 22, 2009 at 6:12 am

By M H Ahssan

The Satyam scam is getting murkier as it is leading to a trail of huge land deals. The CID raided the office of the SRSR Advisory Services Private Limited of the Raju family on Tuesday and seized as many as 400 documents pertaining to land deals. Even as it is looking to question B Suryanarayana Raju, brother of Satyam’s ex-chairman B Ramalinga Raju and a shareholder of SRSR, he has gone ‘missing’.

“Before we take further action, we want to first question him but he has not been accessible,” CID IG V S K Kaumudi told TOI here on Wednesday.

SRSR Advisory’s shareholders include B Suryanarayana Raju, B Ramalinga Raju, B Rama Raju, B Nandini Raju, B Raja Raju (Jr), B Jhansi Rani, B Radha and B Teja Raju. The board of directors include B Suryanarayana Raju, B Nandini Raju, B Radha and B Teja Raju.

“The documents seized indicate that several thousands of acres were purchased in different locations in the country and they were registered in the names of several family members of Ramalinga Raju,” a CID official said.

Kaumudi said that the investigation would look at the source of funds for buying the land.

Raju’s counsel dismisses ‘confession’ talk
Satyam ex-chairman B Ramalinga Raju has reportedly confessed that he has diverted the funds of Satyam to purchase land and properties on Wednesday, the last day of his CID custody. CID officials said Raju made the admission that he had diverted the company’s funds to buy properties and land not only in the state but in other parts of the country.

However, Raju’s counsel S Bharat Kumar said no such confession was made. “If that is what the police is claiming, it is wrong,” he said. If the police claim is true, this is in sharp contrast to his earlier claim that he had shown inflated bank balances. However, such an admission made to the police while in their custody can be easily contested by Raju’s advocate.

According to CID officials, Raju also admitted to diverting funds through the salary accounts of fictitious employeees. “There could be 10,000 fictitious employees though our preliminary enquiry suggests that there are at least 6,000 ficititous salary accounts,” a CID official said.

The CID suspects that the ‘fictitious’ salary accounts might have been used to siphon off funds from Satyam to the other agencies like Maytas Infra and Maytas Properties in which Rajus have interests.

“The bank accounts of the Satyam employees are under scrutiny,” a CID officer said.

Police also sought information from various banks, whose fixed deposit receipts have been found during the searches at Satyam’s former auditors PricewaterouseCoopers office at Jubilee Hills. “Whether the FD receipts are original or not is to be confirmed by banks. We are waiting for their response,” the police officer said.

Exclusive: Pakistan’s shift alarms the US

In Uncategorized on January 22, 2009 at 6:09 am

By Syed Saleem Shahzad

Ongoing tension between India and Pakistan in the wake of the terror attack on the Indian city of Mumbai last November in which 179 people died at the hands of gunmen linked to Pakistan has clouded Islamabad’s role in the United States-led “war on terror”.

Mindful of this, US Central Command commander General David Petraeus paid a one-day visit to Pakistan on Tuesday. In meetings with senior officials, including army chief General Ashfaq Parvez Kiani, Petraeus said that the US and the international community would continue to support Pakistan, but it needed “to put its house in order” on the issue of militants.

The US is already looking ahead to this year’s round of fighting in Afghanistan against the Taliban-led insurgency once winter passes. Petraeus has committed to a surge in US troop numbers to about 60,000, but Pakistan’s cooperation in dealing with militants based in its tribal areas is essential. The militants use these bases to support their operations in Afghanistan.

On Tuesday, Petraeus announced a partial solution to another problem that has dogged the war efforts in Afghanistan. He said a new supply route to Afghanistan had been agreed on with Central Asian states and Russia as an option to the one that passes though Khyber Agency, the Pakistani tribal area bordering Afghanistan through which nearly 80% of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization’s (NATO) supplies pass on the way to landlocked Afghanistan.

“There have been agreements reached and there are transit lines now and transit agreements for commercial goods and services in particular that include several countries in the Central Asian states and also Russia,” Petraeus said. This means NATO supplies will have to travel by the most expensive route to reach Afghanistan, which will push up the costs of an already very expensive war.

NATO supplies through the agency have increasingly been under attack since early 2008 and the agency, once a peaceful area, is a new war theater between the Pakistani security forces and the Taliban.

NATO has repeatedly urged Pakistan to do something about protecting the route, but it has been helpless because of a serious lack of human resources as many of its forces are engaged in combating the Taliban in Bajaur Agency and in the Swat Valley.

And significantly, following the Mumbai attack, Islamabad has moved troops from the border with Afghanistan to the border with India, where Indian troops are also mobilized. On Tuesday, India tested a cruise missile close to the Pakistan border. An Indian Defense Ministry spokesman said a Brahmos supersonic cruise missile had been successfully fired. The missiles have a range of up to several hundred kilometers.

It is Pakistan’s focus on India that has Washington concerned, yet the heightened tensions between Islamabad and Delhi suit both countries. India has to hold general elections before May, and the ruling Congress-led government needs to be seen as doing something about the Mumbai attacks. Pakistan, meanwhile, has an excuse to bail out its highly demoralized troops on the western borders with Afghanistan by moving them to the Indian border.

Relations between the countries are likely to remain frosty for some time. Pakistan has now agreed to the trial of leaders of the Lashkar-e-Taiba, the terror group linked to the Mumbai attack. Delhi has handed over files of evidence which range from Pakistani-manufactured shaving cream used by the gunmen to the Pakistani-manufactured boat engine the men used to get to Mumbai.

In another development, shortly before Petraeus met with Pakistani officials, Maulana Fazlur Rahman, the head of his own faction of the Jamaat-i-Ulema-i-Islam political party, met with President Asif Ali Zardari and received a military backed green light to negotiate truces with Pakistani militants.

Rahman did this job successfully in 2005, which resulted in a ceasefire between the Pakistani Taliban and the Pakistani security forces in April 2006. Consequently, the Taliban made a successful comeback in Afghanistan in the spring of 2006 – their first powerful offensive since their regime was driven out of Kabul in 2001.

This will be of grave concern to Petraeus ahead of the next real battle against the Taliban that starts in April. The foremost concern is over the most effective deployment of the additional troops in Afghanistan. Permanent ground deployment comes with problems, as the Pakistani military has learned in Bajaur Agency, where its troops become sitting ducks at the hands of guerrillas operating from safe mountain sanctuaries. Yet if the troops are not deployed on the ground, the whole exercise of bringing in more of them and making additional arrangements for their supplies will be a waste of time and money.

The last thing Petraeus needs now is for Pakistan to continue with its focus on India while effectively handing over its western borders to the Taliban, yet this process is already underway.

ETPI: Where ideas meet funds

In india news on January 21, 2009 at 7:34 am

By M H Ahssan

Recession and pink slips usually spell gloom. But they can spell opportunity for the enterprising. The innovative dream of paving new paths in really difficult circumstance, often turn out be new, killer ideas. Because the solution comes after really experiencing the pain. Still, time and again, lack of funds become huge roadblocks, snuffing out these ideas.

Here’s something that can make the difficult search for funds much easier, and make a hundred wonderful ideas take birth. There is help at hand for entrepreneurial young Indian. The Economic Times, has initiated a new platform, “The Power of Ideas’’, for those with entrepreneurial dreams.

Those with ideas that can change the way we live and think, can get real help in realizing their dream business. Open to all Indians aged 18 years and above (on February 20, 2009), the ETPI is the biggest platform for ideas to find funding and guidance.

A group of angel investors, Indian Angel Network, is partnering the ET on this project and will guide aspiring businesspersons on the roadmap for moving ahead. ETPI invites all ^ homemaker, professional, businessperson, student or teacher ^ with just an idea that can enrich the nation.

With just an idea, a business plan, fund-seekers can meet a jury who will filter genuine interest. Running start-ups are also invited. All that the jury wants is basic information in a business summary format. No detailed business plan is required right away.

All that is needed is one great idea. The interested should get in touch with The Economic Times. And, who knows, we could be writing about you one day.

ETPI: Where ideas meet funds

In Uncategorized on January 21, 2009 at 7:34 am

By M H Ahssan

Recession and pink slips usually spell gloom. But they can spell opportunity for the enterprising. The innovative dream of paving new paths in really difficult circumstance, often turn out be new, killer ideas. Because the solution comes after really experiencing the pain. Still, time and again, lack of funds become huge roadblocks, snuffing out these ideas.

Here’s something that can make the difficult search for funds much easier, and make a hundred wonderful ideas take birth. There is help at hand for entrepreneurial young Indian. The Economic Times, has initiated a new platform, “The Power of Ideas’’, for those with entrepreneurial dreams.

Those with ideas that can change the way we live and think, can get real help in realizing their dream business. Open to all Indians aged 18 years and above (on February 20, 2009), the ETPI is the biggest platform for ideas to find funding and guidance.

A group of angel investors, Indian Angel Network, is partnering the ET on this project and will guide aspiring businesspersons on the roadmap for moving ahead. ETPI invites all ^ homemaker, professional, businessperson, student or teacher ^ with just an idea that can enrich the nation.

With just an idea, a business plan, fund-seekers can meet a jury who will filter genuine interest. Running start-ups are also invited. All that the jury wants is basic information in a business summary format. No detailed business plan is required right away.

All that is needed is one great idea. The interested should get in touch with The Economic Times. And, who knows, we could be writing about you one day.

ETPI: Where ideas meet funds

In india news on January 21, 2009 at 7:33 am

By M H Ahssan

Recession and pink slips usually spell gloom. But they can spell opportunity for the enterprising. The innovative dream of paving new paths in really difficult circumstance, often turn out be new, killer ideas. Because the solution comes after really experiencing the pain. Still, time and again, lack of funds become huge roadblocks, snuffing out these ideas.

Here’s something that can make the difficult search for funds much easier, and make a hundred wonderful ideas take birth. There is help at hand for entrepreneurial young Indian. The Economic Times, has initiated a new platform, “The Power of Ideas’’, for those with entrepreneurial dreams.

Those with ideas that can change the way we live and think, can get real help in realizing their dream business. Open to all Indians aged 18 years and above (on February 20, 2009), the ETPI is the biggest platform for ideas to find funding and guidance.

A group of angel investors, Indian Angel Network, is partnering the ET on this project and will guide aspiring businesspersons on the roadmap for moving ahead. ETPI invites all ^ homemaker, professional, businessperson, student or teacher ^ with just an idea that can enrich the nation.

With just an idea, a business plan, fund-seekers can meet a jury who will filter genuine interest. Running start-ups are also invited. All that the jury wants is basic information in a business summary format. No detailed business plan is required right away.

All that is needed is one great idea. The interested should get in touch with The Economic Times. And, who knows, we could be writing about you one day.

ETPI: Where ideas meet funds

In Uncategorized on January 21, 2009 at 7:33 am

By M H Ahssan

Recession and pink slips usually spell gloom. But they can spell opportunity for the enterprising. The innovative dream of paving new paths in really difficult circumstance, often turn out be new, killer ideas. Because the solution comes after really experiencing the pain. Still, time and again, lack of funds become huge roadblocks, snuffing out these ideas.

Here’s something that can make the difficult search for funds much easier, and make a hundred wonderful ideas take birth. There is help at hand for entrepreneurial young Indian. The Economic Times, has initiated a new platform, “The Power of Ideas’’, for those with entrepreneurial dreams.

Those with ideas that can change the way we live and think, can get real help in realizing their dream business. Open to all Indians aged 18 years and above (on February 20, 2009), the ETPI is the biggest platform for ideas to find funding and guidance.

A group of angel investors, Indian Angel Network, is partnering the ET on this project and will guide aspiring businesspersons on the roadmap for moving ahead. ETPI invites all ^ homemaker, professional, businessperson, student or teacher ^ with just an idea that can enrich the nation.

With just an idea, a business plan, fund-seekers can meet a jury who will filter genuine interest. Running start-ups are also invited. All that the jury wants is basic information in a business summary format. No detailed business plan is required right away.

All that is needed is one great idea. The interested should get in touch with The Economic Times. And, who knows, we could be writing about you one day.

ETPI: Where ideas meet funds

In india news on January 21, 2009 at 7:31 am

By M H Ahssan

Recession and pink slips usually spell gloom. But they can spell opportunity for the enterprising. The innovative dream of paving new paths in really difficult circumstance, often turn out be new, killer ideas. Because the solution comes after really experiencing the pain. Still, time and again, lack of funds become huge roadblocks, snuffing out these ideas.

Here’s something that can make the difficult search for funds much easier, and make a hundred wonderful ideas take birth. There is help at hand for entrepreneurial young Indian. The Economic Times, has initiated a new platform, “The Power of Ideas’’, for those with entrepreneurial dreams.

Those with ideas that can change the way we live and think, can get real help in realizing their dream business. Open to all Indians aged 18 years and above (on February 20, 2009), the ETPI is the biggest platform for ideas to find funding and guidance.

A group of angel investors, Indian Angel Network, is partnering the ET on this project and will guide aspiring businesspersons on the roadmap for moving ahead. ETPI invites all ^ homemaker, professional, businessperson, student or teacher ^ with just an idea that can enrich the nation.

With just an idea, a business plan, fund-seekers can meet a jury who will filter genuine interest. Running start-ups are also invited. All that the jury wants is basic information in a business summary format. No detailed business plan is required right away.

All that is needed is one great idea. The interested should get in touch with The Economic Times. And, who knows, we could be writing about you one day.

ETPI: Where ideas meet funds

In Uncategorized on January 21, 2009 at 7:31 am

By M H Ahssan

Recession and pink slips usually spell gloom. But they can spell opportunity for the enterprising. The innovative dream of paving new paths in really difficult circumstance, often turn out be new, killer ideas. Because the solution comes after really experiencing the pain. Still, time and again, lack of funds become huge roadblocks, snuffing out these ideas.

Here’s something that can make the difficult search for funds much easier, and make a hundred wonderful ideas take birth. There is help at hand for entrepreneurial young Indian. The Economic Times, has initiated a new platform, “The Power of Ideas’’, for those with entrepreneurial dreams.

Those with ideas that can change the way we live and think, can get real help in realizing their dream business. Open to all Indians aged 18 years and above (on February 20, 2009), the ETPI is the biggest platform for ideas to find funding and guidance.

A group of angel investors, Indian Angel Network, is partnering the ET on this project and will guide aspiring businesspersons on the roadmap for moving ahead. ETPI invites all ^ homemaker, professional, businessperson, student or teacher ^ with just an idea that can enrich the nation.

With just an idea, a business plan, fund-seekers can meet a jury who will filter genuine interest. Running start-ups are also invited. All that the jury wants is basic information in a business summary format. No detailed business plan is required right away.

All that is needed is one great idea. The interested should get in touch with The Economic Times. And, who knows, we could be writing about you one day.

Exclusive: Top naxals in police trap?

In india news on January 21, 2009 at 7:01 am

By M H Ahssan

Have the police encircled AOB military commission chief Chalapathi alias Ramachandra Reddy, Visakha division committee secretary Ganesh and a few top leaders of the Maoist party in the Gabarla reserve forest area?

It is learnt that a heavy exchange of fire was still going on between the Maoists and the Greyhounds parties at Amberupadu, close to Orissa border, where nearly 60-70 Maoist dalam members were reportedly slugging it out with the special party police to ensure a “safe entry” for Chalapathi into Malkangiri district.

The fact that two SLRs were recovered from the encounter site (which the police are refusing to confirm) meant there were Maoist commanders in the naxal parties, sources told HNN late on Tuesday.

It is learnt that Chalapthi was in G K Veedhi mandal area last week, addressed a party meeting deep inside the forest and was on his way back to Orissa to attend an important meeting when the police cornered him, following a tip-off. According to sources, the gunfire was continuing in the dense forests of Pedabayulu mandal.

The encounter site at Amberupadu is said to be the crossing point for the Maoists from Andhra border to reach Orissa. “The crossing point is hardly 500 metres from the Orissa border,” an intelligence official said.

Exclusive: Top naxals in police trap?

In Uncategorized on January 21, 2009 at 7:01 am

By M H Ahssan

Have the police encircled AOB military commission chief Chalapathi alias Ramachandra Reddy, Visakha division committee secretary Ganesh and a few top leaders of the Maoist party in the Gabarla reserve forest area?

It is learnt that a heavy exchange of fire was still going on between the Maoists and the Greyhounds parties at Amberupadu, close to Orissa border, where nearly 60-70 Maoist dalam members were reportedly slugging it out with the special party police to ensure a “safe entry” for Chalapathi into Malkangiri district.

The fact that two SLRs were recovered from the encounter site (which the police are refusing to confirm) meant there were Maoist commanders in the naxal parties, sources told HNN late on Tuesday.

It is learnt that Chalapthi was in G K Veedhi mandal area last week, addressed a party meeting deep inside the forest and was on his way back to Orissa to attend an important meeting when the police cornered him, following a tip-off. According to sources, the gunfire was continuing in the dense forests of Pedabayulu mandal.

The encounter site at Amberupadu is said to be the crossing point for the Maoists from Andhra border to reach Orissa. “The crossing point is hardly 500 metres from the Orissa border,” an intelligence official said.

Public Woes – Is Ramalinga Raju a raja?

In Uncategorized on January 21, 2009 at 7:00 am

By M H Ahssan

Even Some Employees, Visitors Are Not Being Allowed Into Hyderabad CID Office. Call it a kind of collateral damage. K Srinivas is neither an investor in Satyam Computers nor an employee. But on Tuesday, the disgraced ex-chairman of the company B Ramalinga Raju was the cause of his misery.

Srinivas went to the Cyber Crime police station located in the Crime Investigation Department (CID) building at AC Guards to pursue a case he had filed but was in for a rude shock. “You are not allowed in. Come back on Thursday,” a policeman bluntly told him. Not one to give up, Srinivas then called up Cyber Crime police on phone but the voice on the other side said, “No officer is available now”.

The reason? The high profile accused B Ramalinga Raju, his brother Rama Raju and former chief financial officer Vadlamani Srinivas, in police custody for the past three days have been lodged at the CID building.

In fact, their interrogation is directly affecting work in the other wings of CID, especially Cyber Crime police station, Women Protection Cell (WPC) and Anti Human Trafficking Wing for the past two days as their offices are located in the same building where Raju is lodged.

“The security is unprecedented”, a visitor to the vicinity said. He added: “It is an intimidating sight with a large number of police vehicles parked on either side of the road”.

At least four gun-toting policeman posted at the building are ensuring that no visitor gets in. It is learnt that some staff members, especially of the cyber crime were asked to stay away from the office from January 19. This situation will continue till Wednesday. In fact, everyday about 50 visitors come to the building. Some to lodge complaints with the cyber police and WPC and some to check the status of their case or to discuss problems with the police.

While police officers entering the building have to display their identity cards, the personal assistants, gunmen and drivers of the senior officers are being asked to stay on the ground floor itself. Even sub-inspectors and inspectors are not being allowed into the two floors where the trio are being interrogated.

“For whose benefit is this security, I wonder? Do they apprehend that angry investors will barge in and rough up Raju? Or do they think that Raju is a raja?” asked an angry Satish Reddy who had to return without his job being done.

Maytas Infra employees ‘unaffordable’

In Uncategorized on January 21, 2009 at 7:00 am

By M H Ahssan

After Satyam, it is Maytas Infra employees who are out on a frantic job hunt. Confirming this, construction companies in the city say that they have received several resumes in the last two weeks and have also had some candidates from Maytas walk-in for interviews over the weekend. Companies, however, add that they are not willing to entertain Maytas employees at this stage as it is very difficult to match their huge pay packages, especially when the construction sector is confronted with a slump.

“When Maytas Infra recruited people they offered salaries that were almost two times more than the market rate. Now to match such salaries or even offer them anything close to their present packages is just not possible for us,’’ says E Sudhir Reddy, chairman and managing director of IVRCL. His company has received over a dozen resumes from Maytas staff so far but none have been called back for an interview.

That the fear of being handed a pink slip is spreading fast among employees of the Satyam-backed infrastructure company is evident from the news of staffers approaching previous employers and friends in other firms for a job and also agreeing to settle for a pay cut of 10 to 15 per cent.

“But even that is not possible to match at this point,’’ says Ashwin Rao, director with Manbhum Constructions. According to him the pay packages of Maytas Infra staffers, even after a 10-15 per cent cut, are higher than the present market rates. “With a major dip in business due to recession all construction firms are anyway re-negotiating the salaries of their staff. At such a stage to recruit Maytas people, who were given 30-40 per cent hikes, is just not feasible,’’ says Rao adding that the firm had hired people in bulk and offered inflated salaries without considering the person’s market worth. “Someone not worth more than say Rs 10,000-12,000 was offered nothing less than Rs 20,000 by Maytas. Where is the person going to get any offer like that in such bad times,’’ asks Rao.

Aliens Group that has also been approached by a few middle-management staffers of Maytas Infra says that it will be difficult to fit them into the organisation, keeping in mind their salaries. “People who would have otherwise drawn Rs 4-5 lakh were offered anything between Rs 6-8 lakh in Maytas. So the gap is huge and anyway we have almost frozen recruitments,’’ says Prashanth Kumar, assistant manager, HR.

It is for the same reason that P V R Prasad, assistant general manager, HR of Aparna Constructions has also not responded to the handful of queries regarding job openings he received from Maytas employees.

But apart from the problem of pay packages there are also moral glitches that are compelling firms to keep away Maytas staffers. “People who have been with me for years and are drawing much lesser salaries than the ones who quit my organisation to join Maytas will have a problem if I get them back even at salaries similar to theirs. I cannot let my old staff down because there is a huge amount of trust that has been built over years,’’ says Sudhir Reddy.

Authorities digging out info on Satyam, Maytas land in RR dist: A perusal of transactions by the stamps and registrations department in the neighbouring Ranga Reddy district has revealed that several transactions were made in eight sub-registrar offices in Ranga Reddy district by Maytas Infra and Maytas Properties in the last one year. The most number of transactions were done in Qutubullapur and Medchal sub-registrar offices.

While Maytas Infra and Maytas Properties has at least 3,000 acres in Ranga Reddy district, revenue authorities, who have also begun gathering information, said Satyam ex-chairman B Ramalinga Raju and his family members hold nearly 658 acres land in Qutubullapur mandal alone. This includes the land being suspected to be held on benami names.

With the Centre deciding to inquire into Maytas Infra and Maytas Properties activities, the stamps and registration department has asked the district registrars of the Ranga Reddy district to collect details of the transactions made in the name of Maytas firms in the last few years.

The authorities of the registration department reportedly gave oral orders to all the district registrars in the state to dig out information on Maytas properties, on Monday. Special emphasis is being given to Ranga Reddy district as the Maytas Infra and Properties holds more than half of its land bank of 6,800 acres in Ranga Reddy district.

Sources said the information is being collected from the 31 sub-registrar offices located in the district. A large number of transactions were found in the areas like Qutubullapur, Medchal, Ibrahimpatnam, Manchal, Serilingampally and Shamshabad. “But no transactions or land dealings were found in Rajendranagar, Tandur and Vikarabad areas so far,” an official said.

The entire exercise of collecting details on land transactions made by Maytas Infra and Maytas Properties in Ranga Reddy district will be completed by Wednesday, an official said.

Meanwhile, the revenue authorities of Ranga Reddy district have collected details of land holdings of Satyam, Maytas and Ramalinga Raju family. “As hundreds of acres of land is on the names of ‘Rajus’, the officials are inquiring whether the land owners are original or benami for the Ramalinga Raju family,’’ an official of RR district said.

The information on land holdings is also being collected from village revenue officers and revenue inspectors who worked in the important mandals three years ago.

L&T keen on buying Satyam

In india news on January 21, 2009 at 6:58 am

By M H Ahssan

The beleaguered Satyam Computer Services Ltd seems to be finding some suitors. While infrastructure major Larsen and Toubro (L&T) has shown interest in taking management control of the company, Essar’s BPO arm, Aegis, is reportedly keen on acquiring Satyam’s BPO business.

The news triggered a rally in Satyam’s shares which rose by 5.5% to Rs 26.85 on a day when sensex fell by 2.45%. L&T CMD A M Naik on Tuesday discussed the Satyam issue with corporate affairs minister P C Gupta. Naik said he was worried about protecting L&T’s interest in the company, which currently stands at 4%. Though the stake was acquired as a portfolio investment, Naik, responding to questions, didn’t deny that L&T was keen to acquire the company. It’s believed that the acquisition bid would be made through L&T’s software arm.

Meanwhile, P C Gupta is learned to have told Naik that Satyam’s board was free to take decisions on takeover bids. Tarun Das, a government nominee on the Satyam board, said that a number of foreign and domestic companies had expressed interest in acquiring the scam-tainted company. The company’s board had not taken any view on the issue so far. Another board member, Deepak Parekh, had earlier said that the option of merger and acquisition was always open for the company. It is learned that the board is likely to soon appoint a merchant banker to zero in on a suitor.

Meanwhile, Essar’s Aegis has also submitted an expression of interest in buying out Satyam’s 3,500-seat BPO business. CEO of Aegis, Apporva Sengupta, confirmed that he had submitted an EOI for the business but refused to disclose the amount he would be willing to pay. He said he would study details of the company’s revenue and verticals before putting a price tag on it. According to Satyam’s second quarter result, its BPO’s revenue for the quarter ending September 2008 was at Rs 55.6 crore, down 8.65% compared with the corresponding period of the previous year. Its BPO business has not broken even so far. In the second quarter, BPO business had made a loss of Rs 20.05 crore. The acquisition of Satyam’s BPO business will accelerate the expansion of Aegis’s internet enabled businesses.

The government is reported to have moved the Company Law Board seeking to supersede the boards of Maytas Properties and Maytas Infrastructure — the two companies promoted by Satyam’s tainted founder B Ramalinga Raju.

Exclusive: Cigna puts Satyam on notice

In Uncategorized on January 21, 2009 at 6:58 am

By M H Ahssan

The worst nightmare for Satyam Computers employees has started unfolding. Barely two days after State Farm Insurance announced its intention to terminate its contract with Satyam, US-based health insurer Cigna Corp, one of the biggest Satyam clients, put the company on a three-month “notice’’. This was widely interpreted by employees as a termination of the important contract and plunged the software professionals into a sense of despair. “We are alternating between hope and hopeleness in recent days. This news comes as a shock,” confessed a senior Satyam manager.

Satyam spokespersons, however, asserted that Cigna had given the 90-day notice period for the company to stabilise, failing which it would take its final call. “Cigna wants to know our Plan B,” the spokesperson suggested. There are over a 100 associates involved in the Cigna project. A chunk of employees on the Cigna project work in Satyam’s Bahadurpally office and some work out of its Cyber Space office too.

It is now reliably learnt that various customers of Satyam have started undertaking major risk assessment exercises to assess how best or smoothly they could move to another IT firm — if that is at all required. “Terminating a project cannot be done overnight as customers do not wish to break continuity,’’ said a senior IT source, adding that be it TCS, Infosys or even Accenture, everyone is in a “wait and watch mode’’.

What is working against Satyam is the fact that it does not have any “exclusive’’ contract with any firm, making it easier for its customers to approach rival IT firms that are involved in their other projects. “If there are multi vendors for a customer, the competition is stiff,’’ said a source, adding that “given the large number of people on bench in other IT firms, they will lap up the projects if the customer approaches them’’.

But Satyam’s low-cost service could be its saviour. Industry sources said that the company provided services to some of its clients at as little as $ 10 or $ 11 per hour, per resource. “This is dirt cheap, as good as charity. Billing rates of other IT firms are much higher and this is where customers may feel the pinch if they do wish to move out of Satyam,’’ predicted an IT industry analyst.

After losing two big clients, State Farm Insurance and US-based health insurer Cigna Corp, senior Satyam sources apprehended that the IT major could lose more projects if nothing was done on an emergency basis to stabilise the company by providing with a credit line and putting a heavyweight CEO at the helm of affairs.

Senior officials of the company, however, clarified that a project cancellation wasn’t leading to layoffs with employees of the project being moved to the bench and not being asked to leave the company.

Meanwhile, speculation was rife, that other big projects particularly one with British Petroleum (that had last week sought assurance from the IT firm that its work wouldn’t be impacted) and even that with a multinational bank were in trouble.

The British Petroleum project commands a big headcount with a couple of floors at Satyam’s City Centre office dedicated to the project alone.

British Petroleum did not respond to e-mail sent by TOI seeking confirmation on whether or not it would continue its project with Satyam.

L&T keen on buying Satyam

In Uncategorized on January 21, 2009 at 6:58 am

By M H Ahssan

The beleaguered Satyam Computer Services Ltd seems to be finding some suitors. While infrastructure major Larsen and Toubro (L&T) has shown interest in taking management control of the company, Essar’s BPO arm, Aegis, is reportedly keen on acquiring Satyam’s BPO business.

The news triggered a rally in Satyam’s shares which rose by 5.5% to Rs 26.85 on a day when sensex fell by 2.45%. L&T CMD A M Naik on Tuesday discussed the Satyam issue with corporate affairs minister P C Gupta. Naik said he was worried about protecting L&T’s interest in the company, which currently stands at 4%. Though the stake was acquired as a portfolio investment, Naik, responding to questions, didn’t deny that L&T was keen to acquire the company. It’s believed that the acquisition bid would be made through L&T’s software arm.

Meanwhile, P C Gupta is learned to have told Naik that Satyam’s board was free to take decisions on takeover bids. Tarun Das, a government nominee on the Satyam board, said that a number of foreign and domestic companies had expressed interest in acquiring the scam-tainted company. The company’s board had not taken any view on the issue so far. Another board member, Deepak Parekh, had earlier said that the option of merger and acquisition was always open for the company. It is learned that the board is likely to soon appoint a merchant banker to zero in on a suitor.

Meanwhile, Essar’s Aegis has also submitted an expression of interest in buying out Satyam’s 3,500-seat BPO business. CEO of Aegis, Apporva Sengupta, confirmed that he had submitted an EOI for the business but refused to disclose the amount he would be willing to pay. He said he would study details of the company’s revenue and verticals before putting a price tag on it. According to Satyam’s second quarter result, its BPO’s revenue for the quarter ending September 2008 was at Rs 55.6 crore, down 8.65% compared with the corresponding period of the previous year. Its BPO business has not broken even so far. In the second quarter, BPO business had made a loss of Rs 20.05 crore. The acquisition of Satyam’s BPO business will accelerate the expansion of Aegis’s internet enabled businesses.

The government is reported to have moved the Company Law Board seeking to supersede the boards of Maytas Properties and Maytas Infrastructure — the two companies promoted by Satyam’s tainted founder B Ramalinga Raju.

Good Morning, Mr President

In india news on January 21, 2009 at 6:55 am

By M H Ahssan

Barack Hussein Obama is now in charge of America’s fortunes. With Barack Obama taking oath yesterday as America’s 44th — and first African-American — president, the United States turned a page and closed a chapter. Obama’s spectacular success story is packed with poignant, and powerful, symbolism. If he accepted the Democratic nomination last August on the anniversary of Martin Luther King Jr’s ‘I Have A Dream’ speech, his inauguration follows the American holiday in memory of King. It is the culmination of an extraordinary story and a new beginning.

Obama rode on a ticket for change. A country left bitter, fearful and divided by eight years of George W Bush’s presidency, welcomed him with relief and expectation. The world, which had viewed America with growing alarm during these years, tuned in to Obama as well. He represented hope that America would manage its own house responsibly and favour consensus and cooperation while dealing with the world. But as enormous as his moment in history are the challenges Obama will face from day one.

Undoubtedly, the gloomy economy will consume much of the new president’s energies and he has so far shown signs of clear thinking on how to get America up on its feet again. Equally tough are the assortment of challenges that will present themselves on Obama’s foreign policy plate. One war needs to be wound down responsibly while America’s attention has to shift to the real battleground in Afghanistan and Pakistan. Obama cannot afford to engage Pakistan only to tackle al-Qaeda and the Taliban. To continue the world’s war against terror, he will have to pursue the other extremist outfits — like Lashkar-e-Taiba and its front organisations — which export violence from that country. They have had a generally free run despite Pakistan’s claims to the contrary. For the sake of the world’s security, Obama must press Islamabad to clamp down on these groups and close down their bases, something that the Bush administration failed to do for most of its run. And then there is the Middle East mess. Trying to achieve a degree of resolution there will require fresh commitment and thinking from Washington.

It is evident that Obama will have to hit the ground running. There are soaring expectations which cannot be all fulfilled. But he has a good base of credibility to start from. Opinion polls show he enjoys close to 80 per cent approval ratings as he picks up the keys to the White House and that the American people, across political divides, are willing to give him a chance and their time. His commitment to consultative governance while being firmly in charge, and the A-list team he has picked, would hopefully serve America and the world well.

Obama’s inauguration party — which has seen millions of Americans pour onto the streets to have a blast — is a fine celebration of democratic ideals and values. Democracy’s enabling promises are why Americans — and those who share similar values elsewhere — are raising a toast as they welcome President Barack Hussein Obama.

Good Morning, Mr President

In Uncategorized on January 21, 2009 at 6:55 am

By M H Ahssan

Barack Hussein Obama is now in charge of America’s fortunes. With Barack Obama taking oath yesterday as America’s 44th — and first African-American — president, the United States turned a page and closed a chapter. Obama’s spectacular success story is packed with poignant, and powerful, symbolism. If he accepted the Democratic nomination last August on the anniversary of Martin Luther King Jr’s ‘I Have A Dream’ speech, his inauguration follows the American holiday in memory of King. It is the culmination of an extraordinary story and a new beginning.

Obama rode on a ticket for change. A country left bitter, fearful and divided by eight years of George W Bush’s presidency, welcomed him with relief and expectation. The world, which had viewed America with growing alarm during these years, tuned in to Obama as well. He represented hope that America would manage its own house responsibly and favour consensus and cooperation while dealing with the world. But as enormous as his moment in history are the challenges Obama will face from day one.

Undoubtedly, the gloomy economy will consume much of the new president’s energies and he has so far shown signs of clear thinking on how to get America up on its feet again. Equally tough are the assortment of challenges that will present themselves on Obama’s foreign policy plate. One war needs to be wound down responsibly while America’s attention has to shift to the real battleground in Afghanistan and Pakistan. Obama cannot afford to engage Pakistan only to tackle al-Qaeda and the Taliban. To continue the world’s war against terror, he will have to pursue the other extremist outfits — like Lashkar-e-Taiba and its front organisations — which export violence from that country. They have had a generally free run despite Pakistan’s claims to the contrary. For the sake of the world’s security, Obama must press Islamabad to clamp down on these groups and close down their bases, something that the Bush administration failed to do for most of its run. And then there is the Middle East mess. Trying to achieve a degree of resolution there will require fresh commitment and thinking from Washington.

It is evident that Obama will have to hit the ground running. There are soaring expectations which cannot be all fulfilled. But he has a good base of credibility to start from. Opinion polls show he enjoys close to 80 per cent approval ratings as he picks up the keys to the White House and that the American people, across political divides, are willing to give him a chance and their time. His commitment to consultative governance while being firmly in charge, and the A-list team he has picked, would hopefully serve America and the world well.

Obama’s inauguration party — which has seen millions of Americans pour onto the streets to have a blast — is a fine celebration of democratic ideals and values. Democracy’s enabling promises are why Americans — and those who share similar values elsewhere — are raising a toast as they welcome President Barack Hussein Obama.

Exclusive: Satyam Rot Deepens

In india news on January 20, 2009 at 11:33 am

By M H Ahssan

Preliminary investigations into the Satyam scam point to several possibilities, including submission of fake Softex (software export forms) to the RBI and forgery of bank statements, besides diversion of funds from the IT major.

Significantly, the balance sheets of Satyam Computer Services Ltd have been fudged only in the last three years _ this coincides with the meteoric rise of its sister concerns, Maytas Properties and Maytas Infrastructure, lending credence to the widely held belief that funds from the IT major have been siphoned off.

Preliminary probe by the Registrar of Companies (ROC) has revealed discrepancies in the books from 2004-05 to 2007-08, exactly the period during which Maytas Properties went on acquiring lands and the YS Rajasekhara Reddy Government was more than benevolent in awarding huge infrastructure projects, including the Rs 12,000-crore Metro Rail, to Maytas Infrastructure.

HNN has access to contents of the 10-page report submitted to the Union Commerce Ministry a few days ago, and based on that, a further probe by the Serious Frauds Investigation Office (SFIO) was ordered.

The key aspects raised by the ROC are: 1) There is need for investigation of fake Softex forms which appear to have been submitted by Satyam to the RBI; 2) Valuation of the two Maytas companies, which were sought to be taken over by Satyam, was not done by an outside agency; valuations are doubtful and need detailed investigation; 3) Serious possibility of forgery of most of the bank statements; 4) The books for the years 2005-08 were signed by Vadlamani Srinivas as Director and Vice-president (Finance) whereas he was not on the Satyam board (Srinivas has been arrested along with Ramalinga Raju and his brother Rama Raju).

Interestingly, the ROC points out that no unsecured loan from promoters was shown in the balance sheet while Ramalinga Raju claimed in his e-mail that he had infused Rs 1,230 crore into the company from out of his personal resources to save the IT major. The report also suggests the possibility of forgery of bank statements and wonders how nothing was found out by the banks (there were almost 200 accounts) or in the audit. This might not have happened without the collusion of banks, auditors and the management, more so because huge cash reserves and bank balances (mostly non-existent) were shown either in the current accounts of scheduled and unscheduled banks or in the form of fixed deposits. ICICI bank on Monday confirmed that it had detected forgery of fixed deposits in the name of the bank in the last couple of years.

The ROC report also raises the possibility of Satyam’s Softex forms (an exchange control mechanism to monitor receipt of export receivables) not being in order. In the normal course, if the export receivables are not received within the stipulated time-frame (normally 90 days), authorized dealers, which happen to be banks, report the delay to the RBI and the exporters too have to submit documents seeking extension of time. If ROC’s doubts are proved, it would amount to failure of banks and the RBI to whom apparently fake Softex forms have been submitted.

According to the report, the figure of sundry debtors (money receivable) as shown in the books stood at Rs 2,651 crore while Ramalinga Raju said it was Rs 2,161 crore, a difference of Rs 490 crore. The question that arises is: if it is a genuine export receivable, is it held abroad but unaccounted for in the books of the company in India or is it a fictitious receivable developed in the balance sheet as Raju stated? What is surprising is that only the CID wing of the AP police, which hardly has any expertise in probing such massive economic frauds, has seized almost all the documents and managed to get custody of Ramalinga Raju. SEBI officials are virtually groping in the dark having failed to interrogate him so far. In fact, it was only after SEBI issued summons to Raju to appear before it that the Satyam founder chose to surrender probably because he thought it would be safer to be in the custody of the State police than central investigating agencies. The proper course would have been to form a joint team comprising officials from various agencies including CBI and IT. Only then, there is scope for the truth to come out, an investigating officer said.

WHAT CID IS DOING
Almost all the records have been seized by the CID, an agency that works under the control of the State Government which has shown an overzealous attitude towards Maytas in awarding massive projects, brushing aside objections raised on different occasions. So far, no other central agency has been able to talk to Ramalinga Raju or his associaties who are in police custody. SEBI did not even file a case on the ground that it cannot do so unless the probe is complete. The investigation is revolving only around Raju and not going beyond to check whether external forces are responsible for the diversion of funds.

THE LIES
At the controversial December 16 board meeting of Satyam when Maytas buyout was discussed, the board members were informed that Ernst & Young did the valuation while Delhi-based law firm, Luthra and Luthra, carried out title diligence. Both have denied the same.

Exclusive: Satyam Rot Deepens

In Uncategorized on January 20, 2009 at 11:33 am

By M H Ahssan

Preliminary investigations into the Satyam scam point to several possibilities, including submission of fake Softex (software export forms) to the RBI and forgery of bank statements, besides diversion of funds from the IT major.

Significantly, the balance sheets of Satyam Computer Services Ltd have been fudged only in the last three years _ this coincides with the meteoric rise of its sister concerns, Maytas Properties and Maytas Infrastructure, lending credence to the widely held belief that funds from the IT major have been siphoned off.

Preliminary probe by the Registrar of Companies (ROC) has revealed discrepancies in the books from 2004-05 to 2007-08, exactly the period during which Maytas Properties went on acquiring lands and the YS Rajasekhara Reddy Government was more than benevolent in awarding huge infrastructure projects, including the Rs 12,000-crore Metro Rail, to Maytas Infrastructure.

HNN has access to contents of the 10-page report submitted to the Union Commerce Ministry a few days ago, and based on that, a further probe by the Serious Frauds Investigation Office (SFIO) was ordered.

The key aspects raised by the ROC are: 1) There is need for investigation of fake Softex forms which appear to have been submitted by Satyam to the RBI; 2) Valuation of the two Maytas companies, which were sought to be taken over by Satyam, was not done by an outside agency; valuations are doubtful and need detailed investigation; 3) Serious possibility of forgery of most of the bank statements; 4) The books for the years 2005-08 were signed by Vadlamani Srinivas as Director and Vice-president (Finance) whereas he was not on the Satyam board (Srinivas has been arrested along with Ramalinga Raju and his brother Rama Raju).

Interestingly, the ROC points out that no unsecured loan from promoters was shown in the balance sheet while Ramalinga Raju claimed in his e-mail that he had infused Rs 1,230 crore into the company from out of his personal resources to save the IT major. The report also suggests the possibility of forgery of bank statements and wonders how nothing was found out by the banks (there were almost 200 accounts) or in the audit. This might not have happened without the collusion of banks, auditors and the management, more so because huge cash reserves and bank balances (mostly non-existent) were shown either in the current accounts of scheduled and unscheduled banks or in the form of fixed deposits. ICICI bank on Monday confirmed that it had detected forgery of fixed deposits in the name of the bank in the last couple of years.

The ROC report also raises the possibility of Satyam’s Softex forms (an exchange control mechanism to monitor receipt of export receivables) not being in order. In the normal course, if the export receivables are not received within the stipulated time-frame (normally 90 days), authorized dealers, which happen to be banks, report the delay to the RBI and the exporters too have to submit documents seeking extension of time. If ROC’s doubts are proved, it would amount to failure of banks and the RBI to whom apparently fake Softex forms have been submitted.

According to the report, the figure of sundry debtors (money receivable) as shown in the books stood at Rs 2,651 crore while Ramalinga Raju said it was Rs 2,161 crore, a difference of Rs 490 crore. The question that arises is: if it is a genuine export receivable, is it held abroad but unaccounted for in the books of the company in India or is it a fictitious receivable developed in the balance sheet as Raju stated? What is surprising is that only the CID wing of the AP police, which hardly has any expertise in probing such massive economic frauds, has seized almost all the documents and managed to get custody of Ramalinga Raju. SEBI officials are virtually groping in the dark having failed to interrogate him so far. In fact, it was only after SEBI issued summons to Raju to appear before it that the Satyam founder chose to surrender probably because he thought it would be safer to be in the custody of the State police than central investigating agencies. The proper course would have been to form a joint team comprising officials from various agencies including CBI and IT. Only then, there is scope for the truth to come out, an investigating officer said.

WHAT CID IS DOING
Almost all the records have been seized by the CID, an agency that works under the control of the State Government which has shown an overzealous attitude towards Maytas in awarding massive projects, brushing aside objections raised on different occasions. So far, no other central agency has been able to talk to Ramalinga Raju or his associaties who are in police custody. SEBI did not even file a case on the ground that it cannot do so unless the probe is complete. The investigation is revolving only around Raju and not going beyond to check whether external forces are responsible for the diversion of funds.

THE LIES
At the controversial December 16 board meeting of Satyam when Maytas buyout was discussed, the board members were informed that Ernst & Young did the valuation while Delhi-based law firm, Luthra and Luthra, carried out title diligence. Both have denied the same.

Picture Imperfect: OBAMA IN HYDERABAD

In india news on January 20, 2009 at 11:27 am

By T Kishore Kumar

A die-hard fan of HNN spotted an Obama look-like near Charminar of Hyderabad, recently. He captured a snap and sent across to us to make news on these columns. HNN thanks and determind to encourage the talent from our readers. EDITOR

Picture Imperfect: OBAMA IN HYDERABAD

In Uncategorized on January 20, 2009 at 11:27 am

By T Kishore Kumar

A die-hard fan of HNN spotted an Obama look-like near Charminar of Hyderabad, recently. He captured a snap and sent across to us to make news on these columns. HNN thanks and determind to encourage the talent from our readers. EDITOR

Afghanistan caught in friendly fire

In india news on January 20, 2009 at 11:15 am

By M H Ahssan

The Barack Obama era is commencing on a combative note in Afghanistan. The Afghan bazaar is buzzing with rumors that the equations between Washington and Kabul have become uncertain. Senior Afghan figures have been quoted as concluding that “the new US administration and the current Afghan administration will not be speaking the same language”.

This followed a controversial visit to the Afghan capital Kabul last week by United States vice president-elect Joseph Biden. As the chairman of the powerful US Senate Foreign Relations Committee, Biden is not a novice to foreign affairs and diplomacy, or to Afghanistan. Yet, during his visit, Biden apparently pulled up Afghan President Hamid Karzai for not giving a good account of himself as a ruler.

Again, Afghan Foreign Minister Dadfar Spanta has objected to US secretary of state-designate Hillary’s Clinton’s use of the term “narco state” to describe Afghanistan in her Senate testimony last Tuesday on her nomination. He called in the Associated Press specifically to rebut that Clinton’s characterization was “absolutely wrong”. Nerves are getting frayed at the edges.

NATO chief chips in
Alas, the Obama presidency is starting on a false note when close coordination between Washington and Kabul ought to be the hallmark of relations. As if taking a cue from the irate Americans, the secretary general of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO), Jaap de Hoop Scheffer, tore into the Karzai government in an unprecedented opinion piece in The Washington Post on Sunday, alleging among other things that “the basic problem in Afghanistan is not too much Taliban; it’s too little good governance”.

Scheffer is a consummate diplomat in the best traditions of the Atlantic alliance and is known to be always at Washington’s bidding. He wrote, “We have paid enough, in blood and treasure, to demand that the Afghan government take more concrete and vigorous action to root out corruption and increase efficiency, even where that means difficult political choices.”

Kabul didn’t even wait for a full working day before Afghan Foreign Ministry spokesman Ahmad Baheen plainly told Scheffer where to get off. He accused that the Afghan government was being undermined as the “international community, including some powerful NATO member countries, has their own favorite warlords” who they back against the Karzai government. Baheen, in turn, accused Western aid groups of corruption and the coalition forces for condoning opium production.

Biden leaks confidential talk
The curious part is that details of Biden’s sensitive conversation in the Afghan presidential palace have found their way into the media and, inevitably, to the noisy Kabul bazaar. Afghans cannot resist coming up with conspiracy theories.

Karzai’s spokesman Humayun Hamizada neither confirmed nor denied the reports that Biden had delivered a tough message to Karzai. He merely said the conversation was “frank but cordial and friendly”. In diplomatic idiom, that usually means Biden and Karzai politely agreed to disagree. Or, more to the point in this case, Karzai, being the weaker of the two, held his ground.

Hamizada hinted that the differences were mainly over the war’s strategy. He recalled Karzai had time and again stressed the “need to review the war on terrorism … need to review our strategy, the way we fight terrorism and where we fight terrorism”.

According to Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty (RFERL), Biden played “an aggressive foreign-policy role” in Kabul and delivered a “strong message” to Karzai. American officials have been cited as saying Biden “encouraged the Afghan leader to rid his government of corruption and temper his public statements regarding civilian casualties caused by NATO forces in Afghanistan”.

Biden seems to have taken a particularly dim view of Karzai’s growing criticism regarding the excessive use of military force by US troops against Afghan civilians. He reportedly warned Karzai that Washington “will view future statements as posturing for the presidential elections set to take place in Afghanistan later this year”. American sources added that Biden “included no mention of the end of Karzai’s presidential run, over which the United States in any case has no say”.

Afghan bazaar speculates regime change
Meanwhile, the Kabul bazaar is full of rumors that Biden flatly told Karzai he was on his way out and that the US vice-president elect’s mission might have been an effort to find a suitable replacement. Unsurprisingly, Biden’s call on Interior Minister Mohammad Hanif Atmar led to further speculation that the British-educated Afghan official, who, according to RFERL, “is widely considered one of the most effective managers in Karzai’s administration”, might just be the suitable replacement that Washington is looking for as the next president of Afghanistan.

A spate of articles has appeared in the Western media during the past six months portraying Karzai as presiding over a corrupt, inefficient, ineffectual government that is confined to Kabul and its environs. This has generated a negative impression about Karzai in Western opinion, apart from making it very obvious that things are not going smoothly between the Afghan government and the international community.

Karzai holds his ground
What probably put the Americans’ back up was an outspoken interview that Karzai gave to The Chicago Tribune last month. For the first time, Karzai reacted to Obama’s harsh remark while on the campaign trail that the Afghan president had not yet “gotten out of the bunker and helped to organize Afghanistan”.

Karzai loudly wondered: “Bunker? We are in a trench, and our allies are with us in the trench. We were on a high hill with glorious success in 2002, backed fully by the Afghan people … We must now look back and find out as to why are we in a trench, or if you’d like to describe it, a bunker. Why are we in a bunker?”

They seem to have duly taken note in Washington, and did not like the assertive remark, deciding they might as well make it plain that someone they put in power, they could just as well remove from power. What is overlooked, however, is the substance of Karzai’s criticism.

Which is a pity, since Obama can only benefit from reading and re-reading the transcript of Karzai’s hour-long interview. Most expert commentators would share Karzai’s views, though they might constitute an open indictment of the American military commanders and their chief in the Pentagon.

Karzai had a strong point when he said, “The international community should correct their behavior … the [US-led] coalition went around the Afghan villages, burst into people’s homes and committed extra-judicial killings in our country … And if this behavior continues, we will be in a deeper trench than we are today. And the war against terrorism will end in disgraceful defeat.”

Again, Karzai was spot on when he said, “If they [US-led forces] go to the Afghan homes and burst in and arrest or kill, does that leave the Afghan people with the feeling that they have a government? No. That is actually the destruction of the Afghan government. If Afghanistan is a sovereign country, if Afghanistan has a constitution, if Afghanistan has laws, and if there is the slogan of strengthening Afghan democracy and institutions, then Afghan sovereignty and Afghan laws must be respected, and not violated in such an extreme manner as is being done today.”

He stressed that the war strategy reportedly being conceived in the Pentagon to arm Pashtun tribes and set them against each other would have catastrophic consequences: “If we create militias again, we will be ruining this country further.” True, the new US war strategy is unrealistic insofar as it simplifies what are in fact multi-layered structures of violence in Afghanistan. The strategy overlooks the enormous variety of local violence. A policy similar to the “awakening” of Sunni tribes in Iraq cannot be the answer to Afghan violence.

Equally, Karzai was critical of the so-called “surge” policy that is the brainwave of Central Command chief General David Petraeus from his Iraq campaign. He felt any additional US troops should be deployed to man the Afghan-Pakistan border rather than intensify military operations in the southeastern provinces as the Pentagon is contemplating. To this end, the US plans to double the number of its troops in the country, from about 30,000 to 60,000. Karzai anticipates that the proposed “surge” will only accelerate the bloodbath, which in turn will make his position extremely precarious politically and generate more local support for the Taliban fighters who are increasingly being seen by the people as a genuine resistance to the marauding Western forces.

Who isn’t corrupt?
The US criticism about rampant corruption in Afghanistan has basis. But, then, what do we expect out of a long sunset when a country slowly bleeds to death and foreign military occupation strips it of national honor and self-confidence? Putting things into perspective, it was former US secretary of defense Donald Rumsfeld who introduced the US policy of dispatching planeloads of green bucks to the Hindu Kush in a cynical move to encourage Afghan “warlords” to take on al-Qaeda so that Americans didn’t have to do the fighting.

Most of these “warlords” who worked for the US special forces today ostentatiously display their ill-gotten wealth. Many are deeply involved in prostitution, bootlegging and drug trafficking. They are openly buying and selling sinecure positions. Their palatial mansions in Kabul came up right under the nose of the US Embassy. Again, it was the Pentagon’s obstinacy that the drug problem was not their business which allowed the situation to develop into its current scale, eating into the vitals of the Afghan state.

When the occupiers themselves are the fountainhead of venality – like the Spanish Conquistadors who introduced “European diseases” in the Western hemisphere in the 16th century – how can the blame be apportioned to Karzai’s regime or family members? In a devastating essay recently, noted American aid worker and author Ann Jones lifted the veil of silence over the spectrum of corruption that the George W Bush administration introduced in Afghanistan. (See The Afghan reconstruction boondoggle Asia Times Online, January 13.)

The US not only skimped on aid but ploughed the big bucks into the coffers of well-connected American military contractors and profiteers and the whole retinue of parasites who generally go under the rubric of experts and consultants. Jones called it “a form of well-organized routine graft that leaves the corruption of Karzai’s government in the shade and will undoubtedly continue unremarked upon in the Obama years. Those multi-millions that will continue to be poured down the Afghan drain really represent promises made to a people whose country and culture we have devastated more than once.”

Browbeating, damning or dumping Karzai will not end the stalemate in the war. Actually, the best thing would be to allow the Afghan people to genuinely choose Karzai as their president in the upcoming election and if they indeed do so, to let him select his team. It may not be an English-speaking team, but that is the best way the Afghan political process can hope to gain traction, if at all, in the current gloomy scenario when it looks difficult to rescue the seven-year US enterprise.

Karzai is still the best choice America has got in Kabul. Biden’s visit was a mistake because in political terms, he seems to have mortally wounded Karzai, even if Washington’s his intention was merely to do some plain speaking before the Obama era commenced, about salvaging the US’s efforts.

Biden’s tough talk leaps out of a classic Graham Greene novel set in Indo-China in the 1950s. It dampens the residual hopes of a clean break from the overbearing US war strategy in Afghanistan, which Karzai resents and the Taliban exploit.

Afghanistan caught in friendly fire

In Uncategorized on January 20, 2009 at 11:15 am

By M H Ahssan

The Barack Obama era is commencing on a combative note in Afghanistan. The Afghan bazaar is buzzing with rumors that the equations between Washington and Kabul have become uncertain. Senior Afghan figures have been quoted as concluding that “the new US administration and the current Afghan administration will not be speaking the same language”.

This followed a controversial visit to the Afghan capital Kabul last week by United States vice president-elect Joseph Biden. As the chairman of the powerful US Senate Foreign Relations Committee, Biden is not a novice to foreign affairs and diplomacy, or to Afghanistan. Yet, during his visit, Biden apparently pulled up Afghan President Hamid Karzai for not giving a good account of himself as a ruler.

Again, Afghan Foreign Minister Dadfar Spanta has objected to US secretary of state-designate Hillary’s Clinton’s use of the term “narco state” to describe Afghanistan in her Senate testimony last Tuesday on her nomination. He called in the Associated Press specifically to rebut that Clinton’s characterization was “absolutely wrong”. Nerves are getting frayed at the edges.

NATO chief chips in
Alas, the Obama presidency is starting on a false note when close coordination between Washington and Kabul ought to be the hallmark of relations. As if taking a cue from the irate Americans, the secretary general of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO), Jaap de Hoop Scheffer, tore into the Karzai government in an unprecedented opinion piece in The Washington Post on Sunday, alleging among other things that “the basic problem in Afghanistan is not too much Taliban; it’s too little good governance”.

Scheffer is a consummate diplomat in the best traditions of the Atlantic alliance and is known to be always at Washington’s bidding. He wrote, “We have paid enough, in blood and treasure, to demand that the Afghan government take more concrete and vigorous action to root out corruption and increase efficiency, even where that means difficult political choices.”

Kabul didn’t even wait for a full working day before Afghan Foreign Ministry spokesman Ahmad Baheen plainly told Scheffer where to get off. He accused that the Afghan government was being undermined as the “international community, including some powerful NATO member countries, has their own favorite warlords” who they back against the Karzai government. Baheen, in turn, accused Western aid groups of corruption and the coalition forces for condoning opium production.

Biden leaks confidential talk
The curious part is that details of Biden’s sensitive conversation in the Afghan presidential palace have found their way into the media and, inevitably, to the noisy Kabul bazaar. Afghans cannot resist coming up with conspiracy theories.

Karzai’s spokesman Humayun Hamizada neither confirmed nor denied the reports that Biden had delivered a tough message to Karzai. He merely said the conversation was “frank but cordial and friendly”. In diplomatic idiom, that usually means Biden and Karzai politely agreed to disagree. Or, more to the point in this case, Karzai, being the weaker of the two, held his ground.

Hamizada hinted that the differences were mainly over the war’s strategy. He recalled Karzai had time and again stressed the “need to review the war on terrorism … need to review our strategy, the way we fight terrorism and where we fight terrorism”.

According to Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty (RFERL), Biden played “an aggressive foreign-policy role” in Kabul and delivered a “strong message” to Karzai. American officials have been cited as saying Biden “encouraged the Afghan leader to rid his government of corruption and temper his public statements regarding civilian casualties caused by NATO forces in Afghanistan”.

Biden seems to have taken a particularly dim view of Karzai’s growing criticism regarding the excessive use of military force by US troops against Afghan civilians. He reportedly warned Karzai that Washington “will view future statements as posturing for the presidential elections set to take place in Afghanistan later this year”. American sources added that Biden “included no mention of the end of Karzai’s presidential run, over which the United States in any case has no say”.

Afghan bazaar speculates regime change
Meanwhile, the Kabul bazaar is full of rumors that Biden flatly told Karzai he was on his way out and that the US vice-president elect’s mission might have been an effort to find a suitable replacement. Unsurprisingly, Biden’s call on Interior Minister Mohammad Hanif Atmar led to further speculation that the British-educated Afghan official, who, according to RFERL, “is widely considered one of the most effective managers in Karzai’s administration”, might just be the suitable replacement that Washington is looking for as the next president of Afghanistan.

A spate of articles has appeared in the Western media during the past six months portraying Karzai as presiding over a corrupt, inefficient, ineffectual government that is confined to Kabul and its environs. This has generated a negative impression about Karzai in Western opinion, apart from making it very obvious that things are not going smoothly between the Afghan government and the international community.

Karzai holds his ground
What probably put the Americans’ back up was an outspoken interview that Karzai gave to The Chicago Tribune last month. For the first time, Karzai reacted to Obama’s harsh remark while on the campaign trail that the Afghan president had not yet “gotten out of the bunker and helped to organize Afghanistan”.

Karzai loudly wondered: “Bunker? We are in a trench, and our allies are with us in the trench. We were on a high hill with glorious success in 2002, backed fully by the Afghan people … We must now look back and find out as to why are we in a trench, or if you’d like to describe it, a bunker. Why are we in a bunker?”

They seem to have duly taken note in Washington, and did not like the assertive remark, deciding they might as well make it plain that someone they put in power, they could just as well remove from power. What is overlooked, however, is the substance of Karzai’s criticism.

Which is a pity, since Obama can only benefit from reading and re-reading the transcript of Karzai’s hour-long interview. Most expert commentators would share Karzai’s views, though they might constitute an open indictment of the American military commanders and their chief in the Pentagon.

Karzai had a strong point when he said, “The international community should correct their behavior … the [US-led] coalition went around the Afghan villages, burst into people’s homes and committed extra-judicial killings in our country … And if this behavior continues, we will be in a deeper trench than we are today. And the war against terrorism will end in disgraceful defeat.”

Again, Karzai was spot on when he said, “If they [US-led forces] go to the Afghan homes and burst in and arrest or kill, does that leave the Afghan people with the feeling that they have a government? No. That is actually the destruction of the Afghan government. If Afghanistan is a sovereign country, if Afghanistan has a constitution, if Afghanistan has laws, and if there is the slogan of strengthening Afghan democracy and institutions, then Afghan sovereignty and Afghan laws must be respected, and not violated in such an extreme manner as is being done today.”

He stressed that the war strategy reportedly being conceived in the Pentagon to arm Pashtun tribes and set them against each other would have catastrophic consequences: “If we create militias again, we will be ruining this country further.” True, the new US war strategy is unrealistic insofar as it simplifies what are in fact multi-layered structures of violence in Afghanistan. The strategy overlooks the enormous variety of local violence. A policy similar to the “awakening” of Sunni tribes in Iraq cannot be the answer to Afghan violence.

Equally, Karzai was critical of the so-called “surge” policy that is the brainwave of Central Command chief General David Petraeus from his Iraq campaign. He felt any additional US troops should be deployed to man the Afghan-Pakistan border rather than intensify military operations in the southeastern provinces as the Pentagon is contemplating. To this end, the US plans to double the number of its troops in the country, from about 30,000 to 60,000. Karzai anticipates that the proposed “surge” will only accelerate the bloodbath, which in turn will make his position extremely precarious politically and generate more local support for the Taliban fighters who are increasingly being seen by the people as a genuine resistance to the marauding Western forces.

Who isn’t corrupt?
The US criticism about rampant corruption in Afghanistan has basis. But, then, what do we expect out of a long sunset when a country slowly bleeds to death and foreign military occupation strips it of national honor and self-confidence? Putting things into perspective, it was former US secretary of defense Donald Rumsfeld who introduced the US policy of dispatching planeloads of green bucks to the Hindu Kush in a cynical move to encourage Afghan “warlords” to take on al-Qaeda so that Americans didn’t have to do the fighting.

Most of these “warlords” who worked for the US special forces today ostentatiously display their ill-gotten wealth. Many are deeply involved in prostitution, bootlegging and drug trafficking. They are openly buying and selling sinecure positions. Their palatial mansions in Kabul came up right under the nose of the US Embassy. Again, it was the Pentagon’s obstinacy that the drug problem was not their business which allowed the situation to develop into its current scale, eating into the vitals of the Afghan state.

When the occupiers themselves are the fountainhead of venality – like the Spanish Conquistadors who introduced “European diseases” in the Western hemisphere in the 16th century – how can the blame be apportioned to Karzai’s regime or family members? In a devastating essay recently, noted American aid worker and author Ann Jones lifted the veil of silence over the spectrum of corruption that the George W Bush administration introduced in Afghanistan. (See The Afghan reconstruction boondoggle Asia Times Online, January 13.)

The US not only skimped on aid but ploughed the big bucks into the coffers of well-connected American military contractors and profiteers and the whole retinue of parasites who generally go under the rubric of experts and consultants. Jones called it “a form of well-organized routine graft that leaves the corruption of Karzai’s government in the shade and will undoubtedly continue unremarked upon in the Obama years. Those multi-millions that will continue to be poured down the Afghan drain really represent promises made to a people whose country and culture we have devastated more than once.”

Browbeating, damning or dumping Karzai will not end the stalemate in the war. Actually, the best thing would be to allow the Afghan people to genuinely choose Karzai as their president in the upcoming election and if they indeed do so, to let him select his team. It may not be an English-speaking team, but that is the best way the Afghan political process can hope to gain traction, if at all, in the current gloomy scenario when it looks difficult to rescue the seven-year US enterprise.

Karzai is still the best choice America has got in Kabul. Biden’s visit was a mistake because in political terms, he seems to have mortally wounded Karzai, even if Washington’s his intention was merely to do some plain speaking before the Obama era commenced, about salvaging the US’s efforts.

Biden’s tough talk leaps out of a classic Graham Greene novel set in Indo-China in the 1950s. It dampens the residual hopes of a clean break from the overbearing US war strategy in Afghanistan, which Karzai resents and the Taliban exploit.

Special Report: Old bottles will test Obama’s vintage

In india news on January 20, 2009 at 11:12 am

By M H Ahssan & Sarah Williams

“Change has come to America” US president-elect Barack Obama called out to hundreds of thousands in Chicago’s Grant Park on election night, and to hundreds of millions watching on TV sets around the world, but just what does that mean?

For Mike Steinberger, wine columnist for the online magazine Slate.com, the change he hopes is coming to America is a better getting-wasted experience for those attending official White House state dinners.

“The White House needs a new wine policy … During the [George W] Bush era, wine service at the executive mansion has been hostage to a profoundly misguided strategy that has turned this most civilized of beverages into an unnecessarily crude instrument of statecraft … As with so much else, the Bush administration has given Obama the opening he needs to act swiftly and boldly on the wine front … the White House currently stocks around 500-600 bottles. That is pathetic and another example of how America’s infrastructure has been allowed to deteriorate. ”

Some critics say that the infrastructure spending in the upcoming stimulus bill will be just thinly disguised appropriations to support congressional members’ re-election efforts, pejoratively called pork. This will obviously not be the case here, this is the chardonnay to be served with the pork.

It is now a fairly commonplace assertion that during the past eight years the Bush administration has denigrated diplomacy in favor of neo-conservative swagger and braggadocio, but, according to Steinberger, the problem is less Paul Wolfowitz, more putrid wine.

Both the US Air Force and US wine force are said to have become far too enamored with shock and awe, with wines that Steinberger dismisses as “slam dunks” ( an obvious reference to former Central Intelligence Agency director George Tenet’s pre-Iraq War assertion that it was a “slam dunk” that Saddam Hussein was armed with weapons of mass destruction) and “bruisers”.

At a state dinner for Italian Prime Minister Silvio Berlusconi, a cabernet sauvignon was served that, according to Steinberger, tasted “like sucking on tree bark – it was obnoxiously oaky”.

When I was in graduate school, I knew people who were studying for the US Department of State’s Foreign Service Officer exam. Bet this foreign relations advice from Steinberger wasn’t one of the questions.

“Diplomacy is a subtle art, and when it is conducted [at the table], it requires subtle libations. Mellow wines promote conviviality, encourage reflection, and create goodwill – the very things state dinners are presumably meant to foster. A hulking cabernet that assaults the senses and flattens any food that gets in its way hardly lubricates the path to world peace. Indeed, serving such a wine might even be construed as a sign of hostile intent: Tonight we smash your palate; tomorrow your palace.”

During the campaign, Obama rivals such as Senator Hillary Clinton charged that the Illinois senator was insufficiently detailed about his plans for changing the country. Not Steinberger – he’s very detailed on what must be done in this time of crisis.

“So, what must Obama do? He can start by replenishing the White House cellar. He’s pledged to create or save 3 million jobs over the next two years; he should set a goal of having 3,000 bottles laid away by the end of his first term. An executive branch buying spree will once again give the presidency a wine stash worthy of the office while also making a small but meaningful contribution to the ailing economy. ”

You should not think that all Americans have on their minds at this historic time is the subprime merlot crisis. Over the past few weeks, on a call-in radio program whose host and callers are usually very supportive of the new president, spirited and heated criticisms were voiced on an issue now at the front of the nation’s attention.

Was Obama being raked over the coals for keeping Bush holdover Robert Gates on as secretary of defense, or for trying to placate the Republican minority in Congress by making tax cuts the single-largest line item in the upcoming stimulus plan?

Not a chance, because few Americans actually care, or even know, about these controversies. What’s got America really interested and engaged these days is what kind of puppy, coming from where, will soon be residing at the White House.

At his Grant Park victory speech, Obama endeared himself to the hundreds of millions of Americans who wouldn’t know Tier 1 Capital from teardrop in-ground swimming pools by promising his daughters Sasha and Malia a new puppy for going through the travails of the campaign.

Instantly, the nation became obsessed with this issue; “Obama” and “puppy” return 11.5 million hits on a Google web search, 12 times more than “Obama” and “economic plan”. But, as the Roman emperor Commodus’ sister Lucilla (Connie Nielsen) said in the year 2000 movie Gladiator, “The mob is fickle, brother.” Lately, the new US president has been feeling its sting.

Due to Malia’s allergies, the Obamas are said to be seeking a pure-bred pup, not an abandoned mutt from one of the country’s animal shelters. This immediately raised hackles from the nation’s animal welfare and rights advocates, who said that, what with over half the dogs in shelters eventually being euthanized, the new first family should just let their oldest daughter sneeze and sniffle through her residence at the White House to set a good example.

On a bulletin board, a poster elaborated the argument: “Even with a child with allergies, there are plenty of pure-breed dogs (including poodles and other breeds that are non-allergenic) waiting in shelters. Hundreds of thousand (maybe more???) perfectly adoptable cats and dogs get euthanized (killed) each year because there is no where to place them.”

But that was not the end of the contribution by this poster, self-identified as “maidawg”, to the public policy debate. As the first family’s house was getting a dog, the nation should use this historic moment to ensure that all houses, or, in maidawg’s case, all South Florida condominium owners, have the right to have a dog as well.

The Obama family choice to get a dog also reflects the current culture in which 63% of US households have at least one companion animal. This younger overall culture is in conflict with the average resident of the 55+ housing complexes where no pets are allowed. What I am trying to say is that the whole country is moving toward acceptance of pets and our time will come when pets are allowed everywhere… Citizens FOR Pets in Condos www.petsincondos.org is a 501-c3 tax exempt private operating foundation dedicated to increasing acceptance of companion animals in condos and other types of association-run housing. We educate the public about the health benefits of having animal companions and also advocate for responsible pet ownership/guardianship. Our motto: “creating a win-win situation for both people and pets” … Citizens for Pets in Condos insists that pet owners/guardians must be responsible and must do all they can to keep their animals from being a true nuisance to others living in their communities!

As Obama prepares to take the oath of office as America’s 44th president, 300 million Americans are filled with hope and anticipation, hoping that he can restore the legendary American dream. That would be hard enough, but what really makes the job tough is the fact that there is no single, unified American dream actually still left – just 300 million individual American dreams, apparently spanning the spectrum from beaujolais to beagles, all looking for Washington for fulfillment.

Unlike most, I didn’t age into cynicism; people said I was a cynic when I still was in my teens. Still, even with my long years of scoff and sneer coloring my view of everything from politics to pizza, it’s hard not to be impressed, even exhilarated, at the feelings of rebirth and regeneration now sweeping across America. Everybody I see, from the blowsy, logorreic Manhattan intellectuals blabbing on into the wee hours of the night on the Public Broadcasting System’s Charlie Rose Show to the guy who changes my motor oil, seems to be now hopeful and optimistic about the future.

Part of this is the extraordinarily dignified and admirable manner that Obama carried himself during the campaign and its aftermath, but a lot more of it is just the complete and utter revulsion with which Bush is now viewed by the country. Early on, Bush fell under the Mephistophelean influence of his political advisor Karl Rove, who advised that the country’s political structure should be trifurcated into a Democratic Party base, which at best should be ignored, at worst sent for internment at Guantanamo; a middle ground which could be placated with bread and circuses such as real-estate speculation and Fox TV’s American Idol, and a conservative, fundamentalist base, whose every quirk and whim was to be immediately satisfied with the full force of government.

After eight years, Bush’s record low approval ratings and two successive Republican Party electoral drubbings prove that things haven’t gone quite the way Rove, whom Fox News still admiringly calls “The Architect” (well, maybe it’s still true, since it was his folly that drove almost 70 million people to vote for Obama), had planned.

The uninvolved middle got fed up and threw their lot in with the Democratic left; even much